9. Sundara Kāṇḍa — The Book of Beauty (sargas 1–35)
Sarga 1 (part 1 of 3)
5.1.1
ततो रावणनीतायाः सीतायाः शत्रुकर्शनः |
इयेष पदमन्वेष्टुं चारणाचरिते पथि ॥
After that, Hanuma, the destroyer of foes, desired to travel in the sky where celestials like chaaranas tread, to search for Seetha, who was taken away by Ravana.
tataH = after that; shatrukarshanaH = the destroyer of foes (Hanuma); iyeshha = desired to (travel in); pathi = the path; chaaraNaa charite = tread by chaaranas; anveshhTum = to search for; siithayaaH padam = Seetha's place; raavaNa niitaayaaH = taken away by Ravana.
5.1.2
दुष्करं निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्वं चिकीर्षन् कर्म वानरः |
समुदग्रशिरोग्रीवो गवांपतिरिवाबभौ ॥
Hanuma who desired to perform a deed done by no one else, shone like a bull without any obstacles, with his stretched neck and raised head.
vaanaraH = The monkey (Hanuma); chikiirshhan = who desired to perform; karma = a deed; dushhkaram = (which is) impossible to do; babhau = shone; gavaam pati iva = like a bull; nishhpratidvandvam = without any obstacles; samudagrashirogriivaH = with a raised head and neck.
5.1.3
अथ वैडूर्यवर्णेषु शाद्वलेषु महाबलः |
धीरः सलिलकल्पेषु विच्चार यथासुखम् ॥
After that, the mighty and courageous Hanuma roamed at ease on the lawns with the hue of an emerald, which looked like still water from a distance.
atha = after that; mahaabalaH = the mighty one; dhiiraH = the courageous one; vichachaara = roamed about; yathaa sukham = at ease; shaadvaleshhu = on the lawns; vaiDuura varNeshhu = with the hue of an emerald; salilakalpeshhu = and same as (still) water (from a distance).
5.1.4
द्विजान् वित्रासयन् धीमानुरसा पादपान् हरन् |
मृगांश्च सुबाहुन्निघ्नन् प्रवृद्ध इव केसरी॥
The thoughtful Hanuma tread like a rampant lion, making birds fear, uprooting trees by his breast and also killing many animals.
dhiimaan = the thoughtful (Hanuma); pravR^iddhaH kesarii iva = (trod) like a ramapant lion; dvijaan vitraasayan = making birds to fear; haran = destroying; paadapaan = trees; urasaa = by his breast; nighnan = killing; subahuun = many; mR^igaaMshcha = animals also.
5.1.5
नीललोहितमाञ्जिष्ठपत्रवर्णैः सितासितैः |
स्वभावविहितैश्चित्रैर्धातुभिः समलंकृतम् ॥कामरूपिभिराविष्टमभीक्ष्णं सपरिच्छिदैः |
यक्षकिन्नरगन्धर्वैर्देवक्ल्पैश्च पन्नगैः ॥स तस्य गिरिवर्यस्य तले नागवरायुते |
तिष्ठन् कपिवरस्तत्र ह्रदे नाग इवाबभौ ॥
That great monkey Hanuma shone like an elephant in a lake, standing on the foot of that great mountain by the name of Mahendra, where many elephants of good breed resided, which was beautifully decorated with many naturally formed mineral rocks of varied hue like black, white, red, blue, yellow and green and which was surrounded by godly serpents and Yakshas, Kinnaras, Gandharvas who were capable of assuming desired form, together with their families.
5;6;7. saH = that; kapivaraH = great monkey; babhau = shone; naagaH iva = like an elephant; hrade = in a lake; tishhThan = being located; tasya girivarasya = on that great mountain's; tale = foot; naagavaraayute = which had best of elephants; tatra = there; samalaMkR^itam = was decorated by; svabhaavavihitaiH = naturally formed; dhaatubhiH = mineral rocks; chitraiH = of varied hues; sitaasitaiH = (like) black and white; niilalohitamaaJNjishhThapatravarNaiH = blue; red; yellow; leaf color (green); abhiikshNam aavishhTam = surrounded to a great extent by; yakshakinnaragandharvaiH = Yakshas- Kinnaras-Gandharvas; kaamaruupibhiH = who could assume desired form; saparichchhadaiH = together with their families; cha deva kalpaiH pannagaiH = and godly serpents.
5.1.8
स सूर्याय महेन्द्राय पवनाय स्वयंभुवे |
भूतेभ्यश्चाञ्जलिं कृत्वा चकार गमने मतिम् ॥
He saluted with joined palms to the Sun-God, Lord Indra, God of Wind, Lord Brahma and Bhutas and decided to leave.
saH = He; kR^itvaa = performed; aJNjaliM = salutation with joined palms; suuryaaya = to Sun-God; mahendraaya = to Lord Indra; pavanaaya = to the God of Wind; svayaMbhuve = to Lord Brahma; cha bhuutebhyaH = and to Bhutas; matim chakaara = (and) set his mind; gamane = to leave.
5.1.9
अञ्जलिं प्राङ्मुखः कृत्वा पवनायात्मयोओनयो |
ततो हि ववृधे गन्तुं दक्षिणो दक्षिणां दिश्म् ॥
Hanuma turned towards east, saluted his father, the Lord of Wind and increased his body to go towards southern direction.
praaN^mukhaH = (Hanuma) facing east; kR^itvaa = offered; aJNjalim = salutation; pavanaaya = Lord of Wind; aatma yonaye = responsible for his own birth; tataH = and then; vavR^idhe hi = increased (his body); gantuM = to go; dakshiNaam dishaM = the southern direction.
5.1.10
प्लवङ्गप्रवरैर्दृष्टः प्लवने कृतनिश्चयः |
ववृधे रामवृद्ध्यर्थम् समुद्र इव पर्वसु ॥
With all the Vaanaras seeing, Hanuma decided to fly and like an ocean swelling on full moon days, grew for Rama's success.
dR^ishhTaH = being seen; plavaN^gapravaraiH = by best of Vaanaras; kR^ita nishchayaH = with a strong resolve; plavane = to fly; vavR^idhe = grew; raama vR^iddhyarthaM = for Rama's success; samudraH iva = like the ocean; parvasu = on full moon days.
5.1.11
निष्प्रमाणशरीरः सन् लिलङ्घयिषुरर्णवम् |
बाहुभ्यां पीडयामास चरणाभ्यां च पर्वतम् ॥
With a desire to cross the ocean, Hanuma grew his body immeasurably and pressed the mountain with his feet and hands.
lilaN^ghayishhuH = Desiring to leap; arNavam = the ocean; nishhpramaaNa shariiraH = with an immeasurable body; piiDayaamaasa = pressed; parvatam = the mountain; baahubhyaam = with hands; cha charaNaabhyaam = and feet.
5.1.12
स चचालाचलश्चापि मुहूर्तं कपिपीडितः |
तरूणां पुष्पिताग्राणां सर्वं पुष्पमशातयत् ॥
Thus tormented by Hanuma, that mountain shook for an instant and showered all flowers of trees on it.
kapipiiDitaH = tormented by Hanuma; saH achalaH api = even that mountain; chachaala = shook; muhuurtam = for an instant; ashaatayat = (and) caused to fall; sarvam = all; pushhpam = blossom; taruuNaam = of trees; pushhpitaagraaNaam = with flowered ends.
5.1.13
तेन पादपमुक्तेन पुष्पौघेन सुगन्धिना |
सर्वतः संवृतः शैलो बभौ पुष्पमयो यथा ॥
Covered all through by those fragrant flowers which fell down from the trees, that mountain shone like a mountain made of flowers.
saMvR^itaH = covered; sarvataH = all through; sugandhinaa pushhpaughena = by groups of fragrant flowers; tena paadapamuktena = left by those trees; shailaH = (that) mountain; babhau = shone; yathaa = like; pushhpamayo = being made of flowers.
5.1.14
तेन चोत्तमवीर्येण पीड्यमानः स पर्वतः |
सलिलं संप्रसुस्राव मदं मत्त इव द्विपः ॥
That mountain shed water like an elephant in rut emitting rut juice, after being pressed by the mighty Hanuma.
saH parvataH = that mountain; saMprasusraava = shed; salilam = water; madam iva = like rut juice; mathaH dvipaH = (from) an elephant in rut; piiDyamaanaH = being pressed; tena uttama viiryeNa = by that powerful Hanuma.
5.1.15
पीड्यमानस्तु बलिना महेन्द्रस्तेन पर्वतः |
रीतीर्निर्वर्तयामास काञ्चनाञ्जनराजतीः ॥
Pressed by that mighty Hanuma, streaks of gold silver and antimony color appeared on the Mahendra mountain.
piiDyamaanaH = tormented; tena balinaa = by that mighty Hanuma; riitiiH = lines; kaaJNchanaaJNjana raajatiiH = gold; silver and black kind; nirvartayaamaasa = were made to form; mahendraH parvataH = (on) the mountain of Mahendra.
5.1.16
मुमोच च शिलाः शैलो विशालाः समनःशिलाः |
मध्यमेनार्चिषा जुष्टो धूमराजीरिवानलः ॥
Huge Rocks of Sulfur were also shot forth from that mountain, just as a fire burning with a medium flame would emit columns of smoke.
shailaH = mountain; mumocha cha = also emitted; vishaalaaH = vast; shilaaH = boulders; samanaH shilaaH = with rocks of Sulfur; dhuumaraajiiriva = like columns of smoke; analaH = (from a) fire; jushhTaH = with; madhyamena archishhaa = with a medium flame.
5.1.17
गिरिणा पीड्यमानेन पीड्यमानानि सर्वशः |
गुहाविष्टानि भूतानि विनेदुर्विकृतैः स्वरैः ॥
Being pressed on all sides by the mountain which itself was being pressed by Hanuma, creatures living in the caves of that mountain shrieked in horrifying tones.
piiDyamaanaani = being pressed; sarvashaH = on all sides; giriNaa = by the mountain; piiDyamaanena = which was being tormented (by Hanuma); bhuutaani = creatures; guhaavishhTaani = living in caves; vineduH = shrieked; vikR^itaiH = in horrifying; svaraiH = tones.
5.1.18
स महासत्त्वसंनादः शैलपीडानिमित्तजः |
पृथिवीं पूरयामास दिशश्चोपवनानि च ॥
That loud noise from creatures which emanated because of stress caused to the mountain, filled the earth and all four directions and forests near that mountain.
saH = that; mahaasattvasaMnaadaH = loud noise from creatures; shailapiiDaanimittajaH = formed because of the stress to the mountain; puurayaamaasa = filled; pR^ithiviim = the earth; cha dishaH = all the directions; cha upavanaani = and forests (near that mountain).
5.1.19
शिरोभिः पृथुभिः सर्पा व्यक्तस्वस्तिकलक्षणैः |
वमन्तः पावकं घोरं ददंशुर्दशनैः शिलाः ॥
Great snakes with clear swastika signs on their hoods, spewed out frightening flames with their great heads and bit the rocks with their teeth.
sarpaaH = Snakes; vyakta svastika lakshaNaiH = with clear swastika signs (on the hoods); vamantaH = spewed out; ghoram paavakam = frightening flame; pR^ithubhiH shirobhiH = with (their) great heads; dadaMshuH = (and) bit; shilaaH = rocks; dashanaiH = with (their) teeth.
5.1.20
तास्तदा सविषैर्दष्टाः कुपितैस्तैर्महाशिलाः|
जज्ज्वलुः पावकोद्दीप्ता बिभिदुश्च सहस्रधा ॥
Then those great rocks bit by those snakes with anger and venom, burned due to the flame and split into thousand pieces.
tadaa = then; taaH mahaashilaaH = those great rocks; dashhTaaH = bit; taiH = by those (snakes); kupitaiH = with anger; savishhaiH = (and) with venom; jajvaluH = burned; paavakoddiiptaaH = encouraged by the flame; bibhidushcha = and split; sahasrathaa = into thousand pieces.
5.1.21
यानि चौषधजालानि तस्मिन् जातानि पर्वते |
विषघ्नान्यपि नागानां न शेकुः शमितुं विषम्॥
Medicinal herbs from that mountain, although capable of destroying ordinary poisons, could not neutralize the poison from those snakes.
yaani aushhadhajaalaani = whatever medicinal herbs; jaataani = born; tasmin parvate = on that mountain; vishhaghnaanyapi = although destroyers of poison; na shekuH = (were) not capable; shamitum = of neutralizing; vishham = poison; naagaanaam = of the snakes.
5.1.22
भिद्यतेऽयं गिरिर्भूतैरिति मत्त्वा तपस्विनः |
त्रस्ता विद्याधरास्तस्मादुत्पेतुः स्त्रीगणैः सह॥पानभूमिगतं हित्वा हैममासवभाजनम् |
पात्रणि च महार्हाणि करकांश्च हिरण्मयान् ॥लेह्यानुच्चावचान् भक्ष्यान् मांसानि विविधानि च |
आर्षभाणि च चर्माणि खड्गांश्च कनकत्सरून् ॥
Ascetics residing on that mountain flew away from there thinking that some demons were destroying it. Vidhyadharas who lived there, became afraid and flew away with their women folk, leaving behind them golden jugs of wine in the liquor house, gold vases, a varieties of sauces that can be licked, eatables, various meats, skins of oxen and swords with golden hilts.
22; 23; 24. tapasvinaH = ascetics; mattvaa = thought; iti = that; ayam = this giriH = mountain; bhidyate = is being shattered; bhuutaiH = by bhutas; utpetuH = (and) flew away; vidhyaadharaaH = Vidhyaadharaas; trastaaH = who became afraid; hitvaa = left; haimam = golden; aasavabhaajanam = jugs of wine; paanabhuumigatam = in the liquor house; mahaarhaaNi = golden hued; karakaaMshcha = vases; uchchaavachaan = lot of; lehyaan = sauces to be licked; bhakshyaan = eatables; vividhaani = various; maaMsaani = meats; charmaaNi = skins; aarshhabhaaNi = of oxen; khaDgaaMshcha = and swords; kanakatsaruun = with gold hilts; utpetuH = (and) flew; strii ganaiH saha = along with their women folk.
5.1.25
कृतक्ण्ठगुणाः क्षीबा र्क्तमाल्यानुलेपनाः |
र्क्तक्षाः पुष्कराक्षाश्च गगनं प्रतिपेदिरे ॥
The intoxicated Vidyadharas with garlands around their neck decked with red flower garlands and smeared with sandal paste, with reddened eyes, and with lotus shaped eyes, obtained the sky.
kshiibaaH = the intoxicated (Vidhyadharas); kR^ita kanTha guNaaH = with garlands around neck; rakta maalyaanulepanaaH = with red flower garlands and smeared with sandal paste; raktaakshaaH = with reddened eyes; pushhparaakshaashcha = and with lotus like eyes; pratipedire = obtained; gaganam = the sky.
5.1.26
हारनूपुरकेयूरपारिहार्यधराः स्त्रियः |
विस्मिताः सस्मितास्तस्थुराकाशे रमणैः सह ॥
Vidyadhara women wearing necklaces, anklets, armlets and bangles stood in the sky with surprise and with smiles along with their loved ones.
striiyaH = Women; haara nuupura keyuura paarihaarya dharaaH = wearing necklaces; anklets; armlets and bangles; tastuH = stood; aakaashe = in the sky; vishmitaaH = with surprise; sasmitaaH = (and) with smiles; ramaNaiH saH = along with their loved ones.
5.1.27
दर्शयन्तो महाविद्यां विद्याधरमहर्षयः |
सहितास्तस्थुराकाशे वीक्षाञ्चक्रुश्च पर्वतम्॥
Vidyadharas and great sages stood in the sky in a group, showing their great prowess and viewed the mountain.
vidyaadhara maharshhayaH = Vidyadharas and great sages; tastuH = stood; aakaashe = in the sky; sahitaaH = in a group; darshayantaH = showing; mahaavidyaam = great prowess; viikshaaJNchakrushcha = and viewed; parvatam = the mountain.
5.1.28
शुश्रुवुश्चतदा शब्दमृषीणां भावितात्मनाम्|
चारणानां च सिद्धानां स्थितानांविमलेऽम्बरे॥
Then they heard words of Charanas, Siddhas and pure hearted Rishis who were located in that clear sky.
tadaa = then; shushruvuH = (they) heard; shabdam = words; charaNaanaam = of Charanas; siddhaanaam = Siddhas; cha R^ishhiNaam = and Rishis; bhaavitaatmaanaam = with pure hearts; sthitaanaam = located; vimale ambare = in (that) clear sky.
5.1.29
एष पर्वतसंकाशो हनूमान् मारुतात्मजः |
तितीर्षति महावेगः समुद्रं मकरालयम् ॥
"This Hanuma, who is equal to a mountain, who is the son of Vayu, and who has great speed, wants to cross the ocean which is abode to crocodiles."
eshhaH = this; hanumaan = Hanuma; parvatasaMkaashaH = who is equal to a mountain; maarutaatmajaH = who is the son of Vayu; mahaavegaH = with great speed; titiirshhati = wants to cross; samudram = the ocean; makaraalayam = which is abode to crocodiles.
5.1.30
रामार्थं वानरार्थं च चिकीर्षन् कर्मदुष्करम् |
समुद्रस्य परं पारं दुष्प्रापं प्राप्तुमिच्छति॥
"Hanuma has decided to perform an impossible task for the sake of Rama and Vanaras and wants to obtain the other side of ocean which is hard to obtain."
ichchhati = (He) wants; praaptum = to obtain; samudrasya param paaram = the other side of ocean; dushhpraapam = which is hard to obtain; chikiirshhan = (and) has decided to perform; dushhkaram = (this) impossible; karma = task; raamaartham = for Rama; vaanaraaratham = and for Vanaras.
5.1.31
इति विद्याधराः श्रुत्वा वचस्तेषां महात्मनाम् |
तमप्रमेयं ददृशुः पर्वते वानरर्षभम् ॥
Vidyadharas thus listened to the words of those great people and looked at the incomparable Hanuma, best among Vanaras, standing on the mountain.
vidyadharaaH = Vidyadharas; shrutvaa = listened; vachaH = words; teshhaam mahaatmaanaam = of those great people; iti = thus; dadR^ishuH = (and) looked; tam vaanarashhabhaH = (at) that best of Vanaras; aprameyam = who is incomparable; parvate = (standing) on the mountain.
5.1.32
दुधुवे च स रोमाणि चकम्पे चाचलोपमः |
ननाद सुमहानादं सुमहानिव तोयदः ॥
He, who is equal to a mountain, shook his hair, quivered his body and let out a great roar like from a vast cloud.
saH = He; achalopamaH = equal to a mountain; dudhuve cha = shook; romaaNi = hair; chakampe cha = quivered (his body); nanaada = (and ) sounded; sumahaanaadam = a great roar; iva sumahaan toyadaH = like a vast cloud.
5.1.33
आनुपूर्व्येण वृत्तं च लाङ्गूलं लोमभिश्चितम् |
उत्पतिष्यन् विचिक्षेप पक्षिराज इवोरगम् ॥
About to fly, Hanuma jolted his tail, which was rolled into a circle from top to bottom, and which was covered with hair, just as Garuda, the king of birds would jolt a snake.
utpatishhyan = About to fly; vichikshepa = (Hanuma) jolted; laaN^guulaM = tail; aanupuurvyeNa vR^ittam = (rolled) in a circle from top to bottom; chitam = covered; lomabhiH = with hair; yathaa = like; pakshi raajaH = the king of birds (Garuda); uragam = (jolts) a snake.
5.1.34
तस्य लाङ्गूलमाविद्धमात्तवेगस्य पृष्ठतः |
ददृशे गरुडेनेव ह्रियमाणो महोरगः ॥
Receiving his vigor, the tail curled at his back was seen like a great serpent being stolen by Garuda.
tasya aattavegasya = receiving his vigor; laaN^guulam = tail; aaviddham = curled; pR^ishhThataH = (at) his back; dadR^ishe = was seen; mahoragaH iva = like a great serpent; hriyamaaNaH = being stolen; garudena = by Garuda.
5.1.35
बाहू संस्तंभयामास महापरिघसंनिभौ |
ससाद च कपिः क्ट्यां चरणौ संचुकोच च ॥
Hanuma firmly supported his arms (on the mountain surface) which resembled huge iron clubs, crouched the waist and contracted his feet.
kapiH = Hanuma (lit. monkey); saMstambhayaamaasa = supported;; baahuu = his arms; mahaa parigha sannibhau = which resembled huge iron clubs; sasaada = crouched; kaTyaam = the waist; cha saMchukocha = and contracted; charaNau = feet.
5.1.36
संहृत्य च भुजौ श्रीमांस्तथैव च शिरोधराम् |
तेजः स्त्त्वं तथा वीर्यमाविवेश स वीर्यवान् ॥
Bending shoulders and neck, that mighty and glorious Hanuma, increased his energy, strength and courage.
saMhR^itya = bending; bhujau cha = shoulders; tathaiva cha = and also; shirodharaam = neck; saH = that (Hanuma); shrimaan = (who is) glorious; viiryavaan = mighty; aavivesha = increased; tejaH = energy; sattvam = strength; tathaa = and; viiryam = courage.
5.1.37
मार्गमालोकयन्दूरादूर्ध्वं प्रणिहितेक्षणः |
रुरोध हृदये प्राणानाकाशमवलोकयन् ॥
With his eyes raised up, seeing the way from a distance, viewing the sky, he held his breath in his heart.
uurdhvam praNihitekshaNaH = With eyes raised up; aalokayan = seeing; maargam = the way; dooraat = from a distance; avalokayan = viewing; aakaasham = the sky; rurodha = (he) held; praaNaan = breath; hR^idaye = in heart.
5.1.38
पद्भ्यां दृढमवस्थानं कृत्वा स कपिकुञ्जरः |
निकुञ्च्य कर्णौ हनुमानुत्पतिष्यन् महाबलः |
वानरान् वानरश्रेष्ठ इदं वचनमब्रवीत् ॥
That mighty Hanuma, equal to an elephant among monkeys and the best among Vaanaraas, stood firmly with his legs, bent his ears and before flying spoke these words to the Vaanaraas.
saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; kapikuJNjaraH = who is equal to an elephant among monkeys; mahaabalaH = the mighty one; vaanarashreshhThaH = the best among Vaanaraas; kR^itvaa = performed; avasthaanam = standing; dR^iDham = firmly; padbhyaam = with his feet; nikuJNchya = bending; karNau = ears; utpatishhyan = before flying; abraviit = spoke; idam vachanam = these words; vaanaraan = to Vaanaraas.
5.1.39
यथा राघवनिर्मुक्तः शरः श्वसनविक्रमः |
गच्चेत्तद्वद्गमिष्यामि लङ्कां रावणपालिताम् ॥न हि द्रक्ष्यामि यदि तां लङ्कायां जनकात्मजाम् |
अनेनैव हि वेगेन गमिष्यामि सुरालयम् ॥यदि वा त्रिदिवे सीतां न द्रक्ष्याम्यकृतश्रमः |
बद्ध्वा राक्षसराजानमानयिष्यामि रावणम् ॥सर्वथा कृतकार्योऽहमेष्यामि सह सीतया |
आनयिष्यामि वा लङ्कां समुत्पाट्य सरावणाम् ॥
"I will go to the city of Lanka, ruled by Ravana just like an arrow released by Rama will go, with wind-like speed. If I do not see the daughter of Janaka there, I will go with the same speed to the abode of gods. If I do not see Seetha there in heaven, I will get Ravana the king of raakshasaas tied up in chains without any effort. I will, in all events, return successfully along with Seetha or I will get Lanka along with Ravana after uprooting it."
39-42. gamishhyaami = I will go; laN^kaaM = to Lanka; raavaNapaalitaam = ruled by Ravana; yathaa = as; sharaH = an arrow; raaghava nirmuktaH = released by Rama; gachchhet = will go; tadvat = like that; shvasana vikramaH = with wind-like speed; yadi = if; na hi drakshyaami = I do not see; taam janakaatmajaam = that daughter of Janaka; laN^kaayaam = in Lanka; anena vegenaina hi = with the same speed; gamishhyaami = I will go; suraalayam = to the abode of gods; yadi = if; na drakshyaami vaa = I do not see; siitaam = Seetha; tridive = in heaven; aanayishhyaami = I will get; raavaNam = Ravana; raakshasaraajaanam = the king of raakshasaas; baddhvaa = tied up (in chains); akR^ita shramaH = without effort; aham eshhyaami = I will return; sarvathaa = in all events; kR^itakaaryaH = successfully; siitayaa saha = along with Seetha; vaa = or; aanayishhyaami = I will get; laN^kaaM = Lanka; saraavaNaam = along with Ravana; samutpaaTya = (after) uprooting (it).
5.1.43
एवमुक्त्वा तु हनुमान्वानरान्वानरोत्तमः ॥उत्पपाताथ वेगेन वेगवानविचारयन् |
सुपर्णमिव चात्मानं मेने स कपिकुञ्जरः ॥
The best among Vaanaraas, Hanuma, spoke in this way to Vaanaraas and then without thinking about anything else, flew up with lot of vigor. That great monkey also thought himself equal to Garuda, the king of birds.
43-44. vaanarottamaH = the best among Vaanaraas; hanumaan = Hanuma; uktvaa tu = spoke; evam = this; vaanaraan = to Vaanaraas; atha = (and) after that; avichaarayan = without thinking (anything else); utpapaata = flew up; vegena = with speed; mahaa vegavaan = (being) with lot of vigor; saH kapikuJNjaraH = that great monkey; mene cha = also thought; aatmaanam = himself; suparNamiva = as being equal to Garuda.
5.1.45
समुत्पतति तस्मिंस्तु वेगात्ते नगरोहिणः |
संहृत्य विटपान् सर्वान् समुत्पेतुः समन्ततः ॥
While he was flying up, due to that force, all trees on that mountain flew away in all directions, drawing together all their branches.
tasmin samutpatati = while he was rising up; vegaat = due to the force; te nagarohiNaH = trees on that mountain; samutpetuH = flew away; samantataH = in all directions; saMhR^itya = drawing together; sarvaan viTapaan = all branches.
5.1.46
स मत्तकोयष्टिभकान् पादपान् पुष्पशालिनः |
उद्वहन्नूरुवेगेन जगाम विमलेऽम्बरे ॥
While flying in the sky, he took along with him, because of the force of his thighs, trees shining with flowers and with fattened lapwing birds.
saH = He; ambare jagaama = went in the sky; udvahan = taking aloft (with him); uuruvegena = with the force of his thighs; paadapaan = trees; pushhpashaalinaH = shining with flowers; matta koyashhTi bhakaan = (and) with fattened lapwing birds.
5.1.47
ऊरुवेगोत्थिता वृक्षा मुहूर्तं कपिमन्वयुः |
प्रस्थितं दीर्घमध्वानं स्वबन्धमिव बान्धवाः ॥
The trees thus being held aloft by the speed of Hanuma's thighs, followed him for a while just as relatives would follow their loved ones embarking on a long journey.
vR^ikshaaH = the trees; uuruvegotthitaaH = held aloft by the force of thighs; anvayuH = followed; kapim = Hanuma; muhuurtam = for some time; baandhavaaH iva = like relatives; svabandhum = (following) a relative; prasthitam = embarking; diirgham maargam = on a long distance.
5.1.48
तमूरुवेगोन्मथिताःसालाश्चन्ये नगोत्तमाः|
अनुजग्मुर्हनूमन्तं सैन्या इव महीपतिम् ॥
Uprooted by the force of Hanuma's thighs, Sal and other excellent trees followed Hanuma like soldiers following their king.
uuruvegonmathitaaH = uprooted by the force of (Hanuma's) thighs; saalaashcha = Sal and; anye nagottamaaH = other excellent trees; anujagmuH = followed; hanuumantam = Hanuma; sainyaaH mahiipatim iva = like soldiers (following their) king.
5.1.49
सुपुष्पिताग्रैर्बहुभिः पादपैरन्वितः कपिः |
हनुमान् पर्वताकारो बभूवाद्भुतदर्शनः ॥
Hanuma the great monkey presented a wonderful sight, with his mountain-like appearance together with the well flowered trees.
hanumaan = Hanuma; kapiH = the monkey; babhuuva = became; adbhuta darshanaH = a wonderful sight; parvataakaaraH = with a mountain-like appearance; anvitaH = together with; paadapaiH = trees; supushhpitaagraiH = with well flowered ends.
5.1.50
सारवन्तोऽथ ये वृक्षा न्यमज्जन् लवणाम्भसि |
भयादिव महेन्द्रस्य पर्वता वरुणालये ॥
After that, powerful trees sank into the salt ocean like mountains sinking into ocean due to fear of Mahendra.
atha = after that; ye = whatever; vR^ikshhaaH = trees; saaravantaH = (which were) powerful; nyamajjan = sank; lavaNaambhasi = in the salt ocean; iva = like; parvataaH = mountains; varuNaalaye = in ocean; bhayaat = due to fear; mahendrasya = of Mahendra.
5.1.51
स नानाकुसुमैः कीर्णः कपिः साङ्कुरकोरकैः |
शुशुभे मेघसंकाशः खद्योतैरिव पर्वतः ॥
That Hanuma who was equal to a cloud, covered with flowers of various kinds, shoots and buds, shone like a mountain with fireflies.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; meghasaMkaashaH = equal to a cloud; kiirNaH = covered; saaN^kurakorakaiH = shoots and buds; naanaakusumaiH = (and) flowers of various kinds; shushubhe = shone; iva = like; paravataH = a mountain; khadyotaiH = with fireflies.
5.1.52
विमुक्तास्तस्य वेगेन मुक्त्वा पुष्पाणि ते द्रुमाः |
अवशीर्यन्त सलिले निवृत्ताः सुहृदो यथा ॥
Those trees which were released by Hanuma's speed, dropped flowers and fell down in the water like friends going back after bidding farewell to their dear one.
te drumaaH = those trees; vimuktaaH = released; tasya vegena = by His (Hanuma's) speed; muktvaa = dropped; pushhpaaNi = flowers; avashiiryanta = (and) fell down; salile = in water; yathaa = like; suhR^ido = friends; nivR^ittaaH = going back.
5.1.53
लघुत्वेनोपपन्नं तद्विचित्रं सागरेऽपतत् |
द्रुमाणां विविधं पुष्पं कपिवायुसमीरितम् ॥ताराचितमिवाकाशं प्रबभौ च महार्णवः |
Set in motion by the wind from the movement of Hanuma, that variety of blossom, with various hues, from the trees fell down into the sea. That great ocean shone like the sky filled with stars.
kapi vaayu samiiritam = set in motion by the wind (from the movement) of Hanuma; tat = that; vividham = variety of; pushhpam = blossom; drumaaNaam = of the trees; vichitram = with different hues; apatat = fell down; saagare = in sea; mahaarNavaH = (That) great ocean; prababhau cha = also shone; aakaashamiva = like the sky; taaraachitam = filled with stars.
5.1.54
पुष्पौघेनानुबद्धेन नानावर्णेन वानरः |
बभौ मेघ इवाकाशे विद्युद्गणविभूषितः ॥
Hanuma shone like a cloud in the sky decorated by lightening, with flowers of various hues sticking to his body.
vaanaraH = Hanuma; babhau = shone; meghaH iva = like a cloud; aakaashe = in the sky; vidyudgaNavibhuushhitaH = decorated by lightening; naanaavarNena pushhpaughena = by flowers of various hues; anubaddhena = attached (to his body).
5.1.55
तस्य वेगसमाधूतैः पुष्पैस्तोयमदृश्यत ॥ताराभिरभिरामाभिरुदिताभिरिवाम्बरम् |
That sea water looked like the sky with delightful stars rising up, with flowers flown up by Hanuma's speed.
toyam = (sea) water; adR^ishyata = looked; ambaramiva = like the sky; abhiraamaabhiH taaraabhiH = with delightful stars; uditaabhiH = rising up; pushhpaiH = with the flowers; tasya vega samaadhuutaiH = being flown up by His (Hanuma's) speed.
5.1.56
तस्याम्बरगतौ बाहू ददृशाते प्रसारितौ ॥पर्वताग्राद्विनिष्क्रान्तौ पञ्चास्याविव पन्नगौ |
That sky-borne Hanuma's arms which were spread out, were seen like five-headed serpents coming out of a mountain's peak.
tasya ambaragatau = That sky-borne Hanuma's; baahuu = arms; prasaaritau = which were spread out; dadR^ishaate = were seen; panchasyau pannagau iva = like five-headed serpents; vinishhkraantau = coming out of; parvataagraat = a mountain's peak.
5.1.57
पिबन्निव बभौ चापि सोओर्मिमालं महार्णवम् ॥पिपासुरिव चाकाशं ददृशे स महाकपिः |
That great monkey shone like one who is drinking the great sea together with its waves. He also seemed like one who desires to drink the whole of sky.
saH mahaakapiH = that great monkey Hanuma; babhau = shone; pibanniva = like one who is drinking; mahaarNavam = the great sea; sormimaalam = together with waves; dadR^ishe = (He also) looked; pipaasuriva = like one who desires to drink; aakaasham = the sky.
5.1.58
तस्य विद्युत्प्रभाकारे वायुमार्गानुसारिणः ॥नयने विप्रकाशेते पर्वतस्थाविवानलौ |
The eyes of that Hanuma, who was following the path of sky, which had a brilliance equal to that of lightening, were shining like two fires on a mountain.
nayane = The eyes; tasya vaayumaarganusaariNaH = of that Hanuma who was following the path of sky; vidyutprabhaakaare = with a brilliance equal to that of lightening; viprakaashete = were shining; parvatasthau analau iva = like two fires on a mountain.
5.1.59
पिङ्गे पिङ्गाक्षमुख्यस्य बृहती परिमण्डले ॥चक्षुषी संप्रकाशेते चन्द्रसूर्याविवोदितौ |
The round, wide, reddish brown eyes of Hanuma, the best among the monkeys shone like fully risen sun and moon.
chakshhushhii = eyes; piN^gaaksha mukshasya = of the best among the reddish brown eyed monkeys; piN^ge = were reddish brown; bR^ihatii = wide; parimaNDale = round; saMprakaashete = shone; uditau chandra suuryaaviva = like fully risen sun and moon.
5.1.60
मुखं नासिकया तस्य ताम्रया ताम्रमाबभौ ॥सन्ध्यया समभिस्पृष्टं यथा तत्सूर्यमण्डलम् |
The ruddy face of Hanuma, with His reddish face shone like the Sun touched by twilight.
taamram mukham = ruddy face; tasya = of Hanuma; taamrayaa naasikayaa = with reddish nose; aababhau = shone; suurya manDalam yathaa = like the Sun; samabhispR^ishhTam = touched; sandhyayaa = by twilight.
5.1.61
लाङ्गूलं च समाविद्धं प्लवमानस्य शोभते ॥अम्बरे वायुपुत्रस्य शक्रध्वज इवोच्छ्रितः |
The tail of Hanuma, the son of Vayu floating in the sky, being risen up looked like the pillar erected in honour of Indra.
laaNguulam = tail; vaayuputrasya = of the son of Vayu; plavamaanasya = floating; ambare = in sky; samaaviddham = which was risen up; shobhate = was shining; shakra dhvajaH iva = like the pillar of Indra; ucchritaH = standing straight.
5.1.62
लाङ्गूलचक्रेण महान् शुक्लदंष्ट्रोऽनिलात्मजः ॥व्यरोचत महाप्राज्ञः परिवेषीव भास्करः |
The great intellectual Hanuma, with his great body, and with white teeth, shone like the Sun, being surrounded by his circular tail.
anilaatmajaH = Son of Vayu (Hanuma); mahaan = with his great body; shukla daMshhTraH = with white teeth; mahaapraajJNaH = with great intellect; vyarochata = shone; bhaaskaraH iva = like the Sun; pariveshhii = surrounded by; laaJNuula chakreNa = by his circle shaped tail.
5.1.63
स्फिग्देशेनाभिताम्रेण रराज स महाकपिः ॥महता दारितेनेव गिरिर्गैरिकधातुना |
That great monkey Hanuma, with his red colored buttocks, shone like a mountain with a large deposit of red Gairika herb broken into pieces.
saH mahaa kapiH = that great monkey Hanuma; abhitaamreNa sphigdeshena = with his red colored buttocks; raraaja = shone; daaritena giriH iva = like a mountain; mahataa gairika dhaatunaa = with great 'gairika' herb; daaritena = broken apart.
5.1.64
तस्य वानरसिंहस्य प्लवमानस्य सागरम् ॥कक्षान्तरगतो वायुर्जीमूत इव गर्जति |
Air passing through the lion among monkeys Hanuma's arm pits sounded like a thundering cloud.
vaayuH = Air; tasya vaanara siMhasya kakshaantaragataH = passing through the lion among monkeys Hanuma's armpits; plavamaanasya = who was crossing; saagaram = the ocean; garjati = is roaring; jiimuutaH iva = like a cloud (during lightening)
5.1.65
खे यथा निपतन्त्युल्का ह्युत्तरान्ताद्विनिःसृता ॥दृश्यते सानुबन्धा च तथा स कपिकुञ्जरः |
The best among monkeys Hanuma flying thus in the sky, looked like a meteor darting away with great speed in the sky from northern direction.
yathaa = how; ulkaa = meteor; saanubandhaa cha = which is darting; viniHsR^itaa = with great speed; khe = in the sky; uttaraantaat = from the northern direction; dR^ishyate = will be seen; saH kapikuJNjaraH = that best among monkeys Hanuma; tathaa = (was seen) just like that.
5.1.66
पतत्पतङ्गसंकाशो व्यायतः शुशुभे कपिः ॥प्रवृद्ध इव मातङ्गः कक्ष्यया बध्यमानया |
With a fast pace equaling that of Sun god, the tall Hanuma shone like an elephant which increases its size when being festered by a rope.
patatpataN^gasaMkaashaH = With a fast pace equal to that of Sun god; vyaayataH = the tall one; kapiH = Hanuma; shushubhe = shone; maataN^gaH iva = like an elephant; pravR^iddhaH = increased in size; badhyamaanayaa = (when) being festered; kakshyaa = by a rope.
5.1.67
उपरिष्टाच्छरीरेण छायया चावगाढया |
सागरे मारुताविष्टा नौरिवासीत्तदा कपिः ॥
Then Hanuma who was flying above the ocean with his body above the ocean and his shadow being immersed in the sea below, looked like a boat being driven by wind.
tadaa = then; kapiH = Hanuma; uparishhTaat shariireNa = with His body on the above; cha saagare avagaaDhayaa chaayayaa = and with his shadow immersed in the sea below; aasiit nauriva = like a boat; maarutaavishhTaa = driven by wind.
यं यं देशं समुद्रस्य जगाम स महाकपिः |
स स तस्योरुवेगेन सोन्माद इव लक्ष्यते | ५-१-६८
Whatever place Hanuma went towards on the ocean, that place became agitated due to the force of thighs.
yam yam desham = whatever place; samudrasya = of the ocean; saH mahaakapiH = that great monkey; jagaama = went; saH saH = that place; lakshyate = was seen; sonmaadaH = to be in agitation; tasya uuruvegena = by the force of His thighs.
सागरस्योओर्मिजालानामुरसा शैलवर्ष्मणाम् |
अभिघ्नंस्तु महावेगः पुप्लुवे स महाकपिः |५-१-६९
That great monkey with great speed flew in the sky striking with his chest series of waves which had a great body like that of mountains.
saH mahaavegaH mahaakapiH = that great monkey with great speed; pupluve = flew; abiGhnan = striking; urasaa = with his chest; uurmijaalaanaam = series of waves; saagarasya = of the sea; shailavarshhmaNaam = with a body like that of mountains.
5.1.70
कपिवातश्च बलवान् मेघवातश्च निःसृतः |
सागरं भीमनिर्घोषं कम्पयामासतुर्भृशम् ॥
Wind from the mighty Hanuma and the wind released from the clouds caused the ocean with a fearful sound to shake a lot.
balavaan kapivaatashcha = wind from the mighty Hanuma; meghavaashcha niHsR^itaH = wind released from the clouds; kaMpayaamaasatuH = caused to shake; bhR^isham = a lot; saagaram = the ocean; bhiima nirGhoshham = with a fearful sound.
5.1.71
विकर्षन्नूर्मिजालानि बृहन्ति लवणाम्भसि |
पुप्लुवे कपिशार्दूलो विकिरन्निव रोदसी ॥
Hanuma flew in the sky dragging along with him big waves from the ocean as though he were sprinkling them in the sky.
kapishaarduulaH = Hanuma; pupluve = flew; vikarshhan = dragging; bR^ihanti uurmijaalaani = big waves; lavaNaaMbhasi = in the ocean; vikiranniva = as though sprinkling (them); rodasii = in the sky.
5.1.72
मेरुमन्दरसंकाशानुद्धतान् स महार्णवे |
अत्यक्रामन्महावेगस्तरङ्गान् गणयन्निव ॥
Hanuma with great speed crossed waves which were equal to Mount Meru and Mount Mandara, that had risen up in the sea, as if counting them.
mahaavegaH = Hanuma with great speed; atyakraamat = crossed; taraN^gaan = waves; merumandarasaMkaashaan = equal in height to the mountains Meru and Mandara; uddhataan = (that had) risen up; mahaarNave = in the ocean; gaNayanniva = as if counting them.
5.1.73
तस्य वेगसमुद्धूतं जलं सजलदं तदा |
अम्बर्स्थं विबभ्राज शारदाभ्रमिवाततम् ॥
Then the water together with clouds which was driven up by the force of Hanuma, shone like a stretched autumnal cloud in the sky.
tadaa = then; jalam sajaladam = water together with clouds; samuddhuutam = which was driven up; tasya vegam = by Hanuma's speed; ambarastham = being in the sky; vibabhraaja = shone; shaaradaabhramiva = like autumnal cloud; atatam = stretched out.
5.1.74
तिमिनक्रझषाः कूर्मा दृश्यन्ते विवृतास्तदा |
वस्त्रापकर्षणेनेव शरीराणि शरीरिणाम् ॥
Then various whales, fishes, turtles and crocodiles were being seen clearly in the sea just as bodies of humans would be seen when clothes are removed.
tadaa = then; timinakrajhushhaaH = whales; crocodiles; fish and turtles; vivR^itaaH dR^ishyante = were being seen; shariiraaNiiva = like the bodies; shariiriNaam = of humans; vastraapakarshheNa = due to removal of clothes.
Sarga 1 (part 2 of 3)
5.1.75
प्लवमानं समीक्ष्यथ भुजङ्गाः सागरालयाः |
व्योम्नि तं कपिशार्दूलं सुपर्ण इति मेनिरे ॥
Serpents living in the sea saw Hanuma flying in the sky and thought that it was Garuda, the king of birds.
atha = after that; bhujaN^gaaH = serpents; saagaraalayaaH = living in the sea; samiikshya = saw; tam kapishaarduulam = the best among monkeys Hanuma; plavamaanam = flying; vyomni = in the sky; menire = (and) thought; suparNaH iti = that it was Garuda; the king of birds.
5.1.76
दशयोजनविस्तीर्णा त्रिंशद्योजनमायता |
छाया वानरसिंहस्य जले चारुतराभवत् ॥
Hanuma's shadow which was ten yojanas wide and thirty yojanas long appeared very beautiful on water.
chaayaa = shadow; vaanara siMhasya = of Hanuma; dasha yojana vistiirNaa = which was ten yojanas wide; trimshat yojanam aayataa = (and) thirty yojanas long; abhavat = appeared; chaarutaraa = very beautiful; jale = on water.
Comment : "Yojana" is a measure of length in ancient India like the modern mile. However its value does not seem to be a standard even within India. Some consider it as six miles, some as eight miles and some as two and half miles. Hence it is difficult to have an accurate conversion from yojanas to miles.
5.1.77
श्वेताभ्रघनराजीव वायुपुत्रानुगामिनी |
तस्य सा शुशुभे छाया वितता लवणाम्भसि ॥
That shadow which was following Hanuma and spread on the ocean, shone like a series of dense white clouds.
saa chaayaa = that shadow; tasya = of His; vaayuputraanugaaminii = which was following the son of Vayu - Hanuma; vitataa = spread; lavaNaaMbhasi = on the sea; shushubhe = shone; shvetaabhraghana raajiiva = like a series of dense white clouds.
5.1.78
शुशुभे स महातेजा महाकायो महाकपिः |
वायुमार्गे निरालम्बे पक्षवानिव पर्वतः ॥
That great monkey Hanuma, the great resplendent one with a huge body, shone like a mountain with wings flying in the sky without any support underneath.
saH mahaakapiH = that great monkey; mahaatejaaH = the great resplendent one; mahaakaayaH = with a great body; shushubhe = shone; parvataH iva = like a mountain; pakshavaan = with wings; vaayumaarge = in the path of Vayu - the God of wind; niraalambe = without any support.
5.1.79
येनासौ याति बलवान् वेगेन कपिकुञ्जरः |
तेन मार्गेण सहसा द्रोणीकृत इवार्णवः ॥
In whatever path Hanuma the mighty one went, in that path, there immediately appeared a trough in the ocean below.
yena maargeNa = whatever path; asau kapikuJNjaraH = this Hanuma; balavaan = the mighty one; yaati = went; tena = in that path; aarNavaH = the ocean (beneath); sahasaa = immediately; droNiikr^itaH iva = appeared like trough.
5.1.80
आपाते पक्षिसंघानां पक्षिराज इव व्रजन् |
हनुमान् मेघजालानि प्रकर्षन् मारुतो यथा ॥
Hanuma while coursing through the path of birds like the king of birds Garuda, dragged with him series of clouds like the god of wind.
hanumaan = Hanuma; vrajan = coursing; pakshi saMghaanaam aapaate = through the sky (the path of birds); pakshiraajaH iva = like the king of birds - Garuda; prakarshhan = dragging (with him); meghajaalaani = series of clouds; maaruto yathaa = like the god of wind.
5.1.81
पाण्डुरारुणवर्णानि नीलमाञ्जिष्ठकानि च |
कपिनाकृष्यमाणानि महाभ्राणि चकाशिरे ॥
Great clouds with white, red, blue and madder colors shone on being dragged by Hanuma.
mahaabhraaNi = Great clouds; paaNDuraarunNa varNaani = with white and red colors; cha niilamaaJNjashhTakaani = and also blue and madder colored ones; chakaashire = shone; aakR^ishhyamaaNaani = being dragged; kapinaa = by Hanuma.
5.1.82
प्रविशन्नभ्रजालानिनिष्पतंश्च पुनः पुनः |
प्रच्चन्नश्च प्रकाशश्च चन्द्रमा इव लक्ष्यते ॥
Hanuma who is repeatedly entering and leaving series of clouds as He flies in the sky, is being seen like the moon who shines and is hidden alternately.
punaH punaH = repeatedly; pravishan = entering; nishhpataMshcha = and leaving; abhrajaalaani = series of clouds; lakshyate = (Hanuma) is being seen; chandramaaH iva = like moon; prachchhannashcha = (who is) being covered; prakaashashcha = and shining (alternately).
5.1.83
प्लवमानं तु तं दृष्ट्वा प्लवङ्गं त्वरितं तदा |
ववर्षुः पुष्पवर्षणि देवगन्धर्वदानवाः ॥
Then, on seeing Hanuma flying quickly in the sky, Devas, Gandharvas and Danavas showered flowers on him.
tadaa = then; deva gandharva daanavaaH = Devas - Gandharvas - Danavas; vavarshhuH = showered; pushhpavarshhaaNi = a rain of flowers; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tam plavaN^gaM = that Hanuma; tvaritam plavamaanam = flying quickly.
5.1.84
तताप न हि तं सूर्यः प्लवन्तं वानरोत्तमम् |
सिषेवे च तदा वायू रामकार्याद्थसिद्धये ॥
Then, the Sun did not scorch Hanuma, the best among Vanaras, who was flying for Rama's welfare. The wind god Vayu also served him with a delightful breeze.
tadaa = then; suuryaH = Sun God; na hi tataapa = did not scorch; tam vaanarottamam = that best of Vanaras; plavantam = who was flying; raama kaaryaarthasiddhaye = for Rama's benefit; vaayuH cha = Vayu also; sishheve = served (Him).
5.1.85
ऋषयस्तुष्टुवुश्चैव प्लवमानं विहायसा |
जगुश्च देवगन्धर्वाः प्रशंसन्तो महौजसम् ॥
Sages praised the great resplendent Hanuma flying in the sky. Devas and Gandharvas also sang in His praise.
R^ishhayaH = Sages; tushhTuvushchaiva = praised; mahaujasam = the great resplendent Hanuma; plavamaanam = flying; vihaayasaa = by sky; devagandharvaaH = Devas and Gandharvas; jagushcha = also sang; prashaMsantaH = praising Him.
5.1.86
नागाश्च तुष्टुवुर्यक्षा रक्षांसि विबुधाः खगाः ॥प्रेक्ष्य सर्वे कपिवरं सहसा विगतक्लमम् |
Immediately on seeing the best among monkeys, Hanuma, flying without any effort, Nagas, Yakshas, Rakshasas, Devas and birds all praised Him.
sahasaa = immediately; naagaaH = Nagas; cha yakshaaH = and Yakshas; rakshaaMsi = Rakshasas; vibudhaaH = Devas; khagaaH = birds; sarve = all; tushhTuvuH = praised; prekshya = seeing; kapivaram = best among monkeys Hanuma; vigataklamam = (flying) without any effort.
5.1.87
तस्मिन् प्लवगशार्दूले प्लवमाने हनूमति ॥इक्ष्वाकुकुलमानार्थी चिन्तयामास सागरः |
While that best among vanaras, Hanuma, was flying, the god of ocean thought thus for the respect of Ikshvaaku dynasty:
tasmin hanuumati = (while) that Hanuma; plavaga shaarduule = best among monkeys; plavamaane = was flying; saagaraH = the god of ocean; chintayaamaasa = thought (thus); ikshvaaku kula maanaarthii = for the respect of Ikshvaaku dynasty.
5.1.88
साहाय्यं वानरेन्द्रस्य यदि नाहं हनूमतः ॥करिष्यामि भविष्यामि सर्ववाच्यो विवक्षताम् |
"If I do not help this best among vanaras Hanuma, I shall become prone to all kinds of ill-talk by those who want to speak against me."
yadi = if; aham = I; na saahaayyam karishhyaami = do not do help; hanuumataH = to Hanuma; vaanarendrasya = the best among vanaras; bhavishhyaami = I shall become; sarva vaachyaH = (prone to) all kinds of ill-talk; vivakshataam = for those who want to speak (against me).
5.1.89
अहमिक्ष्वाकुनाथेन सगरेण विवर्धतः ॥इक्ष्वाकुसचिचश्चायं नावसीदितुमर्हति |
"I was developed by Sagara of Ikshvaaku dynasty. This Hanuma who is helping a descendant of that dynasty should not become tired."
aham = I; vivardhitaH = was developed; sagareNa = by Sagara; ikshvaakunaathena = of Ikshvaku dynasty; ayam = this Hanuma; ikshvaaku sachivaH = who is helping that descendant of Ikshvaaku; na arhati = is not eligible; avasiiditum = to become tired.
5.1.90
तथा मया विधातव्यं विश्रमेत यथा कपिः ॥शेषं च मयि विश्रान्तः सुखेनातिपतिष्यति |
"I have to behave in such a way that Hanuma would take rest. After resting in me for a while, He can cross the remaining distance with comfort."
yathaa = how; kapiH = Hanuma; vishrameta = will take rest; tathaa = in that way; vidhaatam = to be behaved; mayaa = by me; vishraantaH = after resting; mayi = in me; atipashhyati = (He) can cross; seshham = the remaining (distance); sukhena = with comfort.
5.1.91
इति कृत्वा मतिं साध्वीं समुद्रश्चन्नमम्भसि ॥हिरण्यनाभं मैनाकमुवाच गिरिसत्तमम् |
Samudra thus making a good thought, spoke to Mainaka, the best among mountains with gold in the middle hidden in water.
samudraH = Samudra; iti = thus; saadhviim matim kR^itvaa = making a good thought; uvaacha = spoke; mainaakam = to Mainaka; giri sattamam = best among mountains; hiraNyanaabham = with gold in the middle; chhannam = covered; ambhasi = in water.
5.1.92
त्वमिहासुरसंघानां पाताळतलवासिनां ॥देवराज्ञा गिरिश्रेष्ठ परिघः संनिवेशितः |
"O best among mountains Mainaka! You have been positioned here by Devendra as an obstacle to the groups of asuras living in paataala."
giri shreshhTha = O best among mountains; tvam = you; saMniveshitaH = have been positioned; iha = here; devaraajJNaa = by Devendra; parighaH = as an obstacle; asurasaMghaanaam = to the groups of asuras; paataaLatalavaasinaam = living in paataala.
5.1.93
त्वमेषां जातवीर्याणां पुनरेवोत्पतिष्यताम् ॥पाताळस्याप्रमेयस्य द्वारमावृत्य तिष्ठसि |
"You are standing at the entrance of paataala which is difficult to measure, fully covering it, when asuras courageous by birth are trying to rise up again."
tvam = you; tishhThasi = are standing; aavR^itya = surrounding; dvaaram = the entrance; paataaLasya = of patala; aprameyasya = which is immeasurable; eshhaam = (when) these (asuras); jaataviiryaaNaam = courageous by birth; utpatishhyataam = are trying to rise up; punareva = again.
5.1.94
तिर्यगूर्ध्वमधश्चैव शक्तिस्ते शैल वर्धितुम् ॥तस्मात्संचोदयामि त्वामुत्तिष्ठ गिरिसत्तम |
"O mountain, you have capability to grow wide, up or down. O best among mountains, for that reason I am encouraging you. Raise up."
shaila = O mountain; te shaktiH = there is capability to you; vardhitum = to grow; tiryak = wide; uurdhvam = up; adhashchaiva = and down; girisattama = O best among mountains; tasmaat = for that reason; saMchodayaami = I am encouraging; tvaam = you; uttishhTha = raise up.
5.1.95
न एष कपिशार्दूलस्त्वमुपर्येति वीर्यवान् ॥हनूमान्रामकार्यार्थं भीमकर्मा खमाप्लुतः |
"Hanuma, the best among monkeys, the courageous one, who has taken up a fearful task for the benefit of Rama, that such Hanuma while flying in the sky is coming over you."
kapishaarduulaH = the best among monkeys; viiryavaan = courageous one; bhiima karmaa = with a fearful task; saH eshhaH = such this; hanumaan = Hanuma; aaplutaH = flying; kham = in the sky; raama kaaryaartham = for Rama's task; eti = is coming; tvaam upari = over you.
5.1.96
अस्य साह्यं मया कार्यमिक्ष्वाकुकुलवर्तिनः ॥मम हीक्ष्वाकवः पूज्याः परं पूज्यतमास्तव |
"To this Hanuma, who is a follower of the Ikshvaaku dynasty, help should be done by me now. Descendants of Ikshvaaku are repectable to me. They are even more respectable to you."
adya = now; asya = to this Hanuma; ikshvaaku kula vartinaH = who is a follower of the Iksvaaku dynasty; saahyam = help; kaaryam = should be done; mayaa = by me; ikshvaakavaH = descendants of Ikshvaaku; puujyaaH = are repectable; mama = to me; puujyatamaaH = even more respectable; tava = to you.
5.1.97
कुरु साचिव्यमस्माकं न नः कार्यमतिक्रमेत् ॥कर्तव्यमकृतं कार्यं सतां मन्युमुदीरयेत् |
"Do help to us. Our task may not be miscarried. A task which needs to be performed and not done, will increase the anger of good people."
kuru = do; saachivyam = help; asmaakam = to us; naH = our; kaaryam = task; na atikramet = may not be miscarried; kaaryam = a task; kartavyam = which needs to be performed; akR^itam = not done; udiirayet = will increase; manyum = the anger; sataam = of good people.
5.1.98
सलिलादूर्ध्वमुत्तिष्ठ तिष्ठत्वेष कपिस्त्वयि ॥अस्माकमतिथिश्चैव पूज्यश्च प्लवतां वरः |
"Raise up above from the water. This Hanuma is the best among fliers and is a guest to be worshipped for us. Let him stand on you."
uttishTha = get up; uurdhvam = above; salilaat = from water; eshhaH kapiH = this Hanuma; varaH = best; plavataam = among fliers; atithishchaiva = (is a) guest; puujyashcha = and one to be worshipped; asmmakam = for us; tishhThatu = let Him stand; tvayi = on you.
5.1.99
चामीकरमहानाभ देवगन्धर्व सेवित ॥हनुमांस्त्वयि विश्रान्तस्ततः शेषं गमिष्यति |
"O mountain with golden hued middle area and one who is served by Devas and Gandharvas! Hanuma can take rest on you and then traverse rest of the distance."
chaamiikara mahaanaabha = O (mountain) with golden hued huge middle area; devagandharva sevita = O one who is served by Devas and Gandharvas; hanumaan = Hanuma; vishraantaH = can take rest; tvayi = on you; tataH = and then; gamishhyati = can go; sheshham = the rest (of the distance).
5.1.100
काकुत्थ्सस्यानृशंस्यं च मैथिल्याश्च विवासनम् ॥श्रमं च प्लवगेन्द्रस्य समीक्ष्योत्थातुमर्हसि |
"You are fit to raise up after seeing the gentleness of Sri Rama, and the exile of Seetha, and the effort of Hanuma."
arhasi = (you are) fit; utthaatum = to raise up; samiikshya = after seeing; aanR^ishamsyam cha = the gentleness of; kaakutthasya = of Sri Rama; vivaasanam cha = and the exile; maithilyaaH = of Sita; shhramam cha = and the effort; plavagendrasya = of Hanuma.
5.1.101
हिरण्य नाभो मैनाको निशम्य लवणाम्भसः ॥उत्पपात जलात्तूर्णं महाद्रुमलतायुतः |
The mountain with gold in the middle, Mainaka, listening to the words of the salty ocean, got up quickly from the water, together with great trees and creepers.
hiraNyanaabhaH = The mountain with golden central area; mainaakaH = Mainaka; nishamya = listening; lavaNaambhasaH = the words of the salty ocean; utpapaata = got up; jalaat = from the water; tuurNam = quickly; mahaa druma lataa yutaH = together with great trees and creepers.
5.1.102
स सागरजलं भित्त्वा बभूवाभ्युत्थितस्तदा ॥यथा जलधरं भित्त्वा दीप्तरश्मिर्दिवाकरः |
Then that Mainaka became in the risen state, passing through the ocean water, just like the Sun piercing through a cloud with His shining rays.
tadaa = then; saH = that Mainaka; babhuuva = became; abhyutthitaH = risen up; bhittvaa = passing through; saagara jalam = the ocean water; yathaa = like; divaakaraH = the Sun; bhittvaa = piercing through; jaladharam = a cloud; diipta rashmiH = with shining rays.
5.1.103
स महात्मा मुहूर्तेन सर्वतः सलिलावृतः ॥द्र्शयामास शृङ्गाणि सागरेण नियोजितः |
शातकुम्भमयैः शृङ्गैः सकिन्नरमहोरगैः ॥आदित्योदयसंकाशैरालिखद्भिरिवाम्बरम् |
That great Mainaka who was covered by water in all directions, who had peaks with Kinnaras and great serpents, which were equal to a sun rise, which were touching the sky, and which had a golden hue, being ordered by the ocean, showed his peaks in an instant.
103; 104. saH mahaatmaa = that great Mainaka; shR^iN^gaiH = (with) peaks; sakinnaramahoragaiH = which had Kinnaras and great serpents; aadityodaya saMkaashaiH = which were equal to sunrise; ambaram aalikhadbhiH iva = which seemed to touch the sky; shaata kumbha mayaiH = which had a golden hue; salilaavR^itaH = (and) who was covered by water; sarvataH = in all directions; niyojitaH = (being) ordered; saagareNa = by the ocean; darshayaamaasa = showed; shR^iN^gaaNi = (his) peaks; muhuurtena = in an instant.
5.1.105
तप्तजाम्बूनदैः शृङिगाः पर्वतस्य समुत्थितैः ॥आकाशं शस्त्रसंकाशमभवत्काञ्चनप्रभम् |
The sky which had a bluish tinge like that of a sword, shone with a golden hue because of the peaks of the mountain which rose up and which was like molten gold.
aakaasham = sky; shastrasaMkaasham = which had a bluish hue like that of sword; abhavat = became; kaaJNchana prabham = shining with a golden color; shR^iN^gaiH = by the peaks; parvatasya = of the mountain; samutthitaiH = which rose up; taptajaambuunadaiH = (and) which was like molten gold.
5.1.106
जातरूपमयैः शृङ्गैर्भ्राजमानैः स्वयंप्रभैः ॥आदित्यशतसंकाशः सोऽभवद्गिरिसत्तमः |
That best among mountains became equal to a hundred suns with its peaks which had a golden hue and which were shining with a self generated shine.
saH = that; girisattamaH = best among mountains; abhavat = became; aaditya shata saMkaashaH = equal to a hundred suns; shR^iN^gaiH = with peaks; jaataruupamayaiH = which had a golden hue; bhraajamaanaiH = and which were shining; svayamprabhaiH = with self generated shine.
5.1.107
तमुत्थितमसंगेन हनुमानग्रतः स्थितम् ॥मध्ये लवणतोयस्य विघ्नोऽयमिति निश्चितः |
Hanuma on seeing the mountain which stood before Him, rising up from the middle of the salty ocean suddenly, decided that it as an obstacle.
hanumaan = Hanuma; nishchitaH = decided; tam = (that) the mountain; agrataH = which stood before Him; asangena = suddenly; utthitam = rising up; lavaNatoyasya madhye = from the middle of the salty ocean; viGhnaH iti = (as) an obstacle.
5.1.108
स तमुच्छ्रित मत्यर्थं महावेगो महाकपिः ॥उरसा पातयामास जीमूतमिव मारुतः |
That great monkey Hanuma with a great speed, brought that great tall mountain with His chest just as the God of wind would a cloud.
saH mahaa kapiH = that great monkey Hanuma; mahaa vegaH = one with a great speed; paatayaamaasa = brought down; tam atyartham ucchritam = that great tall mountain; urasaa = with His chest; maarutaH jiimuutamiva = like the God of wind to a cloud.
5.1.109
स तथा पातितस्तेन कपिना पर्वतोत्तमः ॥बुद्ध्वा तस्य कपेर्वेगं जहर्ष च ननन्द च |
That best among mountains Mainaka, thus being fell down by that Hanuma, recognized Hanuma's speed and lauded him with pleasure.
saH parvatottamaH = that best among mountains - Mainaka; tathaa = thus; paatitaH = fell down; tena kapinaa = by Hanuma; buddhvaa = recognized; vegam = speed; tasya kapeH = of Hanuma; jaharshha cha = lauded Him; nananda cha = and was also pleased.
5.1.110
तमाकाशगतं वीरमाकाशे समुपस्थितः ॥प्रीतो हृष्टमना वाक्यमब्रवीत्पर्वतः कपिम् |
मानुषं धारयन् रूपमात्मनः शिखरे स्थितः ॥
Mount Mainaka with love and with gladdened heart obtained a human form and standing on its own peak, spoke these words approaching that courageous Hanuma in the sky.
110; 111. parvataH = Mount Mainaka; priitaH = with love; hR^ishhTamanaaH = and with gladdened heart; dhaarayan = obtaining; maanushham ruupam = human form; sthitaH = and standing; aatmanaH shikhare = on its peak; abraveet = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words; samupasthitaH = approaching; aakaashe = in the sky; taM viiram kapim = that courageous Hanuma; aakaashagatam = who was in the sky.
5.1.112
दुष्करं कृतावन्कर्म त्वमिदं वानरोत्तम |
निपत्य मम शृङ्गेषु विश्रमस्व यथासुखम् ॥
"O the great Vanara! You have performed this impossible task of flying over the ocean. Do come down on to my peaks and rest for a while to your comfort."
vaanarottama = O best among Vanaras!; tvam = you; kR^itavaan = have done; idam = this; dushhkaram = impossible; karma = task; nipatya = get down; mama shR^ingeshhu = on my peaks; vishramasva = and rest; yathaa sukham = for comfort.
5.1.113
राघवस्य कुले जातैरुदधिः परिवर्धितः |
स त्वां रामहिते युक्तं प्रत्यर्चयति सागरः ॥
"The ocean was developed by people born in Sri Rama's dynasty. That such ocean is worshipping in lieu of Sri Rama, you who is desirous of Sri Rama's welfare."
udadhiH = the ocean; parivarthitaH = has been developed; raaghavasya kule jaataiH = by people born in the dynasty of Sri Rama; saH saagaraH = that such ocean; pratyachayati = is worshipping (in lieu of Sri Rama); tvaam = you; raama hite yuktam = who is desirous of Sri Rama's welfare.
5.1.114
कृते च प्रतिकर्तव्यमेष धर्मः सनातनः |
सोऽयं तत्प्रतिकारार्थी त्वत्तः संमानमर्हति ॥
"When a service is done, a return service needs to be rendered. This is an ancient tradition. Such this ocean who wants to do a return service to the Raghu dynasty, is suitable for respect by you."
kR^ite = when a service has been done; pratikartavyam = a return service needs to be done; eshhaH = this is; sanaatanaH = ancient; dharmaH = law; saH ayam = such this ocean; tatpratikaaraarthii = who wants to do service to the Raghu dynasty; arhati = is suitable; saMmaanam = for respect; tvattaH = from you.
5.1.115
त्वन्निमित्तमनेनाहं बहुमानात्प्रचोदितः |
योजनानां शतं चापि कपिरेष समाप्लुतः ॥तव सानुषु विश्रान्तः शेषं प्रक्रमतामिति |
तिष्ठ त्वं हरिशार्दूल मयि विश्रम्य गम्यताम् ॥
""After flying a hundred yojanas, let this Hanuma rest on your peak and then travel the rest of distance." - Thus I have been encouraged by this ocean for your sake due to His great respect for you. O best among vanaras! Stop for a while and then go after resting on me."
115; 116. samaaplutaH = (after) flying; yojanaanaam shatam = a hundred yojanas; eshhaH kapiH = (let) this Hanuma; vishraantaH = rest; tava saanushhu = on your peak; prakramataam = (and) travel; seshham = the rest (of the distance); iti = thus; aham = I; prachoditaH = have been encouraged; anena = by this samudra; bahumaanaat = due to great respect; tvannimittam = for your sake; hari shaarduula = O best among Vanaras - Hanuma; tvam = you; tishhTha = stop; gamyataam = (and you) shall leave; vishramya = (after) resting; mayi = on me.
5.1.117
तदिदं गन्धवत्स्वादु कन्दमूलफलं बहु |
तदास्वाद्य हरिश्रेष्ठ विश्रान्तोऽनु गमिष्यसि ॥
"O best among vanaras! For that reason, here is lots of roots, fruits and other eatables which are fragrant and sweet. May you leave after eating that and resting here for a while."
hari shreshhTha = O best among vanaras!; tat = for that (reason); idam = here is; bahu = lot of; kandamuulaphalam = (a mass of) roots; fruits and others; gandhavat = (which is) fragrant; svaadu = (and) sweet; gamishhyasi = may you leave; anu = after; aasvaadya = eating; tat = that; vishraantaH = (and) resting.
5.1.118
अस्माकमपि सम्बन्धः कपिमुख्य त्वयास्ति वै |
प्रख्यातस्त्रिषु लोकेषु महागुणपरिग्रहः ॥
"O chief among vanaras! Besides this, there also exists a relationship which is famous in all the three worlds, which is based on great virtues, for us with you."
kapi mukhya = O chief among vanaras!; asti vai = there exists; saMbandhaH = a relationship; prakhyaataH = which is famous; trishhu lokeshhu = in all the three worlds; mahaaguNaparigrahaH = based on great virtues; asmaakamapi = for us also; tvayaa = with you.
5.1.119
वेगवन्तः प्लवन्तो ये प्लवगा मारुतात्मज |
तेषां मुख्यतमं मन्ये त्वामहं कपिकुञ्जर ॥
"O son of Vayu, the god of wind! O best among vanaras! I am thinking you as being very important among those vanaras who are fast and who are capable of flying."
maarutaatmaja = O son of Vayu; kapi kuJNjara = best among vanaras; aham = I; manye = am thinking; tvaam = you; mukhyatamam = as being very important; ye teshhaam = (among) those vanaras; vegavantaH = who are fast; plavantaH = (and) who can fly.
5.1.120
अतिथिः किलपूजार्हः प्राकृतोऽपि विजानता |
धर्मं जिज्ञासमानेन किं पुनस्त्वादृशो महान् ॥
"By a person who wants to know dharma or by one who knows dharma, a guest even though ordinary is to be respected. What else can I say in the case of a great guest like you."
jijJNaasa maanena = By one who wants to know; dharmam = dharma; vijaanataa = by one who knows dharma; atithiH = a guest; praakR^ito api = even though ordinary; puujaarhaH = is suitable to be respected; mahaan = (for) a great man; tvaadR^ishaH = like you; kiM punaH = what else to say.
5.1.121
त्वं हि देववरिष्ठस्य मारुतस्य महात्मनः |
पुत्रस्तस्यैव वेगेन सदृशः कपिकुञ्जर ॥
"O best among vanaras! You are the son of the great Vayu - the God of wind, who is best in speed among the Devas. In speed you are equal to him alone."
kapi kuJNjara = O best among vanaras!; tvam = you; putraH hi = are son indeed; maarutasya = of Vayu; mahaatmanaH = the great one; devavarishhThasya = and the best among Devas; vegena = in speed; sadR^ishaH = (you are) equal; tasyaiva = to him alone.
5.1.122
पूजिते त्वयि धर्मज्ञ पूजां प्राप्नोति मारुतः |
तस्मात्त्वं पूजनीयो मे शृणु चाप्यत्र कारणम् ॥
"O knower of Dharma! If you are worshipped, Vayu also gets worship. For that reason you are to be worshipped by me. Also listen to another reason in this matter."
dharmajJNa = O one who knows dharma! tvayi puujite = if you are being worshipped; maarutaH = Vayu; praapnoti = gets; puujaam = worship; tasmaat = for that reason; tvam = you; puujaniiyaH = are to be respectable; me = to me; shR^iNu = (also) listen; kaaraNam cha = to the reason; atra = in this matter.
5.1.123
पूर्वं कृतयुगे तात पर्वताः पक्षिणोऽभवन् |
ते हि जग्मुर्दिशः सर्वा गरुडानिलवेगिनः ॥
"O son! Earlier in the Krita yuga, mountains had wings. With speed equal to that of Garuda and Vayu, they went in all directions."
taata = O son! puurvam = earlier; kR^ita yuge = in the Krita yuga; parvataaH = mountains; abhavan = became; pakshiNaH = with wings; te = those; garuDaanilaveginaH = having speed equal to Garuda and Vayu; jagmuH = went; sarvaaH dishaH = in all directions.
5.1.124
ततस्तेषु प्रयातेषु देवसंघः सहर्षिभिः |
भूतानि च भयं जग्मुस्तेषां पतनशङ्कया॥
"After that when those mountains were thus flying freely, Devas and living creatures together with sages obtained fear in the doubt that those mountains might fall down."
tataH = after that; teshhu prayaateshhu = when they were going; deva saMghaaH = groups of devas; bhuutaani cha = and living creatures; saharshhibhiH = together with sages; jagmuH = obtained; bhayam = fear; patana shaN^kayaa = due to the doubt of destruction; teshhaam = of those mountains.
5.1.125
ततः क्रुद्धः सहस्राअक्षः पर्वतानां शतक्रतुः |
पक्षान् चिच्छेद वज्रेण तत्र तत्र सहस्रशः ॥
"Then the angry Devendra who performed a hundred Asvamedha rituals, cut off the wings of thousands of mountains by his weapon vajra then and there."
tataH = after that; kruddhaH = angry; sahasraakshaH = Devendra; shata krataH = with a hundred yajnas; chichheda = cut off; pakshaan = wings; sahasrashaH parvataanaam = of thousands of mountains; vajreNa = by his weapon vajra; tatra tatra = then and there.
5.1.126
स मामुपागतः क्रुद्धो वज्रमुद्यम्य देवराट् |
ततोऽहं सहसा क्षिप्तः स्वसनेन महात्मना ॥
"That Devendra angrily reached me with raised vajra. Then I was thrown away immediately by the great Vayu."
saH = that; devaraaT = Devendra; upaagataH = reached; maam = me; kruddhaH = with anger; udyamya = raising; vajram = vajra; tataH = then; aham = I; kshiptaH = was thrown away; sahasaa = immediately; mahaatmanaa shvasanena = by the great Vayu.
5.1.127
अस्मिन्लवणतोये च प्रक्षिप्तः प्लवगोत्तम |
गुप्तपक्षसमग्रश्च तव पित्राभिरक्षितः ॥
"O best among vanaras! With saved full wings, being thrown down into this salt ocean, I have been protected by your father."
plavagottama = O best among vanaras! gupta paksha samagrashcha = with saved full wings; prakshiptaH = being thrown down; asmin lavaNatoye = in this salt ocean; abhirakshitaH = I have been protected; tava pitraa = by your father.
5.1.128
ततोऽहं मानयामि त्वां मान्यो हि मम मारुतः |
त्वया मे ह्येष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः ॥
"O chief among vanaras! Vayu is thus indeed respectable to me. For that reason I am respecting you. My this relationship with you has great virtues."
kapi mukhya = O chief among vanaras! maarutaH = Vayu; maanyaH hi = is indeed respectable; mama = to me; tataH = for that reason; aham = I; maanayaami = am respecting; tvaam = you; me = my; eshhaH = this; saMbandhaH = relationship; tvayaa = with you; mahaa guNaH = has great virtues.
5.1.129
अस्मिन्नेवंगते कार्ये सागरस्य ममैव च |
प्रीतिं प्रीतमनाः कर्तुं त्वमर्हसि महाकपे ॥
"O great Vanara! Because this matter is like this, you are suitable to make myself and Sagara happy, with a gladdened heart."
mahaa kape = O great vanara ! asmin kaarye = (because) this matter; evaMgate = goes like this; tvam = you; arhasi = are suitable; kartum = to do; priitim = happiness; saagarasya = to Sagara; mamaiva cha = and to me; priitamanaaH = with a gladdened heart.
5.1.130
श्रमं मोक्षय पूजां च गृहाण कपिसत्तम |
प्रीतिं च बहुमन्यस्व प्रीतोऽस्मि तव दर्शनात् ॥
"O best among Vanaras! Reduce your fatigue. Accept our worship also. Respect our love. I am happy by your manifestation."
kapisattama = O best among Vanaras! mokshaya = reduce; shramam = tiredness; gR^ihaaNa = accept; puujaam cha = (our) worship also; bahumanyasva = respect; priitim = (our) love; priitaH asmi = I am happy; tava darshanaat = by your appearance.
15.1.131
एवमुक्तः कपिश्रेष्ठस्तं नगोत्तममब्रवीत् |
प्रीतोऽस्मि कृतमातिथ्यं मन्युरेषोऽपनीयताम् ॥
Hanuma listening to the best mountain's words, spoke thus : "I am happy. Hospitality has been done. Let this ill feeling be removed."
kapi shhreshhThaH = Hanuma; evam uktaH = thus being talked to; abraviit = spoke (thus); taM nagottamam = to that best among mountains; priitaH asmi = I am happy; aatithyam = hospitality; kR^itam = has been done; esshaH manyuH = (let) this anger (or ill feeling); apaniiyataam = be removed.
5.1.132
त्वरते कार्यकालो मे अहश्चाप्यतिवर्तते |
प्रतिज्ञा च मया दत्ता न स्थातव्यमिहान्त्तरे ॥
"The time to perform my duty is hastening me. The day too is passing. A promise has also been given by me. I should not stand here in the middle neglecting my duty."
kaalaH = time; me kaaryaH = (to perform) my duty; tvarate = is hastening (me); ahaH cha = the day too; ativartate = is passing; pratijJNaa = a promise; dattaa cha = has also been given; mayaa = by me; na sthaatavyam = (I) should not stand; antare = in the middle; iha = here (neglecting my duty).
5.1.133
इत्युक्त्वा पाणिना शैलमालभ्य हरिपुङ्गवः |
जगामाकाशमाविश्य वीर्यवान् प्रहसन्निव ॥
The courageous Hanuma saying thus, touched the mountain with His hand, entered the sky and flew on with a smile.
viiryavaan = the courageous; haripuN^gavaH = Hanuma; uktvaa = saying; iti = thus; aalabhya = touching; shailam = the mountain; paaNinaa = with His hand; aavishhya = entering sky; jagaama = went; prahasanniva = with a smile.
5.1.134
स पर्वतसमुद्राभ्यां बहुमानादवेक्षितः |
पूजितश्चोपपन्नाभिराशीर्भिरनिलात्मजः ॥
That Hanuma was thus seen with great respect by the ocean and the mountain, and also worshipped with suitable blessings.
saH = that; anilaatmajaH = Hanuma; avekshitaH = was seen; bahumaanaat = with great respect; parvata samudraabhyaam = by the ocean and the mountain; puujitaH = and also worshipped; upapannabhiH aashiirbhiH = with suitable blessings.
1.5.135
अथोर्ध्वं दूरमुत्प्लुत्य हित्वा शैलमहार्णवौ |
पितुः पन्थानमास्थाय जगाम विमलेऽम्बरे ॥
After that leaving the mountain and the great ocean, and flying up far into the clear sky, Hanuma followed the path of his father.
atha = after that; hitvaa = leaving; shaila mahaarNavau = the mountain and the great ocean; utplutya = flying; uurdhvam = up; duuram = far; vimale ambare = in the clear sky; jagaama = went; aasthaaya = following; panthaanam = the path; pituH = of (His) father.
1.5.136
भूयश्चोर्ध्वं गतिं प्राप्य गिरिं तमवलोकयन् |
वायुसूनुर्निरालम्बे जगाम विमलेऽम्बरे ॥
The son of Vayu obtained the speed to fly still higher into the sky and seeing that mountain below, went in the clear sky which had no support.
vaayu suunuH = the son of Vayu; praapya = obtained; gatim = speed; uurdhvam = in the upper portion; bhuuyaH cha = again; avalokayan = seeing; tam girim = that mountain (below); jagaama = went; vimale ambare = in the clear sky; niraalambe = which had no support.
1.5.137
तद्द्वितीयं हनुमतो दृष्ट्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् |
प्रश्शंसुः सुराः सर्वे सिद्धाश्च परमर्षयः ॥
Seeing Hanuma perform that very difficult second task (first one being the flight over ocean), all Devas, Siddhas and great sages praised Him.
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; hanumataH = Hanuma's; tat = that; sudushhkaram = very difficult;dvitiiyam = second; karma = task; sarve = all; suraaH = Devas; siddhaashcha = Siddhas and; paramarshhayaH = great sages; prashashaMsuH = praised (Him).
1.5.138
देवताश्चाभवन् हृष्टास्तत्रस्थास्तस्य कर्मणा |
काञ्चनस्य सुनाभस्य सहस्राक्षश्च वासवः ॥
Devas and the thousand eyed Devendra who were there, became happy by the task of that golden hued Mainaka.
devataashcha = Devas and; sahasraakshaH = the thousand eyed; vaasavashcha = Devendra; tatrasthaaH = who were there; abhavan = became; hR^ishhTaaH = happy; karmaNaa = by the task; tasya kaaJNchanasya = of that golden hued; sunaabhasya = Mainaka.
1.5.139
उवाच वचनं धीमान् परितोषात्सगद्गदम् |
सुनाभं पर्वतश्रेष्ठं स्वयमेव शचीपतिः ॥
The wise Devendra himself spoke these words through faltering tones due to extreme happiness, to Mainaka, the best among mountains.
dhimaan = the wise; shachiipatiH = Devendra; svayameva = himself; uvaacha = spoke; vachanam = words; sagadgadam = through faltering tones; paritoshhaat = due to intense happiness; sunaabham = to Mainaka; parvata shreshhTham = the best among mountains.
5.1.140
हिरण्यनाभ शैलेन्द्र परितुष्टोऽस्मि ते भृशम् |
अभयं ते प्रयच्छामि तिष्ठ सौम्य यथासुखम् ॥
"O Mainaka, the king of mountains! I am very happy with you. O gentle one! I am giving protection to you. Proceed according to your comfort."
hiraNya naabha = O Mainaka! shailendra = the king of mountains! bhR^isham paritushhtaH asmi = I am very happy; te = in you; saumya = O gentle one! prayachhaami = I am giving; abhayam = protection; te = to you; yathaa sukham tishhTha = proceed according to your comfort.
5.1.141
साह्यं ते सुमहद्विक्रान्तस्य हनूमतः |
क्रमतो योजनशतं निर्भयस्य भये सति ॥
To the dauntless Hanuma crossing hundred yojanas, who is fearless even when there is reason to be afraid, a great help has been done by you.
hanuumataH = (To) Hanuma; vikraantasya = who is courageous; kramataH = crossing; yojana shatam = hundred yojanas; nirbhayasya = who is fearless; bhaye sati = even when there is reason to be afraid; sumahat = great; saahyam = help; kR^itam = has been done; te = (by) you.
5.1.142
रामस्यैष हितायैव याति दाशरथेर्हरिः |
सत्क्रियां कुर्वता तस्य तोषितोऽस्मि दृढं त्वया ॥
This Vanara Hanuma is going for the benefit of Sri Rama, the son of Dasaratha. I am very happy with you who is doing respect to Him.
eshhaH hariH = this Vanara; yaati = is going; hitaayaiva = for the benefit; raamasya = of Sri Rama; daasaratheH = the son of Dasaratha; dR^idham toshhitaH asmi = I am very happy; tvayaa = with you; kurvataa = (who is) doing; satkriyaam = respect; tasya = to Him.
5.1.143
ततः प्रहर्षमगमद्विपुलं पर्वतोत्तमः |
देवतानां पतिं दृष्ट्वा परितुष्टं शतक्रतुम् ॥
Thereafter, the best among mountains obtained great happiness on seeing Devendra, the lord of Devas being happy.
tatH = thereafter; parvatottamaH = the best among mountains; agamat = obtained; vipulam = great; praharshham = happiness; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; shatakratum = Devendra; patim = lord; devataanaam = of Devas; paritushhTam = being happy.
5.1.144
स वै दत्तवरः शैलो बभूवावस्थितस्तदा |
हनुमांश्च मुहूर्तेन व्यतिचक्राम सागरम् ॥
Then that mountain with a given boon from Devendra stood still there. Hanuma also leaped over that part of the ocean in an instant.
tadaa = then; saH = that; shailaH = mountain; datta varaH = with a given boon; babhuuva = became; avasthitaH = situated there; hanumaamshcha = Hanuma also; vyatichakraama = crossed; saagaram = (over that portion of) the ocean; muhuurtena = in an instant.
5.1.145
ततो देवाः सगन्धर्वाः सिद्धाश्च परमर्षयः |
अब्रूवन् सूर्यसंकाशां सुरसां नागमातरम् ॥
Thereafter, Devas together with Gandharvas, Siddhas and great sages spoke thus to Surasa, the mother of Nagas, equal to the Sun in brilliance.
tataH = after that; devaaH = Devas; sagandharvaaH = together with Gandharvas; siddhaashcha = Siddhas; paramarshhayaH = and great sages; abruvan = spoke (thus); surasaam = to Surasa; naagamaataram = mother of the Nagas; suuryasaMkaasham = equal to the Sun (in brilliance).
Sarga 1 (part 3 of 3)
5.1.146
अयं वातात्मजः श्रीमान्प्लवते सागरोपरि |
हनुमान्नाम तस्य त्वं मुहूर्तं विघ्नमाचर ॥राक्षसं रूपमास्थाय सुघोरं पर्वतोपमम् |
दंष्ट्रकराळं पिङ्गाक्षं वक्त्रं कृत्वा नभःसमम् ॥
"This glorious son of Vayu, going by the name of Hanuma is flying over the ocean. You obtain a horrible mountain like demonic appearance and make a face with fearful tusks, red-brown eyes and as vast as the sky, and create an obstacle to Him for an instant."
146; 147. ayam = this; shriimaan = glorious one; vaataatmajaH = son of Vayu; hanumaannaama = with the name of Hanuma; plavate = is flying; saagaropari = on the ocean; tvam = you; aasthaaya = obtain; sughoram = a horrible; parvatopamam = mountain like; raakshasam = demonic; ruupam = appearance; kR^itvaa = (and) make; vaktram = a face; daMshhTraakaraaLam = (with) fearful tusks; piN^gaaksham = red-brown eyes; nabham samam = and (vast) like the sky; aachara = (and) create; vighnam = an obstacle; tasya = to Him; muhuurtam = for an instant.
5.1.148
बलमिच्छामहे ज्ञातुं भूयश्चास्य पराक्रमम् |
त्वां विजेष्यत्युपायेन विषादं वा गमिष्यति ॥
"We are desiring to find out if by His strength and also courage and intelligence He can win over you or obtain sorrow."
icchaamahe = (We are) desiring; jJNaatum = to find out; asya = (if) by His; balam = strength; bhuuyaH = and also; paraakramam cha = and courage; upaayena = and intelligence; vijeshhyati = (can He) win; tvaam = you; vaa = or; gamishhyati = get; vishhadam = sorrow.
5.1.149
एवमुक्ता तु सा देवी दैवतैरभिसत्कृता |
समुद्रमध्ये सुरसा बिभ्रती राक्षसं वपुः ॥विकृतं च विरूपं च सर्वस्य च भयावहम् |
प्लवमानं हनूमन्तमावृत्येदमुवाच ह ॥
That Goddess Surasa, thus spoken to by Devas and also being respected by them, wearing a horrible disfigured appearance of a demon in the middle of the ocean which caused fear to all, and stopping Hanuma who was flying, spoke these words.
149;150. saa devii = that Goddess; surasaa = Surasa; evam = thus; uktaa = spoken to; daivataiH = by Devas; abhisatkR^itaa = and also respected (by them); bibhratii = wearing; vikR^itam = a horrible; viruupam cha = disfigured; raakshasam vapuH = appearance of a demon; samudra madhye = in the middle of the ocean; bhayaavaham = causing fear; sarvasya = to all; aavR^itya = and stopping; hanuumantam = Hanuma; plavantam = who was flying; uvaacha ha = (and) spoke; idam = these words.
5.1.151
मम भक्षः प्रदिष्टस्त्वमीश्वरैर्वानरर्षभ |
अहं त्वा भक्षयिष्यामि प्रविशेदं ममाननम् ॥
"O best among Vanaras! You have been given by Devas as my food. I will eat you. Enter inside my mouth."
vaanararshhabha = O best among Vanaras! tvam = you; pradishhTaH = have been given; eesvaraiH = by Devas; mama = (as) my; bhakshaH = food; aham = I; bhakshayishhyaami = will eat; tvaam = you; pravisha = enter; idam = (in) this; mama = my; aananam = face.
1.5.152
एवमुक्तः सुरसया प्राञ्जलिर्वानरर्षभः |
प्रहृष्टवदनः श्रीमानिदं वचनमब्रवीत् ॥
Thus spoken to by Surasa, the glorious Hanuma, with a happy face and with folded hands, spoke these words to Surasa.
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken to; surasayaa = by Surasa; shriimaan = the glorious; vaanararshhabhaH = best among Vanaras; prahR^ishhTa vadanaH = with a happy face; praaJNaliH = (and) with folded hands; abraviit = spoke; idam vachanam = this sentence.
5.1.153
रामो दाशरथिर्नाम प्रविष्टो दण्डकावनम् |
लक्ष्मणेन सह भ्रात्रा वैदेह्या चापि भार्यया ॥
"The son of Dasaratha, with the name of Rama entered the forest of Dandaka together with His brother Lakshmana and wife Seetha."
daasharathiH = the son of Dasaratha; raamo naama = with the name of Rama; pravishhTaH = entered; daNDakaavanam = the forest of Dandaka; saha = together with; bhraatraa = His brother; lakshmaNena = Lakshmana; bharyayaa = (and with His) wife; vaidehyaa = Seetha.
5.1.154
अन्यकार्यविषक्तस्य बद्धवैरस्य राक्षसैः |
तस्य सीत हृता भार्या रावणेन यशस्विनी ॥
"When that Sri Rama, with a bitter enmity towards Rakshasas, was diverted in another task, His famed wife Seetha had been taken away by Ravana."
tasya = that Sri Rama; baddha vairasya = with a bitter enmity; raakshasaiH = with Rakshasas. anya kaarya vishhaktasya = being diverted in another task; bharyaa = His wife; siitaa = Seetha; yashasvinii = the famous one; hR^itaa = had been stolen; raavaNena = by Ravana.
5.1.155
तस्याः सकाशं दूतोऽहं गमिष्ये रामकारणात् |
कर्तुमर्हसि रामस्य साह्यं विषयवासिनि ॥
"I am going for Rama's sake as a messenger to find Her presence. O subject of Sri Rama! You are suited to help Rama."
aham = I; gamishhye = can go; raama kaaraNaat = for Rama's sake; duutaH = as a messenger; tasyaaH = (to find) Her; sakaasham = presence; vishhaya vaasinii = O subject (of Sri Rama)! arhasi = (you are) suited; kartum = to do; saahyam = help; raamasya = of Rama.
5.1.156
अथवा मैथिलीं दृष्ट्वा रामं चाक्लिष्टकारिणम् |
आगमिष्यामि ते वक्त्रं सत्यं प्रतिशृणोमि ते ॥
"Otherwise after seeing Seetha and informing that to Sri Rama who makes Seetha without troubles, I will obtain your mouth. I am promising truthfully to you."
athavaa = otherwise; dR^ishhTvaa = (after seeing); maithiliim = Seetha; raamam cha = and Rama; aklishhTa kaariNam = who makes (Seetha) without troubles; aagamishhyaami = (I will) obtain; te = your; vaktram = face; pratishR^iNomi = I am promising; satyam = truthfully; te = to you.
5.1.157
एवमुक्ता हनुमता सुरसा कामरूपिणी |
अब्रवीन्नातिवर्तेत कश्चिदेष वरो मम ॥
Thus being spoken to by Hanuma, Surasa with power to take desired form, spoke thus: "No one can overcome me. This is my boon."
evam = thus; uktaa = spoken to; hanumataa = by Hanuma; surasaa = Surasa; kaamaruupiNii = with power to take desired form; abraviit = spoke (thus); kashchit = No one; naativarteta = can overcome (me); eshhaH = this; mama = (is) my; varaH = boon.
5.1.158
तं प्रयान्तं समुद्वीक्ष्य सुरसा वाक्यमब्रवीत् |
बलं जिज्ञासमाना वै नागमाता हनूमतः ॥
Mother of Nagas, Surasa, desiring to know the strength of Hanuma, spoke these words on seeing Him going away.
naaga maataa = Mother of Nagas; surasaa = Surasa; jijJNaasamaanaa vai = desiring to know; balam = strength; hanuumataH = of Hanuma; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words; samudviikshya = seeing; tam = Him; prayaantam = going away.
5.1.159
प्रविश्य वदनं मेऽद्य गन्तव्यं वानरोत्तम |
वर एष पुरा दत्तो मम धात्रेति सत्वरा ॥व्यादाय विपुलं वक्त्रं स्थिता सा मारुतेः पुरः |
"O best among Vanaras! You are bound to go only after entering my mouth. This boon had been given to me long ago by Brahma." - speaking thus, with quickness she opened her wide mouth and stood before Hanuma.
159;160. vaanarottama = O best among Vanaras! adya = now; gantavyam = (you) have to go; pravishya = after entering; me = my; vadanam = face; eshhaH varaH = this boon; dattaH = had been given; mama = to me; puraa = long back; dhaatraa = by Brahma; iti = (speaking) thus; satvaraa = with quickness; saa = she; vyaadaaya = opened; vipulam vaktram = wide mouth; sthitaa = (and) stood; puraH = before; maaruteH = Hanuma.
5.1.160
एवमुक्तः सुरसया क्रुद्धो वानरपुञ्गवः ॥अब्रवीत्कुरु वै वक्त्रं येन मां विषहिष्यसे |
Then Hanuma speaking thus to Surasa, became angry and became ten yojanas long and ten yojanas wide.
tadaa = then; hanumaan = Hanuma; iti uktvaa = speaking thus; surasaam = to Surasa; kruddhaH = became angry; babhuuva = and became; dasha yojanam = ten yojanas; aayataH = long; dasha yojana vistaaraH = (and) ten yojanas wide.
5.1.161
प्रविश्य वदनं मेऽद्य ग्न्तव्यं वानरोत्तम |
वर एष पुरा दत्तो ममम् ध्रात्रेति सत्वरा ॥व्यादाय विपुलं वक्त्रं स्थिता सा मरुतेः पुरः |
Seeing Hanuma, who looked like a cloud, being ten yojanas long, Surasa also made her mouth twenty yojanas long.
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tam = Him; megha saMkaasham = equal to a cloud; dasha yojanam aayatam = ten yojanas long; surasaa cha = Surasa also; chakaara = made; aasyam = (Her) mouth; vimshadyojanam aayatam = twenty yojanas long.
5.1.162
तं दृष्ट्वा मेघसंकाशं दशयोजनमायतम् ॥चकार सुरसा चास्यं विंशद्योजनमायतम् |
Thereafter, Hanuma got angry and became thirty yojanas long. Surasa made her mouth forty yojanas high. The courageous Hanuma then became fifty yojanas high.
tataH = thereafter; hanumaaMstu = Hanuma; kruddhaH = became angry; triMshadyojanam aayataH = became thirty yojanas long; surasaa = Surasa; chakaara = made; vaktram = mouth; chatvaariMshat = forty yojanas; ucchritam = high; viiraH = the courageous; hanumaan = Hanuma; babhuuva = became; paJNchaashadyojanocchritaH = fifty yojanas high.
5.1.163
हनुमांस्तु ततः क्रुद्धस्त्रिंशद्योजनमायतः ॥चकार सुरसा वक्त्रं चत्वारिंशत्तथोच्छ्रितम् |
बभूव हनुमान्वीरः पञ्चाशद्योजनोच्छ्रितः ॥
Thereafter, Hanuma got angry and became thirty yojanas long. Surasa made her mouth forty yojanas high. The courageous Hanuma then became fifty yojanas high.
163;164. 163; 164. tataH = thereafter; hanumaaMstu = Hanuma; kruddhaH = became angry; triMshadyojanam aayataH = became thirty yojanas long; surasaa = Surasa; chakaara = made; vaktram = mouth; chatvaariMshat = forty yojanas; ucchritam = high; viiraH = the courageous; hanumaan = Hanuma; babhuuva = became; paJNchaashadyojanocchritaH = fifty yojanas high.
5.1.165
चकार सुरसा वक्त्रं षष्टियोजनमायतम् |
तथैव हनुमान्वीरः सप्ततीयोजिनोच्छ्रितः ॥
Surasa then made her mouth sixty yojanas long. The mighty Hanuma in the same fashion, became seventy yojanas high.
surasaa = Surasa; chakaara = made; vaktram = her mouth; shhashhTi yojanam aayatam = sixty yojanas long; viiraH = the courageous; hanumaan = Hanuma; tathaiva = in the same way; saptatii yojanocchritaH = became seventy yojanas high.
5.1.166
चकार सुरसा व्क्त्रंशीतीयोजनोच्छ्रितम् |
हनुमानचलप्रख्यो नवतीयोजनोच्छ्रितः ॥
Surasa made her mouth eighty yojanas high. The mountain-like Hanuma then became ninety yojanas high.
surasaa = Surasa; chakaara = made; vaktram = her mouth; ashiitii yojanaocchritam = eighty yojanas high; achala prakhyaH = the mountain-like; hanumaan = Hanuma; navatii yojanocchritaH = became ninety yojanas high.
5.1.167
तद्दृष्ट्वा व्यादितं त्वास्यं वायुपुत्रः सुबुद्धिमान् |
दीर्घजिह्वं सुरसया सुघोरं नरकोपमम् ॥सुसंक्षिप्यात्मनः कायं बभूवाञ्गुष्ठमात्रकः |
The great wise Hanuma seeing that mouth with a long tongue which was horrible and equal to hell being opened by Surasa, greatly reduced His own body and became the size of a thumb.
subuddimaan = the great wise; vaayuputraH = Hanuma; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tat aasyam = that mouth; diirgha jihvam = with a long tongue; sughoram; which was horrible; narakopamam = equal to hell; vyaaditam surasyaa = opened by Surasa; susaMkshipya = greatly reducing; aatmanaH kaayam = His own body; babhuuva = became; angushhTha maatraH = the size of a thumb.
5.1.168
सोऽभिपत्याशु तद्वक्त्रं निष्पत्य च महाजवः |
अन्तरिक्षे स्थितः श्रीमानिदं वचनमब्रवीत् ॥
The glorious Hanuma with great speed, quickly entered Surasa's mouth and came out of it and standing in the sky spoke these words to Surasa.
shrimaan = the glorious one; mahaajavaH = with great speed; saH = that Hanuma; ashu = quickly; abhipatya = obtained; tadvaktram = that mouth of Surasa; nishhpatya cha = and came out; sthitaH = and standing; antarikshe = in the sky; abraviit = spoke; idam = this; vachanam = word.
5.1.169
प्रविष्टोऽस्मि हि ते वक्त्रं दाक्षायणि नमोऽस्तु ते |
गमिष्ये यत्र वैदेही सत्यं चासीद्वरस्तव ॥
"O daughter of Daksha! I indeed entered your mouth. My regards to you. I will now go where Seetha is. Your boon also came true."
daakshaayaNii = O daughter of Daksha! asmi hi = I indeed; pravishhTaH = entered; te = your; vaktram = mouth; namaH astu = (my) regards; te = to you; gamishhye = I will go; yatra = where; vaidehii = Seetha (is located); tava = your; varaH cha = boon also; aasiit = became; satyam = true.
5.1.170
तं दृष्ट्वा वदनान्मुक्तं चन्द्रं राहुमुखादिव |
अब्रवीत्सुरसा देवी स्वेन रूपेण वानरम् ॥
Seeing that Vanara being released from her mouth like the moon from the mouth of Rahu, goddess Surasa spoke these words assuming her normal form.
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tam vaanaram = that Vanara; muktam = being released; vadanaat = from (her) mouth; chandramiva = like the moon; raahumukhaat = from the mouth of Rahu; surasaa devii = the goddess Surasa; abraviit = spoke; svena = with her own; ruupeNa = form.
5.1.171
अर्थसिद्ध्यै हरिश्रेष्ठ गच्छ सौम्य यथासुखम् |
समानयस्व वैदेहीं राघवेण महात्मना ॥
"O gentle Hanuma! Go according to your comfort to achieve the desired task. Bring Seetha together with the great Sri Rama."
saumya = O gentle; harishreshhTha = best among Vanaras; gaccha = go; yathaa sukham = according to your comfort; artha siddhyai = for the (desired) task; samaanayasva = bring together; vaidehiim = Seetha; mahaatmanaa raaghaveNa = with the great Sri Rama.
5.1.172
तत्तृतीयं हनुमतो दृष्ट्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् |
साधु साध्विति भूतानि प्रश्शंसुस्तदा हरिम् ॥
Seeing that third very difficult task of Hanuma, all the creatures then praised Hanuma saying "Good! Good!".
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tat tR^itiiyam = that third; sudushhkaram = very difficult; karma = task; hanumato = of Hanuma; tadaa = then; bhuutaani = all creatures; prashashaMsuH = praised; harim = Hanuma; saadhu saadhu iti = saying "good! good!".
5.1.173
स सागरमनाधृष्यमभ्येत्य वरुणालयम् |
जगामाकाशमाविश्य वेगेन गरुडोपमः ॥
That Hanuma, equal to Garuda in speed, neared the ocean which is the abode of Varuna, entered the sky and went in His original path.
saH = that Hanuma; garuDopamaH = equal to Garuda; vegena = in speed; abhyetya = neared; saagaram = the ocean; varuNaalayam = abode of Varuna; aavishya = entered; aakaasham = the sky; jagaama = (and) went (in his path).
5.1.174
चरिते कैशिकाचार्यैरैरावतनिषेविते ॥सिंहकुञ्जरशार्दूलपतगोरगवाहनैः |
विमानैः संपतद्भिश्च विमलैः समलंकृते ॥वज्राशनिसमाघातैः पावकैरुपशोभिते |
कृतपुण्यैर्महाभागैः स्वर्गजिद्भिरलंकृते ॥वहता हव्यमत्यर्थं सेविते चित्रभानुना |
ग्रहनक्षत्रचन्द्रार्कतारागणविभूषिते ॥महर्षिगणगन्धर्वनागयक्षसमाकुले |
विविक्ते विमले विश्वे विश्वावसुनिषेविते ॥देवराजगजाक्रान्ते चन्द्रसूर्यपथे शिवे |
विताने जीवलोकस्य वितते ब्रह्मनिर्मिते ॥बहुशः सेविते वीरैर्विद्याधरगणैर्वरैः |
जगाम वायुमार्गे तु गरुत्मानिव मारुतिः ॥
Hanuma went, like Garuda, in the sky served by clouds (or streams of water), served also by birds, tread by masters of music Tumbura and other Gandharvas, served by Airavata, borne by lions, elephants, tigers, birds and serpents, decorated by clear Vimanas moving with great speed, shone by fires with thunderous jolt equal to that of Vajra - the weapon of Devendra, decorated by people with good deeds, people with great luck who conquered the heavens, served by the God of fire carrying great quantities of oblations, shone by planets, stars, moon, sun and starlets, occupied by groups of great sages, Gandharvas, Nagas, Yakshas but unpopulated by humans, clear and all pervasive, served by the gandharva king Vishvaavasu, roamed by elephants of Devendra, the path of the moon and the sun, the auspicious one, a wide canopy of the earth constructed by Brahma, served in various ways by excellent courageous groups of Vidyadharas.
174-180. maarutiH = Hanuma; jagaama = went; vaayumaarge = in the sky; garutmaaniva = like Garuda; sevite = served; vaaridhaaraabhiH = by streams of water; nishhevite = served; patagaishcha = also by birds; charite = tread; kaishikaachaaryaiH = by masters of music and dancing (Tumbura and others); airaavata nishhevite = served by Airavata; siMhakunjarashaarduulapatagoragavaahanaiH = (borne by) lions; elephants; tigers; birds and serpents; samalaMkR^ite = decorated; vimalaiH vimaanaiH = by clear Vimanas; saMpatadbhiH = moving with great speed; upashobhite = shone; paavakaiH = by fires; vajraashanisamaaghaataiH = with thunderous jolt equal to Vajra; alaMkR^ite = decorated; kR^itapuNyaiH = by people with good deeds; mahaabhaagaiH = people with great luck; svargajidbhiH = who conquered heaven; sevite = served; chitrabhaanunaa = by the God of fire; vahataa = carrying; atyartham havyam = great quantities of oblations; grahanakshatrachandraarkataaraagaNavibhuushhite = shone by planets; stars; moon; sun and starlets; maharshhigandharvanaagayakshasamaakule = occupied by groups of great sages; Gandharvas; Nagas; Yakshas; vivikte = unpopulated (by humans); vimale = (which is) clear; vishve = all pervasive; vishvaavasu nishevite = served by the gandharva king called Vishvaavasu; devaraajagajaakraante = roamed by the elephants of Devendra; chandra suurya pathe = (which is the) path of moon and the sun; shive = auspicious one; vitate vitaane = a wide canopy; brahma nirmite = constructed by Brahma; jiiva lokasya = of the earth; sevite = served; bahushaH = in various ways; varaiH = (by) excellent; viiraiH = courageous; vidyaadhara gaNaiH = groups of Vidyadharas.
5.1.181
प्रदृश्यमानः सर्वत्र हनुमान्मारुतात्मजः |
भेजेऽम्बरं निरालम्बं लम्बपक्ष इवाद्रिराट् ॥
Hanuma, the son of Vayu, visible everywhere, obtained the sky without support, like the king of birds with long wings.
hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of Vayu; pradR^ishyamaanaH = being shown; sarvatra = everywhere; bheje = obtained; ambaram = the sky; niraalambam = without any support; adriraaT iva = like the king of birds; lamba pakshaH = with long wings.
5.1.182
प्लवमानं तु तं दृष्ट्वा सिंहिका नाम राक्षसी |
मनसा चिन्तयामास प्रवृद्धा कामरूपिणी ॥
A demoness by the name of Simhika with the power to assume desired form, saw Hanuma flying, increased in size and thought thus in her mind.
raakshasii = A demoness; simhikaa naama = by the name of Simhika; kaamaruupiNii = with the power to assume desired form; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tam = Him; plavamaanam = flying; pravR^iddhaa = increased in size; chintayaamaasa = and thought; manasaa = in her mind.
5.1.183
अद्य दीर्ग़्हस्य कालस्य भविष्याम्यहामाशिता |
इदं हि मे महत्सत्त्वं चिरस्य वशमागतम् ॥
"After a long time, this great animal came into my grasp. After long time, today I will enjoy my meal."
chirasya = (after) a long time; idam = this; mahat = great; sattvam = animal; aagatam = came; me = (into) my; vasham = grasp; diirghasya = (after) long; kaalasya = time; adya = today; bhavishyaami = I will; aashitaa = have (my) meal.
5.1.184
इति संचिन्त्य मनसा छायामस्य समाक्षिपत् |
छायायां गृह्यमाणायां चिन्तयामास वानरः ॥
Thinking thus in her mind, Simhika attracted His shadow. While the shadow was thus being grasped, Hanuma thought thus.
iti = thus; samchintya = thinking; manasaa = with mind; samaakshipat = (she) attracted; asya = His; chaayaam = shadow; chaayaayaam gR^ihyamaaNaayaam = while the shadow was being grasped; vaanaraH = Hanuma; chintayaamaasa = thought (thus).
5.1.185
समाक्षिप्तोऽस्मि तरसा पञूकृतपराक्रमः |
प्रतिलोमेन वातेन महानौरिव सागरे ॥
"Like a great boat in the ocean with opposing winds, I am being pulled back forcefully, with disabled power."
mahaa nauriva = like a great boat; saagare = in the ocean; pratilomena = (with) opposing; vaatena = wind; asmi = I am becoming; samaakshiptaH = pulled; tarasaa = forcefully; paJNuutaparaakramaH = with disabled power.
5.1.186
तिर्यगूर्ध्वमधश्चैव वीक्षिमाणस्ततः कपिः |
ददर्श स महत्सत्त्वमुत्थितं लवणाम्भसि ॥
After that, Hanuma looking sideways, upwards and downwards, saw a big animal raised up in the salty ocean.
tataH = after that; kapiH = Hanuma; viikshamaaNaH = looking; tiryak = sideways; uurdhvam = upwards; athashchaiva = and downwards; dadarsha = saw; mahat = big; sattvam = animal; utthitam = raised up; lavaNaambhasi = in the salty ocean.
5.1.187
छाय्तद्धृष्ट्वा चिन्तयामास मारुतिर्विकृताननम् |
कपिराजेन कथितं सत्त्वमद्भुतदर्शनम् ॥
Hanuma saw that animal with a horrible face and thought: "This animal with a strange appearance, with great strength attracting shadow, is indeed the animal that had been told by Sugriva. There is no doubt in that."
maarutaH = Hanuma; dR^ishhTvaa = saw; tat = that (animal); vikR^itaananam = with a horrible face; chintayaamaasa = and thought; idam = this animal; adbhutadarshhanam = with a strange appearance; mahaaviiryam = with great strength; chaayaagraahi = attracting shadow; tat = (is indeed) that; sattvam = animal; kathitam = as told; kapiraajena = by Sugriva; na = no; saMshayaH = doubt; atra = in this.
5.1.188
आग्राहि महावीर्यं तदिदं नात्र संशयः |
स तां बुद्ध्वार्थतत्त्वेन सिंहिकां मतिमान्कपिः |
व्यवर्धत महाकायः प्रवृषीव वलाहकः ॥
That wise Hanuma recognizing that animal correctly as Simhika, increased His body greatly, like a cloud in rainy season.
saH matimaan = that wise; kapiH = Hanuma; buddhvaa = recognizing; taam = that; artatattvena = correctly; simhikaam = as Simhika; vyavarthata = grew; mahaa kaayaH = (into) one with great body; valaahakaH iva = like a cloud; praavR^ishi = in rainy season.
5.1.189
तस्य सा कायमुद्वीक्ष्य वर्धमानं महाकपेः ॥वक्त्रं प्रसारयामास पाताळान्तरसन्निभम् |
That Simhika seeing the growing body of the great monkey Hanuma, spread her mouth to be equal to the middle of Patala.
saa = that Simhika; udviikshya = seeing; vardhamaanam = growing; kaayam = body; mahaakapeH = of the great Hanuma; prasaarayaamaasa = spread; vaktram = mouth; paataaLaantara sannibham = (to be) equal to the middle of Patala.
5.1.190
घनराजीव गर्जन्ती वानरं सम्भिद्रवत् ॥स ददर्श ततस्तस्या विवृतं सुमहन्मुखम् |
कायमात्रं च मेधावी मर्माणि च महाकपिः ॥
Roaring like a dense cloud, she ran towards the Vanara. Then the wise Hanuma saw her opened very big mouth equal to His own body and also her internal organs.
190; 191. garjantii = roaring; ghanaraajiiva = like a dense cloud; samabhidravat = (she) ran; vaanaram = (towards) the Vanara; tataH = then; medhaavii = the wise; mahaakapiH = great Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; tasyaaH = her; vivR^itam = opened; sumahat = very big; mukham = mouth; kaayamaatram = equal to (His own) body; marmaaNi cha = and also the internal organs.
5.1.192
स तस्या विवृते वक्त्रे वज्रसंहननः कपिः |
संक्षिप्य मुहुरात्मानं निष्पपात महाबलः ॥
That Hanuma with great strength and with a body equal to a diamond, repeatedly contracted His body and fell into her opened mouth.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; mahaabalaH = one with great strength; vajrasaMhananaH = with a body equal (in strength) to a diamond; muhuH = repeatedly; saMkshipya = contracting; aatmaanam = Himself; nishhpapaata = fell; tasyaaH vivR^ite vaktre = into her opened mouth.
5.1.193
आस्ये तस्या निमज्जन्तं ददृशुः सिद्धचारणाः |
ग्रस्यमानं यथा चन्द्रं पूर्णं पर्वणि राहुणा ॥
Siddhas and Charanas saw Hanuma sinking in her mouth, like the full moon on a full moon day being swallowed by Rahu.
siddha chaaraNaaH = Siddhas and Charanas; dadrushuH = saw; nimajjantam = (Hanuma) sinking; tasyaaH = in her; aasye = mouth; puurNam chandram yathaa = like the full moon; parvaNi = on a full moon day; grasyamaanam = being swallowed; raahuNaa = by Rahu.
5.1.194
ततस्तस्या नखैस्तीक्णैर्मर्माण्युत्कृत्य वानरः |
उत्पपाताथ वेगेन मनः संपातविक्रमः ॥
Then Hanuma rend her internal organs with His sharp nails and after that flew up with a speed equal to that of thought.
tataH = then; vaanaraH = Hanuma; utkR^itya = rending; marmaaNi = internal organs; tasyaaH = of Simhika; tiikshNaiH nakhaiH = with sharp nails; atha = and after that; utpapaata = flew up; manaH sampaata vikramaH vegena = with a speed equal to that of thought.
5.1.195
तां तु दृष्ट्वा च धऋत्या च दाक्षिण्येन निपात्य च |
स कपिप्रवरो वेगाद्ववृधे पुनरात्मवान् ॥
That wise Hanuma felling Simhika down with His vision, courage and ability, developed again by speed.
saH aatmavaan = that wise; kapipravaraH = Hanuma; nipaatya = felling; taam = her; dR^ishhTyaa cha = with His vision; dhR^ityaa cha = courage; daakshiNyena cha = and ability; vavR^idhe = developed; punaH = again; vegaat = by speed.
5.1.196
हृतहृत्सा हनुमता पपात विधुराम्भसि |
तां हतां वानरेणाशु पतितां वीक्ष्य सिंहिकाम् ॥भूतान्याकाशचारीणी तमूचुः प्लवगोत्तमम् |
That Simhika with heart rend by Hanuma fell in water with sorrow. Seeing Simhika killed by Hanuma, creatures roaming in the sky spoke thus to that best among Vanaras.
saa = that Simhika; hR^ita hR^it = with heart rend; hanumataa = by Hanuma; papaata = fell; ambhasi = in water; vidhuraa = with sorrow; viikshya = seeing; simhikaam = Simhika; hataam = killed; vaanareNa = by Hanuma; bhutaani = creatures; aakaasha chaariNii = roaming in the sky; uuchuH = spoke (thus); tam plvagottamam = to that best among Vanaras.
5.1.197
भीममद्य कृतं कर्म महत्सत्त्वं त्वया हतम् ॥साधयार्थमभिप्रेतमरिष्टं प्लवतां वर |
"O best among Vanaras! A huge animal has been killed by you. A great task has been done. Perform the task dear to you auspiciously."
plavataam vara = O best among Vanaras! mahat = a huge; sattvam = animal; hatam = has been killed; tvayaa = by you; adya = now; bhiimam = a great; karma = task; kR^itam = has been done; saadhaya = perform; artham = the task; abhipretam = dear to you; arishhTam = auspiciously.
यस्य त्वेतानि चत्वारि वानरेन्द्र यथा तव || ५-१९८
धृतिर्दृष्टिर्मतिर्दाक्ष्यं स कर्मसु न सीदति |
"O best among Vanaras! Whoever has the four qualities of courage, vision, intellect and skill, all these four virtues like you, such a person will not fail in any task."
vaanarendra = O best among Vanaras! yasya = whoever; dhR^itiH = ( has) courage; dR^ishhTiH = vision; matiH = intellect; daakshyam = skill; etaani = (all) these; chatvaari = four (virtues); tava yathaa = like you; saH = that (him); na siidati = will not fail; karmasu = in (any) tasks.
5.1.199
स तैः संभावितः पूज्यः प्रतिपन्नप्रयोजनः ॥जगामाकाशमाविश्य पन्नगाशनवत्कपिः |
That Hanuma the respectable one, thus respected by them, entered the sky and went like the Garuda with a determined goal.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; puujyaH = the respectable one; sambhaavitaH = (thus) respected; taiH = by them; pratipanna prayojanaH = with a determined goal; aavishya = entered; aakaasham = the sky; jagaama = and went; pannagaashanavat = like the Garuda.
5.1.200
प्राप्तभूयिष्ठपारस्तु सर्वतः प्रतिलोकयन् ॥योजनानां शतस्यान्ते वनराजिं ददर्श सः |
Hanuma after almost reaching the other shore, looked in all directions and saw a series of trees at the end of his journey of hundred yojanas.
saH = that Hanuma; praaptabhuuyishhTha paarastu = almost reaching the other shore; pratilokan = looking; sarvataH = in all directions; dadarsha = saw; vanaraajim = a series of trees; ante = at the end; shatasya yojanaanaam = of hundred yojanas.
5.1.201
ददर्श च पतन्नेव विविधद्रुमभूषितम् ॥द्वीपं शाखामृगश्रेष्ठो मलयोपवनानि च |
The best among Vanaras, Hanuma, immediately after getting down also saw an island decorated by a variety of trees and also the forests in the region of Malaya.
shaakhaa mR^iga shreshhThaH = the best among Vanaras; patanneva = immediately after getting down; dadarsha cha = also saw; dviipam = an island; vividha druma bhuushhitam = decorated by various trees; malayopa vanaani cha = and also forests in the region of Malaya.
5.1.202
सागरं सागरानूपं सागरानूपजान् द्रुमान् ॥सागरस्य च पत्नीनां मुखान्यपि विलोकयन् |
स महामेघसंकाशं समीक्ष्यात्मानमात्मवान् ॥निरुन्धन्तमिवाकाशं चकार मतिमान् मतिम् |
That Hanuma with controlled senses and with good thoughts looked at the ocean, the bay and the trees born in the bay, and also the faces of the wives of the ocean (rivers are considered wives of ocean), observed Himself to be equal in size to a great cloud as though stopping the sky, and thought thus.
202; 203. saH = that Hanuma; aatmavaan = with controlled senses; matimaan = with good thoughts; vilokayan = looking; saagaram = the ocean; saagaraanuupam = bay; drumaan = trees; saagaraanupajaan = born in the bay; mukhaanyapi cha = and also the faces; saagarasya patniinaam = of the wives of the ocean (rivers); samiikshya = observed; aatmaanam = Himself; mahaameghasaMkaasham = equal to a great cloud; nirundhantamiva = as though stopping; aakaasham = the sky; chakaara = made; matim = thought (thus).
Comment : It is considered an auspicious sign to be welcomed by married women. Hanuma seeing the wives of Sagara coming to meet their husband thus bodes well for Hanuma.
5.1.204
कायवृद्धिं प्रवेगं च मम दृष्ट्वव राक्षसाः ॥मयि कौतूहलं कुर्युरिति मेने महाकपिः |
"After seeing my huge body and the speed, Rakshasas will become curious." - thus thought the great Hanuma.
dR^ishhTvaiva = after seeing; mama = my; kaayavR^iddhim = grown body; pravegam cha = and speed; raakshsaaH = Rakshasas; kuryuH = will do; kautuuhalam = curiousness; iti = thus; mene = thought; mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma.
5.1.205
ततः शरीरं संक्षिप्य तन्महीधरसन्निभम्॥पुनः प्रकृतिमापेदे वीतमोह इवात्मवान् |
For that reason, Hanuma reduced His mountain-like body and obtained the nature of one who reached self-realization, free from infatuations.
tataH = for that reason; saMkshipya = reducing; tat = that; mahiidhara sannibham = mountain-like; shariiram = body; aapede = obtained; prakR^itim = nature; aatmavaaniva = like one who realized self; viitamohaH = free from infatuations.
5.1.206
तद्रूपमतिसंक्षिप्य हनुमान् प्रकृतौ स्थितः ॥त्रीन् क्रमानिव विक्रम्य बलिवीर्यहरो हरिः |
Hanuma greatly reducing His size became normal in nature regaining His original form, like Vishnu who mitigated the strength of Bali by taking three strides.
hanumaan = Hanuma; atisaMkshipya = greatly reducing (His size); prakR^itau sthitaH = became (normal) in nature; tat = (regaining) that; ruupam = (original) appearance; hariH iva = lie Vishnu; baliviiryaharaH = who mitigated the strength of Bali; triin kramaan vikramya = by taking three strides.
5.1.207
स चारुनानाविधरूपधारी |
परं समासाद्य समुद्रतीरम् |
परैरशक्यः प्रतिपन्नरूपः |
समीक्षितात्मा समवेक्षितार्थः ॥
Hanuma capable of assuming many different beautiful forms, who cannot be defeated by enemies, obtained the other side of ocean and being cognizant of Himself restored His own form and became with a decided mission.
saH = Hanuma; chaarunaanaavidharuupadhaarii = capable of assuming many different beautiful forms; ashakyaH paraiH = who cannot be defeated by enemies; samaasaadya = obtained; param samudra tiiram = the other side of ocean; samiikshitaatmaa = cognizant of Himself; pratipanna ruupaH = with restored form; samavekshitaarthaH = (and became) with a decided mission.
5.1.208
ततः स लम्बस्य गिरेः समृद्धे |
विचित्रकूटे निपपात कूटे |
सकेतकोद्दालकनाळिकेरे |
महाभ्रकूटप्रतिमो महात्मा ॥
After that great one who looked like a huge mass of clouds, alighted on the mountain peak of Lamba with wonderful lower peaks, abundant with various things and filled with Ketaka, Uddalaka and coconut trees.
tataH = after that; saH = that; mahaatmaa = great one; mahaabhrakuuTa pratimaH = (who looked) like a huge mass of clouds; nipapaata = alighted; lambasya gireH kuuTe = on the mountain peak of Lamba; vichitra kuuTe = with wonderful (lower) peaks; samR^iddhe = abundant with various things; saketa koddaalakanaaLikere = filled with Ketaka; Uddaalaka and Coconut trees.
5.1.209
ततस्तु संप्राप्य समुद्रतीरं |
समीक्ष्य लङ्कां गिरिवर्यमूर्ध्नि |
कपिस्तु तस्मिन्निपपात पर्वते |
विधूय रूपं व्यथयन्म्ऱृगद्विजान् ॥
After that Hanuma for His part obtained the ocean shore, observed the city of Lanka from the top of the mountain, leaving His original form, tormenting animals and birds, alighted on that mountain.
tataH = after that; kapiH tu = Hanuma for His part; sampraapya = obtained; samudra tiiram = ocean shore; samiikshya = observed; laN^kaam = Lanka; girivaryamuurdhni = from the top of the mountain; vidhuuya = leaving; ruupam = (His original) form; vyathayan = tormenting; mR^iga dvijaan = animals and birds; nipapaata = alighted; tasmin parvate = on that mountain.
5.1.210
स सागरं दानवपन्नगायुतं |
बलेन विक्रम्य महोर्मिमालिनम् |
निपत्य तीरे च महोदधेस्तदा |
ददर्श लङ्काममरावतीमिव ॥
Having tranersed, by the dint of his strength over the ocean which was infested with demons and reptiles and endowed with series of huge waves, and alighting on the shore of the great sea, Hanuma then saw the City of Lanka having a resemblance of Amaravati, the capital City of Indra.
vikramya = having crossed; balena = by the dint of his strength; saagaram = over the ocean; daanava pannagaayutam = infested with demons and reptiles; mahormimaalinam = and endowed with series of huge waves; nipatya = and alighting; tire mahodadheH = on the shore of the great sea; saH = Hanuma; tadaa = then; dadarsha = saw; laN^kaam = the City of Lanka; amaraavatiimiva = having a semblance of Amaravati; the capital City of Indra.
इत्यर्शे श्री मद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे प्रथमः सर्गः
Sarga 2
5.2.1
स सागरमनाधृष्यमतिक्रम्य महाबलः |
त्रिकूटशिखरे लङ्कां स्थितां स्वस्थो ददर्श ह ॥
That Hanuma with great strength crossed the insurmountable ocean without becoming tired and viewed the city of Lanka located on the peak of Mount Trikuta.
saH = that Hanuma; mahaabalaH = one with great strength; atikramya = crossed; anaadhrishhyam = the insurmountable; saagaram = ocean; svasthaH = (stayed) healthy (without any physical tiredness); dadarsha ha = and viewed; laN^kaam = the city of Lanka; sthitaam = situated; trikuuTa sikhare = on the peak of Mount Trikuta.
5.2.2
ततः पादपमुक्तेन पुष्पवर्षेण वीर्यवान् |
अभिवृष्टः स्थितस्तत्र बभौ पुष्पमयो यथा ॥
After that, the powerful Hanuma standing there shone like one made of flowers being showered by a rain of flowers released by trees.
tataH = after that; viiryavaan = the powerful Hanuma; sthitaH = standing; tatra = there; babhau = shone; pushhpamayo yathaa = like one (with a body) of flowers; abhivR^ishhTaH = being showered; pushhpavarshheNa = by a rain of flowers; paadapamuktena = released by trees.
Comment : Being showered by flowers is considered auspicious.
5.2.3
योजनानां शतं श्रीमांस्तीर्त्वाप्युत्तमविक्रमः |
अनिःस्वसन् कपिस्तत्र न ग्लानिमधिगच्छति ॥
The glorious Hanuma with the best courage, even though crossing a hundred yojanas, was without a sigh and did not obtain any tiredness.
shriimaan = the glorious; kapiH = Hanuma; uttama vikramaH = with the best courage; tiirtvaapi = even though crossing; shatam = a hundred; yojanaanaam = yojanas; aniHshvan = was without a sigh; na adhigachhati = (and) did not obtain; glaanim = tiredness; tatra = there.
Comment : This verse and others clearly mention that Hanuma crossed an ocean of hundred yojanas. At the present time the shore to shore distance between southern tip of India and Northern tip of Sri Lanka is around sixty miles. Even with a measure of 2.5 miles per yojana, hundred yojanas translate to 250 miles. To explain this anomaly, we need to consider that around the time of Ramayana, the distance was lot more than the current sixty miles. This is in sync with the current theories by geologists that the ocean between India and the current Sri Lanka had been replaced by land mass over a period of time. Most of the land to the south of current Raghunatha Pura had been covered by landmass in antiquity. Also according to Ramayana, the mountains Trikuta, Lamba and Suvela were to the north of Lanka, but currently the mountains are found in the southern part of Lanka. This suggests that the northern parts of current Lanka were submerged in water during the Ramayana period.
5.2.4
शतान्यहं योजनानां क्रमेयं सुबहुन्यपि |
किं पुनः सागरस्यान्तं संख्यातं शतयोजनम् ॥
"I can cross many hundreds of yojanas. What to say about the end of the ocean which had been counted to be hundred yojanas long?"
aham = I; krameyam = will cross; subahuunyapi = a lot of; shataanyapi yojanaanaam = hundreds of yojanas also; kim punaH = what to say; antam = (about) the end; saagarasya = of the ocean; saMkhyaatam = counted; shata yojanam = to be hundred yojanas (long) .
5.2.5
स तु वीर्यवतां श्रेष्ठः प्लवतामपि चोत्तमः |
जगाम वेगवान् लङ्कां लङ्घयित्वा महोदधिम् ॥
That Hanuma, the best among powerful ones and the foremost also among those who can fly, reached the city of Lanka by crossing the great ocean with good speed.
saH tu = that Hanuma; shresahhThaH = best; viiryavataam = among the powerful ones; uttamaH = foremost; plavataamapi = also among those who fly; jagaama = went; vegavaan = with (good) speed; lan^kaam = for Lanka; laJNGhayitvaa = crossing; mahodadhim = the great ocean.
5.2.6
शाद्वलानि च नीलानि गन्धवन्ति वनानि च |
गण्डवन्ति च मध्येन जगाम नगवन्ति च ॥
He passed through forests with dark green hued fragrant lawns and also consisting of great rocks and hills.
jagaama = (He) passed; madhyena = in the middle of; vanaani cha = forests; niilaani = (with) dark green hued; gandhavanti = fragrant; shaadvalaani cha = lawns; gaNDavanti cha = with great rocks; nagavanti cha = and also hills.
5.2.7
शैलांश्च तरुसंचन्नान् वनराजीश्च पुष्पिताः |
अभिचक्राम तेजस्वी हनुमान् प्लवगर्षभः ॥
Hanuma, the best among Vanaras and the radiant one, tread on mountains covered with trees and on series of trees full of flowers.
hanumaan = Hanuma; plavagarshhabhaH = the best among Vanaras; tejasvii = the radiant one; abhichakraama = tread; shailaaMshcha = on mountains; tarusaMchannaan = covered with trees; vanaraajiishcha = and on series of trees; pushhpitaaH = (which were) blooming.
5.2.8
स तस्मिन्नचले तिष्ठन्वनान्युपवनानि च |
स नगाग्रे च तां लङ्कां ददर्श पवनात्मजः ॥
That son of God Vayu stood on a mountain and saw forests and gardens and also the city of Lanka situated on the top of a mountain.
saH pavanaatmajaH = that Hanuma; tishhThan = stood; tasmin achale = on that mountain; dadarsha = and saw; vanaani = forests; upavanaani cha = and gardens; taam laN^kaam = (and also) that city of Lanka; nagaagre = situated on the top of a mountain.
5.2.9
सरळान् कर्णिकारांश्च खर्जूरांश्च सुपुष्पितान् |
प्रियाळान्मुचुळिन्दांश्च कुटजान् केतकानपि ॥प्रियङ्गून्
गन्धपूर्णांश्च नीपान् सप्तच्छदांस्तथा |
असनान् कोविदारांश्च करवीरांश्च पुष्पितान् ॥पुष्पभारनिबद्धांश्च
तथा मुकुळितानपि |
पादपान् विहगाकीर्णान् पवनाधूतमस्तकान् ॥हंसकारण्डवाकीर्णान्वापीः पद्मोत्मलायुताः
|
आक्रीडान् विविधान् रम्यान्विविधांश्च जलाशयान् ॥संततान् विविधैर्वऋकैः सर्वर्तुफलपुष्पितैः |
उद्यानानि च रम्याणि ददर्श कपिकुञ्जरः ॥
Standing on that mountain, the elephant among monkeys, Hanuma, saw pine trees, Karnikaras, date-palms in full blossom, Priyalas, lemon trees, wild jasmine trees, mogra trees, long pepper trees filled with sweet fragrance, Kadamba trees and seven leaved banana trees, Asana trees, Kovidaras, Karaviras in full blossom, trees that were tied by the weight of their flowers and flower buds, that were distressed by birds, with their crests moved by wind, wells and various glorious pleasure-groves filled by various trees that give fruits and flowers in all seasons and beautiful gardens also, surrounded by various ponds consisting of swans and ducks.
9;10;11;12;13. kapi kuJNaraH = The elephant among monkeys (Hanuma); dadarsha = saw; saraLaan = pine trees; karNikaaraaMshcha = Karnikaras; kharjuuraMshcha = date-palms; supushhpitaan = in full blossom; priyaalaan = Priyalas; muchulindas = lemon trees; kutajaan = wild jasmine trees; ketakaanapi = mogra trees; priyaJNguuMshcha = long pepper trees; gandhapuurNaan = filled with fragrance; niipaan = Kadamba trees; tathaa = and; saptachchhadaan = seven leaved banana trees; asanaan = Asanas; kovidaaraaMshcha = Kovidaras; karaviiraaMshcha = Karaviras; pushhpitaan = in full blossom; padapaan = trees; pushhpabhaara nibaddhaaMshcha = tied by the weight of flowers; tathaa = and; mukulitaanapi = with flower buds; vihagaakiirNaan = distressed by birds; pavanaadhuutamastakaan = with (their) peaks moved by wind; vaapiiH = wells; vividhaan = (and) various; ramyaan = glorious; aakriiDaan = pleasure-groves; vividhaiH vR^ikshaiH = (filled) by various trees; sarvartuphalapushhpitaiH = that give fruits and flowers in all seasons; ramyaaNi = (and) beautiful; udyaanaani cha = gardens also; saMtataan = surrounded by; vividhaan = various; jalaashayaaMshcha = ponds; haMsakaaraNDa vaakiirNaaH = consisting of swans and ducks.
5.2.14
समासाद्य च लक्ष्मीवन् लङ्कां रावणपालिताम् |
परिखाभिः सपद्माभिः सोत्पलाभिरलंकृताम् ॥सीतापहरणार्थेन
रावणेन सुरक्षिताम् |
समन्ताद्विचरद्भिश्च राक्षसैरुग्रधन्विभिः ॥काञ्चनेनावृतां रम्यां प्राकारेण
महापुरीम् |
गृहैश्च ग्रहसंकाशैः शारदाम्बुदसन्निभैः ॥पाण्डुराभिः प्रतोळीभिरुच्चाभिरभिसंवृताम् |
अट्टालकशताकीर्णां पताकाध्वजमालिनीम् ॥तोरणैः काञ्चनैर्दिव्यैर्लतापङ्किविचित्रितैः |
ददर्श हनुमान्
लङ्कां दिवि देवपुरीं यथा ॥
The glorious Hanuma neared the city of Lanka ruled by Ravana, and saw the city which looked like the city of Gods in heaven, decorated by moats filled with lotuses and water-lilies, which was well protected, since the time of Seetha's abduction, by Ravana and by Rakshasas with horrifying voices roaming around, which was surrounded by a golden boundary wall, that beautiful great city consisted of houses equal in height to mountains and which looked like autumnal clouds, with white and elevated main streets, decorated with flags and pennons, with excellent golden hued archways adorned with sculpted rows of vines.
14; 15; 16; 17; 18. lakshmiivaan = the glorious; hanumaan = Hanuma; samaasaadya = neared; laN^kaam = the city of Lanka; raavaNa paalitaam = ruled by Ravana; alaMkR^itaam = decorated by; parikhaabhiH = moats; sapadmaabhiH = filled with lotuses; sotpalaabhiH = and water-lilies; surakshitaam = well protected; siitaapaharaNaarthena = due to the reason of Seetha's abduction; raavaNena = by Ravana; raakshasaiH = (and also) by Rakshasas; ugradhvanibhiH = with horrifying voices; vicharadbhiH = roaming; samantaat = around; aavR^itaam = surrounded; kaaJNchanena praakaareNa = by a golden boundary wall; ramyaam = the beautiful; mahaapuriim = great city; abhisaMvR^itaam = consisting; gR^ihaishcha = houses; girisaMkaashaiH = equal to mountains; shaaradaambudasannibhaiH = equal to the autumnal clouds; pratoliibhiH = (and) main streets; paaNDuraabhiH = which were white (plastered); uchchaabhiH = (and) which were elevated; pataakaadhvaja maaliniim = decorated with flags and pennons; toraNaiH = archaways; divyaiH = excellent; kaaJNchanaiH = golden hued; lataapaN^kti vichitritaiH = adorned with sculpted rows of climbers; dadarsha = (Hanuma) saw; laN^kaam = (that) Lanka; devapurrimiva = like the city of Gods; divi = in heaven.
5.2.19
गिरिमूर्ध्नि स्थितां लङ्कां पाण्डुरैर्भवनैः शुभैः |
ददर्श स कपिश्रेष्ठः पुरमाकाशगं यथा ॥
That best among monkeys Hanuma saw the city of Lanka with beautiful white buildings situated on the top of a mountain like a city located in the sky.
saH = that; kapi shreshhThaH = best among monkeys Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; laN^kaam = the city of Lanka; bhavanaiH = with buildings; paaNDuraiH = white in color; shubhaiH = beautiful ones; sthitaam = situated; giri muurdhni = on the top of a mountain; aakaashagam puram yathaa = like a city located in the sky.
5.2.20
पालितां राक्षसेन्द्रेण निर्मितां विश्वकर्मणा |
प्लवमानामिवाकाशे ददर्श हनुमान् पुरीम् ॥
Hanuma saw that city of Lanka ruled by Ravana the king of Rakshasas, constructed by Visvakarma (architect of Gods), and which looked as though it were floating in the sky.
hanumaan = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; puriim = that city; paalitaam = ruled; raakshasendreNa = by the king of Rakshasas; nirmitaam = constructed; vishvakarmaNaa = by Visvakarma - the architect of Gods; plavamaaniva = looked as though it were floating; aakaashe = in the sky.
5.2.21
पप्रप्राकारजघनां विपुलाम्बुनवाम्बराम् |
शतघ्नीशूलकेशान्तामट्टालकवतंसकाम् ॥मन्सेव कृतां लङ्कां निर्मितां
विश्वकर्मणा |
द्वारमुत्तरमासाद्य चिन्तयामास वानरः ॥
Hanuma saw the city of Lanka with buttress and enclosure wall as her hip and loins, the vast body pf water in the moat as her raiment, Satagnis and Sulas as her locks, the mansions as her earrings, constructed by thought. He reached the northern gate and thought thus.
21; 22. vaanaraH = Hanuma (saw); laN^kaam = city of Lanka; vaprapraakaara jaghanaam = (with) buttress and enclosure wall as her hip and loins; vipulaambunavaambaraam = the vast body of water (in the moat) as her raiment; shataghnii shuula keshantaam = Satagnis and Sulas as her locks; aTTaalakavataMsakaam = the mansions as her earrings; nirmitaam = constructed; manasaa = by thought; (He) aasaadya = reached; uttaram dvaaram = the northern gate; chintayaamaasa = and thought ( thus - ) .
5.2.23
कैलासशिखरप्रख्यामालिख्स्न्तीमिवाम्बरम् |
डीयमानामिवाकाशमुच्छ्रितैर्भवनोत्तमैः ॥संपूर्णां राक्षसैर्घोरैर्नागैर्भोगवतीमिव
|
अचिन्त्यां सुकृतां स्पष्टां कुबेराध्युषितां पुरा ॥दंष्ट्रिभिर्बहुभिः शूरैः शूलपट्टिसपाणिभिः |
रक्षितां राक्षसैर्घोरैर्गुहामाशीविषैरिव ॥तस्याश्च महतीं गुप्तिं सागरं च निरीक्ष्य सः |
रावणं च
रिपुं घोरं चिन्तयामास वानरः ॥
Hanuma saw the city of Lanka equal to peak of Kailasa as though touching the sky, as though flying to reach the sky, with its best mansions, filled with horrible rakshasas and serpants like the city of Bhogavati (capital of Patala), one which was unfathomable, a well arranged and a clear city governed by Kubera in earlier times, protected by courageous, horrible serpents and Rakshasas with mouths with sharp teeth like a cave, with spikes and Pattisas (spears) in their hands. Hanuma saw that Lanka's great protection and the ocean and Ravana the horrible enemy and thought thus.
23; 24; 25; 26. kailaasa shikhara prakhyaam = (Hanuma saw the city of Lanka ) equal to the peak of Kailasa; aalikhantiimiva = as though touching; ambaram = the sky; Diiyamaanaamiva = as though flying; aakaasham = for sky; ucchritaiH bhavanottamaiH = with its best mansions; saMpuurNaam = filled; ghoraiH = (with) horrible; raakshasaiH = Rakshasas; bhogavatiimiva = like in the city of Bhogavati; naagaiH = and by Serpents; achintyaam = one which is unfathomable; sukR^itaam = well arranged one; spashhTaam = the clear one; kuberaadhyushhitaam = governed by Kubera; puraa = in earlier times; rakshitaam = protected; aashiivishhaiH = by serpents; raakshasaiH = (and) Rakshasas; guhaamiva = (with a mouth) like a cave; daMshhTribhiH = with sharp teeth; shuuraiH = courageous ones; shuulapattisa paanibhiH = with spikes and Pattisas in their hands; ghoraiH = horrible ones; saH vaanaraH = that Hanuma; niriikshya = saw; tasyaaH = that Lanka's; mahatiim = great; guptim = protection; saagaram cha = and the ocean; raavaNam cha = and Ravana; ghoram ripum = the horrible enemy; chintayaamaasa = and thought thus.
5.2.27
आगत्यापीह हरयो भविष्यन्ति निररथकाः |
न हि युद्धेन व लङ्का शक्या जेतुं सुरैरपि ॥
"Even if Vanaras were to come here they would not meet with success. It is not possible even for Devas to be victorious against Lanka in war".
harayaH = vaanaras; aagatyaapi = even (if they) could come; iha = here; bhavishhyanti = they would become; nirarthakaaH = without success; laN^kaa = Lanka; na shakyaa hi = is not possible; jetum = to be overcome; yuddhena = in war; surairapi = even by Suras.
5.2.28
इमां तु विषमां दुर्गां लङ्कां रावणपालिताम् |
प्राप्यापि स महाबाहुः किम् करिष्यति राघवः ॥
"Even if He reaches this very difficult and impenetrable Lanka ruled by Ravana, what can that Sri Rama with mighty arms do"?
praapyaapi = even after reaching; imaam = this; vishhamaam = very difficult; durgaam = impenetrable; laN^kaam = Lanka; raavaNa paalitaam = ruled by Ravana; kiM karishhyati saH mahaabaahuH raaghavaH = what can that Sri Rama with mighty arms do?.
5.2.29
अवकाशो न सान्त्वस्य रक्षसेष्वभिगम्यते |
न दानस्य न भेदस्य नैव युद्धस्य दृश्यते ॥
"In the matter of overcoming rakshasas, there seems to be no opportunity for persuasion, gifts, dissension or even war".
raakshaseshhu = in (the matter of overcoming) rakshasas; avakaashaH na abhigamyate = no opportunity can be obtained; saantvasya = for persuasion; na daanasya = no (opportunity for) gift; na bhedasya = no (opportunity for) dissension; yuddhasya = (an opportunity for) war; naiva drishyate = is not even to be seen.
5.2.30
चतुर्णामेव हि गतिर्वानराणां महात्मनाम् |
वालिपुत्रस्य नीलस्य मम राज्ञश्च धीमतः ॥
"Only four great Vanaras can come here - the son of Vali (Angada), Nila, myself and the wise king Sugriva".
chaturNaam eva hi = only four; mahaatmaanaam = great; vaanaraaNaam = vanaras; gatiH hi = (have) the possibility of coming (here); vaaliputrasya = for the son of Vali - Angada; niilasya = for Nila; mama = for me; dhiimataH raaNJnashcha = and for the wise king Sugriva.
5.2.31
यावज्जानामि वैदेहीं यदि जीवति वा न वा |
तत्रैव चिन्तयिष्यामि दृष्ट्वा तां जनकात्मजाम् ॥
"I will first find out if Seetha is alive or not. I will think all this later, after seeing that daughter of Janaka".
yaavat jaanaami = I will find out; vaidehiim = about Seetha; yadi jeevati vaa = if she is alive or; na = not; chintayishhyaami = I will think; tatriava = there; dR^ishhTvaa = after seeing; taam janakaatmajaam = that Seetha.
5.2.32
ततः स चिन्तयामास मुहूर्तं कपिकुञ्जरः |
गिरिशृङ्गे स्थितस्तस्मिन् रामस्याभ्युदये रतः ॥
After that, that elephant among monkeys Hanuma who was interested in the welfare of Sri Rama, stood on that mountain peak and thought for an instant.
tataH = after that; saH kapikuJNaraH = that elephant among monkeys Hanuma; rataH = interested; abhyudaye = in the welfare; raamasya = of Sri Rama; sthitaH = stood; tasmin girishR^iJNge = on that mountain peak; chintayaamaasa = and thought; muhuurtam = for an instant.
5.2.33
अनेन रूपेण मया न शक्या रक्षसां पुरी |
प्रवेष्टुं राक्षसैर्गुप्ता क्रूरैर्बलसमन्वितैः ॥
"It is not possible for me to enter the city of ogres protected by cruel and strong rakshasas, with this appearance".
na shakyaa = it is not possible; praveshhTum = to enter; mayaa = by me; anena ruupeNa = in this appearance; purii = the city; rakshasaam = of rakshasa; guptaa = protected; raakshasaiH = by rakshasas; kruuraiH = (who are) cruel; balasamanvitaiH = (and) with strength.
5.2.34
उग्रौजसो महावीर्या बलवन्तश्च राक्षसाः |
वञ्चनीया मया सर्वे जानकीं परिमार्गता ॥
"All these mighty ogres with extraordinary energy and great prowess are to be cheated by me while engaged in the search of Seetha".
raakshasaaH sarve = all rakshasas; ugraujasaH = who are with extraordinary energy; mahaaviiryaH = great prowess; balavantashcha = and of might; vaN^chaniiyaaH = are to be cheated; mayaa = by me; parimaargataa = who is searching; jaanakiim = Seetha.
5.2.35
लक्ष्यालक्ष्येण रूपेण रात्रौ लङ्का पुरी मया |
प्रवेष्टुं प्राप्तकालं मे कृत्यं साधयितुं महत् ॥
"To achieve this great deed successfully, entering the city of Lanka in a small form at night is a timely thing to do" .
saadhayitum = to acheive; me = my; mahat = great; kR^ityam = task; mayaa = by me; praveshhTum = to enter; laN^kaapurii = city of Lanka; lakshyaalakshyeNa = in a seen-unseen (barely seen); ruupeNa = form; raatrau = at night; praaptakaalam = is a timely (thing).
5.2.36
तां पुरीं तादृशीं दृष्ट्वा दुराधर्शां सुरासुरैः |
हनुमान् चिन्तयामास विनिश्चित्य मुहुर्मुहुः ॥
Hanuma saw such that city of Lanka, which was difficult to overcome even for Devas or asuras, and thought thus repeatedly.
hanumaan = Hanuma; dR^ishhTvaa = saw; taadR^ishiim = such; taam = that; puriim = city; duraadharshham = difficult to overcome; suraasuraiH = (even for) devas or asuras; chintayaamaasa = (and) thought; muhurmuhuH = repeatedly.
5.2.37
केनोपायेन पशेयं मैथिलीं जनकात्मजाम् |
अदृष्टो राक्षसेन्द्रेण रावणेन दुरात्मना ॥
"By what idea can I see Seetha the daughter of Janaka, unseen by the wicked Ravana, the king of the ogres.
kena = By which; upaayena = idea; pashyeyam = can I see; maithiliim = Seetha; janakaatmajaam = the daughter of Janaka; adR^ishhTaH = unseen; duraatmanaa raavaNena = by the wicked Ravana; raakshasendreNa = the king of ogres.
5.2.38
न विनश्येत्कथं कार्यं रामस्य विदितात्मनः |
एकामेकश्च पश्येयं रहिते जनकात्मजाम् ॥
"How can the task of Sri Rama, one who knows self, not be destroyed? How can I alone see Seetha alone in a place devoid of people?."
katham = how; kaaryam = (can) the task; viditaatmanaH raamsya = of Sri Rama; the knower of self; na vinashyet = not be destroyed; pashyeyam ekashcha = (How) can I alone see; janakaatmajaam = Seetha; ekaam = alone; rahite = in a place devoid of people.
5.2.39
भूताश्चार्था विपद्यन्ते देशकालविरोधिताः |
विक्लबं दूतमासाद्य तमः सूर्योदये यथा ॥
"With a mediator who has an unsteady and gloomy mind working against time and place, tasks that are otherwise ready to succeed get harmed, like the darkness that gets destroyed at dawn".
aasaadya = obtaining; duutam = a messenger; viklabam = with a gloomy mind; deshakaalavirodhitaaH = being against the place and time; bhuutaaH = ready; arthaaH = tasks; vipadyante = get harmed; tamaH yathaa = like darkness (getting destroyed); suuryodaye = at dawn.
5.2.40
अर्थानर्थान्तरे बुद्धिर्निश्चितापि न शोभते |
घातयन्ति हि कार्याणि दूताः पण्डितमानिनः ॥
"Even a decided mind will not shine when thinking about gain and loss. Mediators who are respected by scholarly people will also harm tasks due to their arrogance."
nishchitaaH buddhirapi = even a decided mind; na shobhate = will not shine; arthaanarthaantare = (when vacillating) between gain and loss; duutaaH = messengers; paNDitamaaninaH = who are respected by scholars; ghaatayanti hi = will also harm; kaaryaaNi = tasks (due to their arrogance).
5.2.41
न विनश्येत्कथं कार्यं वैक्लब्यम् न कथं भवेत् |
लङ्घनं च समुद्रस्य कथं नु न वृथा भवेत् ॥
"How will the task at hand be not harmed? How will my mind not get gloominess? How will not the crossing of ocean go waste?."
katham = how; kaaryam = the task (at hand); na vinashyet = will not be harmed; katham = how; vaiklabyam = gloominess; na bhavet = will not be got; katham nu = how; laJNghanam cha = crossing; samudrasya = of the ocean; na bhavet = will not become; vR^idhaa = waste.
5.2.42
मयि दृष्टे तु रक्षोभी रामस्य विदितात्मनः |
भवेद्व्यर्थमिदं कार्यं रावणानर्थमिच्छतः ॥
"If I were to be seen by rakshasas, this task of Sri Rama, with a famed mind, who desires the slaying of Ravana will become wasteful."
mayi dR^ishhTe tu = If I am seen; rakshobhiH = by rakshasas; idam kaaryam = this task; raamasya = of Sri Rama; viditaatmanaH = one with famed mind; icchataH = who desires; raavaNaanartham = the slaying of Ravana; bhavet = will become; vyartham = wasteful.
5.2.43
न हि शक्यं क्वचित् स्थातुमविज्ञातेन राक्षसैः |
अपि राक्षसरूपेण किमुतान्येन केनचित् ॥
"It is not possible to be in Lanka even in the form of a rakshasa. What to say about being there in any other form?"
na shakyam hi = it is not possible; sthaatum = to be; kvachit = in any place; raakshasa ruupeNaapi = with the form of a rakshasa; aviNJaatena = not being known; raakshaiH = by rakshasas; kimuta = what to say; anyena kenachit = (about) any other form.
5.2.44
वायुरप्यत्र नाज्ञातश्चरेदिति मतिर्मम |
न ह्यस्त्यविदितं किंचिद्राक्षसानां बलीयसाम् ॥
"My thought goes thus: Even wind cannot pass here without being known. There is nothing not known to the might rakshasas."
iti = this; mama matiH = is my thought; vaayurapi = even wind; na charet = cannot pass; atra = here; aNJgnaataH = without being known; naasti hi kiMchit = there is nothing; aviditam = not known; baliiyasaam raakshasaanaam = to the mighty rakshasas.
5.2.45
इहाहं यदि तिष्ठामि स्वेन रूपेण संवृतः |
विनाशमुपयास्यामि भर्तुरर्थश्च हीयते ॥
"If I stay here with my usual form, I can be destroyed. The task of the Lord will also be harmed."
aham tishhThaami yadi = if I stay; iha = here; svena ruupeNa saMvR^itaH = consisting of my usual form; upayaasyaami = I can obtain; vinaasham = destruction; arthashcha = the task; bhartuH = of Lord Sri Rama; hiiyate = will also be harmed.
5.2.46
तदहं स्वेन रूपेण रजन्यां ह्रस्वतां गतः |
लङ्कामभिपतिष्यामि राघवस्यार्थसिद्धये ॥
"For that reason, I will become small in my appearance and will enter Lanka at night for the success of the task of Sri Rama."
tat = for that (reason); aham = I; gataH = will obtain; hrasvataam = smallness; svena ruupeNa = in my usual form; abhipatishhyaami = and will enter; laN^kaam = Lanka; rajanyaam = at night; artha siddhaye = for the success of the task; raaghavasya = of Sri Rama.
5.2.47
रावणस्य पुरीं रात्रौ प्रविश्य सुदुरासदाम् |
विचिन्वन् भवनं स्र्वं द्रक्ष्यामि जनकात्मजाम् ॥
"Entering the unapproachable city of Lanka at night and searching all the mansion of Ravana, I can see Seetha."
pravishya = entering; suduraasadaam = the unapproachable; puriim = city; raatrau = at night; vichinvan = searching; sarvam bhavanam = all the mansion; raavaNasya = of Ravana; drakshyaami = I can see; janakaatmajaam = Seetha.
5.2.48
इति संचिन्त्य हनुमान् सूर्यस्यास्तमयं कपिः |
आचकांक्षे ततो वीरो वैदेह्या द्रशनोतुसकः ॥
The courageous Hanuma thus thinking and being interested in discovering Seetha, then desired the sun to set.
viiraH kapiH = the courageous monkey; hanumaan = Hanuma; iti = thus; saMchintya = thinking; darshanotsukaH = interested in discovery; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha; tadaa = then; aachakaaMkshe = desired; suuryasya astamayam = the sun set.
5.2.49
सूर्ये चास्तं गते रात्रौ देहं संक्षिप्य मारुतिः |
वृषदंशकमात्रः सन् बभूवाद्भुतदर्शनः ॥
After the sun had set, Hanuma reduced His body at night with a size equal to that of a cat and became a wonderful sight to behold.
suurye astaMgate cha = After the sun had set; maarutiH = Hanuma; saMkshipya = reduced; deham = body; raatrau = at night; vR^ishhadaMshaka maatraH san = with a body size equal to that of a cat; babhuuva = became; adhuta darshanaH = a wonderful sight (to behold).
5.2.50
प्रदोषकाले हनुमांस्तूर्णमुत्प्लुत्य वीर्यवान् |
प्रविवेश पुरीं रम्यां सुविभक्तमहापथाम् ॥
The courageous Hanuma quickly flew during evening time and entered the beautiful city with well divided main pathways.
viiryavaan = the courageous; hanumaan = Hanuma; tuurNam = quickly; utplutya = flew; pradoshhakaale = during the evening time; pravivesha = (and) entered; ramyaam = beautiful; puriim = city of Lanka; suvibhaktamahaapathaam = with well divided main pathways.
5.2.51
प्रासादमालाविततां स्तम्भैः काञ्चनराजतैः |
शातकुम्भमयैर्जालैर्गन्धर्वनगरोपमाम् ॥सप्तभौमाष्टभौमैश्च
स ददर्श महापुरीम् |
तलैः स्फतिकसंकीर्णैः कार्तस्वरविभूषितैः ॥
Hanuma saw that great city filled with series of mansions, golden hued pillars and window lattices, which was equal to the city of Gandharvas, consisting of seven and eight storied buildings with their top portions studded with crystals and pearls and decorated with gold.
51; 52. saH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; mahaapuriim = (that) great city; praasaada maalaa vitataam = filled with series of mansions; kaaN^chana raajataiH = (with) golden hued; sthambhaiH = pillars; jaalaiH = and windows; gandharvanagaropamaam = equal to the city of Gandharvas; saptabhaumaashhTabhaumai cha = (consisting of) seven and eight storied houses; talaiH = (with) top portions; sphaTika saMkiirNaiH = inlaid with crystals; kaartasvaravibhuushhitaiH = and decorated with gold.
5.2.53
वैडूर्यमणिचित्रैश्च मुक्ताजालविभूषितैः |
तलैः शुशुभिरे तानि भवनान्यत्र रक्षसाम् ॥
There in that city of Lanka, the houses of rakshasas shone with top portions painted by cats-eyes and emeralds and decorated by groups of pearls.
atra = there (in that city of Lanka); bhavanaani = the houses; rakshasaam = of rakshasas; shushubhire = shone; talaiH = with top portions; vaiDuuryamaNi chitraiH = painted by cats-eyes and emeralds; muktaajaalavibhuushhitaiH = decorated by groups of pearls.
5.2.54
काञ्चनानि च चित्राणि तोरणानि च रक्षसाम् |
लङ्कामुद्द्योतयामासुः सर्वतः समलंकृताम् ॥
Golden archways with strange hues illuminated the well decorated city of Lanka in all directions.
kaaN^chanaani = golden; toraNaani = archways; chitraaNi = with strange hues; uddyotayaamaasuH = illuminated; samalaMkR^itaam = well decorated; laN^kaam = city of Lanka; sarvataH = in all directions.
5.2.55
अचिन्त्यामद्भुताकारां दृष्ट्वा लङ्कां महाकपिः |
आसीद्विष्ण्डो हृष्टश्च वैदेह्या दर्शनोत्सुकः ॥
Hanuma on seeing the unimaginable city of Lanka with a wonderful appearance became sad thinking about the prospect of capturing Lanka and also happy being eager to see Seetha.
mahaakapiH = Hanuma; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; achintyaam = the unimaginable; laN^kaam = city of Lanka; adbhutaakaaraam = with a wonderful appearance; darshanotsukaH = eager in discovery; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha; aasiit = became; vishhaNNaH = sad; hR^ishhTashcha = and happy.
5.2.56
स पाण्डुराविद्धविमानमालिनीं |
महार्हजाम्बूनदजालतोरणाम् |
यशस्विनीं रावणबाहुपालितां |
क्षपाचरैर्भिमबलैः
समावृताम् ॥
Hanuma saw that city of Lanka of great fame, with white, closely built buildings having golden windows and doorways of great value, consisting of ogres of great strength and ruled by the hands of Ravana.
saH = Hanuma (saw Lanka); paaNDuraaviddhavimaanamaaliniim = with white; closely built series of buildings; mahaarhajaambuunadajaalatoraNaam = having golden windows and doorways of great value; yashasviniim = of great fame; samaavR^itaam = consisting; kshapaacharaiH = of ogres; bhimmabalaiH = of great strength; raavaNabaahupaalitaam = ruled by the hands of Ravana.
5.2.57
चन्द्रोऽपि साचिव्यमिवास्य कुर्वं |
स्तारागणैर्मध्यगतो विराजन् |
ज्योत्स्नावितानेन वितत्य लोक |
मुत्तिष्ठते
नैकसहस्ररश्मिः ॥
The shining moon too rose up with its many thousands of rays, as though performing help to Hanuma, being at the middle of its retinue of stars and covering the earth with a canopy of light. That Hanuma saw the moon rising up with a glow of a conch shell, shining with a milky white hue of a lotus-fiber, like a swan swimming in a lake.
naikasahasrarashmiH chandro~pi = Moon with many thousands of rays; taaraa gaNaiH = together with a retinue of stars; madhyagataH = obtaining the center of stars; viraajan = shining; vitatya = (and) covering; lokam = the earth; jyotsnaa vitaanena = with canopy of moon-light; uttishhThate = rose up; kurvanniva = as though performing; saachivyam = help; asya = to Him (Hanuma) . saH hari praviiraH = that Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; chandram = the moon; udgachchhamaanam = rising up; shaNJkhaprabham = with a glow of a conch; vyavabhaasamaanam = shining; kshiiramR^iNaala varNam = with milky white hue like a lotus-fiber; haMsamiva = like a swan; popluuyamaanam = swimming; sarasi = in a lake.
5.2.58
शङ्खप्रभं क्षीरमृणालवर्ण |
मुद्गच्छमानं व्यवभासमानम् |
ददर्श चन्द्रं स हरिप्रवीरः |
प्लोप्लूयमानं सरसीव
हंसम् ॥
That Hanuma saw the moon, who was rising up in the sky with the splendour of a couch-shell, shining in white colour as milk or lotus-fibre, and looking like a swan swimming in a lake.
saH haripraviiraH = that Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; chandram = the moon; udgachha maanam = who was rising up; shaN^kha prabham = with the splendour of a couch-shell; vyavabhaasamaanam = shining; kShiiramR^iNaala varNam = in white colour as milk and lotus-fibre; hamsamiva = and looking like a swan; popluuyamaanam = swimming; sarasi = in a lake.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे द्वितीयः सर्गः
Sarga 3
5.3.1
स लम्ब शिखरे लम्बे लम्ब तोयद सम्निभे |
सत्त्वम् आस्थाय मेधावी हनुमान् मारुत आत्मजः ॥निशि लन्काम् महा सत्त्वः विवेश कपि कुन्जरः |
रम्य कानन तोय आढ्याम् पुरीम् रावण पालिताम् ॥
That Hanuma, best among monkeys, the intellectual son of Vayu, one with great might, stood on the moutain called Lamba with its high peaks equalling a high cloud, gathered courage and entered at night the city of Lanka ruled by Ravana and filled with beautiful forests and places of water such as lakes.
1;2. saH = That; hanumaan = Hanuma; medhaavii = the intellectual; maarutaatmajaH = son of God of Wind; mahaasattvaH = one with great might; kapikunjaraH = best among monkeys; lambe = on the mountain called Lamba; lamba shikhare = with high peaks; lambatoyada sannibhe = equalling a high cloud; aasthaaya = gathered; sattvam = courage; vivesha = and entered; nishi = at night; laN^kaam puriim = the city of Lanka; raavaNa paalitaam = ruled by Ravana; ramya kaanana toyaaDhyaam = and filled with beautiful forests and (places of) water.
5.3.3
शारद अम्बु धर प्रख्यैः भवनैः उपशोभिताम् |
सागर उपम निर्घोषाम् सागर अनिल सेविताम् ॥सुपुष्ट बल सम्गुप्ताम् यथैव विटपावतीम् |
चारु तोरण निर्यूहाम् पाण्डुर द्वार तोरणाम्॥
The city of Lanka was shone by buildings equalling autumnal clouds. With a sound resembling that of an ocean, it was served by ocean breeze. It was filled with well fed and mighty armies like Vitapati, the capital of Kubera. It had elephants positioned at archways and had white gates and archways.
3;4. upashobhitaam = (city of Lanka was) shone; bhavanaiH = by buildings; shaaradaambhudhara prakhyaiH = equalling autumnal clouds; saagaropama nirghoshhaam = with a sound resembling that of an ocean; saagara anila sevitaam = served by ocean breeze; supushhTa bala saMpushhTaam = filled by mighty armies; yathaiva = like; viTapaavatiim = Vitapavati; chharu toraNa niryuuhaam = with elephants standing at archways; paaNDuradvaara toraNaam = with white gates and archways.
5.3.5
भुजग आचरिताम् गुप्ताम् शुभाम् भोगवतीम् इव |
ताम् सविद्युत् घन आकीर्णाम् ज्योतिः मार्ग निषेविताम्
॥चण्ड मारुत निर्ह्रादाम् यथा इन्द्रस्य अमरावतीम् |
शातकुम्भेन महता प्राकारेण अभिसम्वृताम् ॥किन्किणी जाल घोषाभिः पताकाभिः अलम्कृताम् |
आसाद्य सहसा हृष्टः प्राकारम् अभिपेदिवान् ॥
Quickly approaching that city of Lanka which was protected by Rakshasas, like the the auspicious city of Bhogavati being protected by serpents moving about, spread with cloud illumined by flashes of lightening, served by pathways of stars, witha light breeze like the Indra's city of Amaravati, surrounded by a wall with a golden hue, decorated by flags with sounds from groups of small bells. He became happy and leapt up the wall.
5;6;7. sahasaa = quickly; aasaadya = approaching; taam = that Lanka; bhujagaacharitaam = with serpants moving about; guptaam = and being protected by them; shubhaam bhogavatiimiva = like auspicious city of Bhogavati; savidyudghanaakiirNaam = spread with lightening clouds; jyotirmaarga nishhevitaam = served by pathway of stars; manda maaruta saMchaaraam = with a light breeze; indrasya amaraavatiim yathaa = like Indra's city of Amaravati; abhisaMVR^itaam = surrounded; mahataa praakaareNa = by a city wall; shaatakumbhena = with a golden hue; alaMkR^itaam = decorated; pataakaabhiH = by flags; kinkiNii jaala ghoshhaabhiH = with sounds from groups of bells; hrishhTaH = became happy; ahipedivaan = and obtained; praakaaram = the wall.
5.3.8
विस्मय आविष्ट हृदयः पुरीम् आलोक्य सर्वतः |
जाम्बूनदमयैः द्वारैः वैदूर्य कृत वेदिकैः ॥मणि स्फटिक मुक्ताभिः मणि कुट्टिम भूषितैः |
तप्त हाटक निर्यूहैः राजत अमल पाण्डुरैः ॥वैदूर्य
तल सोपानैः स्फाटिक अन्तर पांसुभिः |
चारु सम्जवन उपेतैः खम् इव उत्पतितैः शुभैः ॥क्रौन्च बर्हिण सम्घुष्टे
राज हंस निषेवितैः |
तूर्य आभरण निर्घोषैः सर्वतः प्रतिनादिताम् ॥वस्वोकसारा प्रतिमाम् समीक्ष्य नगरीम्
ततः |
खम् इव उत्पतिताम् लन्काम् जहर्ष हनुमान् कपिः ॥
Seeing the city everywhere Hanuma became surprised at heart. Thereafter Hanuma the monkey, became happy seeing the doors which were of golden color, with platforms of cat's eye gems, inlaid with diamonds, crystals and pearls, embellished with floors of gems, graced with elephants made of refined gold, crowned with spotless white silver, stairs studded with cat's eye gems, with inside walls made of crystal free from dust, provided with lovely assembly halls, with sounds of Krauncha birds and peacocks, served by royal swans, looking as though flying toward the sky, with auspicious houses resounding everywhere with the sounds of clarionets and ornaments, equalling the city of Vasvaukasaara, as though flying towards the sky.
8;9;10;11;12. aalokya = seeing; puriim = the city; sarvataH = everywhere; vismayaavishhTa hR^idayaH = (Hanuma) became surprised at heart; tataH = thereafter; kapiH hanumaan = Hanuma; the monkey; jaharshha = became happy; viikshya = seeing; dvaaraiH = with doors; jaambuunadamayaiH = which were golden hued; vaiDurrya kR^ita vedikaiH = with platforms of cat's eye gems; vajrasphatikamuktaabhiH = inlaid with diamonds; crystals and pearls; maNi kuttima bhuushhitaiH = embellished with floors of gems; taptahaaTakaniryuuhaiH = graced with elephants made of refined gold; raajataamal paaNDuraiH = crowned with spotless white silver; vaiduurya kR^ita sopaanaiH = stairs studded with cat's eye gems; sphaaTikaantarapaaMsubhiH = with inside walls made of crystal free from dust; chaarusaMja vanopetaiH = provided with lovely assembly halls; krauncha barhiNa saMghashhTaiH = with sounds of Krauncha birds and peacocks; raajahaMsa nishevitaiH = served by royal swans; utpatitairiva = as though flying; kham = towards the sky; shubhaiH = with auspicious houses; prati naaditaam = resounding; sarvataH = everywhere; tuuryaabharaNa nirghoshhaiH = with the sounds of clarionets and ornaments; vasvaukasaaraapratimaam = equalling the city of Vasvaukasaara; utpatitaam iva = as though flying; kham = towards sky.
5.3.13
ताम् समीक्ष्य पुरीम् लन्काम् राक्षस अधिपतेः शुभाम् |
अनुत्तमाम् ऋद्धि युताम् चिन्तयाम्
आस वीर्यवान् ॥
Seeing that city of Ravana, which was best among cities, a wealthy city, a beautiful and auspicious city, that powerful Hanuma thought thus.
samiikshya = seeing; taam puriim = that city; raakshsaadhipateH = of the king of rakshasas; anuttamam = best one; buddhiyutaam = with wealth; ramyaam = beautiful one; shubhaam = auspicious one; viiryavaan = that powerful Hanuma; chintayaamaasa = thought (thus).
5.3.14
न इयम् अन्येन नगरी शक्या धर्षयितुम् बलात् |
रक्षिता रावण बलैः उद्यत आयुध धारिभिः ॥
"It is not possible for anyone else to oppose this city, by strength alone, which is being guarded by armies of Ravana with raised weapons."
na shakyaa = (it is) not possible; dharshhayitum = to oppose; balaat = by strength; anyena = by anyone else; iyam nagarii = this city; rakshitaa = guarded; raavaNa balaiH = by armies of Ravana; udyataayudha dhaaribhiH = with raised weapons.
5.3.15
कुमुद अन्गदयोः वा अपि सुषेणस्य महा कपेः |
प्रसिद्धा इयम् भवेत् भूमिः मैन्द द्विविदयोः अपि
॥
This land may be conquerable by Kumuda or Angada, to the great monkey Sushena or to Mainda or Dvivida.
iyam = this; bhuumiH = land; prasiddhaa bhavet = may become conquerable; kumuda angadayorvaapi = to Kumuda or Angada; mahaa kapeH sushheNasya = to the great monkey Sushena; mainda dvividayorapi = to Mainda or Dvivida.
5.3.16
विवस्वतः तनूजस्य हरेः च कुश पर्वणः |
ऋक्षस्य केतु मालस्य मम चैव गतिः भवेत् ॥
There may be access to this land to the son of Sun God Sugreeva, to the monkey Kusaparvana, to the chief among monkeys Riksha and to me.
gatiH bhavet = there may be access; vivasvataH tanuujasya = to son of Sun God - Sugreeva; hareH = the monkey; kushaparvaNaH = Kusaparvana; kapi mukhyasya R^ikshasa = to the chief among monkeys Riksha; mama cha eva = and to me.
5.3.17
समीक्ष्य तु महा बाहः राघवस्य पराक्रमम् |
लक्ष्मणस्य च विक्रान्तम् अभवत् प्रीतिमान् कपिः
॥
Considering the long armed Sri Rama's strength and Lakshmana's valour, Hanuma became happy.
samiikshya = considering; mahabaahoH = the great armed; raaghavasya = scion of Raghu's; paraakramam = strength; lakshmaNasya cha = and Lakshmana's; vikraantam = valour; kapiH = Hanuma; abhavat = became; priitimaan = happy.
5.3.18
ताम् रत्न वसन उपेताम् कोष्ठ आगार अवतंसकाम् |
यन्त्र अगार स्तनीम् ऋद्धाम् प्रमदाम् इव भूषिताम्
॥ताम् नष्ट तिमिराम् दीपैः भास्वरैः च महा गृहैः |
नगरीम् राक्षस इन्द्रस्य ददर्श स महा कपिः ॥
That great monkey saw that city of king of rakshasas like a wealthy woman decorated with diamonds for her clothes, with various storage houses as earrings, with amouries for her breasts. Due to the lamps that illuminated the radiant great houses, all darkness was lost.
18;19. saH mahaakapiH = that great monkey; dadarsha = saw; taam = that; raakshasendrasya nagariim = city of king of rakshasas; pramdaam iva = like a woman; budhhaam = with wealth; bhuushhitaam = decorated; ratnavasanopetaaam = with diamonds for her clothes; koshhThaagaaravataMsakaam = with various storage houses as earrings;antraagaarastaniim = with armouries for her breasts; nashhTa timiraam = losing darkness; mahaaR^ihaiH = by great houses; bhaasvaraishcha = radiating; diiptaiH = being illuminated by(lamps).
5.3.20
अथ सा हरिशार्दूलम् प्रविशन्तिम् महाबलम् |
नगरी स्वेन रूपेण ददर्श पवनात्मजम् ॥
Thereafter, the guardian of that city, in her own form, saw Hanuma, the best among monkeys and the mighty one, entering.
atha = thereafter; saa nagarii = (guardian of) that city; svena ruupeNa = in her own form; dadarsha = saw; hari shaarduulam = best among monkeys; mahaa balam = one with great strength; pavanaatmajam = Hanuma; pravishantam = entering.
5.3.21
सा तम् हरिवरम् दृष्ट्वा लङ्का रावणपालिता |
स्वयमेवोत्थिता तत्र विकृताननदर्शना ॥
Seeing that best among monkeys Hanuma there, that Lanka ruled by Ravana, rose up herself with a horrific appearance of face an eyes.
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tam harivaram = that Hanuma; tatra = there; saa laN^kaa = that Lanka; raavaNa paalitaa = ruled by Ravana; uthitaa = rose up; svayameva = herself; vikR^ita aanana darshanaa = with a horrific appearence of face and eyes.
5.3.22
पुरस्तत्क पिवर्यस्य वायुसूनोरतिष्ठत |
मुञ्चमाना महानादमब्रवीत्पवनात्मजम् ॥
She stood in front of the best among Vanaras Hanuma. She made a great sound and spoke to Hanuma thus.
atishhThata = stood; purastaat = in front; vaayusuunoH = of Hanuma; kapivarasya = the best among Vanaras; munchamaanaa = leaving; mahaaa naada = a great sound; abraviit = spoke; pavanaatmajam = to Hanuma.
5.3.23
कस्त्वम् केन च कार्येण इह प्राप्तो वनालय |
कथय स्वेह यत्तत्त्वम् यावत्प्राणा धरन्ति ते
॥
"O one who lives in gardens! Who are you? For what reason did you come here? As long as your lives are sustained, tell me the truth here before that."
vanaalaya = O one who lives in gardens; tvam kaH = who are you; kena kaaryeNa = for what reason; praaptaH iha = did you come here; yaavat dharanti = as long as (you) sustained; te praaNaaH = your lives; (before that); kathayasva = tell; yat = whatever; tattvam = truth; iha = here.
5.3.24
न शक्यम् खल्वियम् लङ्का प्रवेष्टुम् वानर त्वया |
रक्षिता रावणबलैरभिगुप्ता समन्ततः ॥
"O Vanara! It is indeed not possible for you to enter this city of Lanka which is protected by Ravana's forces and strongly guarded all around."
vaanara = O Vanara; na shakyam khalu = it is indeed not possible; tvayaa = by you; praveshhTum = to enter; iyam laN^kaa = this Lanka; rakshitaa = protected; raavaNa balaiH = by Ravana's forces; abhiguptaa = guarded; samantataH = all around.
5.3.25
अथ तामब्रवीद्वीरो हनुमानग्रतः स्थिताम् |
कथयिष्यामि ते तत्त्वम् यन्मम् त्वम् परिपृच्छसि
॥
Therafter the mighty Hanuma spoke to Lanka standing in front of Him as follows : "Whatever matter you are asking me, I will tell you that truthfully."
atha = therafter; viiraH = the mighty; hanumaan = Hanuma; abraviit = spoke; taam = to her; sthitaam = who stood; agrataH = in front (of Him); yat = whatever; tvam = you; paripR^cchasi = are asking; maam = me; kathayishhyaami = I will tell; te = you; tattvam = that truth.
5.3.26
का त्वम् विरूपनयना पुरद्वारेऽवतिष्ठसि |
किमर्थम् चापि माम् रुद्ध्वा निर्भर्त्सयसि दारुणा
॥
"You are standing at the entrance to the city. O one with ugly eyes! Who are you? O horrible one! Stopping me, for what reason are you threatening me?"
avatishhThasi = you are standing; puradvaare = at the entrance to city; viruupanayanaa = O one with ugly eyes; tvam kaa = who are you; daaruNaa = O horrible one; ruddhvaa = stopping; maam = me; kimartham = for what reason; nirbhatyasi = are you threatening me.
5.3.27
हनुमद्वचनम् श्रुत्वा लङ्का सा कामरूपिणी |
उवाच वचनम् क्रुद्धा परुषं पवनात्मजम् ॥
Listening to Hanuma's words, that Lanka, with ability to achieve desired form, became angry and spoke these strong words to Hanuma.
shrutvaa = listening; hanumat vachanam = to Hanuma's words; sa laN^kaa = that Lanka; kaamaruupiNii = with ability to change form according to will; kruddhaa = became angry; uvaacha = and spoke; parushham = strong; vachanam = words; pavanaatmajam = to Hanuma.
5.3.28
अहम् राक्षसराजस्य रावणस्य महात्मनः |
आज्ञाप्रतीक्षा दुर्धर्षा रक्षामि नगरीमिमाम् ॥
"I protect this city, being invincible. I wait for the orders of the king of demons Ravana, the great one."
aham = I; rakshaami = protect; imaam = this; nagariim = city; durdharshhaa = being invincible; aaJNaa pratiikshaa = waiting for orders; raakshasa raajasya = of the king of rakshasas; raavaNasya = of Ravana; mahaatmanaH = the great souled one.
5.3.29
न शक्या मामवज्ञाय प्रवेष्टुम् नगरी त्वया |
अद्य प्राणैः परित्यक्तः स्वप्स्यसे निहतो मया
॥
"After humilliating me it is not possible for you to enter the city. Being beaten by me, you will leave life and have a permanent sleep."
avajNaaya = humiliating; maam = me; na shakyaa = it is not possible; tvayaa = by you; praveshhTum = to enter; nagarii = the city; adya = now; nihataH = being beaten; mayaa = by me; parityaktaH = leaving; praaNaiH = life; svapsase = you will sleep (forever).
5.3.30
अहम् हि नगरी लङ्का स्वयमेव प्लवङ्गम |
सर्वतः परिरक्षामि ह्येतत्ते कथितम् मया ॥
"O Vanara! I am protecting this city of Lanka in all directions. This matter has been already told to you by me."
plavangama = O Vanara! aham = I; parirakshaami = am protecting; laNkaa nagarii = the city of Lanka; sarvataH = in all directions; etat = this matter; kathitam = has been indeed told; te = to you; mayaa = by me.
5.3.31
लङ्काया वचनम् श्रुत्वा हनुमान् मारुतात्मजः |
यत्नवान्स हरिश्रेष्ठः स्थितश्शैल इवापरः ॥
The son of Vayu and best among Vanaras heard Lanka's words and stood up like a second mountain, with a purpose.
maarutaatmajaH = Son of Vayu - Hanuma; hari shreshhThaH = the best among Vanaras; shrutvaa = hearing; laNkayaaH vachanam = Lanka's words; sthitaH = stood up; aparaH shailaH iva = like a second mountain; yatnavaan = with a purpose.
5.3.32
स ताम् स्त्रीरूपविकृताम् दृष्ट्वा वानरपुङ्गवः |
आबभाषेऽथ मेधावि सत्त्वान् प्लवगर्षभः ॥
Thereafter that Hanuma the wise one, with great strength, best among those who can fly and best among Vanaras, saw that city of Lanka in the form of an ugly woman and spoke thus.
atha = thereafter; saH = that Hanuma; methaavii = the wise one; sattvaan = with strength; plavagarshhabhaH = best among those who can fly; vaanara puNgavaH = best among Vanaras; dR^ishhTvaa = saw; aam = that Lanka; strii ruupa ikR^itaam = in the form of a lady and ugly; aababhaashhe = spoke thus.
5.3.33
द्रक्ष्यामि नगरीम् लङ्काम् साट्टप्राकारतोरणाम् |
इत्यर्थमिह सम्प्राप्तः परम् कौतूहलम् हि
मे ॥
"I should like to see the city of Lanka with its palaces, defensive walls and archways. I came here for that reason. I am very curious to see them."
drakshyaami = I should like to see; laN^kaam nagariim = the city of lanka; saaTTaa praakaara toraNaam = with its palaces; defensive walls and archways; iti artham = for this reason; saMpraaptaH = (I) came; iha = here; param kautuuhalam = (there is) lot of curiosity; me = to me.
5.3.34
वनान्युपवनानीह लङ्कायाः काननानि च |
सर्वतो गृहमुख्यानि द्रष्टुमागमनम् हि मे ॥
"My arrival here is indeed to see Lanka's gardens, parks, forests and important houses all over."
me aagamanm = my arrival; iha = here; drashhTum hi = to indeed see; laN^kaayaaH = Lanka's; vanaani = gardens; upavanaani = parks; kaananaani cha = and forests; gR^iha mukhyaani = important houses; sarvataH = all over
5.3.35
तस्य तद्वचनम् श्रुत्वा लङ्का सा कामरूपिणी |
भूय एव पुनर्वाक्यम् बभाषे परुषाक्षरम् ॥
Listening to Hanuma's words, Lanka with the ability to assume desired form, spoke harsh words stronger than before.
shrutvaa = listening; tasya = to His; tat vachanam = those words; laN^kaa kaama ruupiNii = Lanka with the ability to change form according to will; babhaashhe = spoke; punaH = again; parushhaaksharam = strong words; bhuuyaH eve = stronger than before.
5.3.36
मामनिर्जत्य दुर्बद्धे राक्षसेश्वरपालिता |
न शक्यमद्य ते द्रष्टुम् पुरीयम् वनराधम ॥
"O lowly Vanara with an evil mind! It is not possile for you to see this city ruled by king of rakshasas, without first defeating me."
vaanaraadhama = O lowly Vanara! durbuddhe = with evil mind; na shakyam = it is not possible; te = to you; drashhTum = to see; adya = now; iyam purii = this city; raakshaseswara paalitaa = ruled by king of rakshasas; anirjitya maam = without defeating me.
5.3.37
ततः स कपिशार्दूलस्तामुवाच निशाचरीम् |
दृष्वा पुरीमिमाम् भद्रे पुनर्यास्ये यथागतम् ॥
Then that tiger among Vanaras Hanuma spoke to that demon : "O auspicious one! After seeing this city I will return back again to where I came from."
tataH = then; saH kapi shaarduulaH = that tiger among Vanaras Hanuma; uvaacha = spoke; taam nishaachariim = to that demon; bhadre = O auspicious one! dR^ishhTvaa = after seeing; imaam puriim = this city; yaasye = I will return; punaH = agin; yataagatam = as I came.
5.3.38
ततः कृत्वा महानादम् सा वै लङ्का भयावहम् |
तलेन वानरश्रेष्ठम् ताडयामास वेगिता ॥
Thereafter that Lanka made a great sound causing terror and hit Hanuma, the best among Vanaras, with her palm quickly.
tataH = thereafter; saa lankaa = that Lanka; kR^itvaa = made; mahaanaadam = a great sound; bhayaavaham = causing terror; taaDayaamaasa = hit; vaanarashreshhTham = the best among Vanaras; talena = with the palm; vegitaa = quickly.
5.3.39
ततः स कपिशार्दुलो लङ्काया ताडितो भृशम् |
ननाद सुमहानादम् वीर्यवान् पवनात्मजः ॥
Then that tiger among Vanaras, the powerful son of Vayu, being hit powerfully by Lanka made a great sound.
tataH = then; saH kapishaarduulaH = that tiger among Vanaras; viiryavaan = the poweful; pavanaatmajaH = son of Vayu; taaDitaH = being hit; lankayaa = by Lanka; bhR^isham = a lot; nanaada = made; sumahaanaadam = a great sound.
5.3.40
ततः सम्वर्तयामास वामहस्तस्य सोऽङ्गुळीः |
मुष्टिनाभिजघूनैनाम् हनुमान् क्रोधमूर्चितः ॥स्त्री चेति मन्यमानेन नातिक्रोधः स्वयम् कृतः |
Thereafter that Hanuma became dizzy with anger and folded his fingers of left hand. He then hit her with His fist. "She is a woman" - thinking thus He did not show much anger by Himself.
tataH = thereafter; saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; krodhamuurchitaH = became dizzy with anger; saMvartayaamaasa = folded; aN^guLiiH = fingers; vaamahastasya = of left hand; abhihaghaana = hit; enaam = her; mushhTinaa = with His fist; strii cha iti = she is a woman (thus); manyamaanena = thinking; ati krodhaH = great anger; svayam na kR^itaH = was not done by Himself.
5.3.41
सा तु तेन प्रहारेण विह्वलाङ्गी नीशाचरी ॥पपात सहसा भूमौ विकृताननदर्शना |
That demon fell on land immediately by that hit with a distressed body and appeared with a horrific face.
saa nishaacharii tu = that demon; papaata = fell; bhuumau = on land; sahasaa = immediately;tena prahaareNa = by that hit; vihvlaaN^gii = with a distressed body; vikR^itaanana darshanaa = and became with a horrific face in appearance.
5.3.42
ततस्तु हनुमान् प्राज्ञस्ताम् दृष्ट्वा विनिपातिताम् ॥कृपाम् चकार तेजस्वी मन्यमानः
स्त्रियम् तु ताम् |
Thereafter the intellectual and glorious Hanuma saw her fallen down and thinking her to be woman, showed kindness.
tataH = thereafter; praJNaH = the intellectual; tesjasvii = the glorious one; hanumaan = Hanuma; dR^ishhTvaa = saw; taam = her; vinipaatitaam = fallen down; manya maaaanaH = thinking; taam = her; striyam = to be woman; chakaara = made; kR^ipaam = kindness.
5.3.43
ततो वै भृशसम्विग्ना लङ्का गद्गदाक्षरम् ॥उवाचागर्वितम् वाक्यम् हनूमन्तम् प्लवङ्गमम्
|
Thereafter that Lanka being very gloomy spoke with a falterting tone without pride these words to Hanuma the Vanara.
tataH = thereafter; saa lan^kaa = that Lanka; bhR^isha saMvignaa = being very gloomy; uvaacha = spoke; gadgadaaksharam = with faltering tone; vaakyam = these words; agarvitam = without being proud; hanuumantam = to Hanuma; plavaN^gam = the Vanara.
5.3.44
प्रसीद सुमहाबाहो त्रायस्व हरिसत्तम ॥समये सौम्य तिष्ठन्ति स्त्त्ववन्तो महाबलाः
|
"O long armed one! O best among Vanaras! Get propitiated and protect me. O gentle one! Those with great strength and courage always stand firm on tradition."
su mahaabaaho = O long armed one!; hari sattama = O best among Vanaras!; prasiida = get propitiated; traayasva = protect me; saumya = O gentle one!; mahaabalaaH = those with great strength; sattvavantaH = with courage; tishhThanti = stand; samaye = on tradition.
5.3.45
अहं तु नगरी लङ्का स्वयमेव प्लवङ्गम ॥निर्जिताहम् त्वया वीर विक्रमेण महाबल |
"O Vanara! I am myself the city of Lanka. O strong one! O courageous one! I am defeated by your strength."
plavangama = O Vanara! aham tu = I am; lankaanagaryeva = city of Lanka itself; svayameva = myself; mahaa bala = O strong one! viia = O courageous one! aham = I; nirjitaa = have been defeated; tvayaa vikrameNa = by your strength.
5.3.46
इदम् तु तथ्यम् शृणु वै ब्रुवन्त्य मे हरीश्वर ॥स्वयम्भुवा पुरा दत्तम् वरदानम् यथा
मम |
"O lord of Vanaras! In earlier times I had been given a boon by Lord Brahma. Hear from me about this matter."
harrishvaraa = O lord of Vanaras! puraa = in earlier times; yathaa = how; varadaanam = a gift of boon; dattam = had been given; mama = to me; svayambhuvaa = by Brahma; shR^iNu vai = hear; me = by me; bruvanyaaH = being spoken; idam tathyam tu = this truth.
5.3.47
यदा त्वाम् वानरः कश्चिद्विक्रमाद्वशमानयेत् ॥तदा त्वया हि विज्ञेयम् रक्षसाम् भयामागतम्
|
"Let this be known by you - whenever a Vanara conquers you with his might, then a fear will come for Rakshasas."
yadaa = whenever; kashchit vaanaraH = one Vanara; vikramaat = by his prowess; tvaam vasham aanayet = conquers you; tadaa = then; bhayam = fear; aagatam = will come; rakshasaam = for Rakshasas; tvayaa vigneyam = let it be known by you.
5.3.48
स हि म् समयः सौम्य प्राप्तोऽय तव द्र्शनात् ॥स्वयम्भूविहितः सत्यो न तस्यास्ति व्यतिक्रमः
|
"O gentle one! With your appearance now, that time has come for me. Ordinance of Brahma is the truth and is immutable."
saumya = O gentle one! tava darshanaat = with your apparance; adya = now; saH samayaH praaptaH = that time has arrived; me = for me; svayambhuuvihitaH = the ordinance of Brahma; satyaH = is true; naasti = there is no; vyatikramaH = change; tasya = to that.
5.3.49
सीतानिमित्तंम् राज्ञस्तु रावणस्य दुरात्मनः ॥विधत्स्व सर्वकार्याणि यानि यानिह वाञ्चसि
|
"The destruction has come for Ravana the evil minded king and to all Rakshasas due to Seetha."
vinaashaH = destruction; samupaagataH = has come; raavaNasya = of Ravana; durraatmanaH = the evil minded; raaJNAH = king; sarveshhaam rakshasaam cha = and to all Rakshasas; siitaa nimittam = due to Seetha.
5.3.50
तत्प्रविश्य हरिश्रेष्ठम् पुरीम् रावणपालिताम् ॥विधत्स्व सर्वकार्याण् यानि यानीह
वाञ्चसि |
"O best aming Vanaras! For that reason, enter the city of Lanka ruled by Ravana and do here whatever tasks you want to."
hari shreshhTha = O best among Vanaras! tat = for that reason; pravishya = enter; puriim = the city; raavaNa paalitaam = ruled by Ravana; i vidhtva = do; yaani yaani = whatever; vaanchasi = you desire; sarva kaaryaaNi = all those tasks; iha = here.
5.3.51
प्रविश्य शापोपहताम् हरीश्वर |
शुभाम् पुरीम् राक्षसराजपालिताम् |
यदृच्छया त्वम् जनकात्मजाम्
सतीम् |
विमार्ग सर्वत्र गतो यथासुखम् ॥
"O lord of Vanaras! Enter the auspicious city of Lanka stuck by the curse, ruled by the king of Rakshasas, roam everywhere and search for the chaste wife Seetha according to your comfort."
hariishvaraa = O lord of Vanaras! pravishya = enter; puriim = the city; yadR^ichhayaa = freely; shaapopahataam = stuck by curse; raakshasa raaja paalitaam = ruled by the king of Rakshasas; shubhaam = auspicious one; tvam = you; sarvatra gataH = being gone everywhere; vimaargasva = search; satiim janakaatmajaam = the chaste wife Seetha; yathaa sukham = according to comfort.
|| इति श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकान्ण्डे तृतयः सर्गः ||
Sarga 4
5.4.1
स निर्जत्य पुरीम् लण्का श्रेष्ठाम् ताम् कामरूपिणीम् |
विक्रमेण महातेजा हनुमान् कपिसत्तमः ॥अद्वारेण मःआतेजा हौमान् कपिसत्तमः |
That Hanuma the best among Vanaras, the great radiant one, the long armed one, conquered with His might the best Lanka who is capable of assuming desired form. He then leapt over the city wall at a place that was not a gate.
saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; kapisattamaH = the best among Vanaras; mahaatejaaH = the great radiant one; mahaa baahuH = the long armed one; nirjitya = conquered; vikrameNa = by strength; taam laN^kaam = that Lanka; shreeshhThaam = the best one; kaamaruupiNiim = capable of assuming desired form; abhipupluve = leapt; praakaaram = (over) fortress wall; advaareNa = at a non-entry gate.
5.4.2
प्रविश्य नगरीम् लङ्काम् कपिराजहितम्करः ॥चक्रेणाऽथ पदम् सव्यम् शत्रूणाम् स तु मूर्धनि |
Desiring the benefit of the king of Vanaras Sugreeva, that Hanuma entered the city of Lanka and thus actually placed His left foot on the enemies' heads.
kapiraaja hitaMkaraH = desiring the benefit of the king of Vanaras; saH = that Hanuma; pravishya = entered; laN^kaam nagariim = the city of Lanka; atha = and; chakre = made; savyaM paadam = left foot; shatruuNaam muurdhani = on enemies' head.
Comment : When entering a city of enemies, one who wishes their destruction should always place one's left foot first into the city.
5.4.3
प्रविष्टः सत्त्वसंपन्नो विशायाम् मारुतात्मजः ॥स महापथमास्थाय मुक्तापुष्पविराजितम् |
ततस्तु ताम् पुरीम् लङ्काम् रम्यामभिययौ कपिः ॥
That son of Vayu endowed with great strength, entered the city at night and took the grand road shone by flowers and pearls. After that Hanuma went towards that beautiful city of Lanka.
3;4. saH maarutaatmajaH = that son of Vayu; sattva saMpannaH = endowed with great strength; praishhTaH = entered; nishaayaam = at night; aasthaaya = and took; mahaa patham = the grand road; muktaa pushhpa viraajitam = shone by pearls and flowers; tataH = then; kapiH = Hanuma; abhiyayau = went; taam ramyaam la^kaam puriim = towards that beautiful city of Lanka.
5.4.5
हसित उद्घुष्ट निनदैः तूर्य घोष पुरः सरैः |
वज्र अन्कुश निकाशैः च वज्र जाल विभूषितैः ॥गृह मेधैः पुरी रम्या बभासे द्यौः इव अम्बुदैः |
The beautiful city shone like the sky together with clouds, with its cloud like houses filled with sounds of laughter and with sounds of musical instruments at the interior, equal in strength to diamonds and clubs and with windows decorated with diamonds.
ramyaa purii = the beautiful city; babhaase = shone; dyauriva = like the sky; ambudaiH = with clouds; gR^iha meghaiH = with cloud like houses; hasitotkR^ishhTa ninadaiH = with sounds of laughter; tuurya ghoshha puraH saraiH = with sounds of musical instruments at the interior; vajraaMkusha nikaashaishcha = equal (in strength) to diamonds and clubs; vajra jaala vibhuushhitaiH = with windows decorated with diamonds.
5.4.6
प्रजज्वाल तदा लन्का रक्षः गण गृहैः शुभैः ॥सित अभ्र सदृशैः चित्रैः पद्म स्वस्तिक संस्थितैः |
वर्धमान गृहैः च अपि सर्वतः सुविभाषितैः ॥
Then that city of Lanka shone brilliantly being well decorated by the houses of Rakshasas. These were modern houses which equalled white clouds, which were surprising with the shape of lotus and swastika and which were auspicious.
6;7. tataH = then; (the city) prajajvaalaa = shone; suvibhuushhitaa = being well decorated; sarvataH = everywhere; rakshogaNagR^ihaiH = by houses of Rakshasas; varthamaana gR^ihaishchaai = and also modern houses; sitaabhra sadR^ishaiH = equalling white clouds; chitraiH = surprising ones; padmasvastika saMsthitaiH = with the shape of lotus and swastika; shubhaiH = (and) auspicious.
5.4.8
ताम् चित्र माल्य आभरणाम् कपि राज हितम् करः |
राघव अर्थम् चरन् श्रीमान् ददर्श च ननन्द च ॥
That glorious Hanuma, performer of beneficial deeds for Sugreeva the king of monkeys, moved around the city of Lanka which had wonderful garlands and jewellery, for the sake of Sri Rama. He saw the city and became happy too.
kapi raaja hitaM karaH = performer of good deeds for the king of monkeys; shriimaan = the glorious Hanuma; charan = moving; raaghavaartham = for the sake of Sri Rama; dadarsha = saw; taam = that city; chitramaalyaa bharaNaam = with wonderful garlands and jewellery; nananda cha = and became happy too.
5.4.9
भवनाद्भवनं गच्छ्न् ददर्श पवनात्मजः |
विविधाकृतिरूपाणि भवनानि ततस्ततः ॥
Going from one building to another, Hanuma saw buildings in various shapes and forms on every side.
gacchan = going; bhavanaat bhavanam = from one buiding to another; pavanaatmajaH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; bhavanaani = buildings; vividhaakR^iti ruupaaNi = in various shapes and forms; tatastataH = on every side.
5.4.10
शुश्राव मधुरम् गीतम् त्रि स्थान स्वर भूषितम् |
स्त्रीणाम् मद समृद्धानाम् दिवि च अप्सरसाम् इव ॥
Hanuma heard a sweet song which was decorated by sound from the three svaras - Mandra, Madhya and Tara of love lorne women like Apsara women in heaven.
apsarasaam iva = like Apsarasa women; divi = in heaven; mada samR^iddhaanaam = filled with love; striiNaam = of women; tristhaanasvarabhuuSitam = decorated by sounds born from the three areas- Mandra; Madhya; Tara; shushraava = heard; giitam = song; madhuram = which was sweet.
5.4.11
शुश्राव कान्ची निनदम् नूपुराणाम् च निह्स्वनम् |
सोपान निनदामः चैव भवनेषु महात्मनम् ॥
Hanuma also heard there and there sound from the tinkling of ornaments worn around the waist in the houses of wealthy people, sounds of footfall over stair, sound from clapping of arms by warriors and roar of ogres.
shushraava = (He) heard; tataH tataH = there and there; mahaatmanam bhavaneshhu = in houses of wealthy people; kaanciininadamnuupuraaNaam nihsvanam = tinkling of ornaments worn around the waist ; sopaana ninadaam cha iva = sound footfall over stairs; aspotita ninaadamcha = sound from warriors due to clapping of arms; kshveLitaamshcha = roar of ogres.
5.4.12
आस्फोटित निनादामः च क्ष्वेडितामः च ततः ततः |
शुश्राव जपताम् तत्र मन्त्रन् रक्षोगृहेषु वै ॥
Hanuma also heard there and there sound from the tinkling of ornaments worn around the waist in the houses of wealthy people, sounds of footfall over stair, sound from clapping of arms by warriors and roar of ogres.
shushraava = (He) heard; tataH tataH = there and there; mahaatmanam bhavaneshhu = in houses of wealthy people; kaanciininadamnuupuraaNaam nihsvanam = tinkling of ornaments worn around the waist ; sopaana ninadaam cha iva = sound footfall over stairs; aasphoTita ninaadaamH ca = sound from warriors due to clapping of arms; kSveDitaamH ca = roar of ogres.
5.4.13
स्वाध्याय निरतामः चैव यातु धानान् ददर्श सः |
रावण स्तव सम्युक्तान् गर्जतः राक्षसान् अपि ॥
There Hanuma heard ritual chantings muttered by rakshasas in their houses. He saw ogres engaged in study of Vedas. He also saw roaring rakshasas who came together to praise Ravana.
shushraava = (He) heard; mantraan = ritual chantings; japataam = chanted by ogres; tatra = there; rakshogR^iheshhu = in the house of rakshasas; saH = He; dadarsha = saw; yatudhaanaam = a class of ogres; svadhyaayanirataan = engaged in study of Vedas; dadarsha = saw; raakshasaanapi = also rakshasas; garjataH = roaring; ravanastatasamyuktaan = who came together praise to Ravana.
5.4.14
राज मार्गम् समावृत्य स्थितम् रक्षः बलम् महत् |
ददर्श मध्यमे गुल्मे राक्षसस्य चरान् बहून् ॥
He saw many spies of Ravana and a big army of ogres which stood surrounding the royal highway in the central zone of city.
dadarsha = (He) saw; bahuun caraan = many spies; raavanasya = of Ravana; rakshobalam = army of ogres; mahat = which was a big one; stitam = which stood; raajamaargam smaavR^itya = surrounding royal highway; madhyame gulme = in the central zone of the city.
5.4.15
दीक्षितान् जटिलान् मुण्डान् गः अजिन अम्बर वाससः |
दर्भ मुष्टि प्रहरणान् अग्नि कुण्ड आयुधामः तथा ॥कूट मुद्गर पाणीमः च दण्ड आयुध धरान् अपि |
एक अक्ष अनेक कर्णामः च चलल् लम्ब पयः धरान् ॥करालान् भुग्न वक्त्रामः च विकटान् वामनामः तथा |
धन्विनः खड्गिनः चैव शतघ्नी मुसल आयुधान् ॥परिघ उत्तम हस्तामः च विचित्र कवच उज्ज्वलान् |
नातिस्थूलान् नातिकृशान् नातिदीर्घ अतिह्रस्वकान् ॥नातिगौरान्नातिकृष्णान्नातिकुब्जान्न वामनान् |
विरूपान् बहु रूपामः च सुरूपामः च सुवर्चसः ॥
Hanuma saw those who were initiated into various Vedic practices, those who wore matted locks on their head, those who had shaven heads, those who wore cow hides and other clothing, those who were carrying Kusa grass as weapons and also those who had fire vessels as weapons, those who carried hammers and clubs in their hands and also those who had worn staffs as weapons, hose who were one-eyed, those who had one ear, hose who were pot-bellied and with hanging breast, those who had horrible appearances, those with twisted mouths, those who were horrific and also short people, those who carried bows and arrows those who carried swords, those who carried pestles and clubs as weapons, those who carried excellent Parighas in their hands, those who shone with strange armour, those who were not very fat, those who were not too thin, those who were neither tall nor short, those who were not very fair, those who were not very dark, those who were not very hunchbacked, those who were not very short, those who had great brilliance, those who carried banners, those who carried flags and those who carried different weapons.
15;16;17;18;19. dadarsha = (He)saw; diikshitaan = those who were initiated into various Vedic practices; jaTilaan = those who wore matted locks on their head; muNDaan = those who had shaven heads; gojinaambaravasinaH = those who had worn cow hides and other clothing; darbhamushhTipraharaNaan = those who were carrying Kusa grass as weapons; tadhaa = and also; agnikunDaayudhaan = those who had fire vessels as weapons; kuuTamudgarapaaNiimshca = those who carried hammers and clubs in their hands; daNDaayudhadharaanapi = and also those who had worn staffs as weapons; ekaakshaan = those who were one-eyed; ekakarNaamshca = those who had one ear; lambodarapayodharaan = those who were pot-bellied and with hanging breast; karaaLaan = those who had horrible appearances; bhugnavaktramshca = those with twisted mouths; vikaTaan = those who were horrific; tadhaa = and also; vaamanaan = short people; dhanvinaH = those who carried bows and arrows; khaDginashcaiva = those who carried swords; shataghnimusalaayudhaan = those who carried pestles and clubs as weapons; parighottamahastaamshca = those who carried excellent Parighas in their hands; vicitrakavacojjvalaan = those who shone with strange armour; naatisthuulaan = those who were not very fat; naatikR^ishaan = those who were not too thin; naatidhiirghaatihrasvaakaan = those who were neither tall nor short; naatigauraan = those who were not very fair; naatikR^ishhNaan = those who were not very dark; naatikubjaan = those who were not very hunchbacked; na vaamanaan = those who were not very short; viruupaan = those who had distorted appearance; bahuruupanshca = those who had multiple appearances; suruupaaMshca = those who had a good appearance; suvarcasaH = those who had great brilliance; dhvajiin = those who carried banners; pataakinashcaiva = those who carried flags; vividhaayudhaan = those who carried different weapons.
5.4.20
ध्वजीन् पताकिनश्चैव ददर्श विविधायुधान् |
शक्ति वृक्ष आयुधामः चैव पट्टिश अशनि धारिणः ॥क्षेपणी पाश हस्तामः च ददर्श स महा कपिः |
स्रग्विणः त्व् अनुलिप्तामः च वर आभरण भूषितान् ॥नानावेषसमायुक्तान्यथास्वैरगतान् बहून् |
तीक्ष्ण शूल धरामः चैव वज्रिणः च महा बलान् | | ५-४-२२
Hanuma saw many people, who had great might, who carried javelins and trees as weapons, those who carried Pattisas and thunderbolts, those who carried in their hands sling and nooses, those who carried flowered garlands, wearing sandal paste and decorated with best jewellery, those who had various kinds of appearances roaming freely at will, those who carried sharp spikes and thunderbolts.
20;21;22. mahaakapiH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; shektivR^ikshayudhaamshcaiva = those who carried javelins and trees as weapons; paTisashenidhaariNaH = or holding Pattisa and thunderbolts; kshepaNiipaashahastaamshcha = and holding a sling and noose in their hands; sragviNaH = those who carried flower garlands; anuliptaamshcha = those who wore sandal pastes; varaabharanabhooshhitaan = decorated with best jewellery; naanaaveshhasamaayuktaan = with various kinds of appearances; yadhaasvairagataan = moving about at will; bahuun = many people; tiikshnastuuladhaaranshchaiva = those who carried sharp spikes; vajrinashcha = along with thunderbolt; mahaabalaan = those who had great might
शत साहस्रम् अव्यग्रम् आरक्षम् मध्यमम् कपिः |
रक्षोधिपतिनिर्दिष्टम् ददर्शान्तःपुराग्रतः || | ५-४-२३
Hanuma saw at the front of inner city, a hundred thousand central protective force which was attentive and was positioned there at the command of Ravana.
kapiH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; antaHpuraagrataH = (statoned) before inner city; madhyamaMaaraksham = central protective force; avyagram = attentive; setasahasram = equal in hundred thousand; rakhodhipatinirdishhTam = positioned at the command of Ravana.
5.4.24
स तदा तद्गृहम् दृष्ट्वा महाहाटकतोरणम् |
राक्षसेन्द्रस्य विख्यातमद्रिमूर्ध्नि प्रतिष्ठितम् ॥पुण्डरीकावतंसाभिः परिखाभिरलम्कृतम् |
प्राकार आवृतम् अत्यन्तम् ददर्श स महा कपिः ॥
That Hanuma saw Ravana's house with a golden doorway. That famed house was on the top of a mountain. Motes filled with white lotuses surrounded it. It was also surrounded by a compound wall. He watched the house again and again.
24;25. saH = that; mahaakapiH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; tat gR^iham = that house; raakshasendrasya = of Ravana;mahaahatakaToraNam = with a great golden doorway; ardrimuurdriNi = on a top of mountain; pratishhThitam = situated; vikyaatam = famous; pudariikavatamsaabhiH = with lotuses as decorations; parikaabhiHalamkR^itam = garnished by moats; praakaaravR^itam = surrounded by a compound wall; tadaa = then; dR^ishhtvaa = seeing; atyantam = a lot.
5.4.26
त्रिविष्टप निभम् दिव्यम् दिव्य नाद विनादितम् |
वाजि हेषित सम्घुष्टम् नादितम् भूषणैः तथा ॥रथैः यानैः विमानैः च तथा गज हयैः शुभैः |
वारणैः च चतुः दन्तैः श्वेत अभ्र निचय उपमैः ॥भूषितम् रुचिर द्वारम् मत्तैः च मृग पक्षिभिः |
राक्षस अधिपतेः गुप्तम् आविवेश गृहम् कपिः ॥
The great Hanuma entered secretly Ravana's inner city which was equal to paradise, rendered noisy by neighing of horses and tinkling of ornaments, by chariots, vehicles and aerial-cars and decorated by auspicious elephants and horses and great elephants with four tusks and by birds and animals in heat. It had beautiful entrances and was protected by thousands of rakshasas with great strength.
26;27;28.. mahaakapiH = The great Hanuma; aavivesha = entered; guptam = secretly; raakshasaadhipateeH = Ravana's inner city; trivishhTapaHnibham = (which was like a) paradise; divyam = best one; vaajighoshhitasangushhTam = resonating with neighing of horses; tadhaa = and; naaditam = made noisy; bhuushhanaiH = with ornaments; radhaiH = by chariots; yaanaiH = by vehicles; vimaanaishca = and by aerial-cars; tadhaa = and; bhuushhitam = decorated by;; subhaiHhayagajaiH = by auspicious horses and elephants; swetaabranicayopamaiH = equalling a group of white clouds; vaaraNaishca = by great elephants; caturdantaiH = with four tusks; mR^igapakshibhiH = by animals and birds; mattaiH = in heat; ruciradvaaram = with a beautiful entrance; rakshitam = protected; yaatudhaanaiH = by raksasas; sumahaaviiraiH = with great strength; shahasrasheH = in thousands.
5.4.29
सहेमजाम्बूनदचक्रवाळम् |
महार्ह मुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् |
परार्थ्यकालागुरुचन्दनाक्तं |
स रावणान्तःपुरमाविवेश ॥
Hanuma entered the inner city of Ravana which was filled with gold, which had a golden court-yard , with a central area decorated by pearls and diamonds of great value and sprinkled daily with water containing superb algallocum and sandal-wood.
saH = Hanuma; aavivesha = entered; raavanaataHpuram = the in inner city of Ravana; sahema = filled with gold; jaabuunadacakravaaLam = with a golden court-yard; mahaaraHmuktaamaNibhuushhitaantam = with a central area decorated by pearls and diamonds of great value; paraardhyakaalaagurucandanaaktam = and which was sprinkled with water containing superb agallocum and sandal-wood.
|| इति रामायने सुन्दरकाण्डे चतुर्थः सर्गः ||
Thus, this is the 4th chapter in Sundara Kanda of Valmiki Ramayana, the First Epic poem of India.
Sarga 5
5.5.1
ततः स मध्यंगतमंशुमन्तं |
ज्योत्स्नावितानम् महदुद्वमन्तम् |
ददर्श धीमान् दिवि भानुमन्तम् |
गोष्ठे वृषं मत्तमिव भ्रामन्तम् ॥
Thereafter that intellectual Hanuma saw the moon in the sky shining with rays, obtaining the middle portion of sky. Spreading a great quantity of moon shine, moon looked like a bull in heat among cows.
tataH = thereafter; dhiimaan saH = that intellectual Hanuma ; dadarsha = saw; bhaanuvantam = the moon; divi = in the sky; madhyamgatam = who obtaining the middle of sky; aomshumantam = who had rays; udvamantam = who spread; mahatjyotsnaavitaanam = a great quantity of moon shine; vR^ishhamiva = moon looked like a bull; mattam = in heat; goshhThebhramantam = among cows.
5.5.2
लोकस्य पापानि विनाशयन्तम् |
महोदधिं चापि समेधयन्तम् |
भूतानि सर्वाणि विराजयन्तम् |
ददर्श शीतांशुमथाभियान्तम् ॥
After that Hanuma saw the moon coming up destroying the sins of the world, causing the great ocean to grow and causing all living beings to shine.
atha = after that; dadarsha = (He) saw; shiitaamshum = the moon; abhiyaantam = coming up; vinaashayantam = destroying; lokasyapaapaani = the sins of the world; samedhayantam cha api = and also causing the growth of; mahodadhim = the great ocean; viraajayantam = causing to shine; sarvaaNibhuutaani = all the living beings.
5.5.3
या भाति लक्ष्मीर्भुवि मन्दरस्था |
तथा प्रदोषेषु च सागरस्था |
तथैव तोयेषु च पुष्करस्था |
रराज सा चारुनिशाकरस्था ॥
What ever splendour shines over Mount Mandara on earth, on the ocean during evenings, over the lotuses in the waters, the same splendour shone on the beautiful moon.
yaa = what ever; lakshmiiH = splendour; mandarasthaabhaati = shines over Mount Mandara; bhuvi = on earth; tathaa = in the same way; saagarasthaa = over ocean; pradoshheshhu = during evenings; tathaiva = in the same way; pushhkarastaatoyeshhu = over lotuses in the waters; saa = the same splendour; raraaja = shone; charunishaakarastaa = on the beautiful moon.
5.5.4
हंसो यथा राजतपञ्जरसथः |
सिम्हो यथा मन्दरकन्दरस्थः |
वीरो यथा गर्वितकुञ्जरस्थ |
श्चन्द्रो विबभ्राज तथामभरस्थः ॥
Like a swan in a silver cage, like a lion in the cave of Mount Mandara, like a warrior on a proud elephant, in the same way the moon shone in the sky.
haMsaHyadaa = like a swan; raajatapaJNjarasthaH = in a silver cage; siMhahayathaa = like a lion; mandharakandarasthaH = in a cave of Mount Mandara; viiraHyathaa = like a warrior; garvitakuJNjarastaH = on proud elephant; tathaa = in the same way; ambarasthaH = in the sky; chandraHvibabhraaja = the moon shone.
5.5.5
स्थितह् ककुद्मानिव तीक्ष्णशृङ्गो |
महाचलः श्वेत इवोच्चशृङ्गः |
हस्तीव जाम्बूनदबद्धश्^इङ्गो |
रराज चन्द्रह् परिपूर्णशृङ्गः ॥
The full moon with its horn like spot shone like a sharp horned standing ox with a high hump, like a great white mountain with tall summits, like an elephant with golden tusks.
candraH = the full moon; paripoorNasR^igaH = with its horn like spot; raraaja = shone; kakudmaaniva = like a high humped ox; stitaH = standing tiikshnasR^igaH = with a high hump; mahaachalaHiva = like a great mountain; svetaH = white in colour; vuchhasR^igaH = with tall summits; hastiiva = like an elephant; jaabuunada baddasR^igaH = with golden tusks.
5.5.6
विनष्टशीताम्बुतुषारपङ्को |
महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः |
प्रकाशलक्ष्म्याश्रयनिर्मलाङ्को |
रराज चन्द्रो भगवान् शशाङ्कः ॥
The Divine moon who lost the stain of cold water and frost, with lost stain due to eclipse by the great planet sun, one who has a calm spot which is an abode of brilliant splendour, with a symbol of hare, shone brilliantly.
bhagavaan = Divine; chandraH = the moon; vinashhTashiitaambutushhaarapaN^kaH = who lost cold water and frost; mahaagrahagraahavinashhTapaN^kaH = with lost stain due to the eclipse of the sun; prakaashalakshmyaashrayanirmalaaN^kaH = one who has a calm spot which is an abode of brilliant splendour; shashaaN^kaH = with a symbol of hare; raraaja = shone brilliantly.
5.5.7
शीलातलम् प्राप्य यथा मृगेन्द्रो |
महारणम् प्राप्य यथा गजेन्द्रह् |
राज्यम् समासाद्य यथा नरेन्द्र |
स्तथाप्रकाशो विरराज चन्द्रः ॥
In whatever way a lion obtaining a level surfaced rock (shines), in whatever way best elephant obtaining a great battle(shines), in whatever way a king obtaining kingdom(shines), in the same way the clear moon shone.
yathaa = in whatever way; mR^igendraH = a lion; praapya = obtaining; shilaatalam = a level surfaced rock(shines); yathaa = in whatever way; gajendraH = best elephant; praapya = obtaining; mahaaraNam = a great battle; yathaa = in whatever way; narendraH = a king; samaasaadhya = obtaining; raajyam = kingdom; tathaa = in the same way; prakaashaH = the clear; candraH = moon; viraraaja = shone.
5.5.8
प्रकाशचन्द्रोदयनष्टदोषः |
प्रवृत्तरक्षः पिशिताशदोषः |
रामाभिरामेरितचित्तदोषः |
स्वर्गप्रकाशो भगवान् प्रदोषः ॥
The Divine evening with lost stain due to rise of shining moon, with the stain due to meal of flesh eating rakshasas, and in which the bitterness of mind of young women and their lovers is wiped away, became with a heavenly glow.
bhagavaan = the Divine; pradoshhaH = evening; prakaashachandrodayanashhTadoshhaH = with lost stain due to rise of shining moon; pravR^ittarakshaHpishitaashadoshhaH = with the stain due to meal of flesh eating rakshasas ; raamaabhiraameritacittadoshhaH = and in which the bitterness of mind of young women and their lover is wiped away; svargaprakaashaH = became with a heavenly glow.
5.5.9
तन्त्रीस्वनाह् कर्णसुखाः प्रवृत्ताः |
स्वपन्ति नार्यः पतिभिः सुवृत्ताः |
नक्तंचराश्चापि तथा प्रवृत्ता |
विहर्तुमत्यद्भुतरौद्रवृत्ताः ॥
Musical notes from stringed instruments which were comforting to ears started. Women with good character were sleeping with husbands and also rakshasas with extremely strange character started to roam.
tantriisvanaaH = musical notes from stringed instruments; karNasukhaaH = which were comforting to ears; pravR^ittaaH = started ; naaryaH = women; suvR^ittaaH = with good character; svapanti = were sleeping; patibhiH = with husbands; tathaa = and also; nattamcharaashchaapi = rakshasas also; atyadbhutaraudravR^ittaaH = with extremely strange character; pravR^ittaah = started; vihartum = to roam.
5.5.10
मत्तप्रमत्तानि समाकुलानि |
तथाश्वभद्रासनसम्कुलानि |
वीरः श्रिया चापि समाकुलानि |
ददर्श धीमान् स कपिः कुलानि ॥
That Hanuma the courageous one, the intellectual one, saw houses with people in heat, houses filled with people, full chariots, horses, elephants and best furniture and also full of wealth.
saHkapiH = that Hanuma; viiraH = the courageous one; dhiimaan = the intellectual one; dadarsha = saw; kulaani = houses; mattapramattaani = with people in heat; samaakulaani = filled with people; rathaashvabhadraasanasaMkulaani = filled chariots; horses; elephants and best furniture; shriyaa chaapi samaakulaani = and also full of wealth.
5.5.11
परस्परं चाधिकमाक्षिपन्ति |
भुआंश्च पीनानधिनिक्षिपन्ति |
मत्तप्रलापानधिकम् क्षिपन्ति |
मत्तानि चान्योन्यमधिक्षिपन्ति ॥
Hanuma saw rakshasas railing a lot at one another moving their heavy shoulders, throwing wild and incoherent words a lot, insulting one another being intoxicated.
adikhamaakshipanti = (Hanuma saw rakshasas) railing a lot; parasparam = at one another; adhinikshipanti = moving; piinaanabhujaanca = their shoulders; kshipanti = throwing;adhikanmattapralaapaan = wild and incoherent words a lot; adhikshipanti = insulting; parasparam = one another; mattaani = being intoxicated.
5.5.12
रक्षांसि वक्षांसि च विक्षिपन्ति |
गात्राणि कान्तासु च विक्षिपन्ति |
रूपाअणि चित्राणि च विक्षिपन्ति |
दृढानि चापानि च विक्षिपन्ति ॥
(Hanuma saw) rakshasas who smote breast, those who threw limbs on women, those who were spreading their strange forms sporting their strong bows.
(Hanuma saw) rakshaamsi = rakshasas; vikshipanti = who smote; vakaamsi = breast; vikshipanti = those who threw; gaatraani = limbs; kaantaasu = on women; vikshipanti = those who were spreading; chitraaNiruupaaNi = their strange forms; vikshipanti = sporting; dR^iDaani chaapaani = their strong bows.
5.5.13
ददर्श कान्ताश्च समालभन्त्य |
स्तथा परास्तत्र पुनः स्वपन्त्यः |
सुरूपवक्त्राश्च तथा हसन्त्यः |
क्रुद्धाः पराश्चपि विनिःश्वसन्त्यः ॥
Hanuma saw some women applying sandal paste on their bodies and also some other women sleeping there, in the same way some women with good appearance were smiling, and some other women were sighing in anger.
(Hanuma saw) kaantaHcha = some women; samaalabhantyaH = applying sandal paste on their bodies; tathaa = and also; aparaaHpunaH = some other women; svapantyaH = sleeping; tatra = there; tathaa = in the same way; suruupavraHcha = some women with good appearance; hasantyaH = were smiling; paraaHcha = and some other women; viniHshvasantyaH = were sighing; kR^iddaaH = in anger.
5.5.14
महागजैश्चापि तथा नदद्भिः |
सुपूजितैश्चापि तथा सुसद्भिः |
रराज वीरैश्च विनिःश्वसद्भि |
र्ह्रदो भुजङ्गैरिव निःश्वसद्भिः ॥
Hanuma saw (the city of Lanka that) shone with great elephants making sound and also with gentlemen well respected, shone with warriors in a wresting bout, with long sighs, like serpents in a lake hissing.
tathaa = in the same way; raraaja = (the city of Lanka) shone; mahaagajaishchaapi = with great elephants making sound; tathaa = and; susadbhiH chaapi = also with gentlemen; supuujitaiH = well respected; raraaja = shone; viiraishcha = with warriors; viniHsvasabhiH = with long sighs; bhujaN^gairiva = like serpents in a lake; nisvasadbhiH = hissing.
5.5.15
बुद्धिप्रधानान् रुचिराभिधानान् |
संश्रद्दधानान् जगतः प्रधानान् |
नानाविधानान् रुचिराभिधानान् |
ददर्श तस्याम् पुरि यातुधानान् ॥
Hanuma saw Yatudhanaas who were intellectuals, who were good talkers, who had good devotion, important people to the world, who had various ways, and people who had beautiful names in that city.
dadarsha = (Hanuma) saw; yaatuddhaanaan = yatudhanaa; buddhipradhaanaan = who were intellectuals; ruchiraabhidhaanaanan = who were good talker's; samshraddadhaanaan = who had good devotion; jagataH pradhaanaan = important people to the world; naanaavidhaanaan = who had various ways; ruchiraavidhaanaanan = who had beautiful names; tasyaam puri = in that city.
5.5.16
ननन्द दृष्ट्वा स च तान् सुरूपा |
न्नानागुणानात्मगुणानुरूपान् |
विद्योतमानान्स तदानुरूपान् |
ददर्श कांश्चिच्च पुनर्विरूपान् ॥
That Hanuma seeing people with good appearance, who had various good virtues, those who were according to their character, those who were radiant, all those - became happy. Then that Hanuma saw those who had horrific appearance, those who were according to their appearance - some of those too.
saH = That Hanuma; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; suruupaan = people with good appearance; naanaaguNaan = who had various good virtues; atmaguNaanuruupaan = those who were according to their character; vidyotamaanaann = those who were radiant; taan = all those; nananda = became happy; tadaa = then; saH = that Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; virupaan = those who had horrific appearance; anurupaan = those who were according to their appearance; kaaMshchichcha = some of those too.
5.5.17
ततो वरार्हः सुविशुद्धभावा |
स्तेषाम् स्त्रियस्तत्र महानुभावाह् |
प्रियेषु पानेषु च सक्तभावा |
ददर्श ताराइव सुप्रभावाः ॥
Hanuma saw thereafter there, their women - those who were eligible for distinction, those who were of great skill with an interested heart in lovers and in drinks and those who were like stars with good effect.
dadarsha = Hanuma saw; tataH = thereafter; tatra = there; streshhaaMstriyaH = their women; varaarhaaH = those who were eligible for distinction; mahaanubaaH = those who were of great skill; saktabhaavaa = with an interested heart; priyeshhu = in lovers; paaneshhucha = and in drinks; taaraaHiva = like stars; supraabhaavaaH = with good effect.
5.5.18
श्रिया ज्वलन्तीस्त्रपयोगूढा |
निशीथकाले रमणोपगूढाः |
ददर्श काश्चित्प्रमदोपगूढा |
यथा विहङ्गाः कुसुमोपगूढाः ॥
Hanuma saw some women who were brilliant with radiance, adorned a lot with bashfulness, those who were hugged by lovers in the middle of night, those who were hugged with great pleasure, those who were hugged by flowers like birds.
dadarsha = Hanuma saw; kaashchit = some women; jvalantiH = who were brilliant; shriyaaH = with radiance; upaguuDaaH = adorned a lot; trapaya = with bashfulness; ramaNopaguuDhaaH = those who were hugged by lovers; nishiithakaale = in the middle of night; pramadopaguuDaaH = those who were hugged with great pleasure; kusumopaguuDhaaH = those who were hugged by flowers; vihaN^gaH = like birds.
5.5.19
अन्याः पुनर्हर्म्यतलोपविष्टा |
स्तत्र प्रियाङ्केषु सुखोपविष्टाः |
भर्तुः प्रिया धर्मपरा निविष्टा |
ददर्श धीमान् मदनाभिविष्टाः ॥
The intellectual Hanuma saw some other women there comfortably sitting on the laps of their lovers, at the top of their buildings, dear to their husbands and (some other women) interested in virtuous deeds, and some possessed by the lord of love.
dhiimaan = the intellectual Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; anyaaH = some other women; tatra = there; priyaaN^keshhu sukhopavishhTaaH = comfortably sitting on the laps of the lovers; nivishhTaaH = sitting; harmyatalopavishhTaaH = at the top of their buildings; bhartuH priyaaH = dear to their husbands(some other women); dharmaparaaH = interested in virtuous deeds; madanaabhivishhTaaH = (some other women) possessed by the lord of love.
5.5.20
अप्रावृताः काञ्चनराजिवर्णाः |
काश्चित्परार्थ्यास्तपनीयवर्णाः |
पुनश्च काश्चिच्छशलक्ष्मवर्णाः |
कान्तप्रहीणारुचिराङ्गवर्णाः ॥
Hanuma saw women with golden complexion lacking clothes, women with a complexion of refined gold suitable for mating and some other women also with the colour of moon and some other women with beautiful bodies lacking a lover.
kaaJNchanaraajivarNaaH = (Hanuma saw)women with a golden complexion; apraavR^itaaH = lacking clothes; tapaniiyavarNaaH = women with a complexion of refined gold; paraarthyaaH = suitable for mating; kaashchit = and some other women; punashcha = also; shashalakshmavarNaaH = with the colour of moon; kaashchit = and some other women; ruchiraaN^gavarNaaH = with beautiful bodies; kaantaprahiiNaaH = lacking lovers.
5.5.21
ततह् प्रियान् प्राप्य मनोभिरामान् |
सुप्रीतियुक्ताः सुमनोभिरामाः |
गृहेषु हृष्टाः परमाभिरामाः |
हरिप्रवीरः स ददर्श रामाः ॥
Thereafter that Vanara warrior saw those with great happiness, those who obtained lovers who entertained, those who attracted like flowers, those with great beauty and women in their houses filled with happiness.
tataH = thereafter; haripraviiraH = that Vanara warrior; dadarsha = saw; supriitayuktaaH = those with great happiness; priyaanpraapya = obtained lovers; manobhiraamaan = who entertained (them); sumanobhiraamaaH = those who attracted like flowers; paramaabhiraamaaH = those with great beauty; raamaaH = and women; hR^ishhTaaH = filled with happiness; gR^iheshhu = in their houses.
5.5.22
चन्द्रप्रकाशाश्च हि वक्त्रमाला |
वक्राक्षिपक्ष्माश्च सुनेत्रमालाः |
विभूषाणानाम् च ददर्श मालाः |
शतह्रदानामिव चारुमालाः ॥
Hanuma saw rows of faces shining like the moon, beautiful rows of eyes with curved eyebrows and rows of ornaments like beautiful rows of lighting.
dadarsha = (Hanuma) saw; vaktramaalaashcha = rows faces; chandraprakaashaaH = shining like the moon; sunetramaalaaH = beautiful rowus of eyes; vkraakshipakshmaashcha = with curved eyebrows; vibhuushhaNaanaam cha = and rowus of ornaments; chaarumaalaaH = like beautiful rowus; satahradaanaam = of lighting.
5.5.23
न त्वेव सीताम् परमाभिजाताम् |
पथि स्थिते राजकुले प्रजाताम् |
लताम् प्रपुल्लामिव साधु जाताम् |
ददर्श तन्वीम् मनसाभिजाताम् ॥
Hanuma did not see Seetha, one with great beauty born in a royal family following a virtuous path, well brought up, like a creeper in full blossom, one who was thin, and one who was born from the mind (of creator).
nadadarsha = Hanuma did not see; siitaamtu = Seetha; paramaabhijaataam = one with great beauty; prajaataam = born; raajakule = in a royal family; pathi sthite = in virtuous path; saadhujaataam = well brought up; lathaamiva = like a creeper; prapullaam = in full blossom; tanviim = one who was thin; abhijaataam = born; manasaa = from the mind(of creator).
5.5.24
सनातने वर्त्मानि सम्निविष्टाम् |
रामेक्षणां तां मदनाभिविष्टाम् |
भर्तुर्मनः श्रीमदनुप्रविष्टाम् |
स्त्रीभ्यो वराभ्यश्च सदा विशिष्टाम् ॥
Hanuma did not see that Seetha who stood in the path of ancient righteousness with Her sight on Sri Rama, who was possessed by the love for Sri Rama, who entered the glorious mind of husband and always the best among women who were the best.
(Hanuma did not see) taam = that Seetha; saMnivishhTaam = who stood; sanaatane vartmaani = in the path of ancient righteousness; raamekshaNaam = with Her sight on Sri Rama; madanaabhivishhTaam = who was possessed by the love for Sri Rama; anupravishhTaam = who entered; shrrimatmanaH = the glorious mind; bhartuH = of husband; sadaa = always; vishishhtaam = the best; striibhyashcha = among women; varaabhyaH = who were the best.
5.5.25
उष्णार्दिताम् सानुसृतास्रकण्ठीम् |
पुरा वरार्होत्तमनिष्ककण्ठीम् |
सुजातपक्ष्मामभिरक्तकण्ठीम् |
वनेऽप्रनृत्तामिव नीलकण्ठीम् ॥
Hanuma did not see Seetha, tortured by separation from Sri Rama, with unabounding tears in her throat, in earlier times who had invaluable and best jewellery on her neck, born with beautiful eyebrows, with a sweet voice, like a she- hen who did not dance in a forest because of Her current sorrow.
(Hanuma did not see Seetha) ushhNaarditaam = tourched by separation from Sri Rama; saanusR^itaashrakhanThiim = with unabounding tears in her throat; puraa = in earlier times; varaarhottamanishhkakaNThiim = who had invaluable and best jewellery on her neck; sujaatapakshmaam = born with beautiful eyebrows; abhiraktakaNThiiM = with a sweet voice; niilakaNThiim iva = like a she hen; apranuttaan = who did not dance; vane = in a forest.
5.5.26
अव्यक्तरेखामिव चन्द्ररेखां |
पांसुप्रदिग्धामिव हेमरेखाम् |
क्षतप्ररूढामिव बाणरेखां |
वायुप्रभिन्नामिव मेघरेक्षाम् ॥
Hanuma did not see Seetha who was like a crescent with a blurred outline, like a streek of gold coated by dust, like an arrow in an injury, like a series of clouds scattered by wind.
(Hanuma did not see Seetha)chandrarekhaamiva = like a crescent; avyaktarekhaam = with a blurred outline; hemarekhaamiva = like a streek of gold; paamsupradhigdhaam = coated by dust; baaNarekhaamiva = like an arrow; kshatapraruuDhaamiva = in an injury; megharekhaamiva = like a series of clouds; vaayuprabhinnaan = scattered by wind.
5.5.27
सीतामपश्यन् मनुजेश्वरस्य |
रामस्य पत्नीम् वदताम् वरस्य |
बभूव दुःखाभिहतश्चिरस्य |
प्लवङ्गमो मन्द इवाचिरस्य ॥
Hanuma became a numb minded one for sometime, stricken with grief not seeing for a moment Seetha, wife of Sri Rama the best among those who talk, and the lord of all humans.
plavaN^gamo = Hanuma; babhuva = became; mandaH iva = like a numb minded one; achirasya = for sometime; dukhaabhi hataH = stricken with grief; apashyan = not seeing; chirasya = for a moment; siitaam = Seetha; patniim = wife; raamasya = of Sri Rama; varasya = the best; vadataam = among those who talk; manujeshvarasya = the lord of all humans.
इति वाल्मीकि रामायणे आदि काव्ये सुन्दर काण्डे पञ्चमः सर्गः
Thus, this is the 5th chapter in Sundara Kanda of Valmiki Ramayana, the First Epic poem of India.
Sarga 6
5.6.1
स निकामम् विमानेषु विषण्णः काम रूपधृत् |
विचचार पुनर्लङ्काम् लाघवेन समन्वितः ॥
That Hanuma who could assume any desire form, searching among houses had a lot of grief. Endowed with great speed, He roamed again the city of Lanka.
saH = that Hanuma; kaamaruupadR^it = who could assume any desire form; vimaaneshhu = (searching) among houses; nikaamamvishhaNNaH = had a lot of grief; laaghavenasamanvitaH = endowed with great speed; vichachaara = roamed; punaH = again; laN^kaam = the city of Lanka.
5.6.2
आससाद अथ लक्ष्मीवान् राक्षस इन्द्र निवेशनम् |
प्राकारेण अर्क वर्णेन भास्वरेण अभिसम्व्ऱ्तम् ॥
After that, the glorious Hanuma neared the house of Ravana shining with the golden hue of Sun, surrounded by a compound wall.
atha = after that; lakshmivaan = the glorious Hanuma; asasaada = neared; raakshasendraniiveshanam = the house of Ravana; bhaasvareNa = shining; arkavarNena = with the hue of Sun; abhisamvR^itam = surrounded; praakaareNa = by a compound wall.
5.6.3
रक्षितम् राक्षसैर् भीमैः सिम्हैर् इव महद् वनम् |
समीक्षमाणो भवनम् चकाशे कपि कुन्जरः ॥
Hanuma shined purveying the building protected by horrible rakshasas, like a forest by lions.
kapikunJNjaraH = Hanuma; chakaashe = shined; samiikshamaaNaH = purveying; bhavanam = the building; rakshitaam = protected; bhiimaiH raakshasaihi = by horrible rakshasas; mahaavanamiva = like a forest; simhaiH = by lions.
5.6.4
रूप्य कोप हितैः चित्रैः तोरणैर् हेम भूषितैः |
विचित्राभिः च कक्ष्याभिर् द्वारैः च रुचिरैर् व्ऱ्तम् ॥
Ravana's house consisted of surprising archways decorated with sliver and gold, strange entrances and beautiful doors.
vR^itam = (Ravana's house)consisted of; toraNaiH = archways; ruupyakopahitaiH = decorated with sliver; chitraiH = surprising one's; hemabhhuushhitaiH = decorated with gold; vichitraabhi = strange; kakshyaabhiH = entrances; ruchiraiH dvaaraishcha = and beautiful doors.
5.6.5
गज आस्थितैर् महा मात्रैः शूरैः च विगत श्रमैः |
उपस्थितम् असम्हार्यैर् हयैः स्यन्दन यायिभिः ॥
Ravana's house waited upon by men on elephants, warriors, people with removed tiredness, drivers of elephants, by undefeatable horses, and by charioteers.
upasthitam = (Ravana's house)waited upon; gajaasthitaiH = by men on elephants; shuuraiH = warriors; vigatasramaiH = people with removed tiredness; mahaamaatraiH = drivers of elephants; asamhaaraiH hayaiH = by undefeatable horses; syandanayaayibhiH = by charioteers.
5.6.6
सिम्ह व्याघ्र तनु त्राणैर् दान्त कान्चन राजतैः |
घोषवद्भिर् विचित्रैः च सदा विचरितम् रथैः ॥
Hanuma saw Ravana's house with protective shields made of lion and tiger skins, decorated with ivory, gold and silver, being roamed always by strange chariots with great sound.
(Hanuma saw Ravana's house) simhavyaaghraatanutraaNaiH = with protective shields made of lion and tiger skins; daantakaaJNchanaraajataiH = decorated with ivory; gold and silver; vicharitam = being roamed; sadaa = always; vichiraiHradhaiH = by strange chariots; ghoshhavadbhiH = with great sound.
5.6.7
बहु रत्न समाकीर्णम् पर अर्ध्य आसन भाजनम् |
महा रथ समावासम् महा रथ महा आसनम् ॥
Hanuma saw Ravana's house filled with a lot of diamonds, having valuable seats and utensils, abode of great warriors, with great chariots and great utensils.
(Hanuma saw Ravana's house) bahuratnasamaakiirNam = filled with a lot of diamonds; paraardhyaasanabhaajanam = having valuable seats and utensils; mahaarathasamaavaasam = abode of great warriors; mahaarathamahaasanam = with great chariots and great utensils.
5.6.8
दृश्यैः च परम उदारैः तैः तैः च मृग पक्षिभिः |
विविधैर् बहु साहस्रैः परिपूर्णम् समन्ततः ॥
Filled all around with those and those various kinds of animals and birds in thousands, lovely to watch - very beautiful ones.
paripuurNam = filled all around with; taiH taiH = those and those; vividhaiH = various kinds of; mR^igapakshibhiH = animals and birds; bahusaahasraiH = in those thousands; dR^ishyaiH = lovely to watch; paramodaaraiH = very beautiful ones.
5.6.9
विनीतैर् अन्त पालैः च रक्षोभिः च सुरक्षितम् |
मुख्याभिः च वर स्त्रीभिः परिपूर्णम् समन्ततः ॥
Well protected by well trained rakshasas, protecting the inner area, filled all over by best women who were important.
surakshitam = well protected; rakshobhi = by rakshasas; viniitaiH = well trained one's; antapaalaiH = protecting the inner area; paripuurNam = filled; samantataH = all over; varastriibhiH = by best women; mukhyaabhiH = who were important.
5.6.10
मुदित प्रमदा रत्नम् राक्षस इन्द्र निवेशनम् |
वर आभरण निर्ह्रादैः समुद्र स्वन निह्स्वनम् ॥
Having happy women, the abode of Ravana with the tinkling of best jewellery had a sound like that of an ocean.
muditapramaadaaratnam = having happy women; raakshasendraniveshanam = the abode of Ravana; varaabharaNasamhraadaiH = with the tinkling of best jewellery; samudrasvananisvanam = had a sound like that of an ocean.
5.6.11
तद् राज गुण सम्पन्नम् मुख्यैः च वर चन्दनैः |
भेरी म्ऱ्दन्ग अभिरुतम् शन्ख घोष विनादितम् ॥
Together with royal insignia, with best scents and sandal wood, spread with great number of people like a great forest with lions.
raajaguNasampannam = together with royal insignia; mukhaiH agaruchandanaiH = with best scents and sandal woods; samaakiirNam = spread with; mahaajanaiH = great number of people; mahatvanamiva = like a great forest; simhaiH = with lions.
5.6.12
भेरीमृदङ्गाभिरुतम् शङ्खघोषनिनादितम् |
नित्य अर्चितम् पर्व हुतम् पूजितम् राक्षसैः सदा ॥
Resounded by bheris and mridagas, resounded by the sound of conch-shells, prayed upon daily by Rakshsas, with rituals on festivals, always worshipped by rakshasas.
bheriimR^idaN^gabhirutam = resounded by bheris and mrindagas; shankhaghoshhitaninaaditam = resounded by the sound of conch-shells; nityaarchitam = prayed upon daily; parvahutam = with rituals on festivals; sadaa = always; puujitam = worshipped; rakshaiH = by rakshasas.
5.6.13
समुद्रम् इव गम्भीरम् समुद्रम् इव निह्स्वनम् |
महात्मानो महद् वेश्म महा रत्न परिच्चदम् ॥महा जन समाकीर्णम् ददर्श स महा कपिः |
The great Hanuma saw the wealthy Ravana's huge house, inscrutable like an ocean, like a noiseless ocean, with a roof embedded with great diamondsand filled with great diamonds.
samahaakapiH = the great Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; mahaatmanaH = the wealthy Ravana's; mahatveshma = big house; ghambhiiram = inscrutable; samudramiva = like an ocean; nissvanam samudramiva = like a noiseless ocean; mahaaratna parichchhadam = with a roof embedded with great diamonds; mahaaratnasamaakiirNam = filled with great diamonds.
5.6.14
विराजमानम् वपुषा गज अश्व रथ सम्कुलम् ॥लन्का आभरणम् इति एव सो अमन्यत महा कपिः |
चचार हनुमांस्तत्र रावणस्य समीपतः ॥
That great Hanuma thought the house, which was shining with its form filled with elephants, horses, chariots, to be the jewel of Lanka. Hanuma walked about there in the near-hood of Ravana.
14;15. saH = that great Hanuma; amanyata = thought; viraajamaanam = (the house which was) shining; vipushhaa = with its form; gajaashvarathasankulam = filled with elephants; horses; chariots; laN^kaabharaNam ityeva = to be the jewel of Lanka; hanumaan = Hanuma; chachaara = walked about; tatra = there; samiipataH = near hood; raavaNasya = of Ravana;
5.6.16
गृहाद् गृहम् राक्षसानाम् उद्यानानि च वानरः |
वीक्षमाणो हि असम्त्रस्तः प्रासादामः च चचार सः ॥
That Hanuma moved about from one house to another of Rakshasas and also parks and observing in all directions without fear and also courtyards.
saH = That Hanuma; chchaara = moved about; gR^ihaat gR^iham = from one house to another; rakshsaanaam = of rakshasas; vudyaanaanicha = and also parks; viikshamaaNaH api = and observing; sarvashaH = in all directions; asantrastaH = without fear; praasaadaamshcha = and also courtyards.
5.6.17
अवप्लुत्य महा वेगः प्रहस्तस्य निवेशनम् |
ततो अन्यत् पुप्लुवे वेश्म महा पार्श्वस्य वीर्यवान् ॥
Hanuma with great prowess, and one with great speed, jumped for the house of Prahasta and from there leapt for another house that of Mahaparshva.
mahaaviiryaH = Hanuma with great prowess; mahaavegaH = and one with great speed; avaplutya = jumping; niveshanam = for the house; prahastasya = of Prahasta; tataH = and from there; plupluve = leapt; anyatveshma = for another house; mahaapaarshvasya = that of Mahaparshva.
5.6.18
अथ मेघ प्रतीकाशम् कुम्भ कर्ण निवेशनम् |
विभीषणस्य च तथा पुप्लुवे स महा कपिः ॥
Thereafter the great Hanuma leapt for the house of Kumbhakarna which resembled a cloud and in the same way for the house of Vibhishana.
atha = thereafter; mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma; plupluve = leapt; kumbhakarNaniveshanam = for the house of Kumbhakarna; meghapratiikaasham = which resembled a cloud; tathaa = and in the same way; vibhiishhanasya = for the house of Vibhishana.
5.6.19
महा उदरस्य च तथा विरूप अक्षस्य चैव हि |
विद्युज् जिह्वस्य भवनम् विद्युन् मालेः तथैव च ॥वज्र दम्ष्ट्रस्य च तथा पुप्लुवे स महा कपिः |
That great Hanuma in the same way leapt for the house of Mahodara and also that of Virupaaksha, that of Viddutjihva.
saH mahaakapiH = That great Hanuma; tathaa = in the same way; plupluve = leapt; bhavanam = for the house; mahodarashya = of Mahodara; viruupaakshasya caivaH = and also that of Virupaaksha; viddyujjihvasya = that of Viddutjihva; tathaivacha = and in the same fashion; vidyunmaaleH = that of Vidhunmaali; tathaiva = and in the same way; vjradamshhTrasya = that of Vajradamshhtra.
5.6.20
शुकस्य च महा वेगः सारणस्य च धीमतः |
तथा च इन्द्रजितो वेश्म जगाम हरि यूथपः ॥
Hanuma the commander of Vanara army with great radiance went for the intellectual Suka's house, for Sarana's house, and in the same way for the house of Indrajit.
hariyuudhapaH = Hanuma the commander of Vanara army; mahaatejaaH = with great radiance; jagaama = went; shukasya = for Suka's house; dhiimataH shukasya = for the intellectual Suka's house; saaraNasya = for Sarana's house; tathaa = in the same way; gR^iham = for the house; indrajitaH = of Indrajit.
5.6.21
जम्बु मालेः सुमालेः च जगाम हरि यूथपः ॥रश्मि केतोः च भवनम् सूर्य शत्रोः तथैव च |
वज्रकायस्य च तथा पुप्लुवे स महाकपिः ॥
The best among Vanaras Hanuma went for the house of Jambumali and for the house of Sumali. The great Hanuma jumped for the house Rasmiketu and in the same way for the house of Suryaketu and in that way for the building of Vajrakaaya.
21;22. harisattamaH = the best among Vanaras Hanuma; jagaama = went; jambumaaleH = for the house of Jambumali; sumaaleshcha = and for the house of Sumali; saH mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma; pupluve = jumped; rashmiketoH = for the house of Rasmiketu; tathaivacha = and in the same way; suryaketoH = for the house of Suryaketu; tathaa = and in that way; bhavanam = for the building; vajrakaayasya = of Vajrakaaya.
5.6.23
धूम्र अक्षस्य च सम्पातेर् भवनम् मारुत आत्मजः |
विद्युद् रूपस्य भीमस्य घनस्य विघनस्य च ॥शुक नाभस्य वक्रस्य शठस्य विकटस्य च |
ह्रस्व कर्णस्य दम्ष्ट्रस्य रोमशस्य च रक्षसः ॥युद्ध उन्मत्तस्य मत्तस्य ध्वज ग्रीवस्य नादिनः |
विद्युज् जिह्व इन्द्र जिह्वानाम् तथा हस्ति मुखस्य च ॥करालस्य पिशाचस्य शोणित अक्षस्य चैव हि |
Hanuma jumped for Dhumrah's house, for Sampati's house, for Vidhudrupa's, Bhiima's house, for Ghana's house and Vighana's house, for Sukhana's house, for Vakra's, for Satha's house and also for Vikata's house, for Brahmakarna's house, for Damshra's house, for Roma's house, for Raksha's house, for Ydhonmata's and Indrajihva's house, in the same way for Hastimukas house, for Karala's house, for Pisacha's house, and also for the building of Shonita.
23;24;25. maarutaatmajaH = Hanuma (jumped); dhuumraakshhasaya = for Dhumrah's house; sampaateH = for Sampati's house; vidhudtruupasaya = for Vidhudrupa's; bhiimasya = for Bhimaa's house; ghanasya = for Ghana's house; vighanasyacha = and Vighana's house; shukanaasasya = for Sukhana's house; vakrasya = for Vakra's; shaThasya = for Satha's house; vikaTasyacha = and also for Vikatasaa house; brahmakarnasya = for Brahmakarnas house; damshhtrasya = for Damshra's house; romashyasya = for Romasas house; rakshasaH = for Rakshasas house; yuddhonmatasya = for Ydhonmata's house; mattasya = for Mattaas house; dvaja griivasya = for Dvajagriva's house; naadinaH = for Naadi's house; vidhyujjihvendrajihvaanaam = for Vidhutjiva's and Indrajihva's houses; tathaa = in the same way; hastimukhasya = and also Hastimukaas house; karaaLasya = for Karaala's house; pishchasya = for Pischa's house; shoNitaakshasyachaivaH bhavan = and also for the building of Shonita.
5.6.26
क्रममाणः क्रमेण एव हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः ॥तेषु तेषु महा अर्हेषु भवनेषु महा यशाः |
तेषाम् ऱ्^द्धिमताम् ऋद्धिम् ददर्श स महा कपिः ॥
The son of Vayu, one with great fame, great one among Vanaras , moving about in a sequence in those and those best buildings, saw the wealth of those rakshasas, who were rich.
26;27. maarutaatmajaH = the son of Vayu; mahaayashaaH = one with great fame; mahaakapiH = great one among Vanaras; saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; teshhaam buddhim = the wealth of those rakshasas; bhuddhimataam = who were rich; kramamaaNaH = moving; krameNaiva = in a sequence; teshhu teshhu = (in) those and those; mahaarheshhu bhavaneshhu = best buildings.
5.6.28
सर्वेषाम् समतिक्रम्य भवनानि समन्ततः |
आससाद अथ लक्ष्मीवान् राक्षस इन्द्र निवेशनम् ॥
The glorious Hanuma passing everyone's houses all round, there-after neared the house of Ravana.
lakshmivaan = the glorious Hanuma; samati kramya = passing; sarveshham bhavanaani = every ones houses; samantataH = all round; tathaa = there after; asasaada = neared; raakshasendraniveshanam = the house of Ravana.
5.6.29
रावणस्य उपशायिन्यो ददर्श हरि सत्तमः |
विचरन् हरि शार्दूलो राक्षसीर् विकृत ईक्षणाः ॥शूल मुद्गल हस्ताः च शक्तो तोमर धारिणीः |
Hanuma best among Vanaras, tiger among Vanaras, moving about saw Rakshas women, those who were sleeping near to Ravana, those who had horrific eyes, those who had Sulaas, Mudgaras in their hands, those who had Shaktis and Tomaras.
harisattamaH = Hanuma best among Vanaras; harishaardulaH = tiger among Vanaras; vicharan = moving about; dadarsha = saw; raakshasiiH = Rakshasa women; raavaNasya upashaayinya = those who were sleeping near to Ravana; vikR^itekshaaH = those who had horrific eyes; shuulamudgarahastaashcha = those who had Sulaas; Mudgaras in their hands; shaktitomaradhaariNiiH = those who had Shaktis and Tomaras.
5.6.30
ददर्श विविधान् गुल्मामः तस्य रक्षः पतेर् गृहे |
राक्षसांश्च महाकायान्नानाप्रहरणोद्यतान् ॥
Hanuma saw in that house of Ravana a variety of army divisions and also Rakshasas those who had huge bodies having different weapons raise up.
dadarsha = (Hanuma) saw; tasyagR^ihe = in that house; rakshaHpate = of Ravana; vividhaangulmaan = a variety of army divisions; raakshasaamshcha = and also rakshasas; mahaakaayaan = those who had huge bodies; naanaapraharaNodhyataan = having different weapons raised up.
5.6.31
रक्तान् श्वेतान् सितामः चैव हरीमः चैव महा जवान् ॥कुलीनान् रूप सम्पन्नान् गजान् पर गज आरुजान् |
निष्ठितान् गज शिखायाम् ऐरावत समान् युधि ॥निहन्त्ऱ्ऱ्न् पर सैन्यानाम् गृहे तस्मिन् ददर्श सः |
क्षरतः च यथा मेघान् स्रवतः च यथा गिरीन् ॥मेघ स्तनित निर्घोषान् दुर्धर्षान् समरे परैः |
That Hanuma in that house saw horses in red colour and in white colour, slightly whitish, capable of great speed, elephants born in a good breed having good appearance capable of harassing enemy's elephants, skilled in good elephant training, equalling Iraavata, capable of killing enemies armies in war, rutting like raining clouds, like mountains with water falls that are pouring down, with trumpeting resembling thundering of clouds, unassailable by enemies in a battle.
31;32;33. saH = that Hanuma; tasmingR^ihe = in that house; dadarsha = saw; hariim chaapi = horses; raktaan = in red colour; shvethaan = in white colour; stitaamshchaiva = slightly whitish; mahaanjavaan = capable of great speed; gajaan = elephants; puliinaan = born in a good breed; ruupasampannaan = having good appearance; paragajaarujaan = capable of harassing enemy's elephants; nishhThitaan = skilled; gajashikhsaayaam = in good elephant training; airaavatasamaan = equalling Iraavata; nihantruun = capable of killing; parasainyaanaam = enemies armies; yudhi = in war; ksharataH = rutting; meghaanyathaa = like raining clouds; giriinyathaa = like mountains; sravataH = (with water falls)that are pouring down; meghastanitanirghoshhaan = with trumpeting resembling thundering of clouds; durdharshhaan = unassailable; paraiH = by enemies; samare = in a battle.
5.6.34
सहस्रम् वाहिनीः तत्र जाम्बूनद परिष्कृताः ॥हेम जालैर् अविच्चिन्नाः तरुण आदित्य सम्निभाः |
ददर्श राक्षस इन्द्रस्य रावणस्य निवेशने ॥
There Hanuma saw in the house of Ravana, the king of rakshasas, army divisions in thousands decorated with gold, covered with heaps of gold, equalling the Sun who has fully come up.
34;35. tatra = there; dadarsha = (Hanuma) saw; niveshane = in the house; raavaNasya = of Ravana; rakshasendrasya = the king of rakshasas; vaahiniiH = army divisions; sahasram = in thousands; jaabuunadaparishhkR^itaaH = decorated with gold; hemajaalaparichchhannaH = covered with heaps of gold; taruNaadityasannibhaaH = equalling the sun who has fully come up.
5.6.36
शिबिका विविध आकाराः स कपिर् मारुत आत्मजः |
लता गृहाणि चित्राणि चित्र शाला गृहाणि च ॥क्रीडा गृहाणि च अन्यानि दारु पर्वतकान् अपि |
कामस्य गृहकम् रम्यम् दिवा गृहकम् एव च ॥ददर्श राक्षस इन्द्रस्य रावणस्य निवेशने |
That Hanuma the son of Vayu saw in the house of Ravana the king of rakshasas, palanquins of various shapes, wonderful bowers, art galleries and other pleasure houses which were constructed with wooden mountains, house for sexual delight and a beautiful diurnal house.
36;37. saH kapiH = that Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of Vayu; dadarsha = saw; niveshane = in the house; ravanasya = of Ravana; rakshasendrasya = the king of Rakshasas; shibikaaH = palanquins; vividhaakaaraaH = of various shapes; chitraaNilathaagR^ihaaNi = wonderful bowers; chitraashaalaagR^ihaaNi = art galleries; anyaani = and other; kriiDaagR^ihaaNi = pleasure houses; daaruparvatakaanapi = (which were constructed) with wooden mountains; kaamasyagR^ihakam = house for sexual delights; ramyam divaagR^ikamevacha = and a beautiful diurnal house.
5.6.38
स मन्दर तल प्रख्यम् मयूर स्थान सम्कुलम् ॥ध्वज यष्टिभिर् आकीर्णम् ददर्श भवन उत्तमम् |
अनन्त रत्न निचयम् निधि जालम् समन्ततः ॥धीर निष्ठित कर्म अन्तम् गृहम् भूत पतेर् इव |
That Hanuma saw the best among buildings equalling mount Mandara filled with pens for peacocks, spread by flag staffs managed by courageous ones like the house of Kubera filled with many diamonds and also heaps of riches.
38;39. saH = That Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; bhaanuvantam = the best among building; mandaragiriprakhyam = equalling mount Mandara; mayuurasthaanasamkulam = filled with pens for peacocks; aakiirNam = spread; dhvajayashhTibhiH = by flag staffs; dhiiranishhThatakarmaantam = managed by courageous one's; bhuutapateHgR^ihamiva = like the house of Kubera; anekaratnasamkiirNam = filled with many diamonds; nidhijaalam = and also heaps of riches.
5.6.40
अर्चिर्भिः च अपि रत्नानाम् तेजसा रावणस्य च ॥विरराज अथ तद् वेश्म रश्मिमान् इव रश्मिभिः |
That building shone by the rays of diamonds, by the splendour of Ravana like the Sun by rays.
tat = That; veshma = building; viraraaja = shone; archirbhishchaapi = by the rays; ratnaanaam = of diamonds; tejasaacha = by the splendour; raavaNasya = of Ravana; rashmimaaniva = like the Sun; rashmibhiH = by rays.
5.6.41
जाम्बू नदमयानि एव शयनानि आसनानि च ॥भाजनानि च शुभ्राणि ददर्श हरि यूथपः |
Hanuma leader of Vanaras saw couches and seats and chief vessels all made with gold.
hariyuudhapaH = leader of Vanaras; Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; shayanaani = couches; aasanaanicha = and seats;mukhyaani = and chief vessels; jaambuunadamayaanyeva = all made with gold.
5.6.42
मध्व् आसव कृत क्लेदम् मणि भाजन सम्कुलम् ॥मनो रमम् असम्बाधम् कुबेर भवनम् यथा |
नूपुराणाम् च घोषेण कान्चीनाम् निनदेन च ॥मृदन्ग तल घोषैः च घोषवद्भिर् विनादितम् |
प्रासाद सम्घात युतम् स्त्री रत्न शत सम्कुलम् ॥सुव्यूढ कक्ष्यम् हनुमान् प्रविवेश महा गृहम् |
Hanuma entered the big house moistened by liquor made of honey, filled with vessels made of gems delightful one, un-congested one like the building of Kubera resounded by the sound of tinkles by the sound of waist ornaments, by the sound of percussion on Mrudangas with deep sound, which consisted of many mansions filled with hundreds of best women, encircled by many spacious enclosures.
42;43;44. hanumaan = Hanuma; pravivesha = entered; mahaagR^iham = the big house; madhvaasavakR^itakledam = moistened by liquor made of honey; maNibhaajanashankulam = filled with vessels made of gems; manoramam = delightful one; asambaadham = un-congested one; kuberabhavanamyathaa = like the building of Kubera; ninaaditam = resounded; nuupuraaNaamghoshheNa = by the sound of tinkles; kaaJNchiinaam ninadena = by the sound waist ornaments; mR^idaN^gatalaghoshhaiishcha = by the sound of percussion on Mrudangas; ghoshhvidbhiH = with deep sound; praasaadasamgaatayutam = which consisted of many mansions; striiratnashetasamkulam = filled with hundreds of best women; suvyuuDhakakshyam = encircled by many spacious enclosures.
इति वाल्मीकि रामायणे आदि काव्ये सुन्दर काण्डे षष्ठः सर्गः
Thus, this is the 6th chapter in Sundara Kanda of Valmiki Ramayana, the First Epic poem of India.
Sarga 7
5.7.1
स वेश्म जालम् बलवान् ददर्श |
व्यासक्त वैदूर्य सुवर्ण जालम् |
यथा महत् प्राव्ऱ्षि मेघ जालम् |
विद्युत् पिनद्धम् सविहम्ग जालम् ॥
That Hanuma, the strong one, saw a group of houses with windows in golden hue, embedded with cat's-eye gems, like a great group of clouds in rainy season with lighting, together with a group of birds.
saH = That Hanuma; balavaan = the strong one; dadarsha = saw; veshmajaalam = a group of houses; vyaasaktavaiDuuryasuvarNajaalam = with windows in golden hue embedded with cats eye gems; mahat meghajaalam yathaa = like a great group of clouds; praavR^ishhi = in rainy season; vidyutpinaddham = made with lighting; savihaN^gajaalam = together with a group of birds.
5.7.2
निवेशनानाम् विविधाः च शालाः |
प्रधान शन्ख आयुध चाप शालाः |
मनो हराः च अपि पुनर् विशाला |
ददर्श वेश्म अद्रिषु चन्द्र शालाः ॥
Hanuma saw various halls of the houses, important buildings storing conches, bows, and other weapons, and also heartening spacious attics at the top of mountain- like houses.
dadarsha = (Hanuma) saw; vividhaaH shaalaaH = various halls; niveshanaanaam = of the houses; pradhaanashaN^khaayudhachaapashaayudhaaH = important buildings storing conches; bows; and other weapons; punaH = and also; manoharaaH = heartening; vishaalaaH chandrashaalaaH = spacious attics; veshmaadR^ishhu = on the top of mountain like houses.
5.7.3
गृहाणि नाना वसु राजितानि |
देव असुरैः च अपि सुपूजितानि |
सर्वैः च दोषैः परिवर्जितानि |
कपिर् ददर्श स्व बल अर्जितानि ॥
Hanuma saw houses glittered by various riches, well worshipped by Devas and Asuras, devoid of all flaws and obtained by the self-might of rakshasas.
kapiH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; gR^ihaaNi = houses; naanaavasuraajitaani = glittered by various riches; supuujitaaNi = well worshipped; devaasuraishchaapi = by devas and asuraas; parivarjitaani = left; sarvaiHdoshhaiH = by all flaws; svabaalaarjitaani = obtained by the self-might of rakshasas;
5.7.4
तानि प्रयत्न अभिसमाहितानि |
मयेन साक्षाद् इव निर्मितानि |
मही तले सर्व गुण उत्तराणि |
ददर्श लन्का अधिपतेर् ग्ऱ्हाणि ॥
Hanuma saw those houses of the ruler of Lanka, constructed by great effort as though constructed by Mayaa himself on earth with all best qualities.
dadarsha = (Hanuma) saw; taaNigR^ihaaNi = those houses; laN^kaadhipateH = of the ruler of Lanka; prayanaabhisamaahitaani = constructed by great effort; nirmitaaniiva = as though constructed; saakshaatmayena = by Mayaa himself; mahiitale = on Earth; sarvaguNottaraaNi = with all best qualities.
5.7.5
ततो ददर्श उच्च्रित मेघ रूपम् |
मनो हरम् कान्चन चारु रूपम् |
रक्षो अधिपस्य आत्म बल अनुरूपम् |
गृह उत्तमम् हि अप्रतिरूप रूपम् ॥
Thereafter Hanuma saw the best house of the lord of rakshasas, having the appearance of a cloud, soul-captivating one having a beautiful form made of gold which has no comparison, suitable of Ravana's might
tataH = thereafter; dadarsha = Hanuma saw; gR^ihottamam = the best house; rakshodhipasya = of the lord of Rakshas; uchchhitamegharuupamam = having the appearance of a cloud; manoharam = soul-captivating one; kaanchanachaarurupam = having a beautiful form made of gold; apratiruparuupam = with that has no comparison; aatmabalaanuruupam = suitable of Ravana's might.
5.7.6
मही तले स्वर्गम् इव प्रकीर्णम् |
श्रिया ज्वलन्तम् बहु रत्न कीर्णम् |
नाना तरूणाम् कुसुम अवकीर्णम् |
गिरेर् इव अग्रम् रजसा अवकीर्णम् ॥
Hanuma saw Ravana's house like heaven thrown upon earth, effulgent with glory, embedded with variety of diamonds covered by flowers of various trees, like the summit of a mountain covered by pollen.
(Hanuma saw Ravana's house) svargamiva = like heaven; prakiirNam = thrown; mahiitale = upon earth; jvalantam = effulgent; shriyaa = with glory; bahuratnakiirNam = embedded with variety of diamonds; kusumaavakiiraNam = covered by flowers; naanaataruuNaam = of various trees; gireH agramiva = like the summit of mountain; avakiirNam = covered; rajasaa = by pollen.
5.7.7
नारी प्रवेकैर् इव दीप्यमानम् |
तडिद्भिर् अम्भोदवद् अर्च्यमानम् |
हंस प्रवेकैर् इव वाह्यमानम् |
श्रिया युतम् खे सुक्ऱ्ताम् विमानम् ॥
Being shone by the best among women like a cloud by lightening, being worshipped, like being carried by the best swans, like an aerial car full of splendor, of good people in sky.
diipyamaanamiva = being shone; naaripravekaaH = by the best among the women; ambhodavat = like a cloud; taTidbhiH = by lightening; archyamaanam = being worshipped; vaahyamaanamiva = like being carried; hamsapravekaiH = by the best swans; shriiyaayutam = full of splendor; vimaanam = (like an) aerial car; sukR^itaam = of good people; khe = in sky.
5.7.8
यथा नग अग्रम् बहु धातु चित्रम् |
यथा नभः च ग्रह चन्द्र चित्रम् |
ददर्श युक्ती कृत मेघ चित्रम् |
विमान रत्नम् बहु रत्न चित्रम् ॥
Hanuma saw the best house like a beautiful cloud endowed with many hues, like the sky illumined by planets including the moon, decked with numerous precious stones like a mountain peak, looking picturesque with numerous minerals.
dadarsha = Hanuma saw; vimaanaratnam = the best house; yuktiikR^ita meghachitram = like a beautiful cloud endowed with many hues; nabhaH yathaa = like the sky; graHchandrachitram = illumined by planets including the moon; bahuratnachitram = decked with numerous precious stones; nagaagram yathaa = like a mountain peak; bahudhaatu chitram = looking picturesque with numerous minerals.
5.7.9
मही कृता पर्वत राजि पूर्णा |
शैलाः कृता वृक्ष वितान पूर्णाः |
वृक्षाः क्ऱ्ताः पुष्प वितान पूर्णाः |
पुष्पम् क्ऱ्तम् केसर पत्र पूर्णम् ॥
The earth was made to be full of mountain ranges. The mountains were made to be abounded of trees. The trees were made to be full of flowers. The flower was made to be full of filaments and petals.
mahii = the earth; kR^itaa = was made; parvataraajapuurNa = to be full of mountain ranges; shailaaH = the mountains; kR^itaaH = were made; vR^ikshavitaanapuurNaaH = to be abounding of tree; vR^ikshaaH = the trees; kR^itaaH = were made; pushhpavitaaHpuurNaaH = to be full of flowers; pushhpam = the flower; kR^itam = was made; kesarapatrapuurNam = to be full of filaments and petals.
5.7.10
कृतानि वेश्मानि च पाण्डुराणि |
तथा सुपुष्पा अपि पुष्करिण्यः |
पुनः च पद्मानि सकेसराणि |
धन्यानि चित्राणि तथा वनानि ॥
White mansions were also built in the same way. Lakes also with beautiful flowers and also lotuses together with filaments and forest that were the best and wonderful.
paanDuraaNi veshmaani cha = white mansions were also; kR^itaani = built; tathaa = in the same way; pushhkaraaNicha = lakes also; supushhpaaNi = with beautiful flowers; punashcha = and also; padmaani = lotuses; sakesaraaNi = together with filaments; tathaa = and; vanaani = forest; dhanyaani chitraaNi = (that were) the best and wonderful.
5.7.11
पुष्प आह्वयम् नाम विराजमानम् |
रत्न प्रभाभिः च विवर्धमानम् |
वेश्म उत्तमानाम् अपि च उच्च मानम् |
महा कपिः तत्र महा विमानम् ॥
There the great Hanuma saw a great aerial car, the best among best of aerial cars, shining with the name of Pushpaka with the rays of precious stones, and capable of traveling long distances.
tatra = there; mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma(saw); mahaavimaanam = a great aerial car; veshmottamaanaamapi uchchamaanam = the best among best of aerial cars; naamaviraajamaanam = shining with the name; pushhpaaHvayam = of Pushpaka; ratnaprabhaabhiH = with the rays of precious stones; vighuurNamaanam = capable of traveling long distances.
5.7.12
कृताः च वैदूर्यमया विहम्गा |
रूप्य प्रवालैः च तथा विहम्गाः |
चित्राः च नाना वसुभिर् भुजम्गा |
जात्या अनुरूपाः तुरगाः शुभ अन्गाः ॥
Artificial birds made of cat's-eye gems, as well as birds made of silver and coral, wonderful serpants made of various jewels, horses of beautiful limbs suitable by their noble breed were arranged.
vihaN^gaaH = birds; vaiDuuryamayaaH = of cats eye gems; tathaa = as well as; vihaN^gaaH = birds; ruupyapravaaLaishcha = made of silver and coral; chitraaH bhujaN^gaaH = wonderful serpants; naanaavasubhiH = made of various jewels; turagaaH = horses; subhaaN^gaaH = of beautiful limbs; anuruupaaH = suitable; jaatyaa = by their noble breed; kR^itaa = were arranged.
5.7.13
प्रवाल जाम्बूनद पुष्प पक्षाः |
सलीलम् आवर्जित जिह्म पक्षाः |
कामस्य साक्षाद् इव भान्ति पक्षाः |
कृता विहम्गाः सुमुखाः सुपक्षाः ॥
Birds were made with corals on their wings and ogether with golden flowers, with good wings, with curved and bent wings in a playful way, shining like helpers of the god of love himself
vihaN^gaaH = birds; kR^itaaH = were made; pravaaLajaambuunadapushhpapakshaaH = with corals on their wings and with golden flowers; supakshaaH = with good wings; aavarjitajihmapakshaaH = with curved and bent wings; saliilam = in a playful way; bhaanti = shining; pakshaaHiva = like helpers; kaamasya = of the god of love; saakshaat = himself.
5.7.14
नियुज्यमानाः च गजाः सुहस्ताः |
सकेसराः च उत्पल पत्र हस्ताः |
बभूव देवी च कृता सुहस्ता |
लक्ष्मीः तथा पद्मिनि पद्म हस्ता ॥
Images of elephants in a lotus-pool with filaments of lotus on body, with lotus petals held in their trunks, were devoted to the worship of an image of Goddess Lakshmi. And also an image of Goddess Lakshmi with four graceful hands and holding lotus in Her hand was made to exist in Pushpaka.
gajaaH = Elephants; padmini = in a lotus-pool; sakesaraashcha = with filaments of lotus petals on body; suhastaa = with shapely trunks; utpalapatrahastaaH = with lotus petals held in their trunks; niyujyamaanaaH tu = devoted to the worship; lakshmiiH = of Goddess Lakshmi; tathaa = and deviicha = (an image of) Goddess Lakshmi also; suhastaa = with graceful hands; padmahastaa = holding lotus in Her hand; kR^itaa babhuuva = was made to exist in Pushpaka;
5.7.15
इति इव तद् ग्ऱ्हम् अभिगम्य शोभनम् |
सविस्मयो नगम् इव चारु शोभनम् |
पुनः च तत् परम सुगन्धि सुन्दरम् |
हिम अत्यये नगम् इव चारु कन्दरम् ॥
In this fashion, nearing that house which was shining like a mountain with a beautiful glow that house with great sweet fragrance like a beautiful mountain during spring, with beautiful cave became surprised and saw (again).
itiiva = in this fashion; abhigamyaa = nearing; tatgR^iham = that house; shobhanam = which was shining; nagamiva = like a mountain; chaarushobhanam = with a beautiful glow; savismayaH = became surprised; punashcha = and saw (again); tat = that house; paramasugandhi = with a great sweet fragrance; sundaram nagamiva = like a beautiful mountain; himaatyaye = during spring; chaarukandaram = with beautiful case.
5.7.16
ततः स ताम् कपिर् अभिपत्य पूजिताम् |
चरन् पुरीम् दश मुख बाहु पालिताम् |
अदृश्य ताम् जनक सुताम् सुपूजिताम् |
सुदुह्खिताम् पति गुण वेग निर्जिताम् ॥
Thereafter that Hanuma nearing that city of Lanka worshipped by Rakshasas, ruled by arms of ten-headed Ravana, moving thereabout became very gloomy on not seeing that Seetha well worshipped by all and greatly conquered by the virtues of Her husband Sri Rama
tataH = thereafter; saH kapiH = that Hanuma; abhipatyaa = nearing; taam puriim = that city of Lanka; pujitaam = worshipped (by Rakshasas) dashamukhabaahupaalitaam = ruled by arms of ten-headed Ravana; charan = moving(thereabout); sudukhitaa = became very gloomy; adR^ishyaa = (on) not seeing; taamjanakasutaam = that Seetha; supuujitaam = well worshipped (by all); patiguNaveganirjitaam = greatly conquered by the virtues of Her husband Sri Rama.
5.7.17
ततः तदा बहु विध भावित आत्मनः |
कृत आत्मनो जनक सुताम् सुवर्त्मनः |
अपश्यतो अभवद् अतिदुह्खितम् मनः |
सुचक्षुषः प्रविचरतो महात्मनः ॥
Thereafter then the heart of the great souled Hanuma who contemplated supreme spirit in many ways with a disciplined mind following righteous path, with good observant eyes, moving about in the city of Lanka became greatly sorrowful on not seeing Seetha.
tataH = Thereafter; tadaa = then; manaH = the heart; mahaatmanaH = of the great souled Hanuma; bahuvidhabhaavitaatmanaH = who contemplated supreme Spirit in many ways; kR^itaatmanaH = with a disciplined mind; suvartmanaH = following ritues path; suchakshushhaH = with good eyes; pravicharataH = moving about(in the city of Lanka) ; abhavat = became; atidukhitam = greatly sorrowful; apasyataH = not seeing; janakasutaam = Seetha;
इति वाल्मीकि रामायणे आदि काव्ये सुन्दर काण्डे सप्तमः सर्गः
Thus, this is the 7th chapter in Sundara Kanda of Valmiki Ramayana, the First Epic poem of India.
Sarga 8
5.8.1
स तस्य मध्ये भवनस्य संस्थितम् |
महद्विमानम् मणिवज्रचित्रितम् |
प्रतप्तजाम्बूनदजालकृत्रिमम् |
ददर्श वीरः पवनात्मजः कपिः ॥
That Hanuma the courageous one, the son of Lord Vayu, saw the great aerial plane standing in the middle of that building with a surprising hue, due to diamonds, and gems decorated by series of refined gold.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; viiraH = the courageous one; pavanaatmajaH = the son of Lord Vayu; dadarsha = saw; mahat vimaanam = a great aerial plane; samsthitam = standing; madhye = in the middle; tasya bhavanasya = of that building; maNivajrachitritam = with a surprising hue due to diamonds and gems; prataptajaambuunadajaalakR^itrimam = decorated by series of refined gold.
5.8.2
तदप्रमेयाप्रतिकारकृत्रिमम् |
कृतम् स्वयम् साध्विति विश्वकर्मणाः |
दिवम् गतम् वायुपथप्रतिष्ठितम् |
व्यराजतादित्यपथस्य लक्ष्मिवत् ॥
That plane shone like symbol for solar path standing in the aerial path obtaining the sky. Manufactured by Vishvakarma himself and praised by him as one without comparison in beauty.
tat = that plane; vyaraajata = shone; lakshmavat = like symbol; aadityapathasya = for solar path; vaayupathapratishhThatam = standing in the aerial path; divamgatam = obtaining in the sky; kR^itam = manufactured; svyam vishvakarmaNaa = by Vishvakarma himself; saadhviti = and praised by him; aprameyaapratikaarakR^itrimam = one without comparison in beauty.
5.8.3
न तत्र किंचिन्न कृतम् प्रयत्नतो |
न तत्र किंचिन्न महर्हरत्नवत् |
न ते विशेषा नियताः सुरेष्वपि |
न तत्र किंचिन्न महाविशेषवत् ॥
In that plane there is not even a small thing that is not made with great effort, in that there is nothing without the best diamonds, those characteristics definitely are not in Devas also, in that there is nothing that is not of great significance.
tatra = In that plane; na kimchit na kR^itam = there is not even a small thing that is not made; prayatnataH = with effort; tatra = in that; na kimchit = there is nothing; na mahaarharatnavat = without the best diamonds; te visheshhaaH = those characteristics; naniyataaH = definitely are not; sureshhvapi = in Devas also; tatra = in that; kimchit na = there is nothing; na mahaavisheshhavat = that is not great significance.
5.8.4
तपह्समाधानपराक्रमार्जितम् |
मनःसमाधानविचारचारिणम् |
अनेकसंस्थानविषेषनिर्मितम् |
ततस्ततस्तुल्यविशेषदर्शनम् ॥
One that has been obtained by austerities and by prowess, one that moves about by thoughts of concentrated mind, made from various significant parts with an appearance of parts of equal significance, collected from here and there from all over the world.
tapHsamaadhaanaparaakramaarjitam = one that has been obtained by austerities and by prowess; manaHsamaadhaanavichaarachaariNam = one that moves about by the thoughts of concentrated mind; anekasamsthaanavisheshhanirmitam = made from various significant parts; tulyavisheshhanadarshanam = with an appearance of parts of equal significance; tataH tataH = (collected from) here and there
5.8.5
विशेषमालम्ब्य विशेषसंस्थितम् |
विचित्रकूटम् बहुकूटमण्डितम् |
मनोऽभिरामम् शरद्न्दुनिर्मलम् |
विचित्रकूटम् शिखरम् गिरेर्यथा ॥
Obtaining a special construction as a special object, like a mountain with wonderful peaks adorned by many peaks, attractive to soul, calm like an autumnal moon, like the peak of a mountain with other wonderful small peaks.
aalambya = obtaining; visheshham = a special construction; visheshhasamsthitam = stood as a special object; vichitrakuuTam = like a mountain with wonderful peaks; bahukuuTamaNDitam = adorned by many peaks; mano.abhiraamaan = attractive to soul; sharadindunirmalam = calm like an autumnal moon; shikaram yadaa = like the peak; gireH = of a mountain; vichitrakuuTam = with other wonderful small peaks.
5.8.6
वहन्ति यम् कुण्डशोभितानना |
महाशना व्योमचरा निशाचराः |
विवृत्तविध्वस्तविशाललोचना |
महाजवा भूतगणाः सहस्रशः ॥
Hanuma saw that aerial plane which rakshasas who were great eaters, with a face beautified by earnings, who roamed around in the sky and thousands of genii with round eyes, crooked eyes and wide eyes capable of great speed carrying it.
(Hanuma saw that aerial plane) yam = which; nishaacharaaH = rakshasas; mahaashanaaH = who were great eaters; kunDalashobhitaananaaH = with a face beautified by earrings ;vyomacharaaH = who roamed around in the sky; sahasrashaH buutagaNaaH = (and) thousands of genii; nivR^ittavidhvastavishaalalochanaaH = with round eyes; crooked eyes and wide eyes; mahaajavaaH = capable of great speed; vahanti = carried.
5.8.7
वसन्तपुष्पोत्करचारुदर्शनम् |
वसन्तमासदपि कान्तदर्शनम् |
स पुष्पकम् तत्र विमानमुत्तमम् |
ददर्श तद्वानरवीरसत्तमः ॥
That Hanuma the best among Vanara warriors saw there a best plane with the name of Pushpaka with a more beautiful appearance than a group of flowers during spring, a more attractive appearance than even the spring season.
saH = that Hanuma; vanaraviirasattamaH = the best among Vanara warriors; dadarsha = saw; tatra = there; uttamam vimaanam = a best plane; pushhpakam = with the name of Pushpaka; vasantapushhpotkarachaarudarshanam = with a more beautiful appearance than a group of flowers during spring; kaantadarshanam = a more attractive appearance; vasantamaasaadapi = than even the spring season.
इति वाल्मीकि रामायणे आदि काव्ये सुन्दर काण्डे अष्टमः सर्गः
Thus, this is the 8th chapter in Sundara Kanda of Valmiki Ramayana, the First Epic poem of India.
Sarga 9 (part 1 of 2)
5.9.1
तस्य आलय वरिष्ठस्य मध्ये विपुलम् आयतम् |
ददर्श भवन श्रेष्ठम् हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः ॥
Hanuma, the son of Vayu, saw a best tall building and a wide one in the middle of that best group of houses.
hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of Vayu; dadarsha = saw; bhavanashreshhTam = a best building; aayatam = which was a tall one; vipulam = and a wide one; madhye = in the middle; tasyaalayavarishhTasya = of that best group of houses.
5.9.2
अर्ध योजन विस्तीर्णम् आयतम् योजनम् हि तत् |
भवनम् राक्षस इन्द्रस्य बहु प्रासाद सम्कुलम् ॥
That building of Ravana filled with many edifices was half a Yojana long and one Yojana tall.
tat = that; bhavanam = building; raakshasendrasya = of Ravana; bahupraasaadashamkulam = filled with many edifices; ardhayojanavisthiirNam = (was) half a Yojana long; yojanam aayatam = and one Yojana tall.
5.9.3
मार्गमाणः तु वैदेहीम् सीताम् आयत लोचनाम् |
सर्वतः परिचक्राम हनूमान् अरि सूदनः ॥
Hanuma, the destructor of enemies, moved around in all directions searching for Seetha the wide eyed daughter of King of Videha
hanumaan = Hanuma; arisuudanaH = the destructor of enemies; parichakraama = moved around; sarvataH = in all directions; maargamaaNaH tu = searching; siitaam = Seetha; aayatalochanaam = the wide eyed; viadehiim = the daughter of King of Videha.
5.9.4
उत्तमम् राक्षसावासम् हनुमानवलोकयन् |
आससादाथ लक्ष्मीवान् राक्षसेन्द्रनिवेशनम् ॥चतुर् विषाणैर् द्विरदैः त्रिविषाणैः तथैव च |
परिक्षिप्तम् असम्बाधम् रक्ष्यमाणम् उदायुधैः ॥
Thereafter, Hanuma the glorious one neared and observed the best residence of Rakshasas and the house of Ravana, containing elephants with four tusks and also those with three tusks, those with two tusks and still not crowded. It was protected by soldiers bearing raised weapons.
4;5. atha = thereafter; hanumaan = Hanuma; lakshmiivaan = the glorious one; aasasaada = neared; uttamam raakshasaavaasam = the best residence of Rakshas; raakshasendraniveshanam = (and) the house of Ravana; parikshiptam = containing; chaturvishhaaNaiH = ( elephants) with four tusks; tathaivacha = and also; trivishhaaNaiH = those with three tusks; dviradaiH = two tusks; asambaadham = not crowded; rakshyamaaNam = protected; udaayudhaiH = by those bearing raised weapons; avalokayan = observing (it).
5.9.6
राक्षसीभिः च पत्नीभी रावणस्य निवेशनम् |
आह्ऱ्ताभिः च विक्रम्य राज कन्याभिर् आव्ऱ्तम् ॥तन् नक्र मकर आकीर्णम् तिमिम्गिल झष आकुलम् |
वायु वेग समाधूतम् पन्नगैर् इव सागरम् ॥
That building surrounded by the wives of Ravana, by demonesses, and princesses brought by strength, was like an ocean filled with crocodiles, big fishes, sharks and other fishes, moved by the speed of wind, and together with serpants.
6;7. tat niveshanam = that building; aavR^itam = surrounded; raavaNasyapatniibhiH = by the wives of Ravana; raakshasiibhiH = by demonesses; raajakanyaabhiH = princesses; aahR^itaabhiH = brought; vikramya = by strength; saagaram iva = (was) like an ocean; nakramakaraakiirNam = by crocodiles; big fishes; timiN^gilajhashhaakulam = filled with sharks and other fishes; vaayuveghasamaadhuutam = moved by the speed of wind; pannagaiH = and together with serpants.
5.9.8
या हि वैश्वरणे लक्ष्मीर् या च इन्द्रे हरि वाहने |
सा रावण ग्ऱ्हे सर्वा नित्यम् एव अनपायिनी ॥
Whatever wealth is at Kubera, whatever riches at Indra with green horses, all that affluence was at Ravana's house. That wealth was always without reduction.
yaa lakshmiiH = whatever wealth; vaishravaNe = is at Kubera; yaa lakshmii = whatever riches; indre cha = at Indra; harivaahane = with green horses; saa sarvaa = all that affluence; raavaNagR^ihe = was at Ravana's house; nityameva = always; aanapaayinii = without reduction.
5.9.9
या च राज्ञः कुबेरस्य यमस्य वरुणस्य च |
ताद्ऱ्शी तद् विशिष्टा वा ऱ्द्धी रक्षो ग्ऱ्हेष्व् इह ॥
Whatever was the fortune of Kubera the King of Yakshas, of Yama and of Varuna, the same fortune or even greater treasure was at this house of Ravana.
yaa = whatever fortune; kuberasya = of Kubera; raajJNaH = the King of Yakshaas; yamasya = of Yama; varuNasya cha = and of Varuna; taadrushii = the same fortune; vaa tadvishishhTaa = or even greater; buddiH = treasure; iha raakshogR^iheshhu = was at this house of Ravana.
5.9.10
तस्य हर्म्यस्य मध्यस्थम् वेश्म च अन्यत् सुनिर्मितम् |
बहुनिर्यूह सम्कीर्णम् ददर्श पवन आत्मजः ॥
Hanuma saw another house in the middle of that house, a well built one consisting of many elephants in rut.
pavanaatmajaH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; anyatveshma = another house; madhyastham = in the middle; tasya harmyasya = of that house; sunirmitam = a well build one; bahuniryuuhssamkiirNam = consisting of many elephants in rut.
5.9.11
ब्रह्मणो अर्थे क्ऱ्तम् दिव्यम् दिवि यद् विश्व कर्मणा |
विमानम् पुष्पकम् नाम सर्व रत्न विभूषितम् ॥परेण तपसा लेभे यत् कुबेरः पितामहात् |
कुबेरम् ओजसा जित्वा लेभे तद् राक्षस ईश्वरः ॥
Whatever wonderful aeroplane by the name of Pushpaka, decorated with all kinds of precious stones, made by Visvakarma in heaven for lord Brahma, whatever plane Kubera obtained by great austerity from Lord Brahma, Ravana obtained that plane by prowess defeating Kubera.
yat = whatever; divyam vimaanam = wonderful aeroplane; pushhpakam naama = by the name of Pushpaka; sarvaratnavibhuushhitam = decorated with all kinds of precious stones; kR^itam = made; visvakarmaNa = by Visvakarma; divi = in heaven; brahmaNaH arthe = for lord Brahma; yat = whatever plane; kuberaH = Kubera; lebhe = obtained; pareNa tapasaa = by great austerity; pitaamahaat = from Lord Brahma; raakshasheshvaraH = Ravana; lebhe = obtained; tat = that plane; ojasaa = by prowess; jitvaa = defeating; kubera = Kubera.
5.9.13
ईहा म्ऱ्ग समायुक्तैः कार्य स्वर हिरण्मयैः |
सुक्ऱ्तैर् आचितम् स्तम्भैः प्रदीप्तम् इव च श्रिया ॥मेरु मन्दर सम्काशैर् उल्लिखद्भिर् इव अम्बरम् |
कूट अगारैः शुभ आकारैः सर्वतः समलम्क्ऱ्तम् ॥
Supported by pillars decorated with images of wolves, with silver and golden hue and which were well made, radiant with splendour, decorated all around with rooms equalling Mount Meru and Mount Mandara, as though touching the sky with an auspicious shape.
13;14. aachitam = supported; stambhiaH = by pillars; iihaamR^igasamaayuktaiH = decorated with images of wolves; kaartasvarahiraNmayaiH = with silver and golden hue; sukR^itaiH = (and that were) well made; pradiiptamiva = radiant; shriyaa = with splendour; sarvataH samalankR^itam = decorated all around; kuuTaagaaraiH = with rooms; merumandarasamkaashaiH = equalling Mount Meru and Mount Mandara; ambaram vullikhadbhiriva = as though touching the sky; subhaakaaraiH = with an auspicious shape.
5.9.15
ज्वलन अर्क प्रतीकाशम् सुक्ऱ्तम् विश्व कर्मणा |
हेम सोपान सम्युक्तम् चारु प्रवर वेदिकम् ॥
Well made by Visvakarma and resembling Fire and Sun in splendour, with stairways made of gold and with beautiful and best platforms;
sukR^itam = well made; vishvakarmaNa = by Visvakarma; jvalanaarkapratiikasham = resembling Fire and Sun(in splendour); hemasopaanasamyuktam = with stairways made of gold; chaarupravaravedikam = with beautiful and best platforms.
5.9.16
जाल वात अयनैर् युक्तम् कान्चनैः स्थाटिकैर् अपि |
इन्द्र नील महा नील मणि प्रवरवेदिकम् ॥
With windows and ventilation holes made of gold and also made of crystal, with platforms made of sapphires and emeralds;
jaalavaataanaiH yuktam = with windows and ventilation holes; kaaJNchanaiH = made of gold; spaTikairapi = and also made of crystal; indraniilamahaaniilamaNipravaravedikam = with platforms made of sapphires and emeralds.
5.9.17
विद्रुमेण विचित्रेण मणिभिश्च महाधनैः |
विस्तुलाभिश्च मुक्ताभिस्तलेनाभिविराजितम् ॥
Shone by floors embellished with corals of strange hue and with precious stones of great value, with pearls without comparison;
abhiviraajitam = shone; talena = by floors; vichitreNa vidrumeNa = embellished with corals of strange hue; maNibhishcha = and with precious stones; mahaadhanaiH = of great value; muktaabhiH = with pearls; nistulaabhiH = without comparison.
5.9.18
चन्दनेन च रक्तेन तपनीयनिभेन च |
सुपुण्यगन्धिना युक्तमादित्यतरुणोपमम् ॥
Reddish and resembling gold, together with sandal wood having a good smell and brilliant like the Sun at noon;
raktena = reddish; tapaniiyanibhenacha = and resembling gold; yuktam = together; chandanena = with sandal wood; supuNyagandhinaa = having a good smell; aaditya taruNopamam = (brilliant) like the Sun at noon.
5.9.19
कूटागारैर्वराकारैर्विविधैः समलम्कृतम् |
विमानम् पुष्पकम् दिव्यम् आरुरोह महा कपिः ॥
The great Hanuma alighted the best aeroplane called Pushpaka with an excellent form decorated by rows of upper floors.
mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma; aaruroha = alighted; divyam pushhpakam vimaanam = the best aeroplane called Pushpaka; varaakaaraiH = with an excellent form; samalankR^itam = decorated; kuutaagaaraiH = by rows of upper floors
5.9.20
तत्रस्थः स तदा गन्धम् पान भक्ष्य अन्न सम्भवम् |
दिव्यम् सम्मूर्चितम् जिघ्रन् रूपवन्तम् इव अनिलम् ॥
That Hanuma then being there, smelled a wonderful sweet fragrance like wind with an appearance, created from drinks and foods, including cooked rice diffused on all sides.
saH = that Hanuma; tadaa = then; tatrasthaH = being there; jighram = smelled; divyamgandham = a wonderful sweet fragrance; anilamiva = like wind; ruupavantam = with an appearance; paanabhakshyaannsambhavam = created from drinks and foods including cooked rice; sammuurchhitam = diffused on all sides.
5.9.21
स गन्धः तम् महा सत्त्वम् बन्धुर् बन्धुम् इव उत्तमम् |
इत एहि इति उवाच इव तत्र यत्र स रावणः ॥
That sweet smell was as though saying thus to that Hanuma : "Come here!", like a relative to a best relative pointing to there wherever that Ravana was.
saH gandhaH = that sweet smell; uvaacheva iti = was as though saying thus; tam = to that Hanuma; itaH ehi = come here; bandhuriva = like a relative; uttamam bhandhum = to a best relative; tatra = there; yatra = wherever; saH raavaNaH = that Ravana(was).
5.9.22
ततः ताम् प्रस्थितः शालाम् ददर्श महतीम् शुभाम् |
रावणस्य मनः कान्ताम् कान्ताम् इव वर स्त्रियम् ॥
Hanuma started thereafter there (in that direction) and saw an auspicious great hall, close to heart of Ravana, like a delightful best woman.
prasthitaH = Hanuma started; tataH = thereafter; tataH = there(in that direction); dadarsha = and saw; shubhaam = in auspicious; mahatiimshaalaam = great hall; manaH kaantaam = close to heart; raavanasya = of Ravana; kaantaam varastriyamiva = like a delightfull best woman.
5.9.23
मणि सोपान विक्ऱ्ताम् हेम जाल विराजिताम् |
स्फाटिकैर् आव्ऱ्त तलाम् दन्त अन्तरित रूपिकाम् ॥
That hall was made of stairways embedded with diamonds, decorated with golden windows, with a floor embellished with crystal, with shapes made from ivory in the middle.
(That hall was)maNisopaanavkR^itaam = made of stairways embedded with diamonds; hemajaalavibhuushhitaam = decorated with golden windows; spatikaiH aavR^itatalaam = with a floor embellished with crystal; dantaantaritaruupikaam = with shapes made ivory in the middle.
5.9.24
मुक्ताभिः च प्रवालैः च रूप्य चामी करैर् अपि |
विभूषिताम् मणि स्तम्भैः सुबहु स्तम्भ भूषिताम् ॥
Well decorated with pearls, corals and also with silver and gold and with diamond studded pillars and also decorated with many pillars.
vibhuushhitaam = well decorated; muktaabhishcha = with pearls; pravaaLaishca = with corals; ruupyachaamiikarairapi = and also with silver and gold; maNistambhaiH = and with diamond studded pillars; shubhahusthambhabhuushhitaam = and also decorated with many pillars.
5.9.25
नम्रैरृजुभिरत्युच्चैः समन्तात्सुविभूषितैः |
स्तम्भैः पक्षैर् इव अत्युच्चैर् दिवम् सम्प्रस्थिताम् इव ॥
By pillars slightly bent with no distortion, which were very tall and well decorated all over, that hall was as though starting for sky with very high wings.
sthambhaiH = by pillars; namraiH = slightly bent; R^ijubhiH = with no distortion; atyuchchaiH = which were very tall; suvibhuushhitaiH = and well decorated; samantaat = all over; samprasthitaamiva = (that hall) was like starting; divam = for sky; atyuchchaiH pakshaiH = with very high wings.
5.9.26
महत्या कुथय आस्त्रीणम् प्ऱ्थिवी लक्षण अन्कया |
पृथिवीम् इव विस्तीर्णाम् सराष्ट्र ग्ऱ्ह मालिनीम् ॥
Covered by a wonderful large carpet with all earth's characteristics like rivers, mountains, oceans, forests, painted over, that hall was like the vast earth together with states and rows of houses.
aasthiirNaam = covered; mahatyaa kuthayaa = by a wonderful large carpet; pR^ithiviilakshaNaaN^kayaa = with all earth's characteristics (like rivers mountains; oceans; forests; painted over); vistiirNaam pR^ithiviimiva = (that hall was)like the vast earth; saraashhTragR^ihamaaliniim = together with states and rows of houses.
5.9.27
नादिताम् मत्त विहगैर् दिव्य गन्ध अधिवासिताम् |
पर अर्ध्य आस्तरण उपेताम् रक्षो अधिप निषेविताम् ॥
It was resounded by birds in heat, made fragrant by excellent perfumes, hung with best tapestries and inhabited by the king of rakshasas
naaditaam = resounded; mattavihagaiH = by birds in heat; divyagandhaadhivaasitaam = made fragrant by excellent perfumes; paraarthyaastaraNopetaam = hung with best tapestries; rakshodhipanishhevitaam = inhabited by the King of rakshasas.
5.9.28
धूम्राम् अगरु धूपेन विमलाम् हंस पाण्डुराम् |
चित्राम् पुष्प उपहारेण कल्माषीम् इव सुप्रभाम् ॥
It was made smokey by the fumes of agallocum. It was a pure one white like a swan, wonderful by the decoration of flowers, like divine cow with a great radiance.
dhuumraam = smokey; agarudhuupena = by the fumes of agallocum; vimalaam = a pure one; hamsapaaNDuraam = white like a swan; chitraam = wonderful; pushhpopahaareNa = by the decoration of flowers; kalmaashhiimiva = like divine cow; suprabhaam = with a great radiance.
5.9.29
मनः सम्ह्लाद जननीम् वर्णस्य अपि प्रसादिनीम् |
ताम् शोक नाशिनीम् दिव्याम् श्रियः सम्जननीम् इव ॥
That excellent hall was causing happiness to heart, causing a fair complexion, destroying sorrow and was as though producing prosperity.
taam divyaam = that excellent hall; manaHsamhlaadajananiim = causing happiness to heart; prasaadiniim = causing; varnasyaapi = a fair complexion; sokanaashaniim = destroying sorrow; samjananiim iva = and was as though producing; sriyaH = prosperity.
5.9.30
इन्द्रियाणि इन्द्रिय अर्थैः तु पन्च पन्चभिर् उत्तमैः |
तर्पयाम् आस माता इव तदा रावण पालिता ॥
Like a mother, then that hall governed by Ravana caused satisfaction to all five sensory organs with all the excellent five objects of the senses.
maateva = like a mother; tadaa = then; raavaNapaalitaa = that hall governed by Ravana; tarpayaamaasa = caused satisfaction; paJNchadriyaaNii = to all five sense organs; uttamaiH paJNchabhiH indriyaarthaiH = with the excellent five objects of the senses.
5.9.31
स्वर्गो अयम् देव लोको अयम् इन्द्रस्य इयम् पुरी भवेत् |
सिद्धिर् वा इयम् परा हि स्याद् इति अमन्यत मारुतिः ॥
Hanuma thought thus : "This is heaven! This is indeed the abode of Devas! This is a city of Indra. This might be the result of a great austerity."
maarutiH = Hanuma; amanyataa = thought; iti = thus; iyam svargaH = this is heaven; iyam devalokaH = this is the aboard of Devas; iyam = this; bhavet = is; indrasya purii = a city of Indra; iyam = this; syaadvaa = might be; paraasiddhiH = the result of great austerity.
5.9.32
प्रध्यायत इव अपश्यत् प्रदीपामः तत्र कान्चनान् (ःइअतुस्!)|
धूर्तान् इव महा धूर्तैर् देवनेन पराजितान् ॥
Like gamblers defeated by greater gamblers in gambling, Hanuma saw golden hued lamps being still, as though in thought.
dhuurtaaniva = like gamblers; paraajitaan = defeated; mahaadhuuraiH = by greater gamblers; devanena = in gambling; apashyat = Hanuma saw; kaaJNchanaan pradiipaan = golden hued lamps; pradhyaata iva = being still as though in thought.
5.9.33
दीपानाम् च प्रकाशेन तेजसा रावणस्य च |
अर्चिर्भिर् भूषणानाम् च प्रदीप्ता इति अभ्यमन्यत ॥
Hanuma thought thus : "This building shines by the light of lamps and the brilliance of Ravana and also due to the radiance of jewellery."
amanyata = Hanuma thought; iti = thus; pradiipta = (this building) shines; diipaanaamprakaashena = by the light of lamps; raavaNasya tejasaa cha = and the brilliance of Ravana; bhushhNaanaam archirbhiH cha = and also due to the radiance of jewellery.
5.9.34
ततो अपश्यत् कुथा आसीनम् नाना वर्ण अम्बर स्रजम् |
सहस्रम् वर नारीणाम् नाना वेष विभूषितम् ॥
Thereafter Hanuma saw a thousand of best women sitting on the rug with clothing of various colours and decorated in a variety of ways.
tataH = thereafter; apasyat = Hanuma saw; sahasram = a thousand; varanaariiNaam = of best women; kuthaasiinam = sitting on the rug; naanaavarNaambarasrajam = with clothing of various colours; naanaaveshavibhuushhitam = and decorated in a variety of ways.
5.9.35
परिव्ऱ्त्ते अर्ध रात्रे तु पान निद्रा वशम् गतम् |
क्रीडित्वा उपरतम् रात्रौ सुष्वाप बलवत् तदा ॥
Then at the turn of midnight, those women slept deeply resting after playing during night, with a deep sleep caused by liquor.
tadaa = then; ardharaatreparivR^itte = at the turn of midnight; shushhvaapa = (that women folk)slept; balavat = deeply; uparatam = resting; raatraukriiDitvaa = after playing during night; paananidraavasham gatam = getting the sleep caused by liquor.
5.9.36
तत् प्रसुप्तम् विरुरुचे निह्शब्द अन्तर भूषणम् |
निह्शब्द हंस भ्रमरम् यथा पद्म वनम् महत् ॥
That sleeping group of women, adorned with jewels which were not making sound, shone like a great park of lotuses with calm swans and bees.
tat prasuptam = that sleeping group of women; nishabdaantarabhuushhaNam = adorned with jewels which were not making sound; viruruche = shone; mahat padmavanam yathaa = like a great park of lotuses; niHshebdahamsabramaram = with calm swans and bees.
5.9.37
तासाम् सम्व्ऱ्त दन्तानि मीलित अक्षाणि मारुतिः |
अपश्यत् पद्म गन्धीनि वदनानि सुयोषिताम् ॥
Hanuma saw faces of those best women, with teeth covered by lips with closed eyes and with lotus fragrance.
maarutiH = Hanuma; apasyat = saw; vadanaani = faces; taasaam shuyoshhitaam = of those best women; samvR^itadantaani = with teeth covered (by lips); miilitaakshiiNi = with closed eyes; padmaghandhiini = and with lotus fragrance.
5.9.38
प्रबुद्धानि इव पद्मानि तासाम् भूत्वा क्षपा क्षये |
पुनः सम्व्ऱ्त पत्राणि रात्राव् इव बभुः तदा ॥
At that time, those faces shone which became like lotuses in blossom during day time and again were like lotuses with closed petals at night.
tadaa = at that time; taasaam = those faces; babhuH = shone; prabudhaaniva padmaaniva bhuutvaa = became like lotuses in blossom; kshaapakshyaye = during day time; punaH = and again; samvR^itapatraaNiiva = were like lotuses with closed petals; raatrau = at night.
5.9.39
इमानि मुख पद्मानि नियतम् मत्त षट्पदाः |
अम्बुजानि इव फुल्लानि प्रार्थयन्ति पुनः पुनः ॥
Hanuma thought that drunk bees definitely are desiring again and again these lotus faces like lotuses in blossom.
(Hanuma thought that) mattashhaTpadaaH = drunk bees; niyatam = definitely; praatrhayantii = are desiring; punaH punaH = again and again; imaanii = these; mukhapadmaani = lotuses faces; pullaani ambujaaniiva = like lotuses in blossom.
5.9.40
इति वा अमन्यत श्रीमान् उपपत्त्या महा कपिः |
मेने हि गुणतः तानि समानि सलिल उद्भवैः ॥
The glorious great Hanuma thought as above by recourse to reason. He also thought thus "Those faces equal lotuses by their qualities such as beauty, fragrance, and others".
shriimaan = the glorious; mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma; amanyata = thought; itiiva = thus; upapatya = by reason; mene hi = thought also that; taani = those faces; samaani = equal salilodbhavaiH = lotuses; guNataH = by their qualities.
5.9.41
सा तस्य शुशुभे शाला ताभिः स्त्रीभिर् विराजिता |
शारदी इव प्रसन्ना द्यौः ताराभिर् अभिशोभिता ॥
That hall of Ravana's being shone by those women, glittered like a calm cloudless sky in autumn shone by stars.
saa shaalaa = that hall; tasya = of Ravana's; viraajitaa = being shone; tabhiHstriibhi = by those women; shushubhe = glittered; prasannaa dyauH iva = like a calm cloudless sky; shaaradiiva = in autumn; abhishobhitaa = shone; taaraabhiH = by stars.
5.9.42
स च ताभिः परिव्ऱ्तः शुशुभे राक्षस अधिपः |
यथा हि उडु पतिः श्रीमामः ताराभिर् अभिसम्व्ऱ्तः ॥
That lord of Rakshasas surrounded by those women shone like the radiant moon surrounded by stars.
saH raakshasaadhipaH = that lord of Rakshasas; parivR^itaH = surrounded; taabhH = by those women; shushubhe = shone; hyuDupathiH yathaa = like the moon; sriimaan = with radiance; abhisamvR^itaH = surrounded; taaraabhiH = by stars.
5.9.43
याः च्यवन्ते अम्बरात् ताराः पुण्य शेष समाव्ऱ्ताः |
इमाः ताः सम्गताः क्ऱ्त्स्ना इति मेने हरिः तदा ॥
Then Hanuma thought thus : "Whatever meteors together with residue of piety fall down from the sky, all those meteors had been together as these women".
tadaa = then; hariH = Hanuma; mene = thought; iti = thus; yaaH = whatever; taaraaH = meteors; puNyasheshhasamaavR^itaaH = together with residue of piety; chyavante = fall down; ambaraat = from the sky; taaH kR^istnaaH = all those meteors; imaaH sangataaH = had been together as these women.
5.9.44
ताराणाम् इव सुव्यक्तम् महतीनाम् शुभ अर्चिषाम् |
प्रभा वर्ण प्रसादाः च विरेजुः तत्र योषिताम् ॥
There the luster, complexion and grace of those women clearly resembled great stars which emitted an auspicious radience.
tatra = there; prabhaavarNaprasaadaashcha = the luster; complexion and grace; yoshhitaam = of those women; suvyaktam = clearly; mahatiinaam taaraaNaam iva = resembled great stars; virejuhu = which emitted; shubhaarchishhaam = an auspicious radiance.
5.9.45
व्याव्ऱ्त्त गुरु पीन स्रक् प्रकीर्ण वर भूषणाः |
पान व्यायाम कालेषु निद्रा अपह्ऱ्त चेतसः ॥
Those women with dishevelled large thick garlands and scattered excellent jewels during the time of drinking, dancing etc., were with consciousness stolen by sleep.
vyaavR^ittagurupiinasrakprakiirNavarabhuushhaNaaH = those women with dishevelled large thick garlands and scattered excellent jewels; paanavyaayamakaaleshhu = during the time of drinking dancing etc.; nidraapahR^itachetasaH = were with a consciousness stolen by sleep.
5.9.46
व्याव्ऱ्त्त तिलकाः काश्चित् काश्चिद् उद्भ्रान्त नूपुराः |
पार्श्वे गलित हाराः च काश्चित् परम योषितः ॥
Best women with disturbed sacred marks (tilaka) on forehead became with displaced anklets, became with necklaces fallen off to side.
kaashchitparamayoshhitaH = best women; vyaavR^ittatilakaaH = became with disturbed marks on forehead; kaashchitkaashchidudbhraantanuupuraaH = became with displaced anklets; kaashchitkaagaLitahaaraashcha = became with necklaces fallen off; paarshve = to side.
5.9.47
मुखा हार व्ऱ्ताः च अन्याः काश्चित् प्रस्रस्त वाससः |
व्याविद्ध रशना दामाः किशोर्य इव वाहिताः ॥
Some other women became tied with pearl necklaces, some others became with tied-up waist ornaments (and) resembled young female horses who had walked long.
anyaaH = some other women; muktaahaaraavR^itaaH = became tied with pearl necklaces; kaashchit = some others; visrastavaasasaH = became with tropped raiment; vyaaviddharashanaadaamaaH = (some others) became with tied-up waist ornaments; kishoryaH iva = (and) resembled young female horses; vaahitaaH = who had walked long.
5.9.48
सुकुण्डल धराः च अन्या विच्चिन्न म्ऱ्दित स्रजः |
गज इन्द्र म्ऱ्दिताः फुल्ला लता इव महा वने ॥
Some others wearing nice earrings with flower garlands that were torn and disturbed, resembled creepers, tread upon by an elephant in a big forest.
anyaaH = some others; sukuNDala dharaaH = wearing nice earrings; vicchinna mR^idita srajaH = with flower garlands that were torn and disturbed; lataaH iva = resembled creepers; gajendra mR^iditaaH iva = tread upon by an elephant; mahaavane = in a big forest.
5.9.49
चन्द्र अंशु किरण आभाः च हाराः कासांचिद् उत्कटाः |
हंसा इव बभुः सुप्ताः स्तन मध्येषु योषिताम् ॥
Big pearl necklaces with the radiance of moon-rays in the middle of breasts of some other women shone like sleeping swans.
utkaTaaH = big; haaraaH = (pearl) necklaces; chandraaMshhu kiraNaabhaashcha = with the radiance of moon rays; stana madhyeshhu = in the middle of breasts; kaasaaMchit yoshhitaam = of some other women; babhuH = shone; suptaaH haMsaaH iva = like sleeping swans.
5.9.50
अपरासाम् च वैदूर्याः कादम्बा इव पक्षिणः |
हेम सूत्राणि च अन्यासाम् चक्र वाका इव अभवन् ॥
And of some other women, necklaces made with cat's eye gems resembled birds called Kadambas and for some others golden chains were like Chakravaka birds.
aparaasaaM cha = And for some other women; vaiDuuryaaH = necklaces made with cat's eye gems; kaadaMbaaH pakshiNaH iva = resembled birds called Kadambas; anyaasaam = and for some others; hemasuutraaNi = golden chains; abhavan chakravaakaaH iva = were like Chakravaka birds.
5.9.51
हंस कारण्डव आकीर्णाः चक्र वाक उपशोभिताः |
आपगा इव ता रेजुर् जघनैः पुलिनैर् इव ॥
Those women with buttocks resembling sand dunes, shone like rivers filled with swans and birds called Karandas and decorated by Chakravaka birds.
taaH = those women; jaghanaiH = with buttocks; pulinairiva = resembling sand dunes; rejuH = shone; aapagaa iva = like rivers; hamsa kaaranDavapakshrNaaH = filled with swans and bird called Karandas; chakravaakopishobhitaaH = and decorated by Chakravaka birds.
5.9.52
किन्किणी जाल सम्काशाः ता हेम विपुल अम्बुजाः |
भाव ग्राहा यशः तीराः सुप्ता नद्य इव आबभुः ॥
Those sleeping women shone like rivers with their smiles as flower buds, with golden jewellery as big lotuses, with their behaviours as crocodiles, with fame as banks.
suptaaH = those sleeping women; aababhuH = shone; nadyaH iva = like rivers; kiN^kiNiijaalashaMkoshaaH = with their smiles as flower buds; haimavipulaaMbujaaH = with golden jewellery as big lotuses; bhaava graahaaH = with their behaviours as crocodiles; yashastiiraaH = with fame as banks.
5.9.53
मृदुष्व् अन्गेषु कासांचित् कुच अग्रेषु च संस्थिताः |
बभूवुर् भूषणानि इव शुभा भूषण राजयः ॥
Auspicious lines of decoration which were on smooth parts of some other women and on nipples, were like jewellery.
shubhaaH = auspicious; bhuushhaNa raajayaH = lines of decoration; saMstitaaH = which were; mR^idushhu aNgeshhu = on smooth parts; kaasaaMchit = of some other women; kuchaagreshhu cha = and on nipples; babhuuvuH = were; bhuushhaNaaniiva = were like jewellery.
5.9.54
अंशु कान्ताः च कासांचिन् मुख मारुत कम्पिताः |
उपरि उपरि वक्त्राणाम् व्याधूयन्ते पुनः पुनः ॥
Edges of clothing (worn by them) disturbed by air from breathing of some other women, were being fluttered again and again on their faces.
amshukantaashcha = Edges of clothing (worn by them); mukha maaruta kampitaaH = disturbed by air from breathing; kaasaamchit = of some other women; vyaadhuuyante = were being fluttered; punaH punaH = again and again; vaktraaNaam uparyupari = on their faces.
5.9.55
ताः पाताका इव उद्धूताः पत्नीनाम् रुचिर प्रभाः |
नाना वर्ण सुवर्णानाम् वक्त्र मूलेषु रेजिरे ॥
Those edges of clothes with various beautiful colours, shone at the base of Ravana's wives' throats like hoisted flags of beautiful shine.
taaH = Those edges of clothes; naanaa varNa suvarNaanaam = with various beautiful colours; rejire = shone; patniinaam vaktra muuleshhu = at the base of Ravana's wives' throats; ruchira prabhaaH pataakaaH = like flags of beautiful shine; uddhuutaaH = hoisted.
5.9.56
ववल्गुः च अत्र कासांचित् कुण्डलानि शुभ अर्चिषाम् |
मुख मारुत संसर्गान् मन्दम् मन्दम् सुयोषिताम् ॥
Here ear-rings of some beautiful women with a good glory, also moved lightly due to the air from breathing of those women.
atra = Here; kuNDalaani = ear-rings; kaasaamchit suyoshhitaam = of some beautiful women; shubhaarchishhaam = with a good glory; vavalgushcha = also moved; mandam mandam = lightly; mukha maaruta saMsargaat = due to the air from breathing (of those women).
5.9.57
शर्कर आसव गन्धः स प्रक्ऱ्त्या सुरभिः सुखः |
तासाम् वदन निह्श्वासः सिषेवे रावणम् तदा ॥
Then comforting breath from the faces of those women, by nature fragrant with the smell of liquor made of Sarkara, served Ravana.
tadaa = then; sukhaH = comforting; vadananiHshvaasaH = breath from the faces; taasaam = of those women; prakR^ityaa = by nature; surabhiH = fragrant; sharkaraasava gandhaishcha = with the smell of liquor made of Sarkara; sishheve = served; raavaNam = Ravana.
5.9.58
रावण आनन शन्काः च काश्चिद् रावण योषितः |
मुखानि स्म सपत्नीनाम् उपाजिघ्रन् पुनः पुनः ॥
Some women of Ravana smelled co-wives' faces again and again imagining them to be face of Ravana.
kaashchit = Some; raavaNa yoshhitaH = women of Ravana; upaajighran = smelled; sapatniinaam = co-wives'; mukhaani = faces; punaH punaH = again and again; raavaNaanana shaNkaashcha = imagining them to be face of Ravana.
5.9.59
अत्यर्थम् सक्त मनसो रावणे ता वर स्त्रियः |
अस्वतन्त्राः सपत्नीनाम् प्रियम् एव आचरमः तदा ॥
Those best women with greatly devoted mind in Ravana, then not being on own will, brought delight only to their co-wives.
taaH = those; varastriyaH = best women; atyartham saktamanasaH = with greatly devoted mind; raavaNe = in Ravana; tadaa = then; asvatantraaH = not being on own will; aacharan = brought; priyameva = delight only; sapatniinaam = to their co-wives.
5.9.60
बाहून् उपनिधाय अन्याः पारिहार्य विभूषिताः |
अंशुकानि च रम्याणि प्रमदाः तत्र शिश्यिरे ॥
Some other women slept there, making as pillows their arms decorated with bracelets and beautiful clothes.
anyaaH = some other; pramadaaH = women; shishyire = slept; tatra = there; upanidhaayaa = making as pillows; baahuun = their arms; paarihaarya vibhuushhitaan = decorated with bracelets; ramyaaNi amshukaaNi = and beautiful clothes.
5.9.61
अन्या वक्षसि च अन्यस्याः तस्याः काचित् पुनर् भुजम् |
अपरा त्व् अन्कम् अन्यस्याः तस्याः च अपि अपरा भुजौ ॥
Another woman slept on another's bosom, again another woman slept on her shoulder, another woman slept on another woman's thigh and another slept on her breasts.
anyaa = another woman; anyasyaaH vakshasii = (slept) on another's bosom; kaachitpunaH = again another women; tasyaaH bhujam = (slept) on her shoulder; aparaatu = another woman; anyasyaaH aN^kam = (slept) on another woman's thigh; aparaa = another; tasyaaH kuchau = (slept) on her breasts.
5.9.62
ऊरु पार्श्व कटी प्ऱ्ष्ठम् अन्योन्यस्य समाश्रिताः |
परस्पर निविष्ट अन्ग्यो मद स्नेह वश अनुगाः ॥
Overcome with heat and friendship, they resorted to thighs, sides, waist and back of one another, with mutual limbs placed on one another.
madasneH = overcome with heat and friendship; samaashritaaH = resorting; uurupaarshva kaTiipR^ishhTam = to thighs; sides; waist and back; anyonyasya = of one another; parasparanivishhTaaN^gyaH = with mutual limbs placed on one another.
5.9.63
अन्योन्यस्य अन्ग संस्पर्शात् प्रीयमाणाः सुमध्यमाः |
एकी क्ऱ्त भुजाः सर्वाः सुषुपुः तत्र योषितः
अन्योन्य भुज सूत्रेण स्त्री माला ग्रथिता हि सा |
माला इव ग्रथिता सूत्रे शुशुभे मत्त षट्पदा ॥
That garland of women tied with the rope of each other's shoulders shone like a flower garland with dragon flies on it tied in thread.
saa = that; striimaalaa = garland of women; grathitaa = tied; anyonyabhujasuutreNa = with the rope of each other's shoulders; shushubhe = shone; maaleva = like a flower garland; mattashhTpataa = with dragon flies on it; ghrathitaa = tied; suutre = in thread.
5.9.64
लतानाम् माधवे मासि फुल्लानाम् वायु सेवनात् |
अन्योन्य माला ग्रथितम् संसक्त कुसुम उच्चयम् ॥व्यतिवेष्टित सुस्कन्थम् अन्योन्य भ्रमर आकुलम् |
आसीद् वनम् इव उद्धूतम् स्त्री वनम् रावणस्य तत् ॥
That group of women of Ravana, tied by each other as garland with mixed group of flowers, with beautiful shoulders entwined promiscuously, hair like an exalted garden with a flower garland tied together of creepers in bloom due to the caress of the lord of wind in the vernal in the month of Vaisakha, with entwined beautiful trees.
64;65. tat striivanam = that group of women; raavanasya = of Ravana; anyonyamaalaagrathitam = tied by each other as garland; samsaktkusumochchhayam = with mixed group of flowers; vyativeshhTitasuskhandham = with beautiful shoulders entwined; anyonyabhramalaakulam = promiscuously hair; aasiit = was; uddhutam vanamiva = like an exalted garden; anyonyamaalaagrathitam = with a flower garland tied together; lataanaam = of creepers; pullaanaam = in bloom; vaayusamsevanaat = due to the caress of the lord of wind; madhavemaasi = in the vernal in the month of Vaisaakha; vyativeshhTitasuskhandam = with entwined beautiful trees
5.9.66
उचितेष्व् अपि सुव्यक्तम् न तासाम् योषिताम् तदा |
विवेकः शक्य आधातुम् भूषण अन्ग अम्बर स्रजाम् ॥
Then it was not possible to make clear the knowledge of jewellery, body parts and clothes of those women even for those used to them.
tadaa = then; na shekyaH = it was not possible; aadhaatum = to make; suvyaktam = clear; vivekaH = the knowledge; bhuushhN^gaambarasrajam = of jewellery body parts and clothes; taasaamyoshhitaam = of those women; vuchiteshhvapi = even for those used (to them).
5.9.67
रावणे सुख सम्विष्टे ताः स्त्रियो विविध प्रभाः |
ज्वलन्तः कान्चना दीपाः प्रेक्षन्त अनिमिषा इव ॥
While Ravana slept comfortably, golden lamps shining brilliant, were as though seeing without closing eyes, those women of various glows.
raavaNe shukhasamvishhTe = while Ravana slept comfortably; kaaJNchanaaH diipaaH = golden lamps; jvalantaH = shining brilliant; praikshanta iva = were as though seeing; animishhaaH = without closing eyes; taaH striyaH = those women; vividhaprabhaaH = of various glows.
5.9.68
राज ऱ्षि पित्ऱ् दैत्यानाम् गन्धर्वाणाम् च योषितः |
रक्षसाम् च अभवन् कन्याः तस्य काम वशम् गताः ॥
Women of royal sages, brahmanas and demons and of Gandharvas, of Rakshasas - all those unmarried girls surrendered from lust to Ravana.
yoshhitaH = women; raajarshhipitrudaityaanaam = of royal sages; brahmanas and demons; gandharvaNaam = and of Gandharvas; raakshasaanaam = of Rakshasas; yaaH kanyaaH = all those unmarried girls; kaamavasham gataaH = surrendered from lust; tasya = to Ravana.
5.9.69
युद्धकामेन ताः सर्वा रावणेन हृताः स्त्रियः |
समदा मदनेनैव मोहिताः काश्चिदागताः ॥
All those women had been stolen by Ravana with a desire for war, some together with heat of youth obtained Ravana being desired by god of love.
sarvaaH = all; taaH striyaH = those women; hR^itaaH = have been stolen; raavaNena = by Ravana; yuddhakaamena = with a desire for war; kaashchit = some; samadaa = together with heat (of youth); aagataaH = obtained (Ravana); madanenaivamohitaaH iva = being desired by god of love.
5.9.70
न तत्र काचित् प्रमदा प्रसह्य |
वीर्य उपपन्नेन गुणेन लब्धा |
न च अन्य कामा अपि न च अन्य पूर्वा |
विना वर अर्हाम् जनक आत्मजाम् तु ॥
There, even one woman had not been obtained forcefully by the strong Ravana, except for that daughter of Janaka, Seetha. Every other woman had been obtained by her character alone and there was no woman who had desire in another man, and there also was none with another lover.
tatra = there; kaachitpramada = even one woman; na labhdhaa = has not been obtained; prasahya = forcefully; viiryopapannena = by the strong Ravana; taam janakaatmajaam vinaa = except for that daughter of Janaka Seetha; varaarhaam = the best among women; guNena = (every other woman has been obtained) by character; na cha = and there is no(woman); anyakaamaapi = who had desire in another(man); na anyapuurvaacha = and also there was no one with another (lover).
Sarga 9 (part 2 of 2)
5.9.71
न च अकुलीना न च हीन रूपा |
न अदक्षिणा न अनुपचार युक्ता |
भार्या अभवत् तस्य न हीन सत्त्वा |
न च अपि कान्तस्य न कामनीया ॥
And there was no wife of his without a good lineage, there was no one with less beauty, no one without skill, no one without service, none with low intellect, no one without causing desire to lover.
na cha abhavat = and there was no; tasya bhaarya = wife of his; akuliinaa = without a good lineage; nahiina ruupaacha = and there was no one with less beauty; na adakshiNaa = no one without skill; na anupachaara yuktaa = no one without service; na hiinastvaa = none with low intellect; na = no one; kaantasya na kaamaniiyaa cha = without causing desire to lover.
5.9.72
बभूव बुद्धिः तु हरि ईश्वरस्य |
यदि ईद्ऱ्शी राघव धर्म पत्नी |
इमा यथा राक्षस राज भार्याः |
सुजातम् अस्य इति हि साधु बुद्धेः ॥
Following thought occurred to Hanuma with a pious mind : "It would have been good for this Ravana if the virtuous wife of Rama had been left happy with her husband in the same such manner as these wives of the king of rakshasas."
iti budhistu = following thought; babhuuva = occurred; hariishvarasya = to Hanuma; saadhubudhhe = with a pious mind; sujaatam = it is good; asya = for this Ravana; raaghava dharmapatniim = (if) the virtuous wife of Rama(had been left happy with her husband) idR^ishii yatha = in the same such manner; imaaH rakshasaraaja bhaaryaaH = as these wives of the king of rakshasas.
5.9.73
पुनः च सो अचिन्तयद् आर्त रूपो |
ध्रुवम् विशिष्टा गुणतो हि सीता |
अथ अयम् अस्याम् क्ऱ्तवान् महात्मा |
लन्का ईश्वरः कष्टम् अनार्य कर्म ॥
Hanuma became gloomy and thought thus: "Seetha is definitely the best by virtues; then this lord of Lanka even though being great otherwise, did an evil and an un-gentlemanly deed with her.
saH = Hanuma; aartharuupaH = became gloomy; punashcha so.achintayat = and thought (thus;); siitaa = Seetha; dhruvamvishishhTaaH = is definitely the best guNataH = by virtues; atha = then; ayam laN^keshvaraH = this lord of Lanka; mahaatma = even though being great otherwise; kR^itavaan = did; kashhTam = evil; anaaryam = (and)an un-gentlemanly deed) asyaam = with her.
इति वाल्मीकि रामायणे आदि काव्ये सुन्दर काण्डे नवमः सर्गः
Thus, this is the 9th chapter in Sundara Kanda of Valmiki Ramayana, the First Epic poem of India.
Sarga 10
5.10.1
तत्र दिव्य उपमम् मुख्यम् स्फाटिकम् रत्न भूषितम् |
अवेक्षमाणो हनुमान् ददर्श शयन आसनम् ॥दान्तकाञ्चनिचित्राङ्गेर्वैश्च वरासनैः |
महार्हस्तरणोपेतैरुपपन्नम् महाधनैः ॥
In that house, while observing, Hanuma saw a portion of house with beds and couches, consisting of best couches equaling those in heaven, made of crystal decorated with diamonds, with wonderful parts made of ivory and gold, covered with best beds made of cat's eye gems of great value.
1;2. tatra = in that house; avekshamaaNaH = while observing; hanumaan = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; shayanaasanam = (a portion of house with) beds and couches; upetam = consisting of; varaasanaiH = best couches; divyopamam = equaling those in heaven; mukhyam = best; sphaaTikam = made of crystal; ratnabhuushhitam = decorated with diamonds; daantakaaJNchana chitraaN^gaiH = with wonderful parts made of ivory and gold; vyDuuryaiH mahaarH aastaraNa upetaiH = covered with best beds made of cat's eye gems; mahaadhanaiH = of great value.
5.10.3
तस्य च एकतमे देशे सो अग्र्य माल्य विभूषितम् |
ददर्श पाण्डुरम् चत्रम् तारा अधिपति सम्निभम्
॥
Hanuma saw in a part of that room, an umbrella white in colour decorated with best flower garlands and resembling moon - the lord of stars.
saH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; ekatamedeshe = in a part; tasya = of that room; chhatram = an umbrella; paaNDuram = white in colour; agryamaalaavibhuushhitam = decorated with best flower garlands; taaraadhipatisannibham = and resembling moon the lord of stars.
5.10.4
जातरूपपरिक्षिप्तम् चित्रभानुसमप्रभम् |
अशोकमालाविततम् ददर्श परमासनम् ॥
Hanuma saw an excellent couch made of gold with radiance equaling that of fire, spread by garlands of Ashoka flowers.
dadarsha = (Hanuma) saw; paramaasanam = an excellent couch; jaataruupapariikshiptam = made of gold; chitrabhaanusamaprabham = with radiance equaling that of fire; asokamaalaavitatam = spread by garlands of Ashoka flowers.
5.10.5
वाल व्यजन हस्ताभिर् वीज्यमानम् समन्ततः |
गन्धैः च विविधैर् जुष्टम् वर धूपेन धूपितम् ॥
Fanned by women with fans in their hands in all the four directions and obtained by various fragrances fumigated by the best incense.
viijyamaanam = fanned; vaalavyajanahastaabhiH = by women with fans in their hands; samantataH = in all the four directions; jushhTam = obtained; vividhaiH gandhaiH = by various fragrances; dhuupitam = fumigated; paradhuupena = by the best incense.
5.10.6
परम आस्तरण आस्तीर्णम् आविक अजिन सम्व्र्तम् |
दामभिर् वर माल्यानाम् समन्ताद् उपशोभितम् ॥
Covered by an excellent bed, spread by sheep skin everywhere and shone by rows of excellent garlands.
paramaastharaNaastiirNam = covered by an excellent bed; aavikaajinasamvR^itam = spread by sheep skin; samantaat = everywhere; upashobhitam = shone; damabhiH = by rows; varamaalyaanaam = of excellent garlands.
5.10.7
तस्मिन् जीमूत सम्काशम् प्रदीप्त उत्तम कुण्डलम् |
लोहित अक्षम् महा बाहुम् महा रजत वाससम्
॥
Hanuma saw Ravana in that house, equaling a cloud, wearing earrings with a brilliant shine with red eyes and with long arms wearing gold clothes.
(Hanuma saw Ravana) tasmin = in that; jiimuutasamkaasham = equaling a cloud; pradiiptottamakuNDalam = wearing earrings with a brilliant shine; lohitaaksham = with read eyes; mahaabaahum = with long arms; mahaarajatavaasasam = wearing gold clothes.
5.10.8
लोहितेन अनुलिप्त अन्गम् चन्दनेन सुगन्धिना |
संध्या रक्तम् इव आकाशे तोयदम् सतडिद् गुणम्
॥
With his body smeared with red sandal-wood with good fragrance like a cloud in the red sky at sunset, together with groups of lightening.
anuliptaaN^gam = with body smeared; lohitenachandanena = with red sandal wood; sugandhinaa = with good fragrance; sandhyaaraktam aakaashe toyadam iva = like a cloud in the red sky at sunset; sataTidgaNam = together with groups of lightening.
5.10.9
वृतम् आभरणैर् दिव्यैः सुरूपम् काम रूपिणम् |
सव्र्क्ष वन गुल्म आढ्यम् प्रसुप्तम् इव मन्दरम्
॥
Ravana was filled with excellent jewellery, with a good appearance, with an ability to assume desired form, resembling mount Mandara in sleep, together with groups of trees and bushes.
vR^itam = filled; divyaiH aabharaNaiH = with excellent jewellery; surrupam = with a good appearance; kaamaruupiNam = with ability to assume desired form; mandaram iva = resembling mount Mandara; prasuptam = in sleep; savR^ikshavanagulmaaDhyam = together with groups of trees and bushes.
5.10.10
क्रीडित्वा उपरतम् रात्रौ वर आभरण भूषितम् |
प्रियम् राक्षस कन्यानाम् राक्षसानाम् सुख आवहम्
॥
Resting after having pleasure at night, bedecked with the best ornaments, he was a lover to the rakshasa girls and causing comfort to rakshasas.
uparatam = resting; kriiDitvaa = after having pleasure; raatrau = at night; varaabharaNabhuushhitam = bedecked with the best ornaments; priyam = lover; raakshasakanyaanaam = to the Rakshasa girls; sukhaavaham = causing comfort; raakasaanaam = to rakshasas.
5.10.11
पीत्वा अपि उपरतम् च अपि ददर्श स महा कपिः |
भास्करे शयने वीरम् प्रसुप्तम् राक्षस अधिपम्
॥
That great Hanuma saw the gallant king of rakshasas in sleep on a shining couch resting after drinking.
sa mahaakapiH = that great Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; viiram = the gallant; raakshasaadhipam = king of rakshasas; prasuptam = in the sleep; uparatam = resting; piitvaa = after drinking; bhaasvare shayane = on a shining couch.
5.10.12
निह्श्वसन्तम् यथा नागम् रावणम् वानर उत्तमः |
आसाद्य परम उद्विग्नः सो अपासर्पत् सुभीतवत्
॥
That Hanuma, best among Vanaras neared Ravana, became very gloomy and moved away with great dread, as though from a hissing serpent.
saH vaanararshhabhaH = that Hanuma; best among Vanaras; aasaadya = neared; raavaNam = Ravana; paromdvignaH = became very gloomy; apaasarpat = (and) moved away; subhiitavat = with great dread; niHshvasantam naagam yathaa = as though from a hissing serpent.
5.10.13
अथ आरोहणम् आसाद्य वेदिका अन्तरम् आश्रितः |
सुप्तम् राक्षस शार्दूलम् प्रेक्षते स्म महा कपिः
॥
Thereafter the great Hanuma neared staircase, sought another dais and observed closely Ravana.
atha = thereafter; mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma = aasaadya = neared; aarohaNam = staircase; aashritaH = sought; vedikaantaram = another dais; prekshate sma = (and) observed closely; raakshasa shaarduulam = Ravana.
5.10.14
शुशुभे राक्षस इन्द्रस्य स्वपतः शयन उत्तमम् |
गन्ध हस्तिनि सम्विष्टे यथा प्रस्रवणम् महत्
॥
The excellent couch of the sleeping Ravana shone like a great lake when a scented elephant resides in it.
shayanottamam = the excellent couch; svapataH raakshasendrasya = of the sleeping Ravana; shushubhe = shone; mahat prasravaNam yathaa = like a great lake; gandhahastini samvishhThe = when a scented elephant resides (in it).
5.10.15
कान्चन अन्गद नद्धौ च ददर्श स महात्मनः |
विक्षिप्तौ राक्षस इन्द्रस्य भुजाव् इन्द्र ध्वज
उपमौ ॥
That Hanuma also saw the wealthy Ravana's arms tied with golden armlets thrown apart, resembling flag staffs raised in honor of Indra.
saH = that Hanuma; dadarsha cha = also saw; mahaatmana = the wealthy; raakshasendrasya = Ravana's; bhujaaH = arms; kaaJNchnaaN^gadanaddhau = tied with golden armlets; vikshiptau = thrown apart; indradhvajoptamau = resembling flag staffs(raised in honor ) of Indra.
5.10.16
ऐरावत विषाण अग्रैर् आपीडित क्र्त व्रणौ |
वज्र उल्लिखित पीन अंसौ विष्णु चक्र परिक्षितौ ॥
Those arms had wounds made by stabbing from the pointed edges of tusks of Iraavata and fleshy shoulders smeared with diamond and hit by Vishnu chakra.
aapiiDanakR^itavraNau = (those arms had) wounds made by stabbing; airaavatavishhaaNaagraiH = from the pointed edges of tusks of Iraavata; vajrollikhitapiinaamsau = fleshy shoulders smeared with diamond; vishhNuchakraparikshatau = hit by Vishnu chakra;
5.10.17
पीनौ समसुजात अंसौ सम्गतौ बल सम्युतौ |
सुलक्षण नख अन्गुष्ठौ स्वन्गुली तल लक्षितौ ॥
These arms of Ravana were corpulent with well grown and equal strong shoulders proportionate to body, with knees and thumbs of good characteristics, with good fingers and palms.
piinau = (these arms of Ravana were) corpulent; samasujaataamsau = with well grown and equal shoulders; samgatau = proportionate to body; balasamyutau = with strength; sulakshaNanakhaaN^gushhThau = with knees and thumbs of good characteristic; svaN^guliitalalaskhsitau = with good fingers and palms.
5.10.18
सम्हतौ परिघ आकारौ व्र्त्तौ करि कर उपमौ |
विक्षिप्तौ शयने शुभ्रे पन्च शीर्षाव् इव उरगौ ॥
With strong joints in the shape of club, round in shape resembling the trunks of an elephant, like five headed snakes thrown on clean couch.
samhatau = with strong joints; parighaakaarau = with a shape of club; vR^ittau = round in shape; karikaropamau = resembling the trunks of an elephant; paJNchashiirshhaauvivoragau iva = like five headed snakes; vikshiptau = thrown; subhre shayane = on clean couch.
5.10.19
शश क्षतज कल्पेन सुशीतेन सुगन्धिना |
चन्दनेन पर अर्ध्येन स्वनुलिप्तौ स्वलम्क्र्तौ ॥उत्तम स्त्री विम्र्दितौ गन्ध उत्तम निषेवितौ |
यक्ष पन्नग गन्धर्व देव दानव राविणौ ॥
Shoulders well smeared by best sandal with good smell and very cool resembling in color to a hare's blood, well decorated, massaged by the best women, served by the best sandal and which made yakshas, nagas, gandharvas, devas and daanavaas scream.
19;20. bhujau = shoulders; su anuliptau = well smeared; paraarthyena chandanena = by best sandal; sugandhina = with good smell; sushiitena = and very cool; shashakshatajakalpena = resembling a hare's blood; svalankN^kR^itau = well decorated; uttamastriivimR^iditau = massaged by the best women; gandhottamanishhevitau = served by the best sandal; yakshapannaga gandharva deva daanava raaviNau = (which made) yakshas; nagas; gandharvas; devas and daanavaas scream.
5.10.21
ददर्श स कपिः तस्य बाहू शयन संस्थितौ |
मन्दरस्य अन्तरे सुप्तौ महा अर्ही रुषिताव् इव ॥
That Hanuma saw there arms on the couch like great serpents in anger sleeping in the middle of mount Mandara.
saH kapiH = That Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; tatra = there; baahu = arms; shanasamsthitau = on the couch; mahaahii iva = like great serpents; rushhitau = in anger; suptau = sleeping; mandarasya antare = in the middle of mount Mandara.
5.10.22
ताभ्याम् स परिपूर्णाभ्याम् भुजाभ्याम् राक्षस अधिपः |
शुशुभे अचल सम्काशः श्र्न्गाभ्याम्
इव मन्दरः ॥
That king of Rakshasas equaling a mountain with those shoulders, which were well built and shone like Mount Mandara with twin peaks.
saH = That; raakshaseshvaraH = king of Rakshasas(Ravana); achalasamkaashaH = equaling a mountain; taabhyaam bhujaabhyaam = with those two shoulders; paripuurNaabhyaam = which were well built; shushubhe = and shone; mandaraH iva = like Mount Mandara; shR^iN^gaabhyaam = with twin peaks
5.10.23
चूत पुम्नाग सुरभिर् बकुल उत्तम सम्युतः |
मृष्ट अन्न रस सम्युक्तः पान गन्ध पुरः सरः ॥तस्य राक्षस सिम्हस्य निश्चक्राम मुखान् महान् |
शयानस्य विनिह्श्वासः पूरयन्न् इव तद् ग्र्हम् ॥
From the great face of that king of Rakshasas who was sleeping, came out breath with fragrance like that of flowers of chuuta and punnaaga, consisting of the best fragrance of Vakula flowers, together with the flavor of best cooked rice, with the smell of liquor as though filling that house.
23;24. maahaamukhaat = from the great face; raakshasasimhasya = of that king of Rakshasas; shayanasya = who was sleeping; nishchakraama = came out; vinisvaasaH = breath; chuutapunnaaga surabhiH = fragrant like the flowers of chuuta and punnaaga; vakuLottamasamyutaH = consisting of the best fragrance of Vakula flowers; mR^ishhTaannarasasamyuktaH = together with the flavor of best cooked rice; paanagandhapuraskR^itaH = with the smell of liquor; puurayanniva = as though filling; tat gR^iham = that house.
5.10.25
मुक्ता मणि विचित्रेण कान्चनेन विराजता |
मुकुटेन अपव्र्त्तेन कुण्डल उज्ज्वलित आननम् ॥रक्त चन्दन दिग्धेन तथा हारेण शोभिता |
पीन आयत विशालेन वक्षसा अभिविराजितम् ॥पाण्डुरेण अपविद्धेन
क्षौमेण क्षतज ईक्षणम् |
महा अर्हेण सुसम्वीतम् पीतेन उत्तम वाससा ॥माष राशि प्रतीकाशम् निह्श्वसन्तम्
भुजन्गवत् |
गान्गे महति तोय अन्ते प्रसुतमिव कुन्जरम् ॥चतुर्भिः कान्चनैर् दीपैर् दीप्यमानैः चतुर्
दिशम् |
प्रकाशी क्र्त सर्व अन्गम् मेघम् विद्युद् गणैर् इव ॥पाद मूल गताः च अपि ददर्श सुमहात्मनः
|
पत्नीः स प्रिय भार्यस्य तस्य रक्षः पतेर् ग्र्हे ॥
That Hanuma saw in the house of that king of Rakshasa's, wives at the feet, Ravana being a gigantic one with loving wives, shone with crown tilted to the side, having strange hue with pearls and diamonds and of golden colour, with a face made brilliant by earrings, shone with the chest region smeared with red sandal, shining with a necklace wide, high and corpulent with a silk cloth of white colour falling on him, with eyes reddish like blood, well tied by a best cloth of yellow colour and of very best quality, resembling a heap of black beans, snoring like a hiss of a snake, like an elephant sleeping in the middle of water belonging to the great river Ganga with all the four directions shone by the four lamps of golden colour, resembling a cloud with all the parts being shone by groups of lighting.
25;26;27;28;29;30. saH = that Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; tasya rakshaH pateH gR^ihe = in the house of that king of Rakshasa's; patniishcha = wives; paadamuulagataaH = at the feet; sumahaatmanaH = a gigantic one; priyabhaaryasya = with loving wives; viraajitam = shone; apavR^ittena makuTena = with crown tilted to the side; muktaamaNivichitreNa = having strange hue with pearls and diamonds; kaaJNchanaan = and of golden colour; kuNDalojjvalitaananam = with a face made brilliant made by earrings; abhiviraajitam = shone; vakshasaa = with the chest region; raktachandanadigdhena = smeared with red sandal; shobhinaahaareNa = shining with a necklace; piinaayatavishaalena = wide high and corpulent; kshaumeNa = with a silk cloth; paaNDareNa = of white colour; apaviddhena = falling on him; kshatajekshanam = with eyes reddish like blood; susamviitam = well tied; uttamavasasaa = by a best cloth; piitena = of yellow colour; mahaarheNa = and of very best quality; maashharaashipratiikaasham = resembling a heap of black beans; nishshvasantam = snoring; bhujaN^gavat = like a hiss of a snake; kuJNjaram iva = like an elephant; prasuptam = sleeping; toyaante = in the middle of water; mahati gaaN^ge = belonging to the great river Ganga; diipyamaanachaturdisham = with all the four directions shone; chaturbhiH diipaiH = by the four lamps; kaaJNchanaiH = of golden colour; megham iva = resembling a cloud; praakaasiikR^ita sarvaaN^gam = with all the parts being shone; vidhyugaNaiH = by groups of lighting.
5.10.31
शशि प्रकाश वदना वर कुण्डल भूषिताः |
अम्बाल माल्य आभरणा ददर्श हरि यूथपः ॥
The leader of Vanaras saw those wives of Ravana with faces with radiance of moon, adorned with beautiful earrings, wearing jewellery and flower garlands which were not worn out.
hariyuudhapaH = the leader of Vanaras; dadarsha = saw; shashiprakaashavadanaaH = (those wives of Ravana) with faces with radiance of moon; chaarukuNDalabhuushhitaaH = adorned with beautiful earrings; amlaanamaalyabharaNaaH = wearing jewellery and flower garlands which were not worn out.
5.10.32
नृत्त वादित्र कुशला राक्षस इन्द्र भुज अन्कगाः |
वर आभरण धारिण्यो निषन्ना दद्र्शे कपिः ॥
Hanuma saw wives of Ravana with skill in dance and musical instruments, who obtained the shoulders of Ravana wearing the best jewellery and being in sleep.
hariH = Hanuma; dadR^ishe = saw; nR^ittavaaditrakushalaaH = (wives of Ravana) with skill in dance and musical instruments; raakshasendrabhujaaN^kagaaH = obtained the shoulders of Ravana; varaabharaNadhaariNyoH = wearing the best jewellery; nishhaNNaaH = being in sleep.
5.10.33
वज्र वैदूर्य गर्भाणि श्रवण अन्तेषु योषिताम् |
ददर्श तापनीयानि कुण्डलानि अन्गदानि च ॥
He saw earrings of those women at the end of ears with embedded diamonds and cats eye gems and having golden colour.
dadarsha = (he) saw; kuNDalaani = earrings; yoshhitaam = of those women; shravaNaanteshhu = at the end of ears; vjravaiDuuryagarbhaaNi = with embedded diamonds and cats eye gems; taapaniiyaani = and having golden colour.
5.10.34
तासाम् चन्द्र उपमैर् वक्त्रैः शुभैर् ललित कुण्डलैः |
विरराज विमानम् तन् नभः तारा गणैर्
इव ॥
With the faces of those women with delicate earrings which were equal to moon and auspicious that house shone like the sky with clusters of stars.
vaktraiH = with the faces; taasaam = of those women; lalitakuNDalaiH = with delicate earrings; chandropamaiH = which were equal to moon; shubhaiH = (and)auspicious; tat vimaanam = that house; viraraaja = shone; nabhaH iva = like the sky; taaraagaNaiH = with clusters of stars.
5.10.35
मद व्यायाम खिन्नाः ताः राक्षस इन्द्रस्य योषितः |
तेषु तेष्व् अवकाशेषु प्रसुप्ताः तनु मध्यमाः
॥
Women of that Ravana being tired from lustful passion and exertion and having lean waists slept at first opportunity.
yoshhitaH = women; taaH raakshasendrasya = of that Ravana; madavyaayaamakinnaaH = being tired from lustful passion and exertion; tanumadhyamaaH = and having lean waists; prasuptaaH = slept; teshhu teshhu avakaasheshhu = at opportunity.
5.10.36
अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोवलैर्नृत्तशालिनी |
विन्यस्तशुभसर्वाङ्गी प्रसुप्ता वरवर्णिनी ॥
Another woman with skill in dancing consisting of delicate body postures slept in the same way with all her body parts making the same dance postures.
anyaa = another; nR^ittashaalinii varavarNinii = woman with skill in dancing; komalaiH aN^gahaaraiH = consisting of delicate body postures; prasuptaa = slept; tathaiva = in the same way; vinyastashubhasarvaaN^gi = with all her body parts making the same dance postures.
5.10.37
काचिद् वीणाम् परिष्वज्य प्रसुप्ता सम्प्रकाशते |
महा नदी प्रकीर्णा इव नलिनी पोतम् आश्रिता
॥
One woman hugging veena and sleeping was shining like a lotus plant thrown away by the flow of a great river and resorting a boat.
kaachit = one women; parishhvajya = hugging; veeNaam = veena; prasuptaa = and sleeping; samprakaashate = was shining; naliniiva = like a lotus plant; mahaanadiiprakiirNa = thrown away by( the flow of) a great river; aashritaa = and resorting; potam = a boat.
5.10.38
अन्या कक्ष गतेन एव मड्डुकेन असित ईक्षणा |
प्रसुप्ता भामिनी भाति बाल पुत्रा इव वत्सला ॥
Another woman with black eyes sleeping with an instrument called madduka under arm pit shone like a woman carrying an infant boy with love.
anyaa = another woman; asitekshaNaa = with black eyes; prasuptaa = sleeping; maDukena = with an instrument called madduka; kakshagatenaiva = under arm pit; bhaati = shone; bhaaminiiva = like a woman; vatshalaa baalaputraa = (carrying) an infant boy with love.
5.10.39
पटहम् चारु सर्व अन्गी पीड्य शेते शुभ स्तनी |
चिरस्य रमणम् लब्ध्वा परिष्वज्य इव कामिनी ॥
A woman with beautiful body features and with beautiful breasts slept tightly and hugged instrument called pataha as though hugging a lover, getting him after a long time.
bhaamini = a women; chaarusarvaaN^gii = with beautiful body features; subhastanii = with beautiful breasts; shete = slept; piiDya = tightly hugged; paTaham = instrument called pataha; parishhvajyeva = as though hugging; ramaNam = a lover; labdhvaa = getting him; chirasya = after a long time.
5.10.40
काचिद् अंशम् परिष्वज्य सुप्ता कमल लोचना |
रहः प्रियतमम् गृह्य सकामेव च कामिनी ॥
Another woman with lotus like eyes hugging a flute slept like a woman with lust holding her lover in secret.
kaachit = another woman; kamalalochanaa = with lotus like eyes; parishhvajya = hugging; vasam = a flute; suptaa = slept; sakaamaa kaaminiiva = like a woman with lust; gR^ihya = holding; priyatamam = (her) lover; rahaH = in secret.
5.10.41
विपञ्चैइम् परिगृह्यान्या नियता नृत्तशालिनी |
निद्रा वशम् अनुप्राप्ता सह कान्ता इव भामिनी
॥
Another woman skilled in dance obtained sleep getting an instrument like veena and being in tune with it like a woman together with her lover.
anyaa = another woman; nR^ittashaalinii = skilled in dance; anupraaptaa = obtained; nidraavasham = sleep; parigR^ihyaa = getting vipanJNchiim = an instrument like veena; niyataa = (and being) in tune with it; bhaaminii = like a woman; saha kaanta = together with her lover.
5.10.42
अन्या कनक सम्काशैर् म्र्दु पीनैर् मनो रमैः |
मृदन्गम् परिपीड्य अन्गैः प्रसुप्ता मत्त लोचना
॥
Another woman with lusty eyes slept hugging a percussion instrument called mridanga with her body parts which were pleasant which resembled gold and which were smooth and fleshy.
anyaa = another woman; mattalochana = with lusty eyes; prasuptaa = slept; paripiiDyaa = hugging; mR^idaN^ga = a percussion instrument called mridanga; anN^gaiH = with her body parts; manoharaiH = which were pleasant; kanakasamkaashaiH = which resembled gold; mR^idupiinaiH = and which were smooth and fleshy.
5.10.43
भुज पार्श्व अन्तरस्थेन कक्षगेन क्र्श उदरी |
पणवेन सह अनिन्द्या सुप्ता मद क्र्त श्रमा ॥
Another woman with thin stomach, who was not to be blamed, slept due to tiresomeness from lust together with an instrument called Padama between her shoulders and reaching arm pits.
kR^ishodarii = another woman with thin stomach; anindyaa = who was not to be blamed; suptaa = slept; madakR^itasramaa = due to tiresomeness from lust; padameshaH = together with an instrument called Padama; bhujapaashaantarasthena = between her shoulders; kakshagena = and reaching arm pits.
5.10.44
डिण्डिमम् परिग्र्ह्य अन्या तथैव आसक्त डिण्डिमा |
प्रसुप्ता तरुणम् वत्सम् उपगूह्य इव भामिनी
॥
Another woman with an instrument called Dindima near her slept in the same way as a woman hugging her husband and also her child.
anyaa = another woman; aasaktaDiNDimaa = with an instrument called Dindima near her; parigR^ihya = got; DinDimam = that Dindima; prasuptaa = slept; tathaiva = and in the same way; bhaaminii iva = as a woman; taruNamupaguhya = hugging her husband; vastham = and also her child;
5.10.45
काचिद् आडम्बरम् नारी भुज सम्भोग पीडितम् |
कृत्वा कमल पत्र अक्षी प्रसुप्ता मद मोहिता ॥
Another woman with eyes like lotus petals slept making the instrument called adambara pressing it by her shoulders being desired by lust.
kaachitnaarii = another woman; kamalapatraakshi = with eyes like lotus petals; prasuptaa = slept; kR^itvaa = making; aaDambaram = the instrument called aadambara; bhujasamyogapiiDitam = pressing it by her shoulders; madamoohitaa = being desired by lust;
5.10.46
कलशीम् अपविद्ध्य अन्या प्रसुप्ता भाति भामिनी |
वसन्ते पुष्प शबला माला इव परिमार्जिता ॥
Another woman sleeping, felling down a small pot, shone like a flower garland with the flowers of strange hue made auspicious in spring.
anyaa bhaaminii = another women; prasuptaa = sleeping; apavidhya = felling down; kalasiim = a small pot; bhaati = shone; maaleva = like a flower garland; pushhpashabalaa = with the flowers of strange hue; vasante parimaarjitaa = made auspicious in spring.
5.10.47
पाणिभ्याम् च कुचौ काचित् सुवर्ण कलश उपमौ |
उपगूह्य अबला सुप्ता निद्रा बल पराजिता ॥
Another woman slept hugging her breasts resembling golden pots by her hands, overcome with sleep.
kaachit ablaa = another woman; suptaa = slept; upaguhyaa = hugging; kuchau = her breasts; suvarNkalashopamau = resembling golden pots; paaNibhyaam = by her hands; nidraabalaparaajitaa = overcome with sleep.
5.10.48
अन्या कमल पत्र अक्षी पूर्ण इन्दु सद्र्श आनना |
अन्याम् आलिन्ग्य सुश्रोणी प्रसुप्ता मद विह्वला
॥
Another woman with eyes like lotus petals, with her face resembling full moon, overcome with lust slept hugging another woman with a beautiful hip region.
anyaa = another woman; kamalapatraakshi = with eyes like lotus petals; puurNedu sadR^ishaanana = with her face resembling full moon; madavihvalaa = overcome with lust; prasuptaa = slept; aaliN^gyaa = hugging; anyaam = another woman; shushroNiim = with a beautiful hip region.
5.10.49
आतोद्यानि विचित्राणि परिष्वज्य वर स्त्रियः |
निपीड्य च कुचैः सुप्ताः कामिन्यः कामुकान्
इव ॥
Some excellent women slept hugging strange instruments and pressing them with breasts as though lustful woman with lusty men.
varastriyaH = some excellent woman; suptaaH = slept; parishvajya = hugging; vichitraaNi aatodhyaani = strange instruments; kuchaih nipiiDhya = and pressing them with breasts; kaaminyaH kaamukaaniva = as though lustful woman with lusty men;
5.10.50
तासाम् एक अन्त विन्यस्ते शयानाम् शयने शुभे |
ददर्श रूप सम्पन्नाम् अपराम् स कपिः स्त्रियम्
॥
That Hanuma saw among those women a very beautiful woman sleeping on an auspicious couch arranged alone at a side.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; taasaam = among those women; ruupasampannaam striyam = a very beautiful woman; syaanaam = sleeping; shubhe shayane = on an auspicious couch; ekaanta vinyaste = arranged alone at a side.
5.10.51
मुक्ता मणि समायुक्तैर् भूषणैः सुविभूषिताम् |
विभूषयन्तीम् इव च स्व श्रिया भवन उत्तमम् ॥गौरीम् कनक वर्ण आभाम् इष्टाम् अन्तः पुर ईश्वरीम् |
कपिर् मन्द उदरीम् तत्र शयानाम् चारु रूपिणीम्
॥
Hanuma saw Mandodari with a beautiful form together with diamonds and pearls, well decorated by jewellery and with her self radiance as though decorating that great building with a fair complexion and with a radiance like golden colour, who was dear to her husband the lady of women in that gynaeceum sleeping there.
51;52. kapiH = Hanuma; mandodariim = (saw) Mandodari; charuruupiNiim = with a beautiful form; muktaamaNisamaamuktaiH = together with diamonds and pearls; suvibhuushhitaam well decorated; bhuushhaNaiH = by jewellery; svashriya = and with her self radiance; vibhuushhayantiimiva = as though decorating bhavanottamam = that great building; gauriim = with a fair complexion; kanakavarNaabhaam = and with a radiance like golden colour; ishhTaam = who was dear to her husband; antaHpureshvariim = the lady of the women in that gynaeceum; shayaanaam = sleeping; tatra = there.
5.10.53
स ताम् दृष्ट्वा महा बाहुर् भूषिताम् मारुत आत्मजः |
तर्कयाम् आस सीता इति रूप यौवन सम्पदा
॥हर्षेण महता युक्तो ननन्द हरि यूथपः |
That Hanuma with great arms seeing the woman well decorated, out of logic thought thus: "This is Seetha by the wealth of her appearance and her youth". That warrior of Vanaras was delighted together with great pleasure.
saH maarutaatmajaH = that Hanuma; mahaabaahuH = with great arms; taamdR^ishhTvaa = seeing that woman; bhuushhitaam = well decorated; tarkayaamaasa = in logic though; siiteti = this is Seetha; ruupayauvana sampadaa = by the wealth of her appearance and her youth; hariyudhapaH = that warrior of vanaras; nananda = was delighted; mahataa harshhenayuktaH = together with great pleasure.
5.10.54
आश्पोटयाम् आस चुचुम्ब पुच्चम् |
ननन्द चिक्रीड जगौ जगाम|
स्तम्भान् अरोहन् निपपात भूमौ
|
निदर्शयन् स्वाम् प्रक्र्तिम् कपीनाम् ॥
He clasped his arms, kissed his tail he was delighted, he was playful, sang, paced showing his simian nature, climbed pillars and fell down on land.
aasphoTayaamaasa = clasped his arms; chuchumbha puchchham = kissed his tail; nananda = he was delighted; chikriiDa = he was playful; jagau = sang; jagaama = paced; nidarshayan = showing; svaam = his; kappiinaam prakR^itim = simian nature; aarohat = climbed; stambaat = pillars; nipapaata bhuumau = and fell down on land.
इति वाल्मीकि रामयने आदि काव्ये सुन्दर काण्डे दशमः सर्गः
Sarga 11
5.11.1
अवधूय च ताम् बुद्धिम् बभूव अवस्थितः तदा |
जगाम च अपराम् चिन्ताम् सीताम् प्रति महा कपिः
॥
The great Hanuma then removing that thought became with the right mind and had another thought about Seetha.
mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma; tadaa = then; avadhuuya = removing; taam buddhim = that thought; bhabhuuva = became avasthitaH = with the right mind; jagaama = and went; aparaam chintaam = (with)another thought; siitaam prati = about Seetha.
5.11.2
न रामेण वियुक्ता सा स्वप्तुम् अर्हति भामिनी |
न भोक्तुम् न अपि अलम्कर्तुम् न पानम् उपसेवितुम्
॥न अन्यम् नरम् उपस्थातुम् सुराणाम् अपि च ईश्वरम् |
न हि राम समः कश्चिद् विद्यते त्रिदशेष्व् अपि
॥अन्या इयम् इति निश्चित्य पान भूमौ चचार सः |
That Seetha is not suitable to sleep separated from Rama, will not eat, will not decorate also, not suited to drink a beverage, to reach another man even though if he were Indra because there is indeed no one equaling Rama even among gods. This is another woman - thus deciding that Hanuma paced in that banqueting hall.
2;3. saa bhaaminii = that Seetha; na arhate = is not suitable; svaptum = to sleep ; raameNa viyuktaa = separated from Rama; na bhoktum = will not eat; na apyalamkartum api = will not decorate also; na = not suited; upasevitum = to drink; paanam = a beverage; upasthaatum = to reach; anyam naram = another man; suraaNaam eshvaram api = even though he were Indra; hi = because; na vidyate hi = there is indeed no; kashchit = one; raamasamaH = equalling Rama; tridasheshhvapi = even among gods; iyam anyaa = this is another woman; iti = thus; nishchitya = deciding; saH = that Hanuma; chachaara = paced; paanabhuumau = in that banqueting hall.
5.11.4
क्रीडितेन अपराः क्लान्ता गीतेन च तथा पराः ॥नृत्तेन च अपराः क्लान्ताः पान विप्रहताः
तथा |
Some women were tired from erotic dalliance and then some other women were tired from singing; some others were weary from dance and were unconscious from consumption of liquor.
aparaaH = some women; klaantaaH = were tired; kriiDitena = from erotic dalliance; tathaa = and then; aparaaH = some other women; giitena = (were tired) from singing; aparaaH = some others; klaantaaH = were weary; nR^ittena = from dance; tathaa = and; paanaviprahataaH = were unconscious from consumption of liquor.
5.11.5
मुरजेषु म्ऱ्दन्गेषु पीठिकासु च संस्थिताः ॥तथा आस्तरण मुख्य्येषु सम्विष्टाः च अपराः
स्त्रियः |
Some women were stationed on tabors, on Mrudangas, on seats, some other women rested on chief carpets.
samsthitaaH = (some women) were stationed; murajeshhu = on tabors; mR^idaN^geshhu = on mrudangaas; piiThikaasu cha = on seats; aparaaH = some other; striyaH = women; samvishhThaaH = rested; aastaraNamukhyeshhu = on chief carpets.
5.11.6
अङ्गनानाम् सहस्रेण भूषितेन विभूषणैः ॥रूप सम्ल्लाप शीलेन युक्त गीत अर्थ भाषिणा
|
देश काल अभियुक्तेन युक्त वाक्य अभिधायिना ॥रत अभिरत संसुप्तम् ददर्श हरि यूथपः |
The warrior among Vanaras saw a thousand of women decorated by jewellery with a nature of talking about beauty, conversing about the correct meaning of songs being sung, behaving according to time and place, wont to speak appropriate words, indulged in sleep after sexual dalliance.
6;7. hariyuudhapaH = the warrior among Vanaras; dadarsha = saw; anN^ganaanaam sahasreNa = a thousand of women; bhuushhitena = decorated; vibhuushhaNaiH = by jewellery; ruupasallaapashiilena = with a nature of talking about beauty; yuktagiitaarthabhaashhiNaa = conversing about the correct meaning of songs(being sung) deshakaalaabhiyuktena = behaving according to time and place; yuktavaakyaabhidhaayinaa = wont to speak appropriate words; rathaabhirathasamsuptam = indulged in sleep after sexual dalliance.
5.11.8
तासाम् मध्ये महा बाहुः शुशुभे राक्षस ईश्वरः ॥गोष्ठे महति मुख्यानाम् गवाम् मध्ये
यथा वृषः |
In the middle of that group of women, Ravana with great arms shone like a bull in the middle of cows in a big cow-pen.
madhye = in the middle; taasaam = of that group of women; rakshasheshvaraH = Ravana; mahaabaahuH = with great arms; shushubhe = shone; vR^ishhabhaiva = like a bull; gavaam madhye = in the middle of cows; mahatighoshhThe = in a big cow-pen.
5.11.9
स राक्षस इन्द्रः शुशुभे ताभिः परिवृतः स्वयम् ॥करेणुभिर् यथा अरण्यम् परिकीर्णो
महा द्विपः |
That Ravana himself surrounded by those women, shone like a great elephant surrounded by she elephants in a great forest.
saH raakshasendraH svayam = that Ravana himself; parivR^itaH = surrounded; taabhiH = by those women; shushubhe = shone; mahaadvipaH yathaa = like a great elephant; parikiirNaH = surrounded; kareNubhiH = by she elephants; mahaaraNye = in a great forest;
5.11.10
सर्व कामैर् उपेताम् च पान भूमिम् महात्मनः ॥ददर्श कपि शार्दूलः तस्य रक्षः पतेर्
गृहे |
The best among Vanaras saw in that wealthy Ravana's house a bar also, consisting of all desirables.
harishaardhuulaH = the best among Vanaras; dadarsha = saw; tasya mahaatmanaH rakshaHpateH = in that wealthy Ravana's; gR^ihe = house; paanabhuumim cha = a bar also; upetaam = consisting; sarvakaamaiH = of all desirables.
5.11.11
मृगाणाम् महिषाणाम् च वराहाणाम् च भागशः ॥तत्र न्यस्तानि मांसानि पान भूमौ ददर्श
सः |
Hanuma saw there in that bar, meat of dear and of buffalo, of wild boar kept separately.
saH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; tatra = there; paanabhuumau = in that bar; maamsaani = meat; mR^igaaNaam = of dear; mahishhaaNaam cha = and of buffalo; varaahaaNaam cha = of wild boar; nyastaani = kept; bhaagashaH = separately;
5.11.12
रौक्मेषु च विशलेषु भाजनेष्व् अर्ध भक्षितान् ॥ददर्श कपि शार्दूल मयूरान् कुक्कुटामः
तथा |
The best among Vanaras saw half eaten peacocks and chicken in wide vessels of golden colour.
harishaarduulaH = the best among Vanaras; dadarsha = saw; ardhabhakshitaan = half eaten; mayuraan = peacocks; tathaa = and; kukuTaan = chicken; vishaaleshhu bhaajaneshhu = in wide vessels; raukmeshhu = of golden colour.
5.11.13
वराह वार्ध्राणसकान् दधि सौवर्चल आयुतान् ॥शल्यान् म्ऱ्ग मयूरामः च हनूमान् अन्ववैक्षत
|
Hanuma observed meat of pigs and goats, porcupines, deer and peacocks preserved in curds and sochal salt.
hanumaan = Hanuma; anvavaikshata = observed; varaahavaardhraaNashakaan = meat of pigs and goat; shalyaan = porcupines; mR^igamayuuraamshcha = deer and peacocks; dadhisauuvarchalaayutaan = preserved in curds and sochal salt.
5.11.14
कृकरान् विविधान् सिद्धामः चकोरान् अर्ध भक्षितान् ॥महिषान् एक शल्यामः च चागामः
च कृत निष्ठितान् |
लेख्यम् उच्च अवचम् पेयम् भोज्यानि विविधानि च ॥
Hanuma saw birds called Krakara cooked ready to be eaten in variety of ways, birds called Chakoras half eaten, wild buffalos, fishes called ekashleya, goats, food to be licked of various kinds, beverages and various foods.
14;15. (Hanuma saw) krakaraan = birds called Krakara; vividhaansiddhaan = cooked ready(to be eaten) in variety of ways; chakoraan = birds called Chakoras; ardhabhakshitaan = half eaten; mahishhaan = wild buffalos; ekashalyaamshcha = fishes called ekashleya; chhaagaamshcha = goats; lehyaan = food to be licked; vuchchaavachaan = of various kinds; peyaan = beverages; vividhaani bhojyaani = (and) various foods.
5.11.16
तथा अम्ल लवण उत्तंसैर् विविधै राग षाडवैः |
हार नूपुर केयूरैर् अपविद्धैर् महा धनैः ॥पान भाजन विक्षिप्तैः फलैः च विविधैर् अपि |
कृत पुष्प उपहारा भूर् अधिकम् पुष्यति श्रियम् ॥
In the same way that floor was obtaining glory greatly with Ragas and Shadabas seasoned with sour and salty sauces, with necklaces, anklets and armlets of great value thrown around, with various fruits left in drinking vessels, with flowers sprinkled.
16; 17. tathaa = In the same way; bhuuH = that floor; shriyam pushhyati = was obtaining glory; adhikam = greatly; raagashhaaDabaiH = with Ragas and Shadabas; aamla lavaNottaM saiH = seasoned with sour and salty sauces; haaranuupurakeyuuraiH = with necklaces; anklets and armlets; mahaadhanaiH = of great value; apaviddhaiH = thrown around; vividhaiH phalaishcha = with various fruits; paanabhaajana vikshiptaiH = left in drinking vessels; kR^ita pushhpopa haaraa = with flowers sprinkled.
5.11.18
तत्र तत्र च विन्यस्तैः सुश्लिष्टैः शयन आसनैः |
पान भूमिर् विना वह्निम् प्रदीप्ता इव उपलक्ष्यते
॥
That bar was seen as though radiant without fire, with couches and chairs well arranged and placed there and there.
paana bhuumiH = That bar; upalakshyate = was seen; pradiipteva = as though radiant; vinaa vahnim = without fire; shayanaasanaiH = with couches and chairs; sushlishhTaiH = well arranged; vinyastaiH = (and) placed; tatra tatra = there and there.
5.11.19
बहु प्रकारैर् विविधैर् वर संस्कार संस्कृतैः |
मांसैः कुशल सम्युक्तैः पान भूमि गतैः पृथक्
॥
Many meats of different kinds cultured with various best seasonings, well arranged separately obtained that bar.
bahuprakaaraiH maamsaiH = Many meats; vividhaiH = of different kinds; varasamskaara samskR^itaiH = cultured with various best seasonings; kushala saMyuktaiH = well arranged; pR^ithak = separately; paanabhuumigataiH = obtained that bar.
5.11.20
दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृत सुरा अपि |
शर्कर आसव माध्वीकाः पुष्प आसव फल आसवाः ॥वास चूर्णैः च विविधैर् मृष्टाः तैः तैः पृथक् पृथक् |
Excellent and clear various liquors, a liquor called Sura, liquor made of sugar, liquor made of honey, liquor made of flowers and liquors made of fruits also, artificially made liquors - those and those were cultured separately with various fragrant powders.
divyaaH = excellent; prasannaaH = clear; vividhaaH = various (liquors); suraaH = liquor called Sura; sharkaraa sava = liquor made of sugar; maadhviika = (liquor) made of honey; pushpaa sava = liquor made of flowers; phalaa savaaH = and liquors made of fruits; kR^ita suraaH api = also artificially made liquors; taiH taiH = those and those; mR^ishhTaaH = were cultured; pR^ithak pR^ithak = separate separately; vividhaiH vaasachuurNaiH = with various fragrant powders
5.11.21
सम्तता शुशुभे भूमिर् माल्यैः च बहु संस्थितैः ॥हिरण्मयैः च करकैर् भाजनैः स्फाटिकैर्
अपि |
जाम्बूनदमयैश्चान्याः करकैरभिवम्वृता ॥
The floor shone filled by flower garlands in a variety of forms, with various vessels of golden hue and also made of crystal, filled with other small vessels of golden colour.
21;22. bhuumiH = The floor; shushubhe = shone; saMtataa = filled; maalyaishcha = by flower garlands; bahu saMsthitaiH = in a variety of forms; vividhaiH bhaajanaiH = with various vessels; hiraNmayaiH = of golden hue; sphaaTikair api = and also made of crystal; abhisaMvR^itaa = filled; anyaiH karakaiH = with other small vessels; jaambuunadamayaiH = of golden colour.
5.11.23
राजतेषु च कुम्भेषु जाम्बूनदमयेषु च |
पान श्रेष्ठम् तदा भूरि कपिः तत्र ददर्श ह ॥
Hanuma saw indeed then lot of best quality liquor in pots of silver and of golden colour.
kapiH = Hanuma; dadarsha ha = saw indeed; tadaa = then; bhuuri paana shreshhTham = lot of best quality liquor; kumbheshhu = in pots; raajateshhu = of silver; jaambuunadamayeshhu = and of golden colour.
5.11.24
सो अपश्यत् शात कुम्भानि शीधोर् मणिमयानि च |
राजतानि च पूर्णानि भाजनानि महा कपिः ॥
That great Hanuma saw vessels full of liquor of golden colour, embedded with gem stones and also of silver hue.
saH mahaa kapiH = That great Hanuma; apashyat = saw; bhaajanaani = vessels; puurNaani = full; shiidhoH = of liquor; shaatakumbhaani = of golden colour; maNimayaani cha = embedded with gem stones; raajataani cha = and also of silver hue.
5.11.25
क्वचिद् अर्ध अवशेषाणि क्वचित् पीतानि सर्वशः |
क्वचिन् न एव प्रपीतानि पानानि स ददर्श ह ॥
That Hanuma saw indeed at some places drinks half filled and at some places completely drunk and some places not at all drunk.
saH = That Hanuma; dadarsha ha = saw indeed; kvachit = at some places; paanaani = drinks; ardhaava sheshhaaNi = half filled; kvachit = (and) some places; sarvashaH piitaani = completely drunk; kvachit = (and) some places; naiva prapiitaani = not at all drunk.
5.11.26
क्वचिद् भक्ष्यामः च विविधान् क्वचित् पानानि भागशः |
क्वचिद् अन्न अवशेषाणि पश्यन् वै विचचार
ह ॥
Hanuma paced about seeing at some places various eatables and at some places drinks separately, and at some places remnants of cooked rice.
vichachaara ha = (Hanuma) paced about; pashyan = seeing; kvachit = (at) some places; vividhaan bhakshaaMshcha = various eatables; kvachit = (and) some places; paanaani = drinks; bhaagashaH = separately; kvachit = some places; annavasheshhaaNi = remnants of cooked rice.
5.11.27
क्वचित् प्रभिन्नैः करकैः क्वचिद् आलोडितैर् घटैः |
क्वचित् सम्पृक्त माल्यानि जलानि च फलानि
च ॥
Hanuma saw some places with vessels broken, some places with pots in shambles, some places with water together with flower garlands and fruits.
kvachit = (Hanuma saw) some places; karakaiH = with vessels; prabhinnaiH = broken; kvachit = some places; ghaTaiH = with pots; aloLitaiH = in shambles; kvachit = some places; jalaani cha = (with) water; saMpR^iktamaalyaani = together with flower garlands; phalaani cha = and fruits.
5.11.28
शयनानि अत्र नारीणाम् शून्यानि बहुधा पुनः |
परस्परम् समाश्लिष्य काश्चित् सुप्ता वर अन्गनाः
॥
Here couches again of women were varied and clean, some best women slept there hugging one another.
atra = Here; shayanaani punaH = couches again; naariNaam = of women; bahudhaa shubhraaNi = were varied and clean; kaashchit = some; varaaN^ganaaH = best women; suptaaH = slept; samaashlishhya = hugging; parasparam = one another
5.11.29
काचिच् च वस्त्रम् अन्यस्या अपह्ऱ्त्य उपगुह्य च |
उपगम्य अबला सुप्ता निद्रा बल पराजिता ॥
Some women conquered by the power of sleep pulled other sleeping women's clothing and slept covering themselves.
kaashchit abalaaH = Some women; nidraabalaparaajitaaH = conquered by the power of sleep; aahR^itya = pulled; anyasyaaH svapantyaaH vastram = other sleeping women's clothing; suptaaH = and slept; paridhaaya = covering (themselves).
5.11.30
तासाम् उच्च्वास वातेन वस्त्रम् माल्यम् च गात्रजम् |
न अत्यर्थम् स्पन्दते चित्रम् प्राप्य
मन्दम् इव अनिलम् ॥
Clothing and garland on the throats of those women was moving slightly and wonderfully as though obtaining air from the air of breath.
vastram maalyam cha = Clothing and garland; taasaam gaatrajam = on the throats of those (women); spandate = was moving; na atyartham = slightly; chitram = (and) wonderfully; praapya iva = as though obtaining; anilam = air; uchchhvaasavaatena = from the air of breath.
5.11.31
चन्दनस्य च शीतस्य शीधोर् मधु रसस्य च |
विविधस्य च माल्यस्य पुष्पस्य विविधस्य च ॥बहुधा मारुतः तत्र गन्धम् विविधम् उद्वहन् |
There wind blew carrying in a lot of directions, a variety of fragrances of cool sandal-paste and of sweet liquor, of various flower garlands and of various kinds of agallocum fumes.
tatra = There; maarutaH = wind (blew); udvahan = carrying; bahudhaa = in a lot (of directions); vividham gandham = a variety of fragrances; shiitasya gandhasya = of cool sandal-paste; madhurasasya shiidhoH cha = and of sweet liquor; vividhasya maalyasya = of various flower garlands; vividhasya dhuupasya cha = and of various kinds of agallocum fumes.
5.11.32
स्नानानाम् चन्दनानाम् च धूपानाम् चैव मूर्चितः |
प्रववौ सुरभिर् गन्धो विमाने पुष्पके तदा
॥
Then the blossoming fragrance from the baths and sandal paste and from agallocum fumes blew spreading all around in that Pushpaka plane.
tadaa = Then; surabhiH gandhaH = the blossoming fragrance; snaanaanaam chandanaanaam cha = from the baths and sandal paste; dhuupaanaam chaiva = and from agallocum fumes; pravavau = blew; muurchitaH = spreading (all around); pushhpake vimaane = in that Pushpaka plane.
5.11.33
श्याम अवदाताः तत्र अन्याः काश्चित् कृष्णा वर अन्गनाः ॥काश्चित् कान्चन वर्ण अन्ग्यः
प्रमदा राक्षस आलये |
There in that Ravana's house, some women had fair and white complexion some best women were black, some women had a body of golden complexion.
tatra = there; raakshasaalaye = in that Ravana's house; anyaaH = some (women); shyaamaavadaataaH = had fair and white complexion; kaashchit = some; varaaN^ganaaH = best women; kR^ishhnaaH = were black; kaashchit pramadaaH = some women; kaaJNchanavarNaaN^gyaH = had a body of golden complexion.
5.11.34
तासाम् निद्रा वशत्वाच् च मदनेन विमूर्चितम् ॥पद्मिनीनाम् प्रसुप्तानाम् रूपम् आसीद्
यथैव हि |
Appearance of those sleeping women, tired from being possessed by sleep and from lust, was like lotuses sleeping.
ruupam = appearance; taasaam = of those; prasuptaanaam = sleeping (women); vimuurchitam = tired; nidraavashatvaacha = from being possessed by sleep; madanenacha = and from lust; aasiit = was; yathaiva = like; padminiinaam = lotuses; prasuptaanaam = sleeping.
5.11.35
एवम् सर्वम् अशेषेण रावण अन्तः पुरम् कपिः ॥ददर्श सुमहा तेजा न ददर्श च जानकीम्
|
Hanuma with great radiance thus saw entire Ravana's house completely but did not see Seetha.
kapiH = Hanuma; sumahaatejaaH = with great radiance; evam = thus; dadarsha = saw; sarvam = entire; raavaNaatHpuram = Ravana's house; asheshhena = completely; na dadarsha = (but) did not see; jaanakiim cha = Seetha.
5.11.36
निरीक्षमाणः च ततः ताः स्त्रियः स महा कपिः ॥जगाम महतीम् चिन्ताम् धर्म साध्वस शन्कितः
|
Then that Hanuma seeing those women obtained great anguish being in doubt because of fear in the matter of dharma.
tadaa = then; saH mahaakapiH = that Hanuma; niriikshmaaNaH = seeing; taaH striyaH = those women; jagaamaa = obtained; mahatiim chintaam = great anguish; dharmasaadvaHsasheN^kitaH = being in doubt because of fear in the matter of dharma.
5.11.37
पर दार अवरोधस्य प्रसुप्तस्य निरीक्षणम् ॥इदम् खलु मम अत्यर्थम् धर्म लोपम् करिष्यति
|
"My seeing sleeping house of other people's wives will do a great deficit to dharma."
mama = my; idam = this; niriikshaNam = seeing; prasuptasya = sleeping; paradaaraavarodhasya = house of other people's wives; karishhyati = will do; atyartham dharmalopam = a great deficit to dharma.
5.11.38
न हि मे पर दाराणाम् दृष्टिर् विषय वर्तिनी ॥अयम् च अत्र मया दृष्टः पर दार परिग्रहः
|
"My sight is indeed not in the matter of other wives here. These other's wives have been seen by me."
me = my; dR^ishhTaH = sight; na hi = is indeed not; paradaaraaNaam vishhayavartinii = in the matter of others wives; atra = here; ayam = these paradaaraparigrahaH = other's wives; dR^ishhTashcha = have been seen ; mayaa = by me;
5.11.39
तस्य प्रादुर् अभूच् चिन्ता पुनर् अन्या मनस्विनः ॥निश्चित एक अन्त चित्तस्य कार्य
निश्चय दर्शिनी |
To that Hanuma with an excellent mind, with a fixed and concentrated mind, was born another thought again, showing a fixed resolve in the task at hand.
tasya = to that Hanuma; manasvinaH = with an excellent mind; nishchitaikaantachittasya = with a fixed and concentrated mind; pradurabhuut = was born; anyaa = another; chintaa = thought; punaH = again ; kaaryanishchayadarshinii = showing a fixed resolve in the task at hand.
5.11.40
कामम् दृष्ट्वा मया सर्वा विश्वस्ता रावण स्त्रियः ॥न तु मे मनसः किंचिद् वैकृत्यम्
उपपद्यते |
"All Ravana's women who were in faith could have been seen by me; to my mind there indeed was not even a little disturbance".
sarvaaH = all; raavaNastriyaH = Ravana's women; vishvastaaH = who were in faith; kaamam dR^ishhTaaH = could have been seen; mayaa = by me; me manasaH = to my mind; na upajaayate hi = there indeed was not; kimchit = even a little; vaikR^ityam = disturbance.
5.11.41
मनो हि हेतुः सर्वेषाम् इन्द्रियाणाम् प्रवर्तते ॥शुभ अशुभास्व् अवस्थासु तच् च
मे सुव्यवस्थितम् |
"Among auspicious or inauspicious states in the behavior of all senses mind is the reason. My that mind is very steady."
shubhaashubhaasu = among auspicious or inauspicious; avasthaasu = states; pravartane- in the behavior; sarveshhaanaam indriyaaNaam = of all senses; manaH hetuH = mind is the reason; me = my; tachcha = that mind; suvyavasthitam = is very steady.
5.11.42
न अन्यत्र हि मया शक्या वैदेही परिमार्गितुम् ॥स्त्रियो हि स्त्रीषु द्ऱ्श्यन्ते
सदा सम्परिमार्गणे |
"By me it is not possible to search Seetha at another place. Always during search women will be seen among other women."
mayaa = by me; na shakhyaa hi = it is not possible; parimaargitum = to search; vaidehii = Seetha; anyatra = at another place; sadaa = always; samparimaargaNe = during search; striyaH = women; dR^ishyante = will be seen; strishhu = among women.
5.11.43
यस्य सत्त्वस्य या योनिः तस्याम् तत् परिमार्ग्यते ॥न शक्यम् प्रमदा नष्टा मृगीषु
परिमार्गितुम् |
"To an animal of whatever race that animal is searched in that race; a woman missing is not possible to be searched among female deer."
yasya sattvasya = to an animal; yaa yoniH = whatever race; tat = that animal; parimaargyate = is searched; tasyaam = in that race; pramadaa = a woman; nashhTaa = missing; na shakhyaa = is not possible; parimaargitum = to be searched; mR^igiishhu = among female deer.
5.11.44
तद् इदम् मार्गितम् तावत् शुद्धेन मनसा मया ॥रावण अन्तः पुरम् सरम् दृश्यते न च
जानकी |
"For that reason all this Ravana's house has been search by me with a pure mind Seetha alone cannot be seen."
tat = for that reason; idam sarvam = all this; raavaNaataHpuram = Ravana's house; maargitam = has been search; mayaa = by me; shuddhena = with a pure; manasaa = mind; Aramaic = Seetha alone; na dR^ishyate = cannot be seen.
5.11.45
देव गन्धर्व कन्याः च नाग कन्याः च वीर्यवान् ॥अवेक्षमाणो हनुमान् न एव अपश्यत जानकीम्
|
The strong Hanuma observing girls from devas, gandharvas and girls from nagas did not see Janaki.
viiryavaan = the strong; hanumaan = Hanuma; avekshamaaNaH = observing; devagandharvakanyaashcha = girls from devas; Gandharvas; naagakanyaashcha = and girls from nagas; naivaavaikshata = did not see; jaanakiim = Janaki.
5.11.46
ताम् अपश्यन् कपिः तत्र पश्यमः च अन्या वर स्त्रियः ॥अपक्रम्य तदा वीरः प्रध्यातुम्
उपचक्रमे |
The powerful Hanuma not seeing Her there and seeing other best women then started to think deeply going far from there.
viiraH kapiH = the powerful Hanuma; apashyan = not seeing; taam = Her; tatra = there; pashyamshcha = and seeing; anyaaH varastriyaH = other best women; tadaa = then; upachakrame = started; pradhyaatum = to think deeply; apakramya = going far(from there).
5.11.47
स भूयस्तु परम् श्रीमान् मारुतिर्यत्नमास्थितः ॥अपानभूमिमुत्सृज्य तद्विचेतुम् प्रचक्रमे
|
That Hanuma the glorious one adopting a great task again left that bar and began to search that house.
saH maarutiH = that Hanuma; shriimaan = the glorious one; aastitaH = adopting; param yatnam = a great task; bhuuyaH = again; utsR^ijya = left; aapaanabhuumim = that bar; prachakrame = (and) began; vichetum = to search; tat = that (house).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकादशः सर्गः
Sarga 12
5.12.1
स तस्य मध्ये भवनस्य वानरो |
लता ग्ऱ्हामः चित्र गृहान् निशा गृहान् |
जगाम सीताम् प्रति
दर्शन उत्सुको |
न च एव ताम् पश्यति चारु दर्शनाम् ॥
That Hanuma interested in sight of Seetha, in the middle of that building, went towards houses made of plant creepers, art houses, and nocturnal houses but did not see Her with a beautiful appearance.
saH maarutiH = That Hanuma; darshanotsukaH = interested in sight; siitaam prati = toward Seetha; madhye = in the middle of; tasya bhavanasya = that building; jagaama = went; lataagR^ihaan = (towards) houses made of plant creepers; chitragR^ihaan = art houses; nishaagR^ihaan = nocturnal houses; na chaiva pashyati = but did not see; taam = Her; chaarudarshanaam = with a beautiful appearance.
5.12.2
स चिन्तयाम् आस ततो महा कपिः |
प्रियाम् अपश्यन् रघु नन्दनस्य ताम् |
ध्रुवम् नु सीता म्रियते
यथा न मे |
विचिन्वतो दर्शनम् एति मैथिली ॥
That great Hanuma then later not seeing that Seetha dear to Rama thought thus: "to me searching Seetha in whatever way appearance not being obtained, from that Seetha definitely has died."
saH mahaakapiH = That great Hanuma; tataH = then later; apashyan = not seeing; taam = that Seetha; priyaam = dear; raghunanadanasya = to Rama; chintayaamaasa = thought thus; me = to me; vichinvataH = searching; maithilii = Seetha; yathaa = in what way; darshanam = appearance; na upayiti = not being obtained(from that); siitaa = Seetha; dhruvam = definitely; mriyate = has died.
5.12.3
सा राक्षसानाम् प्रवरेण बाला |
स्व शील सम्रक्षण तत् परा सती |
अनेन नूनम् प्रतिदुष्ट कर्मणा
|
हता भवेद् आर्य पथे परे स्थिता ॥
"That Seetha standing in the best traditional path being chaste interested, in preserving her character must have been killed by the king of these Rakshasas who performed evil deeds - this is certain."
saa jaanakii = That Seetha; sthitaa = standing; pare aaryapathe = in the best traditional path; vashiilasamrakshaNaa tatparaa satii = being chaste interested in preserving her character; hataabhavet = must have been killed; anena raakshasaanaam pravareNa = by the king of these Rakshasas; pratidushhThakarmaNaa = who performed evil deeds; nuunam = this is certain.
5.12.4
विरूप रूपा विकृता विवर्चसो |
महा आनना दीर्घ विरूप दर्शनाः |
समीक्ष्य सा राक्षस राज योषितो
|
भयाद् विनष्टा जनक ईश्वर आत्मजा॥
"That daughter of King Janaka died of fear seeing the wives of Ravana with crooked appearances
- horrible ones without radiance with great faces with long and crooked eyes."
saa janakeshwara aatmajaa = that daughter of king Janaka; vinashhTaa = died; bhayaat = of fear; samiikshya = seeing; raakshasa raajayoshhitaH = the wives of Ravana; viruuparuupaaH = with crooked appearances; vikR^itaaH = horrible ones; vivarcha saH = without radiance; mahaananaaH = with great faces; diirgha viruupa darshanaaH = with long and crooked eyes.
5.12.5
सीताम् अद्ऱ्ष्ट्वा हि अनवाप्य पौरुषम् |
विह्ऱ्त्य कालम् सह वानरैः चिरम् |
न मे अस्ति
सुग्रीव समीपगा गतिः |
सुतीक्ष्ण दण्डो बलवामः च वानरः ॥
"Without seeing Seetha, not obtaining destiny and wandering for a long time together with Vanaras, to me there is not a path to go near Sugreeva. Sugreeva has a sharp punishment and also is strong."
adR^ishhTvaa = without seeing; siitaam = Seetha; anavaapya = not obtaining; paurushham = destiny; vihR^itya = and wandering; chiram kaalam = for a long time; vaanaraiH saH = together with Vanaras; me = to me; gatiH naasthi = there is no path; sugriiva samiipagaa = to go near Sugreeva; vaanaraH = Sugreeva; sutiikshaNadaNDaH = has a sharp punishment; balavaamshcha = and also is strong.
5.12.6
दृष्टम् अन्तः पुरम् सर्वम् दृष्ट्वा रावण योषितः |
न सीता दृश्यते साध्वी वृथा जातो मम श्रमः
॥
"All inner city has been seen. Women of Ravana have been seen. The chaste Seetha has not been seen. My effort became wastefull."
sarvam = all; antaHpuram = inner city; dR^ishhTaam = has been seen; raajayoshhitaH = women of Ravana; dR^ishhTaaH = have been seen; saadhvii = the chaste; siitaa = Seetha; na dR^ishyate = has not been seen; mama shramaH = my effort; jaataH = became; vR^ithaa = wasteful.
5.12.7
किम् नु माम् वानराः सर्वे गतम् वक्ष्यन्ति सम्गताः |
गत्वा तत्र त्वया वीर किम् कृतम् तद्
वदस्व नः ॥
"To me who has gone back all Vanaras after meeting what they would say? O strong one! Going there, what has been done by you? Tell that to us."
maam = to me; gatam = who has gone back; sarve vaanaraaH = all vanaras; samgataaH = after meeting; kim nu = what; vakshyanti = they would say; viiraa = O strong one; gatvaa = going; tatra = there; kim kR^itam = what has been done; tvayaa = by you; tat vadasva = tell that; naH = to us.
5.12.8
अदृष्ट्वा किम् प्रवक्ष्यामि ताम् अहम् जनक आत्मजाम् |
ध्रुवम् प्रायम् उपेष्यन्ति कालस्य
व्यतिवर्तने ॥
"Without seeing that Seetha what can I say? Due to passing of time, definitely they will obtain fire."
adR^ishhTvaa = without seeing; tam janakaatmajaam = that Seetha; kim = what; pravakshyaami = can I say; vyativartane = due to passing; kaalasya = of time; dR^ivam = definitely; upaishhyanti = they will obtain; praayam = fire.
5.12.9
किम् वा वक्ष्यति व्ऱ्द्धः च जाम्बवान् अन्गदः च सः |
गतम् पारम् समुद्रस्य वानराः च समागताः
॥
"To me who had gone for the other shore of the ocean what will the old Jambavan say? What would that Angada and vanaras who meet say?"
gatam = (to me) who had gone; paaram = for the other shore; samudrasya = of the ocean; kim vaa = what will; vR^iddhaH jaambavaan = the old Jambava; vakshyati = say; saH = (what would)that; angadhashcha = Angada and; samaagataaH vaanaraashcha = vanaras who meet(say).
5.12.10
अनिर्वेदः श्रियो मूलम् अनिर्वेदः परम् सुखम् |
अनिर्वेदो हि सततम् सर्व अर्थेषु प्रवर्तकः
॥
"Non-depression is root of development. Absence of despondency is the greatest comfort. Self reliance always is indeed the promoter in all matters."
airhead = non-depression; mullah = is root; shriyaH = of development; anirvedaH = Absence of despondency; param sukham = is the greatest comfort; anirvedaH = self reliance; satatam = is always; pravartakaH hi = is indeed the promoter; sarvaartheshhu = in all matters.
5.12.11
करोति सफलम् जन्तोः कर्म यच् च करोति सः |
तस्माद् अनिर्वेद क्ऱ्तम् यत्नम् चेष्टे अहम् उत्तमम्
॥अदृष्टामः च विचेष्यामि देशान् रावण पालितान् |
"Whatever action a human does that action of man is made to be successful by non-depression. For that reason I will perform a best effort together with non-depression. I will search all those regions ruled by Ravana not yet seen."
yat = whatever; karma = action; karoti = (human) does; tat = that; jantoH = (action) of man; saphalam saH karoti = is made to be successful by non-depression; tasmaat = for that reason; aham = I; cheshhTe = will perform; uttamam prayatnam = a best effort; anirvedakR^itam = together with non-depression; vicheshhyaam taavat = I will search all those; deshaan = regions; raavanapaalitaan = ruled by Ravana; adR^ishhTaan = not (yet) seen.
5.12.12
आपान शाला विचिताः तथा पुष्प गृहाणि च ॥चित्र शालाः च विचिता भूयः क्रीडा गृहाणि
च |
निष्कुट अन्तर रथ्याः च विमानानि च सर्वशः ॥
"Bars have been searched; in the same way flower houses, art houses have been searched; again pleasure houses, pathways in the middle of gardens, buildings in all directions have been searched."
12;13. apaanashaalaaH = bars; vichitaaH = have been searched; tathaa = in the same way; pushhpagR^ihaanicha = flower houses; chitrashaalaashcha = art houses; vichitaaH = have been searched; bhuuyaH = again; kriiDaagR^ihaanicha = pleasure houses; nishhkuTaantararathyaashcha = pathways in the middle of gardens; vimaanaanicha = buildings; sarvashaH = in all directions(have been searched).
5.12.14
इति संचिन्त्य भूयो अपि विचेतुम् उपचक्रमे |
भूमी गृहामः चैत्य गृहान् गृह अतिगृहकान् अपि
॥
Thus thinking Hanuma began to search again undergrounds, houses at the beginning of street intersections and also small houses faraway from the main houses.
iti = thus; samchintya = thinking; upachakrame = (Hanuma) began; vichetum = to search; bhuuyopi = again; bhuumiigR^ihaan = undergrounds; chaityagR^ihaan = houses at the beginning of street intersections; gR^ihaati gR^ihakaanapi = and also small houses faraway from the main houses.
5.12.15
उत्पतन् निपतमः च अपि तिष्ठन् गच्चन् पुनः क्वचित् |
अपावृण्वमः च द्वाराणि कपाटानि अवघट्टयन्
॥प्रविशन् निष्पतमः च अपि प्रपतन्न् उत्पतन्न् अपि |
सर्वम् अपि अवकाशम् स विचचार महा कपिः ॥
The great Hanuma flying again and again and jumping down, standing up, walking, opening doors, pushing doors and entering inside, coming out, climbing down, climbing up wandered all opportunity.
15;16. saH mahaakapiH = the great Hanuma; utpatan = flying; punaH punaH = again and again; nishhpatamshchaapi = and jumping down; tishhThan = standing up; ghachchhan = walking; dvaaraaNi apaavR^iNvan = opening doors; kavaaTaani avaghaaTayan = pushing doors; pravishan = and entering(inside); nishhpatamshchaapi = coming out; prapatan = climbing down; utpatan api = climbing up; vichachaara = wandered; sarvam avakaasam = all opportunity.
5.12.17
चतुर् अन्गुल मात्रो अपि न अवकाशः स विद्यते |
रावण अन्तः पुरे तस्मिन् यम् कपिर् न जगाम सः
॥
That Hanuma in that city of Ravana - whatever region he did not go that region was not there even for four angulas.
saH kapiH = that Hanuma; tasmin ravaNaantaH pure = in that city of Ravana; yam na jagaama = whatever region he did not go; saH = avakaashaH = that region; na vidhyate = was not there; chaturaN^guLa maatro.api = even for four angulas.
5.12.18
प्राकर अन्तर रथ्याः च वेदिकः चैत्य संश्रयाः |
श्वभ्राः च पुष्करिण्यः च सर्वम् तेन अवलोकितम्
॥
Streets between fort walls, platforms together with the intersection of four streets, wells, lakes all these had been seen by him.
prakaarantara radhyaashcha = streets in the middle of fort walls; vedikaaH = platforms; chaitya samshrayaaH = together with the intersection of four streets; diirghikaaH = wells; pushhkariNyashcha = lakes; sarvam = all these; avalokitam = had been seen; tena = by him.
5.12.19
राक्षस्यो विविध आकारा विरूपा विकृताः तथा |
दृष्टा हनूमता तत्र न तु सा जनक आत्मजा ॥
Rakshasa women of various forms, with crooked forms and horrific forms had been seen there by Hanuma but not that Seetha.
raakshasyaH = Rakshasa women; vividhaakaaraaH = of various forms; viruupaaH = with crooked forms; tathaa = and; vikR^utaaH = horrific forms; dR^ishhTaaH = had been seen; tatra = there; hanumataa = by Hanuma; na tu = but not; saa janakaatmajaa = that Seetha.
5.12.20
रूपेण अप्रतिमा लोके वरा विद्या धर स्त्रियः |
दृटा हनूमता तत्र न तु राघव नन्दिनी ॥
The best Vidhyadhara women incomparable by beauty in the world had been seen there by Hanuma, but not Seetha.
varaaH = the best; vidhyaadhara striiyaH = Vidhyaadara women; ruupeNa apratimaaH = incomparable by beauty; loke = in the world; dR^ishhTaaH = had been seen; tatra = there; hanumataa = by Hanuma; na tu = but not; raaghavanandinii = Seetha.
5.12.21
नाग कन्या वर आरोहाः पूर्ण चन्द्र निभ आननाः |
दृष्टा हनूमता तत्र न तु सीता सुमध्यमा ॥
Naaga women with beautiful buttocks, with faces equaling full moon had been seen by Hanuma there, but not Seetha with a beautiful waist.
naagakanyaaH = naaga women; varaaroha = with beautiful buttocks; puurNachandra nibhaananaaH = with faces equaling full moon; dR^ishhTaaH = had been seen; hanumataa = by Hanuma; tatra = there; na tu = but not; siitaa = Seetha; su madhyamaa = with a beautiful waist.
5.12.22
प्रमथ्य राक्षस इन्द्रेण नाग कन्या बलाद्द् हृताः |
दृष्टा हनूमता तत्र न सा जनक नन्दिनी ॥
Naaga women who had been stolen forcefully, being defeated by Ravana had been seen there by Hanuma, not that Seetha
naagakanyaaH = naaga women; hR^itaaH = who had been stolen; balata = forcefully; pramathya = being defeated; raakshasendreNa = by Ravana; dR^ishhTaaH = had been seen; tatra = there; hanumataa = by Hanuma; na saa janakanandinii = not that Seetha.
5.12.23
सो अपश्यमः ताम् महा बाहुः पश्यमः च अन्या वर स्त्रियः |
विषसाद महा बाहुर् हनूमान् मारुत
आत्मजः ॥
That Hanuma with great arms, the wise one, the son of Vayu not seeing that Seetha and seeing other women became depressed again and again.
saH hanuman = That Hanuma; mahaa baahuH = with great arms; diimaan = the wise one; maarutaatmaja = the son of Vayu; apasyan = not seeing; taam = that Seetha; pasyan = seeing; anyaaH = other; varastriyaH = best women; vishhasaada = became depressed; muhuH = again and again.
5.12.24
उद्योगम् वानर इन्द्राणम् प्लवनम् सागरस्य च |
व्यर्थम् वीक्ष्य अनिल सुतः चिन्ताम् पुनर्
उपागमत् ॥
Seeing the effort of the best Vanaras and the crossing of ocean as being wasted, Hanuma got depression again.
viikshya = seeing; udyogam = the effort; vaaNarendraaNaam = of the best Vanaras; plavanam cha = and the crossing; saagarasya = of ocean; vyartham = as being wasted; anilasutaH = Hanuma; chintaam upaagamat = got depression; punaH = again.
5.12.25
अवतीर्य विमानाच् च हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
चिन्ताम् उपजगाम अथ शोक उपहत चेतनः ॥
Thereafter the son of Vayu Hanuma got down from Pushpaka, obtained thought with a mind overcome with grief.
atha = there after; maarutaatmajaH = the son of Vaayu; hanuman = Hanuma; avatiirya = got down; vimaanaat = from Pushpaka; upaagamat = obtained; chintaam = thought; shokohahatachetanaH = with a mind overcome with grief.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे द्वादशः सर्गः ||
Sarga 13
5.13.1
विमानात् तु सुसम्क्रम्य प्राकारम् हरि यूथपः |
हनूमान् वेगवान् आसीद् यथा विद्युद् घन अन्तरे
॥
Hanuma the leader of Vanaras crossed from pushpaka toward the fort wall and became with speed like lighting in the middle of a cloud.
hanuman = Hanuma; hariyuudhapaH = the leader of vanaras; susamkramya = crossed; vimaanaat = from pushpaka; praakaaram = toward the fort wall; aasiit = and became; vegavaan = with speed; vidhyut yathaa = like a lighting; ghanantare = in the middle of cloud.
5.13.2
सम्परिक्रम्य हनुमान् रावणस्य निवेशनान् |
अदृष्ट्वा जानकीम् सीताम् अब्रवीद् वचनम् कपिः ॥
The simian Hanuma went far from the house of Ravana and not seeing Seetha, the daughter of King Janaka, said these words:
kapiH hanuman = the simian Hanuma; samparikramya = went far; raavaNasya niveshanaat = from the house of Ravana; adR^ishhTvaa = not seeing; siitaam = Seetha; jaanakiim = the daughter of king Janaka; abraviit = said; vachanam = (these)words.
5.13.3
भूयिष्ठम् लोडिता लन्का रामस्य चरता प्रियम् |
न हि पश्यामि वैदेहीम् सीताम् सर्व अन्ग शोभनाम्
॥
"The city of Lanka has been mostly explored by me attempting for the pleasure of Rama. But I am unable to see Seetha, beautiful in all limbs, and the daughter of Videha."
laN^kaa = the city of Lanka; bhuuyishhTham lolitaa = had been mostly explored; charataa = (by me)attempting; raamasya priyam = the pleasure of Sri Rama; na hi pashyaami = but I am unable to see; siitaam = Seetha; sarvaaN^ga shobhanaam = beautiful in all limbs; vaidehiim = and the daughter of Videha;
5.13.4
पल्वलानि तटाकानि सरांसि सरितः तथा |
नद्यो अनूपवन अन्ताः च दुर्गाः च धरणी धराः ॥लोडिता वसुधा सर्वा न च पश्यामि जानकीम् |
"All earth consisting of pools, ponds, lakes and streams, rivers and forest areas filled with water, mountains difficult of access have been explored but I did not see Seetha."
sarvaaH vasudaa = all earth; palvaalaani = (consisting of) pools; taTaakaani = ponds; saraamsi = lakes; tathaa = and; saritaH = streams; nadyaH = rivers; anupavanaantashcha = and forest areas; filled with water; dharaNiidharaaH = mountains; durgaaH = difficult of access; Lolitaa = have been explored; na tu pashyaami = but I did not see; jaanakiim = Seetha.
5.13.5
इह सम्पातिना सीता रावणस्य निवेशने ॥आख्याता गृध्र राजेन न च पश्यामि ताम् अहम् |
"It has been said by the eagle King Sampati that Seetha is here in the house of Ravana. I am unable to see her."
akhyaataa = it has been said; gR^idhraraajena sampaatinaa = by the eagle king Sampaati; siitaa = Seetha; iha = (to be) here; raavaNasya niveshane = in the house of Ravana; aham = I; na cha pashyaami = I am unable to see; taam = her.
5.13.6
किम् नु सीता अथ वैदेही मैथिली जनक आत्मजा ॥उपतिष्ठेत विवशा रावणम् दुष्ट चारिणम्
|
"Otherwise Seetha belonging to Videha born in Mithila and daughter of king Janaka - Can she be helplessly together with the evil minded Ravana."
atha = otherwise; siitaa = Seetha; vaidehii = belonging to Videha; maithilii = born in Mithila; janakaatmaja = and daughter of king Janaka; kim nu upatishhTheta = can she be; vivashaa = helplessly; dushhTachaariNam raavaNam = (together with) the evil minded Ravana.
5.13.7
क्षिप्रम् उत्पततो मन्ये सीताम् आदाय रक्षसः ॥बिभ्यतो राम बाणानाम् अन्तरा पतिता
भवेत् |
"I think while Ravana fearing Rama's arrows flew quickly carrying Seetha, she might have fallen down in the middle of the journey."
manye = I think; rakshasaH = while Ravana; bibhyataH = fearing; raamabaaNaanaam = Rama's arrows; kshipramutpatataH = flew quickly; siitaam aadaaya = carrying Seetha; patitaa bhavet = (She) might have fallen down; antaraa = in the middle(of the journey).
5.13.8
अथवा ह्रियमाणायाः पथि सिद्ध निषेविते ॥मन्ये पतितम् आर्याया हृदयम् प्रेक्ष्य सागरम्
|
"Or I think the heart of the noble Seetha being stolen in the path served by Siddhas must have sunk at the site of the ocean."
athavaa = or; manye = I think; hR^idayam = the heart; aayraayaaH = of the noble Seetha; hR^iyamaaryaayaaH = being stolen; patii = in the path; sidhhanishhevite = served by Siddhaas; patitam = must have sunk; saagaram prekshya = at the site of the ocean.
5.13.9
रावणस्य ऊरु वेगेन भुजाभ्याम् पीडितेन च ॥तया मन्ये विशाल अक्ष्या त्यक्तम् जीवितम्
आर्यया |
"I think due to great speed of Ravana and due to the torture of Ravana's shoulders the life has been given up by that noble one with wide eyes."
manye = I think; raavanasya uruvegeNa = due to great speed of Ravana; bhujaabhyaam piiDitenacha = and due to the torture of Ravana's shoulders; jiivitam chaktam = the life has been given up; tayaa aaryayaa = by that noble one; vishaalaakshyaa = with wide eyes.
5.13.10
उपरि उपरि वा नूनम् सागरम् क्रमतः तदा ॥विवेष्टमाना पतिता समुद्रे जनक आत्मजा |
"Then while being flown upon the surface of the ocean, Seetha definitely fell down in the ocean while wriggling."
tadaa = then; kramataH = while being flown; saagaram upari upari = upon the surface of the ocean; janakaatmaja = Seetha; nunam = definitely; patitaa = fell down; saagare = in the ocean; viveshhThamaana = while wriggling.
5.13.11
आहो क्षुद्रेण च अनेन रक्षन्ती शीलम् आत्मनः ॥अबन्धुर् भक्षिता सीता रावणेन तपस्विनी
|
"Or has the austere Seetha been eaten by this Ravana, the evil minded one while she was protecting her chastity without any relatives near her."
aho = or; tapasvinii siitaa bhakishtaa = has the austere Seetha been eaten; anena raavaNena = by this Ravana; kshudreNa = the evil minded one; atmanaH shiilam rakshantii = while she was protecting her chastity; abandhuH = without any relatives(near her).
5.13.12
अथवा राक्षस इन्द्रस्य पत्नीभिर् असित ईक्षणा ॥अदुष्टा दुष्ट भावाभिर् भक्षिता सा
भविष्यति |
"Otherwise not being evil with black eyes, She may have been eaten by the wives of Ravana with evil thoughts."
athavaa = otherwise; adushhTaa = not being evil; asitekshaNaa = with black eyes saa = she; bhakshitaa bhavishhyati = may have been eaten; raakshasendrasya patniibhi = by the wives of Ravana; dushhTabhaavaabhi = with evil thoughts.
5.13.13
सम्पूर्ण चन्द्र प्रतिमम् पद्म पत्र निभ ईक्षणम् ॥रामस्य ध्यायती वक्त्रम् पन्चत्वम्
कृपणा गता |
"The pitiable Seetha equaling full moon, with eyes equaling lotus petals must have obtained death while meditating upon Rama's face."
kR^ipaNaa = the pitiable Seetha; sampuurNachandra pratimam = equaling full moon; padmapatra nibhyekshaNam = with eyes equaling lotus petals; paJNchantvam gataa = must have obtained death; dhyaayatii = while meditating; raamasya vaktram = upon Rama's face.
5.13.14
हा राम लक्ष्मण इति एव हा अयोध्येति च मैथिली ॥विलप्य बहु वैदेही न्यस्त देहा भविष्यति
|
"The daughter of Videha, Seetha. �O Rama!' �O Lakshmana!' �O Ayodhya!', thus weeping greatly may have given up her body."
vaidehii = the daughter of Videha; maithilii = Seetha; ha raamaa = O Rama; ha lakshmaNa = O Lakshmana; ha ayodhye = O Ayodhya; iti = thus; bahuvilapya = weeping greatly; nyasta dehaa bhavishhyati = may have given up her body.
5.13.15
अथवा निहिता मन्ये रावणस्य निवेशने ॥नूनम् लालप्यते मन्दम् पन्जरस्था इव शारिका
|
"I think otherwise being put in the house of Ravana Seetha is definitely crying like a caged myna."
manye = I think; athavaa = otherwise; nihitaa = being put; raavaNasya niveshane = in the house of Ravana; siitaa = Seetha; nunam laalpyate = is definitely crying; paJNjarastaa shaarikaa iva = like a caged myna.
5.13.16
जनकस्य कुले जाता राम पत्नी सुमध्यमा ॥कथम् उत्पल पत्र अक्षी रावणस्य वशम् व्रजेत्
|
"How can the daughter of King Janaka, Rama's wife Seetha with a beautiful waist, with eyes like black lotus petals obtain Ravana's capture."
katham = how(can); janakasya sutaa = the daughter of King Janaka; ramapatniim = Rama's wife; siita = Seetha; su madhyamaa = with a beautiful waist; utpala patraakshi = with eyes like black lotus petals; vrajet = obtain; raavanasya vasam = Ravana's capture.
5.13.17
विनष्टा वा प्रनष्टा वा मृता वा जनक आत्मजा ॥रामस्य प्रिय भार्यस्य न निवेदयितुम्
क्षमम् |
"It is not fair to let know Rama who has a dear wife if Seetha is lost or is not to be seen or has died."
na kshamam = it is not fair; nivedayutum = to let know; raamasya priyabhaaryasya = to Rama who has a dear wife; janakaatmaja = (if) Seetha; vinashhTaa vaa = is lost; praNashhTavaa = or is not to be seen; mR^itaavaa = or has died.
5.13.18
निवेद्यमाने दोषः स्याद् दोषः स्याद् अनिवेदने ॥कथम् नु खलु कर्तव्यम् विषमम् प्रतिभाति
मे |
"To be let known becomes an error; not to let know becomes an error how to perform the duty? To me this seems dire situation."
nivedyamaane = to be let known; syaat doshhaH = becomes an error; anivedane = not to let know; syaat = becomes; doshhaH = an error; khatham = how; kartavyam nu khalu = to perform the duty; me = to me; pratibhaati = (this) seems; vishhamam = dire (situation).
5.13.19
अस्मिन्न् एवम् गते कर्ये प्राप्त कालम् क्षमम् च किम् ॥भवेद् इति मतिम् भूयो हनुमान्
प्रविचारयन् |
"This task while it goes this way the time is approaching. What becomes appropriate" thus Hanuma thought again this view point.
asmin kaarye = this task; evam gate = while it goes this way; praaptakaalam = the time is approaching; kim bhavet = what becomes; kshamam = appropriate; iti = thus; hanuman = Hanuma; bhuuyaH pravichaarayat = thought again; matam = (this) view point.
5.13.20
यदि सीताम् अदृष्ट्वा अहम् वानर इन्द्र पुरीम् इतः ॥गमिष्यामि ततः को मे पुरुष अर्थो
भविष्यति |
"If I go towards Sugreeva's city from here without seeing Seetha from that to what avail will this effort be?"
yadi aham gamishhyaami = if I go; vaanarendra puriim = towards Sugreeva's city; ita ha = from here; adR^ishhTvaa = without seeing; siitaam = Seetha; tataH = from that; kaH = (to) what; purushhaarthaH bhavishhyati = avail will this effort be.
5.13.21
मम इदम् लन्घनम् व्यर्थम् सागरस्य भविष्यति ॥प्रवेशः चिव लन्काया राक्षसानाम् च
दर्शनम् |
"My crossing of the ocean entering the city of Lanka the site of rakshasas - all this will become waste."
idam = this; mama = my; saagarasya laN^ghanam = crossing of the ocean; laN^kaayaaH praveshascha = entering the city of Lanka; raakshasaanaam darshanam = the site of Rakshasas; vyartham bhavishhyati = (all this) will become waste.
5.13.22
किम् वा वक्ष्यति सुग्रीवो हरयो व समागताः ॥किष्किन्धाम् समनुप्राप्तौ तौ वा दशरथ
आत्मजौ |
"To me reaching Kishkindha what would Sugreeva say or Vanaras there or those sons of Dasharatha what would they say?"
maam = to me; samanupraaptam = reaching; kishkindhaam = Kishkindha; kim vaksyati sugriivaH = what would Sugreeva say; samaagataaH harayaH vaa = or vanaras there; tau dasharaathmajau vaa = or those sons of Dasharatha (what would they say).
5.13.23
गत्वा तु यदि काकुत्स्थम् वक्ष्यामि परम् अप्रियम् ॥न दृष्टा इति मया सीता ततः त्यक्ष्यन्ति
जीवितम् |
"Going there by me for Rama, �Seetha has not been seen' - thus if I say a very unpleasant word thereafter Rama will give up life."
gatvaa = going(there); mayaa = by me; kaakustham = for Rama; siitaa na dR^ishhTeti = Seetha has not been seen; iti = thus; vakshaami yadi = if I say; param apriyam = a very unpleasant (word); tataH = thereafter; jiivitam tyakshati = (Rama) will give up life.
5.13.24
परुषम् दारुणम् क्रूरम् तीक्ष्णम् इन्द्रिय तापनम् ॥सीता निमित्तम् दुर्वाक्यम्
श्रुत्वा स न भविष्यति |
"Hearing bad word belonging to Seetha that is harsh, horrible, cruel, sharp, sense agonizing, He will not exist."
shrutvaa = hearing; durvaakhyam = bad words; siitaa nimittam = belonging to Seetha; parushham = (that is) harsh; daaruNam = horrible; kruram = cruel; tiikshaNam = sharp; indriyataapanam = sense agonizing; saH na bhavishhyati = He will not exist.
5.13.25
तम् तु कृच्च्र गतम् दृष्ट्वा पन्चत्व गत मानसम् ॥भृश अनुरक्तो मेधावी न भविष्यति
लक्ष्मणः |
"Seeing that Rama being with troubles, being with a heart towards death, Lakshmana, one with great love and an intellectual will not exist."
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tam = that Rama; kR^ichchhra gatam = being with troubles; paJNchatva gatamaanasam = being with a heart towards death; lakshmaNaH = Lakshmana; bhR^ishaanuraktaH = one with great love; medhaavi = and an intellectual; na bhavishhyati = will not exist.
5.13.26
विनष्टौ भ्रातरौ श्रुत्वा भरतो अपि मरिष्यति ॥भरतम् च मृतम् दृष्ट्वा शत्रुघ्नो
न भविष्यति |
"Hearing brothers to be dead, Bharata also will die. Seeing the dead Bharata, Shatrughana also will not exist."
shR^itvaa = hearing; braatarau = brothers; vinashhTau = to be dead; bharataH api = Bharata also; marishhyati = will die; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; mR^itam = the dead; bharatam = Bharata; shatrughnashcha = Shatrughana also; na bhavishhyati = will not exist.
5.13.27
पुत्रान् मृतान् समीक्ष्य अथ न भविष्यन्ति मातरः ॥कौसल्या च सुमित्रा च कैकेयी च
न संशयः |
"Thereafter seeing sons to be dead the mothers Kausalya, Sumitra and Kaikeyi will not exist - there is no doubt."
atha = thereafter; sa miikshya = seeing; putraan = sons; mR^itaan = to be dead; maataraH = the mothers; kausalyaa cha = Kausalya sumitraa; cha = and Sumitra; kaikeyii cha = and Kaikeyi; na bhavishhyanti = will not exist; samsayaH na = there is no doubt.
5.13.28
कृतज्ञः सत्य संधः च सुग्रीवः प्लवग अधिपः ॥रामम् तथा गतम् दृष्ट्वा ततः त्यक्ष्यन्ति
जीवितम् |
"Grateful, true to pledge Sugreeva, the leader of Vanaras, seeing Rama the leader of Vanaras seeing Rama die in that way will give up life thereafter."
kR^itajJNaH = grateful; satyasandhashcha = true to pledge; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; plavagaadhi paH = the leader of Vanaras; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; raamam = Rama; tathaa gatam = die in that way; jiivitam tyakshyati = will give up life; tataH = thereafter.
5.13.29
दुर्मना व्यथिता दीना निरानन्दा तपस्विनी ॥पीडिता भर्तृ शोकेन रुमा त्यक्ष्यति जीवितम्
|
"Being tortured by the sorrow of husband, made sad by a gloomy heart, disconsolate without happiness, to be pitied, Ruma will give up life."
piiDitaa = being tortured; bhartrushokena = by the sorrow of husband; vyathitaa = made sad; durmanaaH = by a gloomy heart; diinaa = disconsolate; niraanandaa = without happiness; tapasvinii = to be pitied; rumaa = Ruma; tyakshati = will give up; jiivitam = life.
5.13.30
वालिजेन तु दुह्खेन पीडिता शोक कर्शिता ॥पन्चत्व गमने राज्ञः तारा अपि न भविष्यति
|
"Being distressed from the sorrow of Vali, being emaciated from grief, Tara also will not exist while the king Sugreeva is obtaining death."
piiDitaa = being distressed; vaalijenadukhena = from the sorrow of Vali; shokakarshitaa = being emaciated from grief; taaraapi = Tara also; na bhavishhyati = will not exist; raajJNi = (while) the king Sugreeva; paJNchatvam gate = is obtaining death.
5.13.31
माता पित्रोर् विनाशेन सुग्रीव व्यसनेन च ॥कुमारो अपि अन्गदः कस्माद् धारयिष्यति
जीवितम् |
"The young Angada also from the death of mother and father, from the grief of Sugreeva - why will he retain life?"
kumaaraH = the young; angada api = Angada also; vinaashenaa = from the death; maataa pitro = of mother and father; vyasanena = from the grief; suriivasya = of Sugreeva; kasmaat = why will (he); dhaarayishhyati jiivitam = retain life.
5.13.32
भर्तृजेन तु शोकेन अभिभूता वन ओकसः ॥शिरांसि अभिहनिष्यन्ति तलैर् मुष्टिभिर् एव
च |
"Vanaras being rejected by the sorrow due to their lord will strike their heads with palms and fists."
vanaukasaH = Vanaras; hyabhibhuutaaH = being rejected; bhatrujena duHkhena = by the sorrow due to their lord; abhihanishhyanti = will strike; shiraamsi = their heads; talaiH = with palms; mushhTibhirevacha = and fists.
5.13.33
सान्त्वेन अनुप्रदानेन मानेन च यशस्विना ॥लालिताः कपि राजेन प्राणामः त्यक्ष्यन्ति
वानराः |
"Vanaras loved by the famous king Sugreeva through good words, through small gifts, through respect will give up lives."
vaanaaraaH = Vanaras; laalitaaH = loved; yashasvinaa kapiraajeH = by the famous Sugreeva; saantvenaa = through good words; anupradaanena = through small gifts; maanena = through respect; chakshyanti = will give up praNaan = lives.
5.13.34
न वनेषु न शैलेषु न निरोधेषु वा पुनः ॥क्रीडाम् अनुभविष्यन्ति समेत्य कपि कुन्जराः
|
"Best among Vanaras will not enjoy together sport in forest, not on mountains, not again in covered places."
kapikuJNjaraaH = best among Vanaras; na anubhavishhyanti = will not enjoy; sametya = together; kriiDaam = sport; vaneshhu = in forest; na shaileshhu = not on mountains; nirodheshhu vaa punaH = not again in covered places.
5.13.35
सपुत्र दाराः सामात्या भर्तृ व्यसन पीडिताः ॥शैल अग्रेभ्यः पतिष्यन्ति समेत्य विषमेषु
च |
"Together with wife and children and together with ministers being tortured by grief of their lord, they will fall down from top of mountains on to flat lands and on to rugged lands."
sa putra dhaaraaH = together with wife and children; saamaatyaaH = and together with ministers; bhartuvyasana piiDitaaH = being tortured by grief of their lord; patishhyanti = they will fall down; shailaagrebhyaH = from top of mountains; sameshhu = on to flat lands; vishhameshhu cha = and on to rugged lands.
5.13.36
विषम् उद्बन्धनम् वा अपि प्रवेशम् ज्वलनस्य वा ॥उपवासम् अथो शस्त्रम् प्रचरिष्यन्ति
वानराः |
"Vanaras will perform death by taking poison or getting hanged or entering fire or fasting or a weapon."
vaanaraaH = Vanaras; pracharishhyanti = will perform(death); vishham = (taking) poison; utbandhanam vaapi = or get hanged; jvalanasya pravesham vaa = or entering fire; upavaasam = or fasting; atho = or; shastram = a weapon.
5.13.37
घोरम् आरोदनम् मन्ये गते मयि भविष्यति ॥इक्ष्वाकु कुल नाशः च नाशः चैव वन ओकसाम्
|
"While I am going I think about the destruction of Ikshvaaku dynasty and destruction of Vanaras and there will be a terrible wail."
37 mayi gate = while I am going; manye = I think; ikshvaaku kula naashashcha = (about) the destruction of Ikshvaaku dynasty; naashashcaiva = and destruction; vanaukasaam = of Vanaras; bhavishhyati = and there will be; ghoram aarodhanam = a terrible wail.
5.13.38
सो अहम् न एव गमिष्यामि किष्किन्धाम् नगरीम् इतः ॥न हि शक्ष्यामि अहम् द्रष्टुम्
सुग्रीवम् मैथिलीम् विना |
"I will not go from here to the Kishkindha city. I am not capable to see Sugreeva without Seetha."
aham = I; naiva gamishhyaami = will not go; itaH = from here; kishkindhaam nagariim = to the kishkindha city; aham = I; na cha shakshyaamyaham = (am)not capable; drashhTum = to see; sugriivam = Sugreeva; maithiliim vinaa = without Seetha.
5.13.39
मयि अगच्चति च इहस्थे धर्म आत्मानौ महा रथौ ॥आशया तौ धरिष्येते वनराः च मनस्विनः
|
"I while not going, being here those virtuous ones, those great warriors those two Rama and Lakshmana will live by hope. Vanaras also who are agile will live."
mayii = I; agachchhati = while not going; ihasthe = being here; dharmaatmaanau = those virtuous ones; mahaa rathau = those great warriors; tau = those two Rama and Lakshmana; dharishhyate = will live; aashayaa = by hope; vaanaraashcha = Vanaras also; manasvinaH = who are agile.
5.13.40
हस्त आदानो मुख आदानो नियतो वृक्ष मूलिकः ॥वानप्रस्थो भविष्यामि अदृष्ट्वा जनक आत्मजाम्
|
सागर अनूपजे देशे बहु मूल फल उदके ॥
"Without seeing Seetha subsisting on whatever falls on hand, whatever comes to mouth, being self restrained I will become a hermit living on trees and herbs at a region near ocean which has many roots, fruits and much water."
40; 41. adR^ishhtvaa = without seeing; janakaatmajaa = Seetha; hastaa danaH = (subsisting on) whatever falls on hand; mukhaadaanaH = whatever comes to mouth; niyataH = being self restrained; bhavishhyaami = will become; vaana prastaH = a hermit; vR^ikshamuulikaH = living on trees and herbs; saagaraanupaje dese = at a region near ocean; bahumuulaphalodake = which has many roots; fruits and much water.
5.13.42
चिताम् कृत्वा प्रवेक्ष्यामि समिद्धम् अरणी सुतम् |
उपविष्टस्य वा सम्यग् लिन्गिनम् साधयिष्यतः
॥शरीरम् भक्षयिष्यन्ति वायसाः श्वापदानि च |
"Or I will enter fire which is glowing after making a funeral pile or while sitting performing fasting onto death my body will be eaten by crows and by beasts of prey."
pravekshyaami = or I will enter; araNiisutam = fire; samidham = which is glowing; chitaam kR^itvaa = after making a funeral pile; vaa = or; upavishhTasya = while sitting; saadhayishhyataH = performing; liN^gnam = fasting onto death; sariram bhakshayishhyanti = my body will be eaten; vaayasaaH = by crows; shvapadaani cha = and by beasts of prey.
5.13.43
इदम् अपि ऋषिभिर् दृष्टम् निर्याणम् इति मे मतिः ॥सम्यग् आपः प्रवेक्ष्यामि न चेत्
पश्यामि जानकीम् |
"This way to giving up body has been seen by sages. This is my opinion if I do not see Seetha, I will enter lot of water."
idam = this; niryaaNam = way to giving up body; dR^ishhTam = has been seen; maharshhibhi = by sages; iti = this; me matiH = is my; opinion; jaanakiim na chetpashyaami = if I do not see Seetha; pravekshyaami = I will enter; samyak aapaH = lot of water.
5.13.44
सुजात मूला सुभगा कीर्ति माला यशस्विनी ॥प्रभग्ना चिर रात्री इयम् मम सीताम् अपश्यतः
|
"Not seeing Seetha, my garland of glory of long time with a strong foundation, beautiful one together with fame has been destroyed."
siitaam apashyataH = not seeing Seetha; mama kiirtimaalaa = my garland of glory; chiraraatraaya = of long time; sujaatamuula = with a strong foundation; subhagaa = beautiful one; yashasvinii = together with fame; prabhagnaa = has been destroyed.
5.13.45
तापसो वा भविष्यामि नियतो वृक्ष मूलिकः ॥न इतः प्रतिगमिष्यामि ताम् अदृष्ट्वा असित
ईक्षणाम् |
"I will become a hermit who is self restrained resorting to trees and herbs, I will not go from here not seeing Seetha with black eyes."
bhavishhyaami = I will become; taapasovaa = as a hermit; niyataH = who is self restrained; vR^ikshamuulikaH = resorting to trees and herbs; na pratigamishhyaami = I will not go; itaH = from here; adR^ishhTvaa = not seeing; taam = Seetha; asitekshanaam = with black eyes.
5.13.46
यदि इतः प्रतिगच्चामि सीताम् अनधिगम्य ताम् ॥अन्गदः सहितैः सर्वैर् वानरैर् न भविष्यति
|
"If I go back from here without knowing that Seetha, there will not be Angada together with all those Vanaras."
yadi pratigachchhaami = if I go back; itaH = from here; anadhigamyaa = without knowing; taam siitaam = that Seetha; na bhavishhyati = there will not be; angadhaH = Angada; sarvaiH tai vaanaraiH saH = together with all those Vanaras.
5.13.47
विनाशे बहवो दोषा जीवन् प्राप्नोति भद्रकम् ॥तस्मात् प्राणान् धरिष्यामि ध्रुवो
जीवति सम्गमः |
"There are lots of blemishes in dying; one who is alive sees auspicious things. For that reason I will keep my life. It is definite for the meeting of people who are alive."
bahavaH doshhaaH = there are lot of blemishes; vinaashe = in dieing; jiivan = one who is alive; pashyati = sees; bhadraaNi = auspicious things; tasmaat = for that reason; dharishhyaami = I will keep; praaNaan = my life; druvaH = it is definite; jiivitasamgaaH = for the meeting of people who are alive.
5.13.48
एवम् बहु विधम् दुह्खम् मनसा धारयन् मुहुः ॥न अध्यगच्चत् तदा पारम् शोकस्य कपि कुन्जरः
|
Hanuma carrying in mind sorrow of various kinds again and again did not get then the crossing of sorrow.
kapikuJNjaraH = Hanuma; dhaarayan = carrying; manasaa = in mind; bahuvidham duHkham = sorrow of various kinds; muhuH = again and again; naadhyagachchhat = did not get; tadaa = then; shokhasya paaram = the crossing of sorrow.
5.13.49
रावणम् वा वधिष्यामि दशग्रीवम् महा बलम् ॥कामम् अस्तु हृता सीता प्रत्याचीर्णम्
भविष्यति |
"Otherwise I will kill Ravana with ten heads, with great prowess. Whatever happened to the stolen Seetha, this will be revenge to that."
vaa = otherwise; vadhishhyaami = I will kill; raavaNam = Ravana; dashagriivam = with ten heads; mahaabalam = with great prowess; hR^itaa = the stolen; siitaa = Seetha; kaamam astu = whatever happened to her; pratyaachiirNam bhavishhyati = this will be a revenge to that.
5.13.50
अथवा एनम् समुत्क्षिप्य उपरि उपरि सागरम् ॥रामाय उपहरिष्यामि पशुम् पशु पतेर् इव
|
"Otherwise carrying this Ravana over the surface of ocean I will take him to Rama like an animal to the lord of animals."
athavaa = otherwise; samutkshipyaa = carrying; evam = this Ravana; saagaram uparyupari = over the surface of ocean; upaharishhyaami = I will take him; raamaaya = to Rama; pashum iva = like an animal; pashupate = to the lord of animals.
5.13.51
इति चिन्ता समापन्नः सीताम् अनधिगम्य ताम् ॥ध्यान शोका परीत आत्मा चिन्तयाम् आस
वानरः |
Hanuma not seeing that Seetha thus begetting sorrow, thought with a mind cluttered with thoughts and sorrow.
vaanaraH = Hanuma; anadhigamya = not seeing; taam siitaam = that Seetha; iti = thus; samaapannaH = begetting; chintaam = sorrow; chintayaamaasa = thought; dhyaanashokapariitaatma = with a mind cluttered with thoughts and sorrow.
5.13.52
यावत् सीताम् न पश्यामि राम पत्नीम् यशस्विनीम् ॥तावद् एताम् पुरीम् लन्काम् विचिनोमि
पुनः पुनः |
"To wherever I see Seetha, the wife of Sri Rama and one with fame, till there I will search the city of Lanka again and again."
yaavat = to wherever; pashyaami = I see; siitaam = Seetha; raamapatniim = the wife of Sri Rama; yashasviniim = and one with fame; tavat = till there; vichinomi = I will search; etaam laN^kaam puriim = the city of Lanka; punaH punaH = again and again.
5.13.53
सम्पाति वचनाच् च अपि रामम् यदि आनयामि अहम् ॥अपश्यन् राघवो भार्याम् निर्दहेत्
सर्व वानरान् |
"Based on words of Sampati if I bring Sri Rama then Sri Rama not seeing wife will burn all Vanaras."
sampaati vachanaat = based on words of Sampati; aham aanayaami yadi = if I bring; raamam = Sri Rama(then); raghavaH = Sri Rama; apasyan = not seeing; bhaaryaam = wife; nirdahet = will burn; sarva vaanaraan = all Vanaras.
5.13.54
इह एव नियत आहारो वत्स्यामि नियत इन्द्रियः ॥न मत् कृते विनश्येयुः सर्वे ते नर
वानराः |
"With limited food and with restrained senses, I live here itself. By my deed those men and vanaras
- let they not be destroyed."
niyataahaaraH = with limited food; yatendriyaH = and with restrained senses; vatsyaami = and I live; ihaiva = here itself; matkR^ite = by my deed; te naravaanaraaH = those men and vanaras; na vinasheyuH = let they not be destroyed.
5.13.55
अशोक वनिका च अपि महती इयम् महा द्रुमा ॥इमाम् अभिगमिष्यामि न हि इयम् विचिता मया
|
"Whatever this Ashoka garden with great trees is being seen this I will obtain. This has not been searched by me."
yaa = whatever; iyam = this; ashokavanikaa = Ashoka garden; mahaadR^imaa = with great trees; dR^ishyate = is being seen; imam = this; adhigamishhyaami = I will obtain; iyam = this; na vichitaaH = has not been searched; mayaa = by me.
5.13.56
वसून् रुद्रामः तथा आदित्यान् अश्विनौ मरुतो अपि च ॥नमः कृत्वा गमिष्यामि रक्षसाम्
शोक वर्धनः |
"Saluting the eight Vasus, Rudras and Adityas, the two Aswinis, seven Maruts, I will go to increase the grief of Rakshasas."
namaskR^itvaa = saluting; vasuun = the eight Vasus; rudraan = Rudras; tathaa = and; aadityaan = Adityas; aswinau = the two Aswinis; maruto api cha = seven maruts; gamishhyaami = I will go; shokavardhanaH = to increase the grief; rakshasaam = of Rakshasas.
5.13.57
जित्वा तु राक्षसान् देवीम् इक्ष्वाकु कुल नन्दिनीम् ॥सम्प्रदास्यामि रामाया यथा
सिद्धिम् तपस्विने |
"Defeating all rakshasas, I will give Seetha, who gives happiness to Ikshvaaku dynasty to Sri Rama as the fruit of austerity to an ascetic."
jitvaatu = defeating; sarvaan rakshasaan = all Rakshasas; sampradaasyaami = I will give; ikshvaaku kulanandinii = Seetha who gives happiness to Ikshvaaku dynasty; raamaya = to Sri Rama; sidhhim yathaa = as the fruit of austerity; tapasvine = to an ascetic.
5.13.58
स मुहूर्तम् इव ध्यात्वा चिन्ता विग्रथित इन्द्रियः ॥उदतिष्ठन् महा बाहुर् हनूमान्
मारुत आत्मजः |
The gloried son of Vayu that Hanuma got up with his senses tied by grief.
mahaa tejaaH = the great gloried; maarutaatmajaH = son of Vayu; saH hanuman = that Hanuma; vudatishhTat = got up; chintaaH grathitedriyaH = with his senses tied by grief; dhyaatvaa = meditating; muhurtam iva = for a moment.
5.13.59
नमो अस्तु रामाय सलक्ष्मणाय |
देव्यै च तस्यै जनक आत्मजायै |
नमो अस्तु रुद्र इन्द्र यम
अनिलेभ्यो |
नमो अस्तु चन्द्र अर्क मरुद् गणेभ्यः ॥
"Let there be salutations to Sri Rama together with Lakshmana, also to that, who is divine let there be salutations. To Rudra, Indra, Yama and Vaayu let there be salutations."
namaH astu = let there be salutations; raamaaya = to Sri Rama; sa lakshmaNaaya = together with Lakshmana; tasyai janakaatmajaayai cha = also to that; daughter of Janaka; devyai = who is divine namaH astu = let there be salutations; rudrendra yamaanilebhyaH = to Rudra; Indra; Yama and Vaayu; namaH astu = let there be salutations; chandrarkamarudgaNebhyaH = to Chandra; Sun and Marut ganas.
5.13.60
स तेभ्यः तु नमः कृत्वा सुग्रीवाय च मारुतिः |
दिशः सर्वाः समालोक्य अशोक वनिकाम् प्रति ॥
That Hanuma saluting to all those and also to Sugreeva, observing all directions went towards Ashoka garden.
saH marutiH = that Hanuma; namaskR^itvaa = saluting; tebhyaH = to all those; sugriivaaya cha = and also to Sugreeva; samaalokya = observing; sarvaaH dishaH = all directions; gataH = went; ashokavanikaam = towards Ashoka garden.
5.13.61
स गत्वा मनसा पूर्वम् अशोक वनिकाम् शुभाम् |
उत्तरम् चिन्तयाम् आस वानरो मारुत आत्मजः ॥
The son of Vayu, that Vanara went by mind before itself toward that Ashoka garden. The auspicious one pondered the task to be done later.
maarutaatmajaH = the son of Vayu; saH vaanara = that Vanara; gatvaa = went; manasaa = by mind; puurvam = before itself; ashoka vanikaam = toward that Ashoka garden; shubham = the auspicious one; chintayaamaasa = pondered; uttaram = the task to be done later.
5.13.62
ध्रुवम् तु रक्षो बहुला भविष्यति वन आकुला |
अशोक वनिका चिन्त्या सर्व संस्कार संस्कृता ॥
"The Ashoka garden definitely will be with many rakshasas, filled with trees, adorned with various cultures and sacred."
ashokavanikaa = the Ashoka garden; dR^ivam = definitely; bhavishhyati = will be; rakshobahulaa = with many rakshasas; vanaakulaa = filled with trees; sarvasamsaara samskR^itaa = adorned with various cultures; puNyaa = and sacred.
5.13.63
रक्षिणः च अत्र विहिता नूनम् रक्षन्ति पादपान् |
भगवान् अपि सर्व आत्मा न अतिक्षोभम् प्रवायति
॥सम्क्षिप्तो अयम् मया आत्मा च राम अर्थे रावणस्य च |
"There definitely guards will be protecting assigned, trees, omnipresent Lord Vayu also will be blowing by without force, and by me this body has been made small for the sake of Sri Rama and to avoid Ravana."
tatra = there; muulam = definitely; rakshinashcha = guards; rakshyanti = will be protecting; vihitaaha = assigned; paadapaan = trees; sarvaatma = omni present; bhagavaan api = lord Vayu also; pravaati vai = will be blowing by; naatikshobham = without force; mayaa = by me; iyam atmaa = this body; samkshiptaH = has been made small; raamaadhe = for the sake of Sri Rama; ravaNasya cha = and (to avoid) Ravana.
5.13.64
सिद्धिम् मे सम्विधास्यन्ति देवाः सर्षि गणाः त्व् इह ॥ब्रह्मा स्वयम्भूर् भगवान्
देवाः चैव दिशन्तु मे |
सिद्धिम् अग्निः च वायुः च पुरु हूतः च वज्रधृत् ॥वरुणः पाश हस्तः च सोम आदित्यै
तथैव च |
अश्विनौ च महात्मानौ मरुतः सर्व एव च ॥सिद्धिम् सर्वाणि भूतानि भूतानाम् चैव यः प्रभुः |
दास्यन्ति मम ये च अन्ये अदृष्टाः पथि गोचराः ॥
"Devas together with ascetics will make success to me here, self born Brahma the divine one and devas and Agni and Vaayu, Devendra wearing the weapon of Vajra and Varuna with Pasha in hand and also the Sun and the moon and the aswinis. The great ones Maruts and Eshwara may give my success. Whoever is the lord of all living creatures among all living beings others who being unseen exist in the path may give success to me."
64;65;66;67. devaaH = Devas; sarshhigaNaaH = together with ascetics; samvidhaasyanti = will make; siddhim = success; me = to me; iha = here; svayambhuuH = self born; brahmaa = Brahma; bhagvaan = the divine one; devaashchaivaa = and devas; agnishcha = and Agni; vaayushcha = and Vaayu; puruhuutashcha = devendra; vajrabhR^it = wearing the weapon of Vajra; varuNashcha = and Varuna ; paashahastaH = with Pasha in hand; tathaiva cha = and also; somaadityau = the Sun and the moon; aswinau cha = and the aswinis; mahaatmaanau = the great ones; marutaH = maruts; sharvaH eva cha = and Eshwara; dishantu = may give; me siddhim = my success; yaH = whoever; prabhuuH = is the lord; bhuutaanaam = of all living creatures; sarvaaNi bhuutaani = among all living beings; anye = others; ye = who; adR^ishhTaaH = being unseen; ghocharaaH = exist; pathi = in the path; daasyanti = may give; sidhhim = success; mama = to me.
5.13.68
तद् उन्नसम् पाण्डुर दन्तम् अव्रणम् |
शुचि स्मितम् पद्म पलाश लोचनम् |
द्रक्ष्ये तद् आर्या
वदनम् कदा न्व् अहम् |
प्रसन्न तारा अधिप तुल्य दर्शनम् ॥
"When will I see that noble face with a high nose, with white teeth without any injuries with a bright smile, with eyes resembling lotus petals with sight equaling the splendor of clear full moon?"
kadaa = when; aham drakshye nu = will I see; tat aarya vadanam = that noble face; unnasam = with a high nose; paaNDuram dantam = with white teeth; avraNam = without any injuries; shuchismitam = with a bright smile; padmaphalaasha lochanam = with eyes resembling lotus petals; prasanna taaradhipa tulya darshanam = with sight equaling the splendor of clear full moon.
5.13.69
क्षुद्रेण पापेन नृशंस कर्मणा |
सुदारुण अलाम्कृत वेष धारिणा|
बल अभिभूता अबला तपस्विनी
|
कथम् नु मे दृष्ट पथे अद्य सा भवेत् ॥
"How that powerless Seetha, a helpless one, forcefully taken away by the mean vile Ravana with a cruel action, with a horribly decorated form will fall in the range of my sight today."
kadam = how; saa abalaa = that powerless Seetha; tapasvinii = helpless one; balaabhibhuutaa = forcefully taken away; kshudreNa = (by the) mean ; paapena = vile (Ravana); nR^ishamsa karmaNa = with a cruel action; sudaaruNa alankR^ita veshha dhaariNaa = with a horribly decorated form; bhavet nu = will fall; me dR^ishhTipathe = in the range of my sight; adya = today.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे त्रयोदशः सर्गः
Sarga 14
5.14.1
स मुहूर्तम् इव ध्यत्वा मनसा च अधिगम्य ताम् |
अवप्लुतो महा तेजाः प्राकारम् तस्य वेश्मनः
॥
That Hanuma with great resplendence thought for a moment, obtained that Ashoka garden by mind and jumped from the compound wall of that house.
saH = that Hanuma; mahaa tejaaH = with great resplendence; dhyaatvaa = thought; muhuurtam iva = for a moment; adhigamya = obtained; taam = that Ashoka garden ; manasaa = by mind; avaplutaH = jumped; tasya veshmanaH prakaaram = from the compound wall of that house.
5.14.2
स तु सम्हृष्ट सर्व अन्गः प्राकारस्थो महा कपिः |
पुष्पित अग्रान् वसन्त आदौ ददर्श विविधान्
द्रुमान् ॥सालान् अशोकान् भव्यामः च चम्पकामः च सुपुष्पितान् |
उद्दालकान् नाग वृक्षामः चूतान् कपि
मुखान् अपि ॥
That great Hanuma with joyful limbs, being on enclosure wall saw various trees such as Sal, beautiful Ashoka, Champaka full of flowers, Uddalaka, Naga, mango trees with their fruit in the colour of the snout of a monkey, in full blossom at the start of the spring.
2;3. saH mahaa kapiH = that great Hanuma; samhR^iSTa sarva angaH = with joyful limbs; praakaarasthaH = being on enclosure wall; dadarsha = saw; vidvidhaan drumaan = various trees; saalaan = (such as) Sal; bhavyaan ashokaan = beautiful Ashoka; su puSpitaan champakaamshcha = champakas full of flowers; uddaalakaan = Uddalaka; naaga vR^ikSaan = Naga; chuutaan = mango trees; kapi mukhaan api = with their fruit in the colour of the snout of a monkey; puSpita agraan = in full blossom; vasanta aadau = at the start of the spring.
5.14.4
अथ आम्र वण संचन्नाम् लता शत समावृताम् |
ज्या मुक्त इव नाराचः पुप्लुवे वृक्ष वाटिकाम् ॥
Thereafter Hanuma flew like a Naracha arrow released from bow string, toward the garden covered by mango trees and surrounded by hundreds of creepers.
atha = thereafter; pupluve = (Hanuma) flew; naaraachaH iva = like a Naracha arrow; jyaa muktaH = released from bow string; vR^ikSaan vaaTikaam = toward the garden; aamravaNa samchannaam = covered by mango trees; lataa shata samaavR^itaam = and surrounded by hundreds of creepers
5.14.5
स प्रविष्य विचित्राम् ताम् विहगैर् अभिनादिताम् |
राजतैः कान्चनैः चैव पादपैः सर्वतो वृताम्
॥विहगैर् मृग सम्घैः च विचित्राम् चित्र काननाम् |
उदित आदित्य सम्काशाम् ददर्श हनुमान् कपिः ॥वृताम् नाना विधैर् वृक्षैः पुष्प उपग फल उपगैः |
कोकिलैर् भृन्ग राजैः च मत्तैर् नित्य निषेविताम् ॥प्रहृष्ट मनुजे कले मृग पक्षि समाकुले |
मत्त बर्हिण सम्घुष्टाम् नाना द्विज गण आयुताम् ॥
That Hanuma the simian, saw on entering that garden filled with happy humans, animals and birds with varied hues during spring, resounded by birds, with trees made of silver, made of gold, surrounded everywhere by birds and groups of animals; wonderful with wonderful trees equaling the Sun at sunrise together with trees of various kinds which obtained flowers and fruits, served daily by Cuckoos and by dragon flies, resounded by peacocks in heat and with groups of birds of various kinds.
5;6;7;8. saH hanuman = that Hanuma; kapiH = the simian; dadarsha = saw; taam pravishhya = entering that garden; prahR^ishhTa manuje = with happy humans; mR^iga pakshhi samaakule = filled with animals and birds; vichitraam = with varied hues; kale = during spring; abhinaaditaam = resounded; vihagaiH = by birds; paadapaiH = with trees; raajataiH = made of silver; kaancanaiH caiva = made of gold; vR^itaam = surrounded; sarvataH = everywhere; vihagaiH = by birds; mR^iga samghaiH = and groups of animals; vichitraam = wonderful; chitra kaananaam = with wonderful trees; udita aaditya samkaashaam = equaling the Sun at sunrise; vR^itaam = together; vR^ikSaiH = with trees; naanaa vidhaiH = of various kinds; puSpa upaga phala upagaiH = which obtained flowers and fruits; nitya niSevitaam = served daily; kokilaiH = by Cuckoos; bhR^inga raajaiH ca = and by dragon flies; matta barhiNa samghuSTaam = resounded by peacocks in heat; naanaa dvija gaNaa aayutaam = with groups of birds of various kinds.
5.14.9
मार्गमाणो वर आरोहाम् राज पुत्रीम् अनिन्दिताम् |
सुख प्रसुप्तान् विहगान् बोधयाम् आस वानरः
॥
Hanuma searching the royal daughter Seetha with excellent limbs and without blame, woke up birds in comfortable sleep.
vaanaraH = Hanuma; maargamaaNaH = searching; raja putriim = the royal daughter Seetha; vara aarohaam = with excellent limbs; aninditaam = and without blame; bodhayaam aasa = woke up; vihagaan = birds; sukha prasuptaan = in comfortable sleep.
5.14.10
उत्पतद्भिर् द्विज गणैः पक्षैः सालाः समाहताः |
अनेक वर्णा विविधा मुमुचुः पुष्प वृष्टयः ॥
Trees hit by wings of groups of birds in flight shed showers of flowers of various colours and of various kinds.
saalaaH = trees; samaahataaH = hit; pakSaiH = by wings; dvija gaNaiH = of groups of birds; utpatadbhiH = in flight; mumucuH = shed; puSpa vR^iSTayaH = showers of flowers; aneka varNaaH = of various colours; vividhaaH = and of various kinds.
5.14.11
पुष्प अवकीर्णः शुशुभे हनुमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
अशोक वनिका मध्ये यथा पुष्पमयो गिरिः ॥
The son of Lord Vayu, Hanuma sprinkled with flowers shone like a mountain of flowers in the middle of Ashoka garden.
maaruta aatmajaH = the son of Lord Vayu; hanumaan = Hanuma; puSpa avakiirNaH = sprinkled with flowers shushubhe = shone; giriH yathaa = like a mountain; puSpamayaH = of flowers; ashoka vanikaa madhye = in the middle of Ashoka garden.
5.14.12
दिशः सर्व अभिदावन्तम् वृक्ष षण्ड गतम् कपिम् |
द्ऱ्ष्ट्वा सर्वाणि भूतानि वसन्त इति मेनिरे
॥
Seeing Hanuma running in all directions and being in the middle of trees, all living creatures thought Him to be Vasanta, the lord of spring.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; kapim = Hanuma; prathaavantam = running; sarvaaH dishaH = in all directions; vR^ikSa SaNDa gatam = and being in the middle of trees; sarvaaNi bhuutaani = all living creatures; menire = thought; vasantaH iti = (Him to be) vasanta.
5.14.13
वृक्षेभ्यः पतितैः पुष्पैर् अवकीर्णा पृथग् विधैः |
रराज वसुधा तत्र प्रमदा इव विभूषिता ॥
There the Earth sprinkled by flowers of various kinds which fell down from trees shone like a well decorated woman.
tatra = there; vasudhaa = the Earth; avakiirNaa = sprinkled; puSpaiH = by flowers; pR^ithak vidhaiH = of various kinds; patitaiH = which fell down; vR^ikSebhyaH = from trees; raraaja = shone; vibhuuSitaa pramadeva = like a well decorated woman.
5.14.14
तरस्विना ते तरवः तरसा अभिप्रकम्पिताः |
कुसुमानि विचित्राणि सस्ऱ्जुः कपिना तदा ॥
Then those trees, shaken by the might of Hanuma the mighty one, showered wonderful flowers.
tadaa = then; te taravaH = those trees; abhiprakampitaaH = shaken; tarasaa = by the might; kapinaa = of Hanuma; tarasvinaa = the mighty one; sasR^ijuH = showered; vicitraaNi kusumaani = wonderful flowers.
5.14.15
निर्धूत पत्र शिखराः शीर्ण पुष्प फल द्रुमाः |
निक्षिप्त वस्त्र आभरणा धूर्ता इव पराजिताः
॥
The trees with their branches, removed leaves with fallen down fruits and flowers were like defeated gamblers with their clothes and jewellery kept down.
drumaaH = the trees; nirdhuuta patra shikharaaH = with their branches removed leaves; shiirNa puSpa phalaaH = with fallen down fruits and flowers; paraajitaaH dhuurtaa iva = were like defeated gamblers; nikSipta vastra aabharaNaaH = with their clothes and jewellery kept down.
5.14.16
हनूमता वेगवता कम्पिताः ते नग उत्तमाः |
पुष्प पर्ण फलानि आशु मुमुचुः पुष्प शालिनः ॥
The excellent trees shining with best flowers fell down instantly flowers, leaves and fruits.
naga uttamaaH = the excellent trees; puSpa shaalinaH = shining with best flowers; kampitaaH = shaken; hanuumataa = by Hanuma; vegavataa = with speed; mumucuH = fell down; aashu = instantly; puSpa parNa phalaani = flowers; leaves and fruits.
5.14.17
विहम्ग सम्घैर् हीनाः ते स्कन्ध मात्र आश्रया द्रुमाः |
बभूवुर् अगमाः सर्वे मारुतेन इव निर्धुताः
॥
All those trees losing groups of birds became being a resort to branches only like trees shook by wind.
sarve = all; te drumaaH = those trees; hiinaaH = losing; vihamga samghaiH = groups of birds; babhuuvuH = became; skandha maatra aashrayaaH = being resort to branches only; agamaaH iva = like trees; nirdhutaaH = shook; maarutena = by wind
5.14.18
विधूत केशी युवतिर् यथा मृदित वर्णिका |
निष्पीत शुभ दन्त ओष्ठी नखैर् दन्तैः च विक्षता ॥तथा लान्गूल हस्तैः च चरणाभ्याम् च मर्दिता |
बभूव अशोक वनिका प्रभग्न वर पादपा ॥
Hit by Hanuma's tail, hands and feet, Ashoka garden with broken best trees became like a young woman with disturbed hair, with effaced sandal paste, with her auspicious teeth and lips drunk from and wounded by nails and by teeth.
18;19. marditaa = hit; laanguula hastaiH ca = by (Hanuma's) tail and hands; caraNaabhyaam ca = and feet; ashoka vanikaa = Ashoka garden; prabhagna vara paadapaa = with broken best trees; babhuuva = became; yuvatiH yathaa tathaa = like a young woman; nirdhuuta keshii = with disturbed hair; mR^idita varNakaaH = with effaced sandal paste; niSpiita shubha danta oSThii = with auspicious teeth and lips drunk from; vikSataa = wounded; nakhaiH = by nails; dantaiH ca = and by teeth
5.14.20
महा लतानाम् दामानि व्यधमत् तरसा कपिः |
यथा प्रावृषि विन्ध्यस्य मेघ जालानि मारुतः ॥
Hanuma broke circles of great creepers by His might like the wind during rainy season, breaking the groups of clouds of mountain Vindhya.
kapiH = Hanuma; vyadhamat = broke; mahaa lataanaam daamaani = circles of great creepers; tarasaa = by His might; yathaa = like; maarutiH = the wind; praavR^iSi = during rainy season; vindhyasya megha jaalaani = (breaking) the groups of clouds of mountain Vindhya.
5.14.21
स तत्र मणि भूमीः च राजतीः च मनो रमाः |
तथा कान्चन भूमीः च विचरन् ददृशे कपिः ॥
That Hanuma pacing there saw diamond studded floors, silver inlaid floors, and beautiful gold inlaid floors.
sa kapiH = that Hanuma; vicharan = pacing; tatra = there; dadarsha = saw; manibhuumiishcha = diamonds studded floors; raajatiishcha = silver inlaid floors; tathaa = and; manoramaaH = beautiful; kaancana bhuumiishcha = gold inlaid floors.
5.14.22
वापीः च विविध आकाराः पूर्णाः परम वारिणा |
महा अर्हैर् मणि सोपानैर् उपपन्नाः ततः ततः ॥मुक्ता प्रवाल सिकता स्फटिक अन्तर कुट्टिमाः |
कान्चनैः तरुभिः चित्रैः तीरजैर् उपशोभिताः ॥फुल्ल पद्म उत्पल वनाः चक्र वाक उपकूजिताः |
नत्यूह रुत सम्घुष्टा हंस सारस नादिताः ॥दीर्घाभिर् द्रुम
युक्ताभिः सरिद्भिः च समन्ततः |
अम्ऱ्त उपम तोयाभिः शिवाभिर् उपसंस्कृताः ॥लता शतैर् अवतताः सन्तानक
समावृताः |
नाना गुल्म आवृत वनाः कर वीर कृत अन्तराः ॥
Hanuma saw ponds filled with the best waters, together there and there with stairs embedded with diamonds of great value, with pearls and corals as sand, with bottoms made of crystal and precious stones, shone by trees of golden hue and of wonderful hue at banks containing beds of lotuses in full blossom and lilies, resounded by chakravaka birds nearby, sounded by water fowls, resounded by swans and cranes, together with tall trees, with nectar like waters, with hundreds of auspicious creepers, covered by the flowers of santaana trees, surrounded by various shrubs with middle regions of karaveera and also wells and in various shapes.
22-26. (Hanuma saw ponds) puurNaaH = filled; parama vaariNaa = with the best waters; upapannaaH = together; tataH tataH = there and there; maNi sopaanaiH = with stairs embedded with diamonds; mahaa arhaiH = of great value; muktaa pravaala sikataaH = with pearls and corals as sand; sphaTika antara kuTTimaaH = with bottoms of crystal and precious stones; upashobhitaaH = shone; tarubhiH = by trees; kaancanaiH = of golden hue; citraiH = and of wonderful hue; diirajaiH = at banks; phulla padma utpala vanaaH = containing beds of lotuses in full blossom and lilies; cakra vaaka upakuujitaaH = resounded by chakravaka birds nearby; natyuuha ruta samghuSTaaH = sounded by water fowls; hamsa saarasa naaditaaH = resounded by swans and cranes; diirghaabhiH druma yuktaabhiH = together with tall trees; amR^ita upama toyaabhiH = with nectar like waters; shivaabhiH sharidbhiH = with auspicious canals; samantataH = in all directions; avatataaH = spread; lataa shataiH = with hundreds of creepers; santaanaka samaavR^itaH = covered by the flowers of santaana trees; naanaa gulma aavR^ita gaNaaH = surrounded by various shrubs; kara viira kR^ita antaraaH = with middle regions of karaveera trees; vaapishcha = and also wells; vividhaakaaraaH = and in various shapes;
5.14.27
ततो अम्बु धर सम्काशम् प्रव्ऱ्द्ध शिखरम् गिरिम् |
विचित्र कूटम् कूटैः च सर्वतः परिवारितम्
॥शिला गृहैर् अवततम् नाना वृक्षैः समावृतम् |
ददर्श कपि शार्दूलो रम्यम् जगति पर्वतम् ॥
Thereafter the monkey warrior Hanuma saw a mountain which was a beautiful mountain in the world, equaling cloud with high peaks, with wonderful peaks surrounded in all directions by peaks, spread by caves and covered by different trees.
27-28. tataH = thereafter; harishaarduulaH = the monkey warrior Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; girim = a mountain; ramyam parvatam = (which was a) beautiful mountain; jagati = in the world; ambu dhara samkaasham = equaling cloud; pravR^iddha shikharam = with high peaks; vicitra kuuTam = with wonderful peaks; parivaaritam = surrounded; sarvataH = in all directions; kuuTaiH = by peaks; avatatam = spread; shiraa gR^ihaiH = by caves; samaavR^itam = covered; naanaa vR^ikSaiH = by different trees.
5.14.29
ददर्श च नगात् तस्मान् नदीम् निपतिताम् कपिः |
अन्काद् इव समुत्पत्य प्रियस्य पतिताम् प्रियाम्
॥जले निपतित अग्रैः च पादपैर् उपशोभिताम् |
वार्यमाणाम् इव क्रुद्धाम् प्रमदाम् प्रिय बन्धुभिः ॥पुनर् आव्ऱ्त्त तोयाम् च ददर्श स महा कपिः |
प्रसन्नाम् इव कान्तस्य कान्ताम् पुनर् उपस्थिताम् ॥
Hanuma saw river which fell down from the mountain like a beloved (young wife) who fell down after jumping from the lap of a loved one shone by trees whose ends fell down in water or like a woman in anger being detained by her near and dear. That great Hanuma again saw that river with water, turning back like a beloved woman reaching her beloved again, being reconciled to her beloved one.
29-31. kapiH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; nadiim = river; nipatitaam = which fell down; nagaat = from a mountain; priyaam iva = like a beloved (young wife); patitaam = who fell down; samutpatya = after jumping; priyasya angaat = from the lap of a loved one; upashobhitaam = shone; paadapaiH = by trees; jale nipatita agraiH = whose ends fell down in water; pramadaam iva = (or) like a woman; kruddhaam = in anger; vaaryamaaNaam = being detained; priya bandhubhiH = by her near and dear; saH mahaa kapiH = that great Hanuma; punaH dadarsha = again saw (that river); aavR^itta toyaam = with water turning back; kaantaam iva = like a beloved woman; upasthitaam = reaching; punaH = again; prasannaam = being reconciled; kaantasya = to her beloved one.
5.14.32
तस्य अदूरात् स पद्मिन्यो नाना द्विज गण आयुताः |
ददर्श कपि शार्दूलो हनुमान् मारुत आत्मजः
॥
The best among vanaras and the son of Vayu, that Hanuma saw near to that mountain, lotus ponds together with many groups of birds.
harishaarduulaH = the best among vanaras; maaruta aatmajaH = (and) the son of Vayu; saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; tasya aduuraat = near to that mountain; padminyaH = lotus ponds; naanaa dvija gaNa aayutaaH = together with many groups of birds.
5.14.33
कृत्रिमाम् दीर्घिकाम् च अपि पूर्णाम् शीतेन वारिणा |
मणि प्रवर सोपानाम् मुख्ता सिकत शोभिताम्
॥विविधैर् मृग सम्घैः च विचित्राम् चित्र काननाम् |
प्रासादैः सुमहद्भिः च निर्मितैर् विश्व कर्मणा
॥काननैः कॄत्रिमैः च अपि सर्वतः समलम्कृताम् |
He also saw an artificial pond filled with cold water, with steps embedded with best diamonds, shone by the sand of pearls, wonderful forest with very big buildings made by Vishwakarma, with groups of artificial trees decorated in all directions.
33-34. kR^itrimaam diirghikaam ca api = (He also saw) an artificial pond; puurNaam = filled; siitena vaariNaa = with cold water; maNi pravara sopaanaam = with steps embedded with best diamonds; muktaa sikata shobhitaam = shone by the sand of pearls; vichitraam = wonderful; vividhaiH mR^ga samghaiH ca = with various groups of animals; citra kaananaam = with wonderful forest; sumahadbhiH praasaadaiH = with very big buildings; vishva karmaNaa nirmitaiH = made by Vishwakarma; kR^itrimaiH kaananaiH ca api = with groups of artificial trees; sarvataH samalmkR^itaam = decorated in all directions.
5.14.35
ये केचित् पादपाः तत्र पुष्प उपग फल उपगाः ॥सच् चत्राः सवितर्दीकाः सर्वे सौवर्ण
वेदिकाः |
There whatever trees were there with flowers and fruits, all those were together with umbrellas, together with big platforms and with smaller golden platforms.
tatra = there; ye kecit = whatever; paadapaaH = trees were there; puSpa upaga phala upagaaH = with flowers and fruits; sarve = all those; sacchatraaH = were together with umbrellas; savitardiikaaH = together with big platforms; sauvarNa vedikaaH = and with (smaller) golden platforms.
5.14.36
लता प्रतानैः बहुभिः पर्णैः च बहुभिर् व्ऱ्ताम् ॥काञ्चनीम् शिंशुपाम् एकाम् ददर्श
स महा कपिः |
वृताम् हेममयूभिस्तु वेदिकाभिः समन्ततः ॥
The monkey warrior Hanuma saw one shimshupaa tree golden in colour covered with many groups of creepers and with many leaves surrounded everywhere with platforms made of gold.
36-37. hariyuudhapaH = the monkey warrior Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; ekaam shimshupaam = one shimshupaa tree; kaaJNcaniim = golden colour; vR^itaam = covered; bahubhiH lataa prataanaiH = with many groups of creepers; bahubhiH parNaiH = and with many leaves; vR^itaam = surrounded; samantataH = everywhere; vedikaabhiH = with platforms; hemamayiibhistu = made of gold.
5.14.38
सो अपश्यद् भूमि भागामः च गर्त प्रस्रवणानि च |
सुवर्ण वृक्षान् अपरान् ददर्श शिखि सम्निभान्
॥
Hanuma saw lands, mountain springs, and some other golden trees equal to fire.
saH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; bhuumi bhaagaamH ca = lands; garta prasravaNaani ca = mountain springs; aparaan = and some other; suvarNa vR^ikSaan = golden trees; shikhi samnibhaan = equal to fire.
5.14.39
तेषाम् द्रुमाणाम् प्रभया मेरोर् इव महा कपिः |
अमन्यत तदा वीरः कान्चनो अस्मि इति वानरः ॥
Then the courageous Hanuma thought thus: "Like the sun by the radiance of Mount Meru, by the radiance of those trees, I am of golden colour."
tadaa = then; viiraH = the courageous; vaanaraH = Hanuma; amanyata iti = thought thus; divaakaraH = like the sun; prabhayaa = by the radiance; meroH = of Mount Meru; prabhayaa = by the radiance; teSaam drumaaNaam = of those trees; kaancanaH asmi = I am of golden colour.
5.14.40
ताम् कान्चनैः तरु गणैर् मारुतेन च वीजिताम् |
किन्किणी शत निर्घोषाम् दृष्ट्वा विस्मयम् आगमत्
॥
Seeing that shimshupaa tree with groups of trees of golden colour blown by the wind, with the sound of hundreds of tinkle bells, Hanuma got surprised.
taam dR^iSTvaa = seeing that shimshupaa tree; taru gaNaiH = with groups of trees; kaaJNchanaiH = of golden colour; viijitaam = blown; maarutena = by the wind; kinkiNii shata nirghoSaam = with the sound of hundreds of tinkle bells; vismayam aagamat = (Hanuma) got surprised.
5.14.41
स पुष्पित अग्राम् रुचिराम् तरुण अन्कुर पल्लवाम् |
ताम् आरुह्य महा वेगः शिंशपाम् पर्ण सम्व्ऱ्ताम्
॥
Hanuma with great arms climbing up that shimshupaa tree with well flowered ends, beautiful tree, mature with young shoots and leaves and covered by leaves (thought thus).
saH = Hanuma; mahaa baahuH = with great arms; aaruhya = climbing up; taam = that shimshupaa tree; puSpita agraam = with well flowered ends; ruciraam = beautiful one; taruNa ankura pallavaam = mature with young shoots and leaves; parNa samvR^itaam = and covered by leaves.
5.14.42
इतो द्रक्ष्यामि वैदेहीम् राम दर्शन लालसाम् |
इतः च इतः च दुह्ख आर्ताम् सम्पतन्तीम् यद्ऱ्च्चया
॥
"I will see by God's grace, Seetha who is interested in the sight of Sri Rama while she is moving here and there with grief."
drakSyaami = I will see; yadR^icchayaa = by God's grace; itaH = here; vaidehiim = Seetha; raama darshana laalasaam = who is interested in the sight of Sri Rama; sampatantiim = while she is moving; itaH ca itaH ca = here and there; duhkha aartaam = with grief.
5.14.43
अशोक वनिका च इयम् दृढम् रम्या दुरात्मनः |
चम्पकैः चन्दनैः च अपि बकुलैः च विभूषिता ॥
This Ashoka garden of evil-souled Ravana is definitely beautiful; it is well decorated by Champaka trees, by sandal trees and by Vakula trees.
iyam ashoka vanikaa = this Ashoka garden; duraatmanaH = of evil-souled Ravana; dR^iDham = is definitely; ramyaa = beautiful; vibhuuSitaa = it is well decorated; campakaiH = by champaka trees; candanaiH ca = by sandal trees; Vakula = by Vakula tree.
5.14.44
इयम् च नलिनी रम्या द्विज सम्घ निषेविता |
इमाम् सा राम महिषी नूनम् एष्यति जानकी ॥
"This pond also served by groups of birds is beautiful; that wife of Sri Rama definitely will come for this pond."
iyam nalinii ca = this pond also; dvija samgha niSevitaa = served by groups of birds; ramyaa = is beautiful; saa raama mahiSii = that wife of Sri Rama; jaanakii = Janaki; nunam = definitely; eSyati = will come; imaam = for this.
5.14.45
सा राम राम महिषी राघवस्य प्रिया सदा |
वन संचार कुशला नूनम् एष्यति जानकी ॥
"The wife of Sri Rama dear to Sri Rama, a chaste wife, soul captivating one, expert at moving in forest, that Janaki will definitely come."
raama mahiSii = the wife of Sri Rama; raaghavasya priyaa = dear to Sri Rama; satii = a chaste wife; raama = soul captivating one; vana samcaara kushalaa = expert at moving in forest; saa jaanakii = that Janaki; nunam eSyati = will definitely come.
5.14.46
अथवा मृग शाव अक्षी वनस्य अस्य विचक्षणा |
वनम् एष्यति सा च इह राम चिन्ता अनुकर्शिता ॥
"Otherwise one with the eyes of a deer, emaciated by the thought of Sri Rama, that noble one will come for this garden."
athavaa = otherwise; mR^iga shaava akSii = one with the eyes of a deer; asya vanasya vicakSaNaa = conversant with the forest; raama cinta anukarshitaa = emaciated by the thought of Sri Rama; saa aarya = that noble one; eSyati = will come; iha vanam = for this garden.
5.14.47
राम शोक अभिसम्तप्ता सा देवी वाम लोचना |
वन वास रता नित्यम् एष्यते वन चारिणी ॥
"Tortured by grief for Sri Rama, with beautiful eyes, interested always living in the garden, that Devi moving about in the garden will come."
raama shoka abhisamtaptaa = torched by grief for Sri Rama; vaama locanaa = with beautiful eyes; rataa = interested; nityam = always vana vaase = living in the garden; saa devii = that Devi; vana caariNii = moving about in the garden eSyate = will come.
5.14.48
वने चराणाम् सततम् नूनम् स्पृहयते पुरा |
रामस्य दयिता भार्या जनकस्य सुता सती॥
"The beloved wife of Sri Rama, the daughter of king Janaka, the chaste wife, earlier always was interested the denizens of the garden. This is true."
dayitaa bhaaryaa = the beloved wife; raamasya = of Sri Rama; sutaa the daughter; janakasya = of king Janaka; satii = the chaste wife; puraa = earlier; satatam = always; spR^ihayate = was interested; vane caraaNaam = the denizens of the garden; nuunam = this is true.
5.14.49
संध्या काल मनाः श्यामा ध्रुवम् एष्यति जानकी |
नदीम् च इमाम् शिव जलाम् संध्या अर्थे वर वर्णिनी
॥
"The ever youthful one with the best complexion, Seetha interested in the rites of Sandhya time will definitely come to this river with the auspicious water for Sandhya rite."
shyaamaa = the ever youthful; varavarNinii = one with the best complexion; jaanakii = Seetha; samdhyaa kaala manaaH = interested in the rites of Sandhya time; dhruvam eSyati = will definitely come; imaam nadiim = to this river; shubha jalaam = with the auspicious water; sandhyaarthe = for Sandhya rite.
5.14.50
तस्याः च अपि अनुरूपेयम् अशोक वनिका शुभा |
शुभा या पार्थिव इन्द्रस्य पत्नी रामस्य सम्मिता
॥
"Whoever Seetha, the auspicious wife, a dear one of Sri Rama, the king of kings, to that Seetha this Ashoka garden, an auspicious one, is well suited also."
yaa = whoever Seetha; shubhaa patnii = the auspicious wife; sammataa = a dear one; raamasya = of Sri Rama; ardhi vanasya = the king of kings; tasyaaH = to that Seetha; iyam ashoka vanikaa = this Ashoka garden; shubhaa = an auspicious one; anuruupaapicha = is well suited also
5.14.51
यदि जिवति सा देवी तारा अधिप निभ आनना |
आगमिष्यति सा अवश्यम् इमाम् शिव जलाम् नदीम् ॥
"That Devi with the face like that of the moon, if alive, she definitely will come for this river with auspicious water."
saa devii = that Devi; taaraa adhipa nibha aananaa = with the face like that of the moon; jivati yadi = if alive; saa = She; avashyam = definitly; aagamiSyati = will come; imaam nadiim = for this river; shiva jalaam = with auspicious water.
5.14.52
एवम् तु मत्वा हनुमान् महात्मा |
प्रतीक्षमाणो मनुज इन्द्र पत्नीम् ||
अवेक्षमाणः च ददर्श
सर्वम् |
सुपुष्पिते पर्ण घने निलीनः ॥
The great-souled Hanuma thus thinking being concealed in the mass of well flowered leaves saw everything observing everywhere.
mahaatmaa = the great-souled; hanumaan = Hanuma; evam matvaa = thus thinking; pratiikSamaaNaH = waiting; manuja indra patniim = for the wife of king of men; niliinaH = being concealed; supuSpite parNa ghane = in the mass of well flowered leaves; sarvam dadarsha = saw everything; avekSamaaNaH ca = observing everywhere.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरक्स्स्ण्डे चतुर्दशः सर्गः
Sarga 15
5.15.1
स वीक्षमाणः तत्रस्थो मार्गमाणः च मैथिलीम् |
अवेक्षमाणः च महीम् सर्वाम् ताम् अन्ववैक्षत
॥
That Hanuma being there, seeing and searching for Seetha, observing all that land, explored the garden.
saH = that Hanuma; tatrastaH = being there; viikSamaaNaH = seeing(and); maargamaaNaH = searching; maithiliim = for Seetha; avekshamaaNaH = observing; sarvaam = all; taam mahiim = that land; anvavaikSata = explored (the garden).
5.15.2
सन्तान कलताभिः च पादपैर् उपशोभिताम् |
दिव्य गन्ध रस उपेताम् सर्वतः समलम्कृताम् ॥ताम् स नन्दन सम्काशाम् मृग पक्षिभिर् आवृताम् |
हर्म्य प्रासाद सम्बाधाम् कोकिल आकुल निह्स्वनाम् ॥कान्चन उत्पल पद्माभिः वापीभिः उपशोभिताम् |
बह्व आसन कुथा उपेताम् बहु भूमि गृह आयुताम् ॥सर्व
ऋतु कुसुमैः रम्यैः फलवद्भिः च पादपैः |
पुष्पितानाम् अशोकानाम् श्रिया सूर्य उदय प्रभाम् ॥प्रदीप्ताम्
इव तत्रस्थो मारुतिः समुदैक्षत |
निष्पत्र शाखाम् विहगैः क्रियमाणाम् इव असकृत् ॥विनिष्पतद्भिः
शतशः चित्रैः पुष्प अवतंसकैः |
आमूल पुष्प निचितैर् अशोकैः शोक नाशनैः ॥पुष्प भार अतिभारैः च स्पृशद्भिर्
इव मेदिनीम् |
कर्णिकारैः कुसुमितैः किंशुकैः च सुपुष्पितैः ॥
That Hanuma being there observed closely that Ashoka garden shone by Santanaka creepers, Santana trees with heavenly aroma and juice, well decorated in all directions equalling the garden of Nandana, surrounded by animals and birds, congested with mansions and palaces, resounded with the notes of cuckoos, decorated with wells having golden water lilies, lotuses and with many chairs and carpets; with many sub-terrain houses, beautiful trees, with trees with flowers of all seasons and with fruit, with the radiance of raising sun, by the glory of ashoka trees in bloom, as though radiant as though being made to be with branches without leaves, by hundreds of birds perching again and again, Ashoka trees with wonderful flowers as head decoration, with flowers spread till the roots destroying leaves, with weight of groups of flowers as touching the earth with karnolaara trees; in blossom with Kimkusa trees in full blossom.
2-8. saH maarutiH = that Hanuma; tatrasthaH = being there; samudaikSata = observed closely; taam = that Ashoka garden; upashobhitaam = shone; santaana kalataabhiH ca = by Santanaka creepers; paadapaiH = Santana trees; divya gandha rasa upetaam = with heavenly aroma and juice; samalamkR^itaam = well decorated; sarvataH = in all directions; nanndana samkaashaam = equaling the garden of Nandana; aavR^itaam = surrounded; mR^iga pakShibhi = by animals and birds; harmya praasaada sambaadhaam = congested with mansions and palaces; kokila aakula nihsvanaam = resounded with the notes of cuckoos; upashobhitaam = decorated; vaapiibhiH = with wells; kaancana utpala padmaabhiH = having golden water lilies lotuses and; bahva aasana kuthaa upetaam = with many chairs and carpets; bahu bhuumi gR^iha aayutaam = with many sub-terrain houses; ramyaam = beautiful; paadapaiH = trees; sarvartu kusumaiH = with flowers of all seasons; phalavadbhiH = and with fruit; suurya udaya prabhaam = with the radiance of raising Sun; shriyaa = by the glory; puSpitaanaam ashokaanaam = of Ashoka trees in bloom; pradiiptaam iva = as though radiant; kriyamaaNaam iva = as though being made; niSpatra shaakhaam = to be with branches without leaves; shatashaH vihagaiH = by hundreds of birds; asakR^it viniSpatadbhiH = perching again and again; ashokaiH = Ashoka trees; puSpa avatamsakaiH = citraiH puSpavatamsakaiH = with wonderful flowers as head decorations; aamuula puSpa nicitaiH = with flowers spread till the roots; sokanaashanaiH = destroying leaves; puSpa bhaara atibhaaraiH ca = with the weight of groups of flowers; spR^isatbhiriva = as touching; mediniim = the earth; karNikaaraiH = with Karnkaara trees ; kusumitaiH = in blossom; kimshukaiH = with Kimkusa trees; supuSpitaiH = in full blossom.
5.15.9
स देशः प्रभया तेषाम् प्रदीप्त इव सर्वतः |
पुम्नागाः सप्त पर्णाः च चम्पक उद्दालकाः तथा
॥विवृद्ध मूला बहवः शोभन्ते स्म सुपुष्पिताः |
By the radiance of those trees that region was as though lit in all directions. Punnaaga trees with flatted roots and in full blossom, Saptaparna trees Campaka and Uddalaka trees were shining.
teshaH prabhyayaa = by the radiance of those trees; saH deshaH = that region; pradiipta iva = was as though lit; sarvataH = in all directions; pumnaagaaH = Punnaaga trees; viv^iddha muulaH = with fattened roots; supuSpitaaH = and in full blossom; sapta parNaaH ca = saptaparna trees; tathaa campaka uddaalakaaH = campaka and Uddalaka trees; shobhante sma = were shining
5.15.10
शात कुम्भ निभाः केचित् केचिद् अग्नि शिख उपमाः ॥नील अन्जन निभाः केचित् तत्र
अशोकाः सहस्रशः |
There in that garden of Ashoka there were thousands of Ashoka trees some equalling gold, some equalling fire, some equalling the precious stone Niila and Anjana.
tatra = there (in that garden of Ashoka); sahasrashaH ashokaaH = (there were) thousands of Ashoka trees; kecit = some; shaata kumbha nibhaaH = equalling gold; kecit = some; agni shikha upamaaH = equalling fire; kecit = some; niila anjana nibhaaH = equalling the precious stone Niila and Anjana.
5.15.11
नन्दनम् विविध उद्यानम् चित्रम् चैत्ररथम् यथा ॥अतिवृत्तम् इव अचिन्त्यम् दिव्यम्
रम्यम् श्रिया वृतम् |
द्वितीयम् इव च आकाशम् पुष्प ज्योतिर् गण आयुतम् ॥पुष्प रत्न शतैः चित्रम्
पन्चमम् सागरम् यथा |
सर्व ऋतु पुष्पैर् निचितम् पादपैर् मधु गन्धिभिः ॥नाना निनादैः उद्यानम्
रम्यम् मृग गणैर् द्विजैः |
अनेक गन्ध प्रवहम् पुण्य गन्धम् मनो रमम् ॥
Like the garden of Nandana, a celestial garden, wonderful like Caitraratham, a garden of Kubera, surpassing all, unfathomable, an excellent one, a beautiful one consisting of glory together with flowers like clusters of stars, like a second sky wonderful with flowers, like hundreds of diamonds, like a second ocean with flowers of all seasons, spread with trees having the smell of honey, beautiful with groups of animals of various sounds, diffused with many smells with an auspicious soul pleasing smell.
11-14. nandanam yathaa = like the garden of Nandana; vibudha udyaanam = a celestial garden; citram = wonderful; caitraratham yathaa = like Caitraratham (a garden of Kubera); ativR^ittam = surpassing all; acintyam = unfathomable; divyam = an excellent one; ramyam = a beautiful one; shriyaa vR^ittam = consisting of glory; puSpa jyotir gaNa aayutam = together with flowers like clusters of stars; dvitiiyam aakaasham iva = like a second sky; citram = wonderful; puSpa ratna shataiH = with flowers like hundreds of diamonds; dvitiiyam saagaram yathaa = like a second ocean; sarva R^itu puSpaiH = with flowers of all seasons; nicitam = spread; paadapaiH = with trees; madhu gandhabhiH = having the smell of honey; ramyam = beautiful; mR^iga ganaiH = with groups of animals; dvijaiH = birds; naanaa ninaadaiH = of various sounds; aneka gandha pravaham = diffused with many smells; puNya gandham = with an auspicious smell; manoramam = soul pleasing.
5.15.15
शैल इन्द्रम् इव गन्ध आढ्यम् द्वितीयम् गन्ध मादनम् |
अशोक वनिकायाम् तु तस्याम् वानर
पुम्गवः ॥स ददर्श अविदूरस्थम् चैत्य प्रासादम् ऊर्जितम् |
मध्ये स्तम्भ सहस्रेण स्थितम् कैलास
पाण्डुरम् ॥प्रवाल कृत सोपानम् तप्त कान्चन वेदिकम् |
मुष्णन्तम् इव चक्षूम्षि द्योतमानम् इव
श्रिया ॥विमलम् प्रांशु भावत्वाद् उल्लिखन्तम् इव अम्बरम् |
That monkey warrior Hanuma saw not far away in that Ashoka garden, in the middle, a lofty temple filled with fragrance like a second Gandhamadana Mountain, standing by a thousand pillars, white like Mount Kailaasa with stairs made of corals with platforms made of refined gold as though radiant with glory, clear and because of being tall as though scraping the sky.
15-18a. saH vaanara pumgavaH = that monkey warrior Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; aviduurastham = not far away; tasyaam ashoka vanikaayaam = in that Ashoka garden; madhye = in the middle; uurjitam caitya praasaadam = a lofty temple; gandha aaDhyam = filled with fragrance; dvitiiyam gandha maadanam iva = like a second Gandhamaadana Mountain; stitam = standing; stambha sahasreNa = by a thousand pillars; kailaasa paaNDuram = white like Mount Kailaasa; pravaala kR^ita sopaanam = with stairs made of corals; tapta kaancana vedikam = with platforms made of refined gold; dyotamaanam iva = as though radiant; shriyaa = with glory; vimalam = clear; praamshu bhaavatvaad = because of being tall; ullikhantam iva = as thought scraping; ambaram = the sky;
5.15.18
ततो मलिन सम्वीताम् राक्षसीभिः समावृताम् ॥उपवास कृशाम् दीनाम् निह्श्वसन्तीम्
पुनः पुनः |
ददर्श शुक्ल पक्ष आदौ चन्द्र रेखाम् इव अमलाम् ॥
Thereafter Hanuma saw Seetha wearing a soiled garment, surrounded by rakshasa women, emaciated due to fasting, looking miserable, sighing again and again, like the pure crescent moon at the beginning of a bright fortnight.
18b-19. tataH = thereafter; dadarsha = Hanuma saw (Seetha); malina samviitaam = wearing a soiled garment; samaavR^itaam = surrounded; raakSasiibhiH = by raksha women; upavaasa kR^ishaam = emaciated due to fasting; diinaam = looking miserable; niHshvasantiim = sighing; punaH punaH = again and again; amalaam candra rekhaam iva = like the pure crescent moon; shukla pakSa aadau = at the beginning of a bright fortnight;
5.15.20
मन्द प्रख्यायमानेन रूपेण रुचिर प्रभाम् |
पिनद्धाम् धूम जालेन शिखाम् इव विभावसोः ॥
With a form that slowly came out like a tongue of fire, of beautiful radiance covered by smoke.
ruupeNa = with a form; manda prakhyaayamaanena = that slowly came out; vibhaavasoH shikhaam iva = like a tongue of fire; rucira prabhaam = of beautiful radiance; pinaddhaam = covered; dhuuma jaalena = by smoke.
5.15.21
पीतेन एकेन सम्वीताम् क्लिष्टेन उत्तम वाससा |
सपन्काम् अनलम्काराम् विपद्माम् इव पद्मिनीम्
॥
Covered by a single best cloth of yellow colour, which was wrinkled, without any decorations like a lotus plant without lotuses, together with mud.
samviitaam = covered; ekena = by a single; uttama vaasasaa = best cloth; piitena = of yellow colour; kliSTena = which was wrinkled; analamkaaraam = without any decorations; padminiim iva = like a lotus plant; vipadmaam = without lotuses; sapankaam = together with mud.
5.15.22
व्रीडिताम् दुह्ख सम्तप्ताम् परिम्लानाम् तपस्विनीम् |
ग्रहेण अन्गारकेण एव पीडिताम् इव
रोहिणीम् ॥
Bashful, tortured by sorrow worn out in a pitiable condition like the constellation Rohini, pressed by the planet mars.
vriiDitaam = bashful; duhkha samtaptaam = tortured by sorrow; parimlaanaam = worn out; tapasviniim = in a pitiable condition; rohiNiim iva = like the constellation Rohini; piiDitaam = pressed; angaarakeNa graheNa = by the planet mars.
5.15.23
अश्रु पूर्ण मुखीम् दीनाम् कृशाम् अननशेन च |
शोक ध्यान पराम् दीनाम् नित्यम् दुह्ख परायणाम्
॥
With a face full of tears in a pitiable condition, emaciated due to not taking food, immersed in thought with gloom, always in a pitiable state, surrendering to sorrow.
ashru puurNa mukhiim = with a face full of tears; diinaam = in a pitiable condition; kR^ishaam = emaciated; anashanena = due to not taking food; shoka dhyaana paraam = immersed in thought with gloom; nityam diinaam = always in a pitiable state; duhkha paraayaNaam = surrendering to sorrow.
5.15.24
प्रियम् जनम् अपश्यन्तीम् पश्यन्तीम् राक्षसी गणम् |
स्व गणेन मृगीम् हीनाम् श्व गण अभिवृताम्
इव ॥
Not seeing dear people, seeing groups of demonesses, like a female deer loosing her own herd surrounded by group of hounds.
apashyantiim = not seeing; priyam janam = dear people; pashyantiim = seeing; raakSasii gaNam = groups of demonesses; mR^igiim iva = like a female deer; hiinaam = loosing; sva gaNena = her own herd; shva gaNaabhivR^itaam = surrounded by group of hounds.
5.15.25
नील नाग आभया वेण्या जघनम् गतया एकया |
नीलया नीरदापाये वनराज्या महीमिव ॥सुख अर्हाम् दुह्ख सम्तप्ताम् व्यसनानाम् अकोदिवाम् |
With a braid with the radiance of a single black serpent reaching hinder part, like the earth with dark green groups of trees during the end of rainy season, deserving of comforts, tormented by grief, not accustomed to calamities.
25-26a. veNyaa = with a braid; ekayaa niila naaga aabhayaa = with the radiance of a single black serpent; gatayaa = reaching; jaghanam = hinder part; mahiimiva = like the earth; niilayaa = with dark green; vanaraajyaa = groups of trees; niiradaapaaye = during the end of rainy season; sukha arhaam = deserving of comforts; duhkha samtaptaam = tormented by grief; vyasanaanaam akovidaam = not accustomed to calamities.
5.15.26
ताम् समीक्ष्य विशाल अक्षीम् अधिकम् मलिनाम् कृशाम् ॥तर्कयाम् आस सीता इति कारणैः
उपपादिभिः |
Observing that woman with wide eyes, very untidy, emaciated, Hanuma thought that this is indeed Seetha on logical grounds.
26b-27a. samiikSya = observing; taam = that woman; vishaala akSiim = with wide eyes; adhikam malinaam = very untidy; kR^ishaam = emaciated; tarkayaam aasa = Hanuma thought (that); siiteti = this is indeed Seetha; upapaadibhiH kaaraNaiH = on logical grounds.
5.15.27
ह्रियमाणा तदा तेन रक्षसा काम रूपिणा ॥यथा रूपा हि दृष्टा वै तथा रूपा इयम्
अन्गना |
Then, while being abducted by that rakshasa with the ability to assume desired form in whatever way, She was seen, this woman has the same form.
27b-28a. tadaa = then; hriyamaaNaa = while being abducted; tena rakSasaa = by that rakshasa; kaama ruupiNaa = with the ability to assume desired form; yathaa ruupaa dR^iSTaa = in whatever way She was seen; iyam anganaa = this woman; tathaa ruupaa = has the same form.
5.15.28
पूर्ण चन्द्र आननाम् सुभ्रूम् चारु वृत्त पयो धराम् ॥कुर्वन्तीम् प्रभया देवीम्
सर्वा वितिमिरा दिशः |
ताम् नील केशीम् बिम्ब ओष्ठीम् सुमध्याम् सुप्रतिष्ठिताम् ॥सीताम् पद्म
पलाश अक्षीम् मन्मथस्य रतिम् यथा |
Hanuma saw Seetha with a face like full moon, with beautiful eyebrows, with graceful rounded breasts, by the radiance making all directions without darkness, goddess like with black hair, with lips like bimba fruit, with a good waist, very firm, with eyes like lotus petals, like Rati the consort of god of love.
28b-29. siitaam = (Hanuma saw) Seetha; puurNa candra aananaam = with a face like full moon; subhruum = with beautiful eyebrows; caaru vR^itta payo dharaam = with graceful rounded breasts; prabhayaa = by the radiance; kurvantiim = making; sarvaaH dishaH = all directions; vitimiraaH = without darkness; deviim = goddess like; niila keshiim = with black hair; bimba oSThiim = with lips like bimba fruit; sumadhyaam = with a good waist; supratiSThaam = very firm; padma palaasha akSiim = with eyes like lotus petals; manmathasya ratim yathaa = like Rati the consort of god of love.
5.15.30
इष्टाम् सर्वस्य जगतः पूर्ण चन्द्र प्रभाम् इव ॥भूमौ सुतनुम् आसीनाम् नियताम्
इव तापसीम् |
As the light of full moon, dear to all world, like an ascetic woman leading austere life sitting on bare ground with a good body.
30b-31a. puurNa candra prabhaam iva = as the light of full moon; iSTaam = dear; sarvasya jagataH = to all world; taapasiim iva = like an ascetic woman; niyataam = leading austere life; aasiinaam = sitting; bhuumau = on (bare) ground; sutanum = with a good body.
5.15.31
निःश्वास बहुलाम् भीरुम् भुजग इन्द्र वधूम् इव ॥शोक जालेन महता विततेन न राजतीम्
|
Sighing a lot like the consort of lord of serpents in fright, not radiant by sorrow which was great and extensive.
31b-32a. niHshvaasa bahulaam = sighing a lot; bhujaga indra vadhuum iva = like the consort of lord of serpents; bhiirum = in fright; na raajatiim = not radiant; shoka jaalena = by sorrow; mahataa = which was great; vitatena = (and) extensive.
5.15.32
संसक्ताम् धूम जालेन शिखाम् इव विभावसोः ॥ताम् स्मृतीम् इव संदिघ्दाम् ऋद्धिम्
निपतिताम् इव |
Hanuma saw Her like a tongue of fire mixed with column of smoke, like an intellect together with doubts, like a cast away treasure.
taam = (Hanuma saw)Her; vibhaavasoH shikhaam iva = like a tongue of fire; samsaktaam = mixed; dhuuma jaalena = with column of smoke; smR^itiim iva = like an intellect; samdighdaam = together with doubts; nipatitaam R^iddhim iva = like a cast away treasure.
5.15.33
विहताम् इव च श्रद्धाम् आशाम् प्रतिहताम् इव ॥स उपसर्गाम् यथा सिद्धिम् बुद्धिम्
सकलुषाम् इव |
Like shattered faith, like frustrated hope, like success together with obstacles, like an impure mind.
vihataam shraddhaam iva = like shattered faith; pratihataam aashaam iva = like a frustrated hope; sa upasargaam siddhim iva = like success together with obstacles; sakaluSaam buddhim iva = like an impure mind.
5.15.34
अभूतेन अपवादेन कीर्तिम् निपतिताम् इव ॥राम उपरोध व्यथिताम् रक्षो हरण कर्शिताम्
|
Like fame that has fallen down by a false scandal, tortured by the obstruction caused to Rama, emaciated due to the abduction by Ravana.
kiirtim iva = like fame; nipatitaam = that has fallen down; abhuutena apavaadena = by a false scandal; raama uparodha vyathitaam = tortured by the obstruction caused to Rama; rakSo haraNa karshitaam = emaciated due to the abduction by Ravana.
5.15.35
अबलाम् मृग शाव अक्षीम् वीक्षमाणाम् ततः ततः ॥बाष्प अम्बु प्रतिपूर्णेन कृष्ण
वक्त्र अक्षि पक्ष्मणा |
वदनेन अप्रसन्नेन निह्श्वसन्तीम् पुनः पुनः ॥
With eyes like those of a young doe full of tears, with black and oblique eye-brows, with a cheerless countenance, seeing there and there, being helpless, sighing again and again.
35b-36. mR^iga shaava akSiim = with eyes like those of a young doe; baaSpa ambu paripuurNena = full of tears; kR^iSNa vaktra akSi pakSmaNaa = with black and oblique eye-brows; aprasannena vadanena = with a cheerless countenance; viikSamaaNaam = seeing; tataH tataH = there and there; abalaam = being helpless; niHshvasantiim = sighing; punaH punaH = again and again.
5.15.37
मल पन्क धराम् दीनाम् मण्डन अर्हाम् अमण्डिताम् |
प्रभाम् नक्षत्र राजस्य काल मेघैः इव
आवृताम् ॥
Wearing a coat of dust, pitiable one, although suited for decorations undecorated, like the radiance of the moon, the lord of stars, covered by black clouds.
mala panka dharaam = wearing a coat of dust; diinaam = pitiable one; maNDana arhaam = (although) suited for decorations; amaNDitaam = undecorated; prabhaam iva = like the radiance; nakSatra raajasya = of the moon the lord of stars; aavR^itaam = covered; kaala meghaiH = by black clouds.
5.15.38
तस्य संदिदिहे बुद्धिः मुहुः सीताम् निरीक्ष्य तु |
आम्नायानाम् अयोगेन विद्याम् प्रशिथिलाम्
इव ॥
Seeing Seetha like knowledge in ruin for want of repeated study, that Hanuma's mind got repeatedly doubtful.
niriikSya = seeing; siitaam = Seetha; vidyaam iva = like knowledge; prashithilaam = in ruin; aamnaayaanaam ayogena = for want of repeated study; tasya = that Hanuma's; buddhiH tu = mind; muhuH samdidihe = got repeatedly doubtful.
5.15.39
दुह्खेन बुबुधे सीताम् हनुमान् अनलम्कृताम् |
संस्कारेण यथा हीनाम् वाचम् अर्थ अन्तरम्
गताम् ॥
Hanuma recognized with great sorrow Seetha not decorated, like a sentence which got a different meaning being devoid of culture.
hanumaan = Hanuma; bubudhe = recognized; dukhena = with great sorrow; siitaam = Seetha; analankR^itaam = not decorated; vaacam yathaa = like sentence; artha antaram gataam = which got a different meaning; samskaareNa hiinaam = being devoid of culture
5.15.40
ताम् समीक्ष्य विशाल अक्षीम् राज पुत्रीम् अनिन्दिताम् |
तर्कयाम् आस सीता इति कारणैः
उपपादयन् ॥
Seeing that princess, the wide eyed one, blameless one, Hanuma reasoned her to be Seetha for the following reasons.
samiikSya = seeing; taam raaja purtriim = that princess; vishaala akSiim = the wide eyed one; aninditaam = blamless one; tarkayaamaasa = (Hanuma) reasoned; siiteti = her to be Seetha; upapaadayan kaaraNaiH = for the following reasons.
5.15.41
वैदेह्या यानि च अन्गेषु तदा रामो अन्वकीर्तयत् |
तानि आभरण जालानि गात्र शोभीनि अलक्षयत्
॥सुकृतौ कर्ण वेष्टौ च श्व दम्ष्ट्रौ च सुसंस्थितौ |
मणि विद्रुम चित्राणि हस्तेष्व् आभरणानि
च ॥श्यामानि चिर युक्तत्वात् तथा संस्थानवन्ति च |
Then Hanuma saw whatever groups of jewellery of Seetha on various parts Rama spoke, those charming Her limbs, well made earrings, well fitting Svadamstras and ornaments wonderful with diamonds on the limbs of Her hands, belonging to body for long time, blackened and making marks on body.
41;42-43a. tadaa = then; alakSayat = (Hanuma) saw; yaani = whatever; aabharaNa jaalaani = groups of jewellery; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha; angeSu = on various parts; raamaH = Rama; anvakiirtayat = spoke; taani = those; gaatra shobhiini = charming Her limbs; sukR^itau = well made; karNa veSTau ca = earrings; susamsthitau = well fitting; sva damSTrau ca = svadamstras; aabharaNaani ca = and ornaments; maNi vidruma citraaNi = wonderful with diamonds; corals; hasteSu = on the limbs of Her hands; cira yuktatvaat = belonging to body for long time; shyaamaani = blackened; samsthaanavanti ca = and making marks (on body).
5.15.43
तानि एव एतानि मन्ये अहम् यानि रामो अन्वकीर्तयत् ॥तत्र यानि अवहीनानि तानि
अहम् न उपलक्षये |
यानि अस्या न अवहीनानि तानि इमानि न संशयः ॥
"I think all these to be same about which Rama spoke; among them whatever have been worn out those I will not see; whatever jewels of Her are not worn out these are they - no doubt."
43b-44. aham manye = I think; etaani = all these; taani eva = to be same; yaani = about which; raamaH anvakiirtayat = Rama spoke; tatra = among them; yaani = whatever; avahiinaani = have been worn out; taani = those; aham = I; na upalakSaye = will not see; yaani = whatever; asyaaH = (jewels) of Her; na avahiinaani = are not worn out; taani imaani = these are they; na samshayaH = no doubt.
5.15.45
पीतम् कनक पट्ट आभम् स्रस्तम् तद् वसनम् शुभम् |
उत्तरीयम् नग आसक्तम् तदा दृष्टम् प्लवम्
गमैः ॥
That upper garment yellow with a shine like a golden plate, auspicious one, being dropped had been seen caught in a tree then by vanaras.
tat uttariiyam vastram = that upper garment; piitam = yellow; kanaka paTTa aabham = with a shine like a golden plate; subham = auspicious one; srastam = being dropped; dR^iSTam = had been seen; naga aasaktam = caught in a tree; tadaa = then; plavam gamaiH = by vanaras.
5.15.46
भूषणानि च मुख्यानि दृष्टानि धरणी तले |
अनया एव अपविद्धानि स्वनवन्ति महान्ति च ॥
"Dropped on the earth by Her, ornaments also great and important, those making sound have been seen."
apaviddhaani = dropped; dharaNii tale = on the earth; anayaa eva = by Her; bhuuSaNaani ca = ornaments also; mahaanti mukhyaani = great and important; svanavanti = making sound; dR^iSTaani = have been seen.
5.15.47
इदम् चिर गृहीतत्वाद् वसनम् क्लिष्टवत्तरम् |
तथा हि नूनम् तद् वर्णम् तथा श्रीमद् यथा
इतरत् ॥
"This cloth being worn for a long time has worn out a lot, even then definitely it is of the same colour, like the other upper garment; in the same way this is glorious."
idam vasanam = this cloth; cira gR^ihiitatvaad = being worn for a long time; kliSTavattaram = has worn out a lot; tathaa hi = even then; nunam = definitely; tat varNam = it is of the same colour; yathaa = like; itaram = the other (upper garment); tathaa = in the same way; shriimat = (this is) glorious.
5.15.48
इयम् कनक वर्ण अन्गी रामस्य महिषी प्रिया |
प्रनष्टा अपि सती यस्य मनसो न प्रणश्यति ॥
"This She of golden colour is indeed Rama's dear wife; who ever Seetha the chaste one, even though not seen, is not gone from Rama's heart."
iyam = this She; kanaka varNa angii = of golden colour; raamasya piryaa mahiSii = is indeed Rama's dear wife; yaa = who ever (Seetha); satii = the chaste one; pranaSTaa api = even though not seen; na praNashyati = is not gone; asya manasaH = from Rama's heart.
5.15.49
इयम् सा यत् कृते रामः चतुर्भिः परितप्यते |
कारुण्येन आनृशंस्येन शोकेन मदनेन च ॥स्त्री प्रनष्टा इति कारुण्याद् आश्रिता इति आनृशंस्यतः |
पत्नी नष्टा इति शोकेन प्रियेति मदनेन च ॥
"This is She for whose sake Rama tormented in four ways from compassion from pity from grief from love; (thinking that) a woman has disappeared from compassion, depending on him from pity, wife has been lost from grief, a dear one from love."
49-50. saa iyam = this is She; yat kR^ite = for whose sake; raamaH = Rama; paritapyate = is tormented; caturbhiH = in four ways; kaaruNyena = from compassion; aanR^ishamsyena = from pity; shokena = from grief; madanena = from love; pranaSTaa strii iti = (thinking that) a woman has disappeared; kaaruNyena = from compassion; aashritaa iti = depending on him; aanR^ishamsyataH = from pity; naSTaa patnii iti = wife has been lost; shokena = from grief; priyaa iti = a dear one; madanena = from love.
5.15.51
अस्या देव्या यथा रूपम् अन्ग प्रत्यन्ग सौष्ठवम् |
रामस्य च यथा रूपम् तस्य इयम् असित
ईक्षणा ॥
"In whatever way is this lady's appearance, elegance of major and minor limbs, in the same way is Rama's. In whatever way His appearance, in the same way is this black-eyed one's appearance."
yathaa = in whatever way; asyaaH devyaaH = (is) this lady's; ruupam = appearance; anga pratyanga sauSThavam = elegance of major and minor limbs; raamasya ca = in the same way is Rama's; yathaa = in whatever way; tasya ruuapam = His appearance; iyam asita iikSaNaa = (in the same way is) this black-eyed one's appearance.
5.15.52
अस्या देव्या मनः तस्मिमः तस्य च अस्याम् प्रतिष्ठितम् |
तेन इयम् स च धर्म आत्मा मुहूर्तम्
अपि जीवति ॥
"This lady's heart is in Rama, His heart is firmly in Her, for that reason She and that noble Rama are able to live even for a moment."
asyaaH devyaaH = this lady's; manaH = heart; tasmin = is in Rama; tasya = His heart; asyaam ca pratiSThitam = is firmly in Her; tena = for that reason; iyam = she; dharmaatmaa sa ca = that noble Rama; muhuurtam api jiivati = are able to live even for a moment.
5.15.53
दुष्करम् कुरुते रामो इमाम् मत्त काशिनीम् |
सीताम् विना महा बाहुः मुहूर्तम् अपि जीवति
॥
"Lord Rama losing Her has done an impossible task in that He still preserved His body, in that He did not die from grief."
prabhuH raamaH = lord Rama; aanayaa hiinaH = losing Her; duSkaram kuR^itavaan = has done an impossible task; dhaarayati yat = in that He still preserved; aatmanaH deham = his body; naavasiidati iti yat = in that He did not die; shokena = from grief.
5.15.54
एवम् सीताम् तदा दृष्ट्वा हृष्टः पवन सम्भवः |
जगाम मनसा रामम् प्रशशंस च तम् प्रभुम्
॥
Hanuma, then seeing Seetha became happy thus and went by mind to Rama and also praised that Lord.
pavanasambhavaH = Hanuma; tadaa = then; dR^iStvaa = seeing; siitaam = Seetha; hR^iSTaH = became happy; evam = thus; jagaama = and went; manasaa = by mind; raamam = to Rama; prashashamsa ca = and also praised; tam prabhum = that lord.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे पञ्चदशः सर्गः
Sarga 16
5.16.1
प्रशस्य तु प्रशस्तव्याम् सीताम् ताम् हरि पुम्गवः |
गुण अभिरामम् रामम् च पुनः चिन्ता परो
अभवत् ॥
The best among vanaras praising that Seetha who is fit to be praised, and also praising Sri Rama pleasing with His virtues, became immersed in thought again.
hari pumgavaH = the best among vanaras; prashasya = praising; taam siitaam = that Seetha; prashastavyaam = who is fit to be praised; raamam ca = and also (praising) Rama; guNa abhiraamam = pleasing with His virtues; cintaa paraH abhavat = became immersed in thought; punaH = again.
5.16.2
स मुहूर्तम् इव ध्यात्वा बाष्प पर्याकुलेक्षणः |
सीताम् आश्रित्य तेजस्वी हनुमान् विललाप ह
॥
That Hanuma the radiant one thinking for a moment, cried about Seetha and became with eyes tormented with tears.
saH hanumaan = That Hanuma; tejasvii = the radiant one; muhuurtam iva dhyaatvaa = thinking for a moment; vilalaapa ha = cried; siitaam aashritya = about Seetha; baaSpa paryaakulekSaNaH = (and) became with eyes tormented with tears.
5.16.3
मान्या गुरु विनीतस्य लक्ष्मणस्य गुरु प्रिया |
यदि सीता अपि दुह्ख आर्ता कालो हि दुरतिक्रमः
॥
"Respectable to Lakshmana, instructed by teachers, Seetha is also dear to teachers; if She is stricken with grief, destiny is indeed difficult to withstand."
maanyaa = respectable; lakSmaNasya = to Lakshmana; guru viniitasya = instructed by teachers; siita api = Seetha also; guru priyaa = dear to teachers; duhkha aartaa yadi = if She is stricken with grief; kaalaH = destiny; duratikramaH hi = is indeed difficult to withstand.
5.16.4
रामस्य व्यवसायज्ञा लक्ष्मणस्य च धीमतः |
न अत्यर्थम् क्षुभ्यते देवी गन्गा इव जलद आगमे ॥
"Knowing the effort of Sri Rama and of sagacious Lakshmana, Seetha is not worried a lot, like Ganga in the rainy season."
vyavasaayaj~naa = (knowing) effort; raamasya = of Rama; dhiimataH lakSmaNasya ca = and of sagacious Lakshmana; devii = Seetha; na kSubhyate = is not worried; atyartham = a lot; gangaa iva = like Ganga; jalada aagame = in the rainy season.
5.16.5
तुल्य शील वयो वृत्ताम् तुल्य अभिजन लक्षणाम् |
राघवो अर्हति वैदेहीम् तम् च इयम् असित ईक्षणा
॥
"Sri Rama is suited to Seetha with Her well matched character, age and conduct; with well matched pedigree and characteristics this black-eyed Seetha is also suited to Him."
raaghavaH = Rama; arhati = is suited; vaidehiim = to Seetha; tulya shiila vayo vR^ittaam = with Her well matched character age and conduct; tulya abhijana lakSaNaam = with well matched pedigree and characteristics; iyam = this; asitekSaNaa = black-eyed Seetha; tam arhati = is also suited to Him.
5.16.6
ताम् दृष्ट्वा नव हेम आभाम् लोक कान्ताम् इव श्रियम् |
जगाम मनसा रामम् वचनम् च इदम् अब्रवीत्
॥
Seeing that Seetha with the radiance of new gold, like the goddess Laksmi, delightful to the world, Hanuma went by heart to Sri Rama spoke these words also.
taam dR^iSTvaa = seeing that Seetha; nava hema aabhaam = with the radiance of new gold; shriyam iva = like the goddess Laksmi; loka kaantaam = delightful to the world; jagaama = (Hanuma) went; manasaa = by heart; raamam = to Sri Rama; abraviit = spoke; idam vachanam ca = these words also.
5.16.7
अस्या हेतोर् विशाल अक्ष्या हतो वाली महा बलः |
रावण प्रतिमो वीर्ये कबन्धः च निपातितः ॥
"For the sake of this Seetha, the wide eyed one, Vali of great strength has been killed, Kabanda also equalling Ravana in strength has been felled."
asyaaH hetoH = for the sake of this Seetha; vishaala akSyaaH = the wide eyed one; mahaabalaH vaalii = Vali of great strength; hataH = has been killed; kabandhaH ca = Kabanda also; raavaNa pratimaH = equalling to Ravana; viirye = in strength; nipaatitaH = has been felled.
5.16.8
विराधः च हतः सम्ख्ये राक्षसो भीम विक्रमः |
वने रामेण विक्रम्य महा इन्द्रेण इव शम्बरः ॥
"In the forest during war Virada of horrible prowess has been killed by Rama by valour, like Sambara by Mahendra."
vane = in the forest; samkhye = during war; viraadhaH = Virada; bhiima vikramaH = of horrible prowess; hataH = has been killed; raameNa = by Rama; vikramya = by valour; shambaraH iva = like Sambara; mahaa indreNa = by Mahendra.
5.16.9
चतुर् दश सहस्राणि रक्षसाम् भीम कर्मणाम् |
निहतानि जन स्थाने शरैर् अग्नि शिख उपमैः ॥
"At Janastaana fourteen thousands of rakshasas of terrible deed have been killed by arrows equalling tongues of fires."
jana sthaane = at Janastaana; catur dasha sahasraaNi = fourteen thousands; rakshasaan = of raksasas; bhiima karmaNaam = of terrible deed; nihataani = have been killed; agni shikha sharaiH = by arrows equalling tongues of fires.
5.16.10
करः च निहतः सम्ख्ये त्रिशिराः च निपातितः |
दूषणः च महा तेजा रामेण विदित आत्मना ॥
"By Rama with a famed mind, Khara has been killed, Trisira also has been fell down, Duushana with great glory also has been killed in war."
raameNa = by Rama; vidita aatmanaa = with a famed mind; Kharashca nihataH = Khara has been killed; trishiraaH ca nipaatitaH = Trisira also has been fell down; mahaatejaaH duuSaNaH ca = Duushana with great glory also (has been killed); samkhye = in war.
5.16.11
ऐश्वर्यम् वानराणाम् च दुर्लभम् वालि पालितम् |
अस्या निमित्ते सुग्रीवः प्राप्तवान् लोक सत्कृतम्
॥
"For Her sake Sugreeva obtained wealth of vanaras ruled by Vali difficult to be obtained and worshiped by the world."
asyaaH = for Her; nimitte = sake; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; praaptavaan = obtained; aishvaryam = wealth; vaanaraaNaam = of Vanaras; vaali paalitam = ruled by Vali; durlabham = difficult to be obtained; loka satkR^itam = and worshiped by the world.
5.16.12
सागरः च मया क्रान्तः श्रीमान् नद नदी पतिः |
अस्या हेतोर् विशाल अक्ष्याः पुरी च इयम् निरीक्षिता
॥
"For the sake of Her, with wide eyes, the ocean, lord of rivers and streams, has been crossed by me; this city also has been explored."
asyaaH heto = for Her sake; vishaala akSyaaH = with wide eyes; saagaraH ca = the ocean; nada nadii patiH = lord of rivers and streams; kraantaH = has been crossed; mayaa = by me; iyam = this; purii ca = city also; niriikSitaa = has been explored.
5.16.13
यदि रामः समुद्रान्ताम् मेदिनीम् परिवर्तयेत् |
अस्याः कृते जगत् च अपि युक्तम् इति एव मे
मतिः ॥
"If Sri Rama for Her sake turns upside down the earth with the ocean at the end, and the entire universe it is fair, this is my opinion."
yadi = if; raamaH = Rama; asyaaH kR^ite = for Her sake; parivartayet = turns upside down; mediniim = earth; samudraantaam = with the ocean at the end; jagat ca api = and the entire universe; yuktam iti = it is fair; eva me matiH = this is my opinion.
5.16.14
राज्यम् वा त्रिषु लोकेषु सीता वा जनक आत्मजा |
त्रैलोक्य राज्यम् सकलम् सीताया न आप्नुयात्
कलाम् ॥
"Among three worlds, if it is a choice between kingdom or Seetha, the daughter of Janaka, all the kingdom of three worlds will not approach a sixteenth part of Seetha."
triSu lokeSu = among three worlds; raajyam vaa = kingdom or; siitaa vaa = Seetha; janakaatmaja = the daughter of Janaka; sakalam trailokya raajyam = all the kingdom of three worlds; na aapnuyaat = will not approach; siitaayaaH kalaam = a sixteenth part of Seetha.
5.16.15
इयम् सा धर्म शीलस्य जनकस्य महात्मनः |
सुता मैथिलराजस्य सीता भर्तृदृढ व्रता ॥
"This She is that Seetha, the daughter of king Janaka of Mithila, the great soul, and noble one with a firm resolution towards husband."
iyam = This She; saa siitaa = is that Seetha; sutaa = the daughter; janakasya maithilaraajasya = of king Janaka of Mithila; mahaatmanaH = the great soul; dharma shiilasya = and noble one; bhartR^idR^iDavrata = with a firm resolution towards husband.
5.16.16
उत्थिता मेदिनीम् भित्त्वा क्षेत्रे हल मुख क्षते |
पद्म रेणु निभैः कीर्णा शुभैः केदार पांसुभिः
॥
"While a field was being ploughed She rose up splitting the earth covered by auspicious dust of field equalling pollen."
kSetre hala mukha kSate = while a field was being ploughed; utthitaa = (She) rose up; mediniim bhittvaa = splitting the earth; kiirNaa = covered; shubhaiH kedaara paamsubhiH = by auspicious dust of field; padma reNu nibhaiH = equalling pollen.
5.16.17
विक्रान्तस्य आर्य शीलस्य सम्युगेषु अनिवर्तिनः |
स्नुषा दशरथस्य एषा ज्येष्ठा राज्ञो यशस्विनी
॥
"She is the famed eldest daughter-in-law of king Dasaratha the valorous one, not turning back in the battle."
eSaa = She is; yashasvinii = the famed; jyeSThaa snuSaa = eldest daughter-in-law; raaj~naH dasharathasya = of king Dasaratha; vikraantasya = valorous one; anivartinaH = not turning back; samyugeSu = in the battle.
5.16.18
धर्मज्ञस्य कृतज्ञस्य रामस्य विदित आत्मनः |
इयम् सा दयिता भार्या राक्षसी वशम् आगता ॥
"This She the dear wife of Rama the righteous one, grateful one, knower of Self has obtained capture of demonesses."
iyam = this She; dayitaa bhaaryaa = dear wife; raamasya = of Rama; dharmajnasya = the righteous one; kR^itajnasya = grateful one; vidita aatmanaH = knower of Self; aagataa = has obtained; raakSasii vasam = capture of demonesses.
5.16.19
सर्वान् भोगान् परित्यज्य भर्तृ स्नेह बलात् कृता |
अचिन्तयित्वा दुह्खानि प्रविष्टा निर्जनम्
वनम् ॥सम्तुष्टा फल मूलेन भर्तृ शुश्रूषणा परा |
या पराम् भजते प्रीतिम् वने अपि भवने यथा ॥सा इयम् कनक वर्ण अन्गी नित्यम् सुस्मित भाषिणी |
सहते यातनाम् एताम् अनर्थानाम् अभागिनी ॥
"Whoever Seetha abandoning all comforts, forced by the love towards husband not thinking about sorrows, entering forest unpopulated with humans, being happy with fruits and roots, devoted to the service of Her husband, even in forest is getting great happiness like in a palace, the one with golden limbs, always with a smiling talk, not suited to misfortunes - that this Seetha is bearing all this suffering."
19-21. yaa = whoever Seetha; parityajya = abandoning; sarvaan bhogaan = all comforts; bhartR^i sneha balaakR^itaa = forced by the love towards husband; acintayitvaa = not thinking; duhkhaani = (about) sorrows; praviSTaa = entering; nirjanam vanam = forest unpopulated with humans; samtuSTaa = being happy; phala muulena = with fruits and roots; bhartR^i shushruuSaNaa paraa = devoted to the service of Her husband; vane api = even in forest; bhajate = is getting; paraam priitim = great happiness; bhavane yathaa = like in a palace; kanaka varNa angii = the one with golden limbs; nityam susmita bhaaSiNii = always with a smiling talk; anarthaanaam abhaaginii = not suited to misfortunes; saa iyam = that this Seetha; sahate = is bearing; etaam yaatanaam = all this suffering.
5.16.22
इमाम् तु शील सम्पन्नाम् द्रष्टुम् इच्चति राघवः |
रावणेन प्रमथिताम् प्रपाम् इव पिपासितः
॥
"Sri Rama likes to see this Seetha who is endowed with excellent character and tormented by Ravana, like a thirsty one for a place where water is available freely."
raaghavaH = Rama; draSTum icchati = likes to see; imaam = this Seetha; siilasampannaam = who is endowed with excellent character; raavaNena pramathitaam = and tormented by Ravana; pipaasitaH prapaam iva = like a thirsty one for a place where water is available freely.
5.16.23
अस्या नूनम् पुनर् लाभाद् राघवः प्रीतिम् एष्यति |
राजा राज्य परिभ्रष्टः पुनः प्राप्य इव
मेदिनीम् ॥
"By Her gain again Sri Rama definitely will get happiness like a king who lost kingdom getting back the land."
asyaaH laabhaad = by Her gain; punaH = again; raaghavaH = Rama; nuunam = definitely; eSyati = will get; priitim = happiness; raajaa iva = like a king; raajya paribhraSTaH = who lost kingdom; praapyaH punaH = getting back; mediniim = the land.
5.16.24
काम भोगैः परित्यक्ता हीना बन्धु जनेन च |
धारयति आत्मनो देहम् तत् समागम कान्क्षिणी ॥
"Left by coveted enjoyments, lacking relatives also Seetha is keeping body desirous of meeting with Sri Rama."
parityaktaa = left; kaama bhogaiH = by coveted enjoyments; hiinaa = lacking; bandhu janena ca = relatives also; dhaarayati = (Seetha) is keeping; deham = body; tat samaagama kaankSiNii = desirous of meeting with Rama.
5.16.25
न एषा पश्यति राक्षस्यो न इमान् पुष्प फल द्रुमान् |
एकस्थ हृदया नूनम् रामम् एव अनुपश्यति
॥
"She is not seeing demonesses, not flowers, fruits or trees and with a single heart is meditating only on Sri Rama - this is sure."
eSaa = She; na pashyati = is not seeing; raakSasyaH = demonesses; na = not; puSpa phala drumaan = flowers; fruits or trees; ekastha hR^idayaa = with a single heart; raamam eva anupashyati = is meditating only on Sri Rama; nuunam = this is sure.
5.16.26
भर्ता नाम परम् नार्या भूषणम् भूषणाद् अपि |
एषा हि रहिता तेन शोभन अर्हा न शोभते ॥
"Husband is indeed the greatest adornment for a woman greater than jewellery; this Seetha though deserving of decoration, is not looking charming without Sri Rama."
bhartaa naama = husband is; hi = indeed; param bhuuSaNam = the greatest adornment; naaryaaH = for a woman; bhuuSaNaad api = greater than jewellery; eSaa = this Seetha; shobhana arhaa = though deserving of decoration; na shobhate = is not looking charming; tena rahitaa = without Sri Rama.
5.16.27
दुष्करम् कुरुते रामो हीनो यद् अनया प्रभुः |
धारयति आत्मनो देहम् न दुह्खेन अवसीदति ॥
"Sri Rama although bereft of Her that Lord Rama is doing an impossible task by retaining His body and not being depressed by sorrow."
raamaH = Sri Rama; hiinaaH = (although) bereft; anayaa = of Her; prabhuH = that Lord Sri Rama; kurute = is doing; duSkaram = an impossible task; dhaarayati iti yad = by retaining; aatmanaH deham = His body; na avasiidati = not being depressed; duhkhena = by sorrow.
5.16.28
इमाम् असित केश अन्ताम् शत पत्र निभ ईक्षणाम् |
सुख अर्हाम् दुःखिताम् ज्~आत्वा मम अपि व्यथितम्
मनः ॥
"Knowing Her with black ended hairs, with lotus like eyes, deserving of comforts, and in sorrow, my mind also is gloomy."
j~aatvaa = knowing; imaam = Her; asita kesha antaam = with black ended hairs; shata patra nibha iikSaNaam = with lotus like eyes; sukha arhaam = deserving of comforts; duHkhitaam = in sorrow; mama manaH api = my mind also; vyathitam = is gloomy.
5.16.29
क्षिति क्षमा पुष्कर सम्निभ अक्षी |
या रक्षिता राघव लक्ष्मणाभ्याम् |
सा राक्षसीभिर् विकृत
ईक्षणाभिः |
सम्रक्ष्यते सम्प्रति वृक्ष मूले ॥
"Whoever Seetha with earth-like patience, with eyes resembling lotuses, was protected by Sri Rama and Lakshmana, that Seetha now is being guarded by ogresses with crooked eyes at the base of a tree."
yaa = whoever (Seetha); kSiti kSamaa = with earth like patience; puSkara samnibha akSii = with eyes resembling lotuses; rakSitaa = was protected; raaghava lakSmaNaabhyaam = by Sri Rama and Lakshmana; saa = that Seetha; samprati = now; samrakSyate = is being guarded; raakSasiibhiH = by ogresses; vikR^ita iikSaNaabhiH = with crooked eyes; vR^ikSa muule = at the base of a tree.
5.16.30
हिम हत नलिनी इव नष्ट शोभा |
व्यसन परम्परया निपीड्यमाना |
सह चर रहिता इव चक्र वाकी |
जनक सुता कृपणाम् दशाम् प्रपन्ना ॥
"With lost glory like a lotus plant hit by snow, being tormented by a series of calamities, Seetha obtained a pitiable condition like a chakravaka bird without a companion."
naSTa shobhaa = with lost glory; hima hata nalinii iva = like a lotus plant hit by snow; nipiiDyamaanaa = being tormented; vyasana paramparayaa = by a series of calamities; janaka sutaa = Seetha; prapanna = obtained; kR^ipaNaam dashaam = a pitiable condition; cakra vaakii iva = like a chakravaka bird; saha cara rahitaa = without a companion.
5.16.31
अस्या हि पुष्प अवनत अग्र शाखाः |
शोकम् दृढम् वै जनयति अशोकाः |
हिम व्यपायेन च शीतरश्मिः
|
रभ्युत्थितो न एक सहस्र रश्मिः ॥
"Ashoka trees with bent branches due to flowers are giving rise to gloom a lot to Her; Due to melting of snow the risen up moon also with thousands of rays is causing grief."
ashokaaH = Ashoka trees; puSpa avanata agra shaakhaaH = with bent branches due to flowers; janayanti = are giving rise to; shokam = gloom; dR^iDham = a lot; asyaaH = to Her; hima vyapaayena = due to melting of snow; abhyutthitaH = the risen up; siitarashmiH ca = moon also; na eka sahasra rashmiH = with thousands of rays (is causing grief).
5.16.32
इति एवम् अर्थम् कपिर् अन्ववेक्ष्य |
सीता इयम् इति एव निविष्ट बुद्धिः |
संश्रित्य तस्मिन्
निषसाद वृक्षे |
बली हरीणाम् ऋषभः तरस्वी ॥
The mighty one, the best among vanaras, quick one, Hanuma thus observed the subject: "This is Seetha!"
- thus with a firm mind sat at that tree, leaning against it.
balii = the mighty one; hariiNaam R^iSabhaH = the best among vanaras; tarasvii = quick one; kapiH = Hanuma; iti evam = thus; anvavekSya = observed; artham = the subject; iyam siitaa = this is Seetha; iti eva = thus; niviSTa buddhiH = with a firm mind; niSasaada = sat; tasmin vR^ikSe = at that tree; samshritya = leaning against (it).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे षोडशः सर्गः
Sarga 17
5.17.1
ततः कुमुदषण्डाभो निर्मलम् निर्मलोदयः |
प्रजगाम नभश्चन्द्रो हंसो नीलमिवोदकम् ॥
Thereafter the moon with a peaceful rise, with radiance equaling that of a group of lotuses, obtained the clear sky like a swan obtaining blue water.
tataH = Thereafter; chandraH = the moon; nirmala udayaH = with a peaceful rise; kumuda shhanDaabhaH = with radiance equaling that of a group of lotuses; prajagaama = obtained;nirmalam nabhaH = clear sky; iva = like; hamsaH = a swan; niilam udakam = blue water;
5.17.2
साचिव्यमिव कुर्वन् स प्रभया निर्मलप्रभः |
चन्द्रमा रश्मभिः शीतैः सिषेवे पवनात्मजम् ॥
That moon with a peaceful glow served Hanuma with cool rays as though performing help with radiance.
saH chandramaaH = that moon; nirmala prabhaH = with a peaceful glow; sishheve = served; pavanaatmajam = Hanuma; shiitaiH rashmibhiH = with cool rays; kurvan iva = as though performing; saachivyam = help; prabhaayaa = with radiance.
5.17.3
स ददर्श ततः सीताम् पूर्णचन्द्रनिभाननाम् |
शोकभारैरिव न्यस्तां भारैर्नावमिवाम्भसि ॥
Thereafter Hanuma saw Seetha with a face like a full moon, put down by the weight of grief, like a ship sinking down in water due to weight.
tataH = Thereafter; saH = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; siitaam = Seetha; puurNa chandra nibhhananaam = with face like a full moon; nyastaam = put down; shookabhaaraiH = by the weight of grief; naavamiva = like a ship; nyastaam = sinking down; ambhasi = in water; bhaaraiH = due to weight;
5.17.4
दिदृक्षमाणो वैदेहीम् हनुमान् मारुतात्मजः |
स ददर्शाविदूरस्था राक्षसीर्घोरदर्शनाः ॥एकाक्षीमेककर्णाम् च कर्णप्रावरणाम् तथा |
अकर्णाम् शङ्कुकर्णाम् च मस्तकोच्छ्वासनासिकाम् ॥अतिकायोत्तमाङ्गीं
च तनुदीर्घशिरोधराम् |
ध्वस्तकेशीम् तथाकेशीम् केशकम्बलधारिणीम् ॥लम्बकर्णललाटाम् च लम्बोदरपयोधराम्
|
लम्बोष्ठीं चुबुकोष्ठीं च लम्बास्याम् लम्बजानुकाम् ॥ह्रस्वाम् दीर्घाम् च कुब्जाम् विकटाम् वामनां
तथा |
करालाम् भुग्नवक्त्राम् च पिङ्गाक्षीम् विकृताननाम् ॥
Hanuma wanting to see Seetha saw nearby ogresses with horrible appearance - one with one eye; one with a single ear and also one with ears as covering; one with conch shell like ears; one with fattened nose up to head; one with lean and long neck; one with disheveled hair and also one without hair; one with blanket like hair; one with hanging stomach and breasts; one with hanging face; one with lips at chin; one with hanging face; one with hanging knees; one who is short; one who is tall and also hunch backed one; one who is distorted; a dwarf one and also one with high teeth and one with crooked mouth, one with green eyes and one with a horrible face.
4;5;6;7;8. maarutaatmajaH = Hanuma; didR^ikshamaaNaH = wanting to see; vaidehiim = Seetha; dadarsha = saw; viduurasthaa = nearby; raakshasiiH = ogresses; ghora darshanaaH = with horrible appearance; ekaakshiim = (ogress) with one eye; ekakarNaam cha = and (another) with a single ear; tathaa = and also; karNapraavaraNaam = one with ears as covering body; saN^ku karNaam = with conch shell like ears; mastakochchvaasa naasikaam = one with fattened nose up to head; tanu diirgha shirodharaam = one with a lean and long neck; dhvastakesiim = one with disheveled hair; tathaa = and also; akeshiim = one without hair; keshakambala dhaariNiim = one with hair like a blanket; lamba karNa lalaataam cha = one with hanging stomach and breasts; lamboshhThiim = one with hanging face; chubukoshhThiim = one with lips at chin; lambaasyaam = one with hanging face; lambajaanukaam = with hanging knees; hrasvaam = one who is short; diirghaam = one who is tall; tathaa = and also; kubjaam = hunch backed one; vikaTaam = one who is distorted; vaamanaam = one is dwarf; tathaa = and also; karaalaam = one with high teeth; bhugna vaktraam cha = and one with crooked mouth; piN^gaakshiim = one with green eyes; vikR^itaananaam = one with a horrible face.
5.17.9
विकृताः पिङ्गलाः कालीः क्रोधनाः कलहप्रियाः |
कालायसमहाशूलकूटमुद्गधारिणीः ॥वराहमृगशार्दूलमहिषाजशिवामुखीः
|
गजोष्ट्र हयपादीश्च निखातशिरसोपराः ॥एकहस्तैकपादाश्च खरकर्ण्यश्वकर्णिकाः |
गोकर्णीर्हस्तिकर्णीईश्च
हरिकर्णीस्तथापराः ॥अतिनासाश्च तिर्यङ्नासा अनासिकाः |
गजनन्निभनासाश्च ललाटोच्च्वासनासिकाः ॥हस्तिपादा महापादा गोपादाः पादचूळिकाः |
अतिमात्रशिरोग्रीवा अतिमात्रकुचोदरीः ॥अतिमात्रस्यनेत्राश्च
दीर्घजिह्वानखास्तथा |
अजामुखीर्हस्तिमुखीर्गोमुखाः सूकरीमुखीः ॥हयोष्ट्रखरवक्त्राश्च राक्षसीर्घोरदर्शनाः
|
शूलमुद्गरहस्ताश्च क्रोधनाः कलहप्रियाः ॥कराळा धूम्रकेशीश्च राक्षसीर्विकृताननाः |
पिबन्तीः
सततं पानं सदा मां ससुराप्रियाः ॥मांसशोणितदिग्धाङ्गीर्मांसशोणितभोजनाः |
ता ददर्श कपिश्रेष्ठो रोमहर्षणदर्शनाः
॥स्कन्धवन्तमुपासीनाः परिवार्य वनस्पतिम् |
Hanuma saw horrible ogresses, dark complexioned ones, angry ones, those who like quarrels, ones wearing big darts, mallets and clubs of iron, with faces like those of pigs, deer, tigers, buffaloes, goats, she-foxes, with feet like those of elephants, camels, horses, with heads sunk into bodies, with single hand and single foot, those ears like that of donkeys and horses, those with cow ears, those with elephant ears, those with monkey ears, and some others without nose, those with horizontal nose, those with crooked nose, those with elephant-like nose, toes with nose fixed in forehead, with feet like those of elephant, those with big feet, those with cow like feet, those with hair on their feet, those with big heads and necks, those with big nipples and big stomach, those with big eyes and mouths, with long tongues and nails, and also the a face like that of a she-goat, those with elephant like face, those with face like that of a cow, those with face of a she-pig, those with faces like those of horses, camels, donkeys, those with horrible appearance, ogresses carrying pikes and clubs in their hand, angry ones, those who like quarrels, those with high teeth, with hair color like that of smoke, with horrible faces, always drinking liquor, always desiring meat and liquor, with body smeared by meat and blood, with meat and blood as food, whose appearance made hair to stand up, sitting around a great tree with huge trunk.
9;10;11;12;13;14;15;15; 17. kapi shhresThaH = Hanuma; dadrsha = saw; vikR^itaaH = horrible ones; piN^galaaaH = dark complexioned ones; krodhanaaH = angry ones;kalaha priyaaH = those who like quarrels; kaalaayasamahaa shuula kuuTa mudgara dhaariniiH = ones wearing big darts; mallets and clubs of iron;varaaha mR^iga shaarduula mahishhaa shivaa mukhiiH = with faces like those of pigs; deer;tigers;buffaloes;goats;she-foxes; gajoshhTra hayapaadiiH = with feet like those of elephants; camels;horses;nikaata shirasaH = with heads sunk into bodies;aparaaH = some others; eka hastaika paadaashcha = with a single hand and those with single foot; khara karNyasva karNikaa = those with donkey ears and horse ears;gokarNiiH = those with cow ears; hasti karNiiH = those with elephant ears; hari karNiiH = those with monkey ears; aparaaH = and some others; anaasaaH = without nose; ati naasaashcha = with big nose; tiryajN^aasaaH = those with horizontal nose; vinaasikaaH = those with crooked nose; gajasannibha naasaashcha = those with elephant-like nose; lalaaTocchvaasa naasikaaH = nose fixed in forehead; hasti paadaaH = with feet like those of elephant; mahaapaadaaH = those with big feet; gopaadaaH = those with cow like feet; paada chuuLikaaH = those with hair on their feet; atimaatra shirogriivaaH = those with big heads and necks; atimaatrakuchodariiH = those with big nipples and big stomach; atimaatraasyanetrashcha = those with big mouths and eyes; diirghajihvaa nakhaaH = with long tongues and nails; tathaa = and also;ajaamukhiiH = those with face like that of a she-goat; hastimukhiiH = those with elephant like face; gomukhiiH = those with face like that of a cow;suukarii mukhiiH = those with face of a she-pig; hayoshhTrakharavaktraashcha = with faces like those of horses; camels; donkeys; ghoradarshanaaH = those with horrible appearance; raakshasiiH = ogresses; shuula mudgara hastaashcha = carrying pikes and clubs in their hand; krodhanaaH = angry ones; kalaha priyaaH = those who like quarrels; karaaLaaH = those with high teeth; dhuumra kesiishcha = with hair color like that of smoke; vikR^itaanaaH = with horrible faces; satatam = always; pibantiiH = drinking; paanam = liquor; sadaa = always; maamsasuraa priyaaH = desiring meat and liquor; maamsa shoNitadigdhaaN^gii = with body smeared by meat and blood; maamsa shoNita bhojanaaH = with meat and blood as food; romaharshhaNa darsanaaH = whose appearance made hair to stand up; upaasinnaaH = sitting; parivaarya = around; vanapatim = a great tree; skandhavantam = with huge trunk;
5.17.18
तस्याधस्ताच्च ताम् देवीम् राजपुत्रीमनिन्दिताम् ॥लक्षयामास लक्ष्मीवान् हनुमान्
जन्कात्मजाम् |
Hanuma the glorious one saw that Seetha, the princess, daughter of Janaka, unblemished one below that tree.
hanumaan = Hanuma; lakshmiivaan = the glorious one; lakshayaamaasa = saw; taam deviim = that Seetha; raajaputriim = the princess;janakaatmajaam = daughter of Janaka; aninditaam = unblemished one; tasya adhastaat = below that tree
5.17.19
निष्प्रभाम् षोकसन्तप्ताम् मलसम्कुलमूर्धजाम् ॥क्षीणपुण्याम् च्युताम् भूमौ ताराम्
निपतितामिव |
She was lack luster being tormented by grief, with hair covered by dirt, with merits exhausted, like star fallen from heavens onto ground.
nishhprabhaam = lack lustre one; shokasamtaptaam = being tormented by grief; malasamkulamuurdhajaam = with hair covered by dirt; kshhiNa puNyaam = with merits exhausted; taaraamiva = like a star; chyutaam = fallen from heavens; bhuumau nipatitaam = that fell on ground.
5.17.20
चारित्रव्यपदेशाड्यां भर्तृदर्शनदुर्गताम् ॥भूषणैरुत्तमोर्हीनाम् भर्तृवात्सल्यभूषणाम्
|
She was rich with fame of lofty character, poor due to not seeing husband, lacking excellent ornaments, with husband's love as ornament.
chaaritravyapadeshaadyaam = rich with fame of character; bhartR^idarshana durgataam = poor due to not seeing husband; hiinaam = lacking; uttamaiH bhuushhanaiH = excellent ornaments; bhartR^ivaatsalya bhuushhaNaam = with husband's love as ornament.
5.17.21
राक्षसाधिपसम्रुद्धाम् बन्धुभिश्च विना कृताम् ॥वियूथाम् सिम्हसम्रुद्धाम् बद्धाम्
गजवधूमिव |
Being held captive by Ravana, without any relatives, She was like a she-elephant without herd, being detained by a lion.
raakshaadhipa saMruddhaam = Being held captive by Ravana; kR^itaam = made; bandhubhiH vinaa cha = without relatives; gajavadhuumiva = like a she-elephant; viyuudhaam = without herd; siMha saMruddhaam baddhaam = being detained by a lion; .
5.17.22
चन्द्ररेखाम् पयोदान्ते शारदाब्रैरिवावृताम् ॥क्लिष्टरूपामसंस्पर्शादयुक्तामिव वल्लकीम्
|
She was like moon being covered by clouds at the end of rainy season with an appearance lacking lustre due to lack of contact with husband, was like an unplucked Veena.
chandrarekhaamiva = like moon; aavR^itaam = being covered; shaaradaabhraiH = by clouds; payodaante = at the end of rainy season; klishhta rupaam = With an appearance lacking lustre; asamsparshaat = due to lack of contact (with husband); valaakiimiva = like Veena; aayuktaam = which was unplucked.
5.17.23
स ताम् भर्तवशे युक्तामयुक्ताम् राक्षसीवशे ॥अशोकवनिकामध्ये शोकसागरमाप्लुताम् |
Hanuma saw Seetha being suited to be with her husband, in the custody of ogresses, in the middle of Ashoka garden being immersed in an ocean of grief
siitaam = (Hanuma saw)Seetha; bhartR^ivashe yuktaam = being suited to be with her husband; raakshasiivashe = in the custody of ogresses; ashokavanikaa madhye = in the middle of Ashoka garden;aaplutaam = being immersed; shoka saagaraam = in an ocean of grief.
5.17.24
ताभिः परिवृताम् तत्र सग्रहामिव रोहिणीम् ॥ददर्श हनुमान् देवीम् लतामकुसुमामिव |
Hanuma saw Seetha there surrounded by those ogresses, like Rohini with planets, like a creeper without flowers.
hanumman = Hanuma; dadarsha = saw; deviim = Seetha; tatra = there; parivR^itaam = surrounded; taabhiH = by those ogresses; sagrahaamiva rohiNiim = like Rohini with planets; lathaamiva = like a creeper; akusumaam = without flowers.
5.17.25
सा मलेन च दिग्धाङ्गीवपुषा चाप्यलंकृता ॥मृणाली पङ्कदिग्धेव विभाति च न भाति च |
With body smeared with dirt, being graced by Her body, that Seetha shone and also did not shine, like a lotus-fibre covered with dirt.
igdhaaN^gii = With body smeared; malena = with dirt; vapusshaa chaapi alaMkR^itaa = being graced by her body; saa = that Seetha; vibhaati = shone; na vibhaati cha = and also not shining;mR^iNaaliiva = like a lotus-fibre; paN^ka digdhaaH = covered with dirt.
5.17.26
मलिनेन तु वस्त्रेण परिक्लिष्टेन भामिनीम् ॥संवृताम् मृगशाबाक्षीं ददर्श हनुमान्
कपिः |
ताम् देवीं दीनवदनामदीनां भर्तृतेजसा ॥रक्षिताम् स्वेन शीलेन सीतामसितलोचनाम् |
The monkey Hanuma saw that Seetha with great beauty with black eyes, covered by a cloth which was creased and dirty, with eyes of a deer, with a pitiful face, not depressed due to the brilliance of her husband, protected by her own character.
26; 27. hanumaan kapiH = the monkey Hanuma;darasha = saw; taam deviim seethaam = that Seetha; bhaaminiim = with great beauty;asitalochanaam = with black eye;samvR^itaam = covered; vastreNa = by a cloth; pariklishhTena = which was creased; malinena = dirty; mR^iga shaabaakshiim = with eyes of a deer; diinavadanaam = with a pitiful face; adiinaam = not depressed; bhartR^i tejasaa = due to the brilliance of husband; rakshitaam = protected; svena shiilena = by her own character.
5.17.28
ताम् दृष्ट्वा हनुमान् सीताम् मृगशाबनिभेक्षणाम् |
मृगकन्यामिव त्रस्ताम् वीक्षमाणाम् समन्ततः
॥दहन्तीमिव निःश्वासैर्वृक्षान् पल्लवधारिणः |
सम्घातमिव शोकानाम् दुःखस्योर्मिमिवोथिताम् ॥
Hanuma became happy on seeing Seetha with eyes of a fawn, fearful like a she-deer, seeing trees with young shoots, as though being burnt by sighs, like a bundle of grief, with a wave of sorrow risen up.
28; 29. hanumaan = Hanuma; siitaam dR^ishhTvaa = on seeing Seetha (became very happy); mR^iga shaaba nibhekshaNaam = with eyes of a fawn; trastaam mR^iga kanyaamiva = fearful like a she-deer; viikshamaNaam = seeing; vR^ikshaan = trees; pallava dhaariNaH = with young shoots; dahantiimiva = as though being burnt; niHshvaasaiH = by sighs; shokaanaam samghaatamiva = like a bundle of grief; uurmimiva = like a wave; duHkhasya = of sorrow; uthitaam = risen up.
5.17.30
ताम् क्षमां सुविभक्ताङ्गीं विनाभरणशोभिनीम् |
प्रहर्षमतुलम् लेभे मारुतिः प्रेक्ष्य मैथिलीम्
॥
Hanuma the son of wind god on seeing Seetha that Seetha like the goddess earth, with well divided body parts shining eve without ornaments, obtained great joy.
maarutiH = The son of wind-god Hanuma;prekshya = on seeing; taam maithiliim = that Seetha; kshamaam = like the goddess Earth; suvibhaktaaN^giim = with well divided body parts; vinaabharaNa shobhiniim = shining even without ornaments; lebhe = obtained; atulam praharshaam = great joy.
5.17.31
हर्षजानि च सोऽश्रूणि ताम् दृष्ट्वा मदिरेक्षणाम् |
मुमुचे हनुमांस्तत्र नमश्चक्रे च राघवम्
॥
Hanuma on seeing Seetha there with intoxicating eyes shed tears of joy and also paid obeisance to Sri Rama.
hanumaan = Hanuma; dR^ishTvaa = on seeing; taam = her;tatra = there; madirekshaNaam = with intoxicating eyes ; mumuche = shed; harshajaani ashruuNi = tears of joy;namashchakre cha = and also paid obeisance; raaghavam = to Sri Rama.
5.17.32
नमस्कृत्वा रामाय लक्ष्मणाय च वीर्यवान् |
सीतादर्शनसम्हृष्टो हनुमान् सम्वृतोऽभवत् ॥
Being joyful on seeing Seetha, Hanuma the mighty one paid obeisance to Sri Rama and to Lakshmana and became covered with leaves.
siita darshana samHR^isTaa = Being joyful on seeing Seetha; hanumaan = Hanuma; viiryavaan = the mighty one; namaskR^itvaa = paid obeisance; raamaaya = to Sri Rama; lakshmaNaaya cha = and to Lakshmana;samvR^itaH abhavat = became covered (with leaves)
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे सप्तदशः सर्गः
Sarga 18
5.18.1
तथा विप्रेक्षमाणस्य वनम् पुष्पितपादपम् |
विचिन्वतश्च वैदेहीम् किंचिच्चेषा निशाभवत् ॥
A little of the night was left while Hanuma was searching like that for Seetha in the garden with flowers in blossom.
nishaa = the night; abhavat = became; kiMchichheshaa = a little remaning; tathaa viprekshamaaNasya = while (Hanuma) searched like that; vaidehiim = Seetha; vanam = in the garden; pushhpitapaadapam = with flowers in blossom;
5.18.2
षडङ्गवेदविदुषाम् क्रतुप्रवरयाजिनाम् |
शुश्राव ब्रह्मघोषान् स विरात्रे ब्रह्मरक्षसाम् ॥
That Hanuma heard Vedic sounds early in the morning of Brahma Rakshasas well versed in six parts of Vedas and those who performed excellent sacrifices.
saH = That Hanuma; shushraava = heard; brahma ghoshhaan = Vedic sounds; viraatre = early in the morning; brahmaraakshasaam = of Brahma Rakshasas;shhadaN^ga veda vidushhaam = well versed in six parts of Vedas; kratu pravara yaajinaam = who performed excellent sacrifices;
5.18.3
अथ मङ्गलवादित्रशब्दैः श्रुतिमनोहरैः |
प्रबुध्यत महाबाहुर्दशग्रीवो महाबलः ॥
Thereafter Ravana with great arms and great prowess was woken by the sounds of various auspicious musical instruments pleasing to the ear.
atha = Thereafter; dasagriivaH = Ravana; mahaa baahuH = with great arms; mahaa balaH = with great prowess; praabudhyata = was woken; mangalavaaditra shabdaiH = by the sounds of various auspicious musical instruments; shrutimanoharaiH = pleasing to the ear.
5.18.4
विबुध्य तु यथाकालम् राक्षसेन्द्रः प्रतापवान् |
स्रस्तमाल्याम्बरधरो वैदेहीमन्वचिन्तयात्
॥
The king of rakshasas with great might woke up at the appropriate hour wearing slippery flower garlands remembered about Seetha.
raakshasendraH = The king of rakshasas; prataapavaan = with great might; vibudhya = woke up; yathaakaalam = at the appropriate time; srasta maalyaambara dharaH = wearing slippery flower garlands; anvachintayat = remembered; videhiim = about Seetha.
5.18.5
भृशं नियुक्तस्तस्याम् च मदनेन मदोत्कटः |
न स तं राक्षसः कामं शशाकात्मनि गूहितुम् ॥
In that Seetha's matter, directed a lot by the god of love and excited by passion, that Rakshasa was not capable to suppress in self that desire.
tasyaam = In that Seetha's matter; niyuktaH = directed; bHR^isham = a lot; madanena = by the god of love; madotkaTaH = excited by passion; saH raakshasaH = that Rakshasa; na shasaaka = was not capable; guuhitum = to suppress; aatmani = in self; tam kaamam = that desire.
5.18.6
स सर्वाभरणैर्युक्तो बिभच्छ्रियमनुत्तमाम् |
तां नगैर्बहुभिर्जुष्टाम् सर्वपुष्पफलोपगैः ॥
Together with all ornaments wearing great glory that Ravana entered that Ashoka garden having a lot of trees with all fruits and flowers.
yuktaH = together with; sarvaabharaNaiH = all ornaments; bibhrat = wearing; anuttamaam shriyam = great glory; saH = that Ravana; (entered) that Ashoka garden; jushhTaam = having; bahubhiH nagaiH = a lot of trees; sarvapushhpaphalopagaiH = with all fruits and flowers.
5.18.7
वृतां पुष्करिणीभिश्च नानापुष्पोपशोभिताम् |
सदामदैश्च विहगैर्विचित्राम् परमाद्भुताम् ॥
Ravana entered that great wonderful Ashoka garden together with lakes, shone by various flowers, brilliant with birds always in rut.
(Ravana entered that Ashoka garden) paramaadbhutaam = a great wonderful one; vR^itaam = together; pushhkariNiibhiH = with lakes; naanaa pushhpopashobitaam = shone by various flowers; vichitraam = brilliant;vihagaiH = with birds; sadaa madaiH = always in rut.
5.18.8
ईहामृगैश्च विविधैर्जुष्टां डृष्टिमनोहरैः |
वीथीः संप्रेक्षमाणश्च मणिकाञ्चनतोरणाः ॥नानामृगगणाकीर्णां फलैः प्रपतितैर्वृताम् |
अशोकवनकामेव प्राविशत्संततद्रुमाम् ॥
Ravana entered Ashoka garden seeing archways of gold and gems crowded by artificial deer of various kinds ravishing eyes and mind, filled with animals of various kinds, together with fallen fruits and full of trees.
8; 9. praavishat = (Ravana) entered; ashokavanikaameva = Ashoka garden; saMprekshamaaNashcha = seeing;maNikaaN^chana toranaaH = archways of gold and gems; jushhTaam = crowded; iihaamR^igaishcha = by artificial deer; vividhaiH = of various varieties; dR^ishhTimanoharaiH = ravishing the eyes and mind; naanaamR^igagaNaakiirNaam = filled with animals of various kinds; vR^itaam = together; prapatitaiH phalaiH = with fallen fruits;samtatadrumaam = full of trees.
5.18.10
अङ्गनाशतमात्रं तु तं व्रजन्तमनुव्रजत् |
महेन्द्रमिव पौलस्त्यम्ं देवगन्धर्वयोषितः ॥
While He was going only a hundred of women followed that Ravana like Deva and Gandharva women following Indra.
vrajantam = while going; aN^ganaashatamaatram = only a hundred of women;anuvrajat = followed; tam paulastyam = that Ravana; devagandharvayoshitaH = like Deva and Gandharva women; mahendram = (following) Indra.
5.18.11
दीपिकाः काञ्चनीः काश्चिज्जगृहुस्तत्र योषितः |
वालव्यजनहस्ताश्च तालवृन्तानि चापराः ॥
There some women bore lamps of gold; some others carried chowries; some others had fans of Palmyra leaves in their hands.
tatra = there; kaashchit = some; yoshhitaH = women; jagR^iH = bore; diipikaaH = lamps; kaaN^chaniiH = of gold; aparaaH = some others; taalavR^intaani = (carried) chowries vaalavyajana hastaashcha = (some others had) fans of Palmyra leaves in their hands.
5.18.12
काञ्चनैरपि भृङ्गारैर्जह्रुः सलिलमग्रतः |
मण्डलागान् ब्रुसींश्चापि गृह्यान्याः पृष्ठतो ययुः
॥
Some women carried water in small vessels of gold; some others followed in the back taking pillows with circular ends.
(Some women) juhruH = carried; salilam = water; bhR^ingaaraiH = in small vessels; kaaN^chaniH = of gold; anyaaH = some others; pR^ishhThataH yayuH = followed in the back; gR^ihya = taking; brusiiMshchaiva = pillows; maNDalaagraan = with circular ends
5.18.13
काचिद्रत्नमयीं स्थालीं पूर्णां पानस्य ब्राजतम् |
दक्षिणा दक्षिणेनैव तदा जग्राह पाणिना ॥
One woman to the right of Ravana held with her right hand a vessel with gem stones filled with liqour.
kaachit = one; bhaaminii = woman; dakshinaa = to the right (of Ravana); jagraaH = held; dakshinenaiva paaNinaa = with her right hand; sthaaliim = a vesel; paanasya = of liqour; ratnamayiim = with gem stones; puurNaam = full (of liqour)
5.18.14
राजहंसप्रतीकाशं चत्रं पूर्णशशिप्रभम् |
सौवर्णदण्डमपरा गृहीत्वा पृष्ठतो ययौ ॥
Another woman went at back taking an umbrella equalling a royal swan with the radiance of full moon with a golden handle.
aparaa = another (woman); pR^ishhthataH yayau = went at back; gR^ihiitvaa = taking; chhatram = an umbrella; raajahamsapratiikaasham = equalling a royal swan; puurnashasiprabhaam = with the radiance of full moon; sauvarNadaNDam = with a golden handle.
5.18.15
निद्रामदपरीताक्ष्यो रावनस्योत्तमाः स्त्रियः |
अनुजग्मुः पतिं वीरम् घनम् विद्युल्लता इव
॥
With sleepy eyes best women of Ravana followed mighty husband like lightning following a cloud.
nidraamada pariitaakshyo = With sleepy eyes; uttamaaH striyaH = best women; raavaNasya = of Ravana; anujagmuH = followed; viiram patim = mighty husband; vidyullataaH ghanamiva = like lightning (following a) cloud.
5.18.16
व्याविद्धहारकेयूराः समामृदितवर्णकाः |
समागळितकेशान्ताः सस्वेदवदनास्तथा ॥घोर्णन्त्यो
मदशेषेण निद्रया च शुभाननाः |
स्वेदक्लिष्टाङ्गकुसुमाः सुमाल्याकुलमूर्धजाः ॥प्रयान्तं नैरृतपतिं
नार्यो मदिरलोचनाः |
बहुमानाच्च कामाच्च प्रिया भार्यास्तमन्वयुः ॥
With displaced necklaces and armlets, with effaced cover of sandal-paste, with dishevelled hair, and also with sweaty faces, staggering due to surviving trace of liquor and due to sleepiness, with shrivelled flowers on perspiring bodies, with dishevelled hair along with good garlands, with intoxicating eyes, women who were dear wives followed that king of Rakshasas who was going due to respect and due to love.
16;17;18. vyyaviddha keyuuraaH = With displaced necklaces and armlets; samaamR^idita varNakaaH = with effaced cover (of sandal-paste); samaagaLita keshaantaaH = with dishevelled hair; tathaa = and also; sasveda vadanaaH = with sweaty faces; ghoorNantyaH = staggering; madasheshheNa nidrayaa cha = due to surviving trace of liqour and due to sleepiness; sveda klishhTaN^ga kusumaaH = with shrivelled flowers on perspiring bodies; sumaalyaakulamuurdhajaaH = with dishevelled hair along with good garlands; madiralochanaaH = with intoxicating eyes; naaryaaH = women; priyaaH bhaaryaaH = who were dear wives; anvayuH = followed; tam = that; nairR^itapatim = king of Rakshasas; prayaantam = who was going; bahumaanaachcha = due to respect; kaamaachcha = and due to love.
5.18.19
स च कामपराधीनः पतिस्तासां महाबलः |
सीतासक्तमना मन्दो मन्दाञ्चितगतिर्बभौ ॥
Husband of those women, of great might, who was surrendered to lust, that Ravana also who was dull witted, with his mind interested in Seetha shone with a slow and beautiful gait.
patiH = husband; taasaam = of those (women); mahaabalaH = of great might; kaamaparaadhiinaH = who was surrendered to lust; sa cha = that Ravana also; mandaH = (who was) dull witted; siitaasakta manaaH = with his mind interested in Seetha; babhau = shone; mandaaN^chita gatiH = with a slow and beautiful gait.
5.18.20
ततः काञ्चीनिनादं च नूपुराणाम् च निस्वनम् |
शुश्राव परमस्त्रीणां स कपिर्मारुतात्मजः ॥
Thereafter that Hanuma, the son of wind-god heard the sound of waist-bands and the sound of anklets of those excellent women.
tataH = Thereafter; saH kapiH = that Hanuma; maarutaatjamjaam = the son of wind-god; sushraava = heard; kaaN^chiininaadam = the sound of waist-bands; nuupuraaNam nisvanam cha = and the sound of anklets; paramastriiNaam = of those excellent women.
5.18.21
तं चाप्रतिमकर्माणमचिन्त्यबलपौरुषम् |
द्वारदेशमनुप्राप्तं ददर्श हनुमान् कपिः ॥
Hanuma the monkey saw that Ravana also, performer of deeds without an equal, with unfathomable might and virility, reaching the entrance region.
hanumaan = Hanuma; kapiH = the monkey; dadarsha = saw; tam cha = that Ravana also; apratima karmaaNam = performer of deeds without an equal; achintya bala paurushham = with unfathomable might and virility; anupraaptam = reaching; dvaara desham = entrance region.
5.18.22
दीपिकाभिरनेकाभिः समन्तादवभासितम् |
गन्धतैलावसिक्ताभिर्द्रियमाणाभिरग्रतः ॥
Wettened by fragrant oil, being carried in front of Ravana, Hanuma saw Ravana being shone in all directions by many lamps.
gandha tailaavasiktaabhH = Wettened by fragrant oil; dhriyamaaNaabhiH = being carried; agrataH = in front; (Hanuma saw Ravana) avabhaasitam = being shone; samantaat = in all directions; anekaabhiH = by many; diipikaabhiH = lamps;
5.18.23
कामदर्पमदैर्युक्तं जिह्मताम्रायतेक्षणम् |
समक्षमिव कन्दर्पमपविद्धशरासनम् ॥
Hanuma saw Ravana together with lust, vanity and intoxication, with wide red eyes which were slanted, like the god of love in person with bow kept at a distance.
(Hanuma saw Ravana) yuktam = together; kaamadarpamadaiH = with lust; vanity and intoxication; jihmataamraayatekshaNam = with wide red eyes which were slanted; samaksham kandarpamiva = like Manmadha; the god of love in person;apaviddhasharaasanam = with bow kept at a distance;
5.18.24
मथितामृतफेनाभमरजोवस्त्रमुत्तमम् |
सलीलमनुकर्षन्तं विमुक्तं सक्तमङ्गदे ॥
Hanuma saw Ravana playfully readjusting his excellent upper garment with the luster of churned nectar froth, without stain,slipping being entangled in armlet.
(Hanuma saw Ravana) salillam = playfully; anukarshhantam = readjusting;uttamam vastram = excellent (upper) garment;mathitaamR^itaphenaabham = With the lustre of churned nectar froth; arajaH = without stain;vimuktam = slipping; aN^gade saktam = being entangled with armlet; .
5.18.25
तं पत्रविटपे लीनः अत्रपुष्पघनावृतह् |
समीपमिव संक्रान्तं निध्यातुमुपचक्रमे ॥
Hanuma blended in a branch full of leaves covered by groups of leaves and flowers started to see that Ravana as though coming near Him.
(Hanuma) liinaH = blended;patraviTape = in a branch full of leaves; patrapusshpaghanaavR^itaH = covered by groups of leaves and flowers; upachakrame = started; nidhyaatum = to see; tam = that Ravana; samkraantamiva = as though coming; samiipam = near (Him);
5.18.26
अवेक्षमाणस्तु ततो ददर्श कपिकुञ्जरः |
रूपयौवनसंपन्ना रावणस्य वरस्तियः ॥
Thereafter Hanuma, the best among Vanaras looking in all directions saw best women of Ravana full of beauty and youth.
tataH = Thereafter; kapikuN^jaraH = the best among Vanaras; avekashamaaNaH = looking in all directions; dadarsha = saw;varastriyaH = best women; raavaNasya = of Ravana; ruupayauvanasampannaaH = full of beauty and youth;
5.18.27
ताभिः परिवृतो राजा सुरूपाभिर्महायशाः |
तस्मृगद्विजसम्घष्टं प्रविष्टः प्रमदावनम् ॥
King of great fame, Ravana, together with those women with good appearance entered that garden resounded by animals and birds.
raajaa = king; mahaa yashaaH = of great fame; parivR^itaH = together; taabhiH = with those women; suruupaabhiH = with good appearance; pravishhTaH = entered; tat = that garden; mR^igadvijasaMghushhtam = resounded by animals and birds.
5.18.28
क्षीबो विचित्राभरणः शङ्कुकर्णो महाबलः |
तेन विश्रवसः पुत्रः स दृष्टो राक्षसाधिपः ॥वृतः परमनारीभिस्ताराभिरिव चन्द्रामाः |
तं ददर्श महातेजास्तेजोवन्तं महाकपिः ॥
That king of Rakshasas who was intoxicated with wonderful ornaments, with pointed ears, son of Visravasa was like the moon together with stars, together with best women was seen by Hanuma. That great Vanara with great brilliance saw that Ravana with glory.
28; 29. saH raakshsaadhipaH = that king of Rakshasas; kshiibaH = who was intoxicated; vichitraabharaNaH = with wonderful ornaments; saN^kukarNaH = with pointed ears; vishravasaH putraH = son of Visravasa; chandramaaH iva = was like the moon; taaraabhiH = together with stars; vR^itaH = together; paramanaariibhiH = with best women; dR^ishhtaH = was seen; tena = by that Hanuma; mahaa kapiH = that great Vanara; mahaa tejaaH = with great brilliance; dadarsha = saw; tam = that Ravana; tejovantam = with glory.
5.18.30
रावणोऽयम् महाबाहुरिति संचिन्त्य वानरः |
अवप्लुतो महातेजा हनुमान्मारुतात्मजः ॥
The son of god of wind Vanara Hanuma of great brilliance thinking thus "This long armed one is Ravana", jumped down.
maarutaatmajaH = The son of god of wind; vaanaraH = Vanara; hanumaan = Hanuma; mahaa tejaaH = of great brilliance; ayam = this; mahaabaahuH = long armed one; raavaNaH = is Ravana; iti samchintya = thinking thus; avaplutaH = jumped down.
5.18.31
स तथाप्युग्रतेजाः सन्निर्धूतस्तस्य तेजसा |
पत्रगुह्यान्तरे सक्तो हनुमान् संवृतोऽभवत् ॥
Thus Hanuma although of terrible energy was overshadowed by Ravana's brilliance and became rooted behind a group of leaves and was concealed.
tathaa = thus; hanumaan = Hanuma; ugra tejaaH sannapi = (although) of terrible energy; nirdhuutaH = was overshadowed; tasya tejasaa = by Ravana's brilliance; abhavat = (and) became; patra guhyaantare saktaH = rooted behind a group of leaves; samvR^itaH = and was concealed;
5.18.32
स तामसितकेशान्तां सुश्रोणीं संहतस्तनीम् |
दिदृक्षुरसितापाङ्गमुपावर्तत रावणः ॥
That Ravana neared Seetha with black hair, with charming limbs with well knit breasts, with black corners of eyes, wishing to see Her.
saH raavanaH = that Ravana; upaavartata = neared; taam = Seetha; asitakeshaantaam = with black hair; sushroNiim = with charming limbs; samhatastaniim = with well knit breasts; asitaapaaN^gaam = with black corners of eyes; didR^ikshuH = wishing to see (Her);
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे अष्टादशः सर्गः
Sarga 19
5.19.1
तस्मिन्नेव ततः काले राजपुत्री त्वनिन्दिता |
रूपयौवनसम्पन्नं भूषणोत्तमभूषितम् ॥ततो दृष्ट्वैव वैदेही रावणम् राक्षसाधिपम् |
प्रावेपत वरारोहा प्रवाते कदली यथा ॥
Thereafter at that time Seetha a princess without any blame of excellent limbs shook like a plantain tree in wind on seeing Ravana the king of rakshasas endowed with beauty and youth adorned with excellent ornaments.
1; 2. tataH = Thereafter; tasmin kaale eva = at that time;vaidehii = Seetha; raajaputrii = a princess; aninditaa = without any blame; varaarohaa = of excellent limbs; praavepata = shook; kadalii yathaa = like a plantain tree; pravaate = in wind; dR^ishhTvaiva = on seeing; raavaNam = Ravana; raakshasaadhipam = the king of Rakshasas; ruupa yauvana sampannam = endowed with beauty and youth; bhuushaNotaama bhuushhitam = adorned with excellent ornaments.
5.19.3
आच्छाद्योदरमूरुभ्यां बाहुभ्यां च पयोधरौ |
उपविष्टा विशालाक्षी रुदन्ती वरवर्णिनी ॥
The wide eyed Seetha with excellent color covering stomach with thighs and breasts with hands sat down crying.
vishaalaakshii = The wide eyed Seetha; varavarNinii = with excellent color; aachchhaadya = covering; udaram = stomach; uurubhyaam = with thighs; payodharau = breasts; baahubhyaam = with hands; upavisshTaa = sat down; rudantii = crying.
5.19.4
दशग्रीवस्तु वैदेहीम् रक्षितां राक्षसीगणैः |
ददर्श दीनाम् दुःखार्तां नावं सन्नामिवार्णवे
॥
Ravana saw Seetha protected by batches of ogres looking miserable being struck with grief like a ship in danger in the sea.
dashagriivastu = Ravana; dadarsha = saw; vaidehiim = Seetha;rakshitaam = protected; raakshasiigaNaiH = by batches of ogres; diinaam = (looking) miserable; duHkhaataam = being struck with grief; naavamiva = like a ship; sannaam = in danger; aarNave = in the sea;
5.19.5
असंवृतायामासीनाम् धरण्याम् संशितव्रताम् |
चिनां प्रपतितां भूमौ शाखामिव वनस्पतेः ॥
Hanuma saw Seetha sitting down on uncovered land, with a firm resolve, like a branch of a tree fallen down on earth being torn from the tree.
aasiinaam = (Hanuma saw Seetha) sitting down;asamvR^itaam = on uncovered; dhaaraNyaam = land;samShitavrataan = with a firm resolve; vanaspateH shaakhaamiva = like a branch of a tree; prapatitaam = fallen down; bhumau = on earth; chinnam = being torn (from the tree).
5.19.6
मलमण्डनचित्राङ्गीम् मण्डनार्हाममण्डिताम् |
मृणाली पङ्कदिग्धेव विभाति न विभाति च ॥
Hanuma saw Seetha with a stange body with dirt as ornament, who although suited to decorate with ornaments was without ornaments. Although She was shining like a lotus stem covered with mud, She was not shining also.
malamaNDana chitraaN^giim = (Hanuma saw Seetha) With a strange body with dirt as an ornament; maNDanaarhaam = suitable to decorate with ornaments; amaNDittam = without any ornaments;vibhaati = shining; mR^iNaaliiva = like a lotus stem; paN^kadigdhaa = being covered with mud; na vibhaati cha = and also not shining
5.19.7
समीपम् राजसिम्हस्य रामस्य विदितात्मनः |
सङ्कल्पहयसम्युक्तैर्यान्तीमिव मनोरथैः ॥
Seetha was as though going near to Rama a lion among kings with a famous personality with desires as chariot tied with thoughts as horses.
yaantiimiva = (Seetha) Was as though going;samiipam = near; raamasya = to Rama; raajasimhasya = a lion among kings; viditaatmanaH = with a famous personality; manorathaiH = with desires as chariot; samkalpahayasamyuktaiH = tied with thoughts as horses
5.19.8
शुष्यन्तीम् रुदतीमेकां ध्यानशोकपरायणाम् |
दुःखस्यान्तमपश्यन्तीं रामां राममनुव्रताम् ॥
Seetha a pleasant one, was emaciated, was crying, being alone having surrendered to Her thoughts and sorrow not seeing the end of grief, following the will of Rama.
raamaam = (Seetha) a pleasant one; shhuShyanttim = was emaciated; rudatiim = was crying; ekaam = being alone; dhyaanashokaparaayaNaam = having surrendered to Her thoughts and sorrow; apashyantiim = not seeing; antam = the end; dukhasya = of grief;anuvrataam = following the will; raamam = of Rama.
5.19.9
चेष्टमानां तथाविष्टां पन्नगेन्द्रवधूमिव |
धूप्यमानाम् ग्रहेणेव रोहिणीं धूमकेतुना ॥
And also Seetha was like a great she-serpant writhing under the spell of an incantation. She was like Rohini being fumigated by a smoke colored planet called Ketu.
tathaa = And also; pannagendravadhuumiva = (Seetha) was like great she-serpant; cheshhTamaanaam = writhing;aavishhTaam = under the spell of an incantation;rohiNiimiva = like Rohini; dhuupyamaanaam = being fumigated; dhuumaketunaa grahena = by a smoke colored planet called Ketu.
5.19.10
वृत्तशीलकुले जातामाचारवति धार्मिके |
पुनः संस्कारमापन्नां जातामिव च दुष्कुले ॥
Being born in a virtuous traditional family with good conduct and character and getting married, Seetha appeared as if She was born in a bad family.
jaataam = Being born; dhaarmike = in a virtuous; aachaaravati = traditional; vR^itta shiila kule = family with good conduct and character; aapannaam = getting; samskaaram = married; punaH = again; jaataamiva = (Seetha was) like being born; dushhkule = in a bad family
5.19.11
अभूतेनापवादेन कीर्तीम् निपतितामिव |
अम्नायानामयोगेन विद्यां प्रशिथिलामिव ॥
Seetha was like fame fallen down due to false blame. She was like education ruined due to lack of learning by heart.
kiirtimiva = (Seetha was) like fame;nipatitaam = fallen down;abhuutena = (due to) false; apavaadena = blame;vidyaamiva = like education; prashithitaam = runied; ayogena = (due to) non conformity ;aamnaayaanaam = (of) learning by heart.
5.19.12
सन्नामिव महाकीर्तिं श्रद्धामिव विमानिताम् |
प्रज्ञामिव परिक्षीणामाशां प्रतिहतामिव ॥
Seetha was like deteriorated great fame,like insulted faith,like an understanding grown feeble, like dulled hope.
sannam iva = (Seetha was) like deteriorated; mahaakiirtim = great fame; shraddaamiva = like faith; vimaanitaam = insulted; praJNaamiva = like an understanding; parikshiiNaam = grown feeble; aashaamiva = like hope; pratihataam = dulled.
5.19.13
आयतीमिव विध्वस्तामाज्ञां प्रतिहतामिव |
दीप्तामिव दिशं काले पूजामपहृतामिव ॥
Seetha was like an expectation destroyed, like an order flouted; like a blazing quarter during a period of destruction, like a worship stolen.
aayatiimiva = (Seetha was) like expectation; vidhvastaam = destroyed; aajJNaamiva = like an order; pratihataam = flouted; diiptaam dishaamiva = like a blazing quarter; kaale = during a period of destruction; puujaamiva = like a worship; avahR^itaam = stolen;
5.19.14
पद्मिनीमिव विध्वस्तां हतशूरां चमूमिव |
प्रभामिव तमोध्वस्तामुपक्षीणामिवापगाम् ॥
Seetha was like a lotus destroyed, like an army with killed warriors, like light destroyed by darkness, like vanished river.
padminiimiva = (Seetha was) like a lotus; vidhvastaam = destroyed; chamuumiva = like an army; hata shuraam = with killed warriors; prabhaamiva = like light; tamodhvastaam = destroyed by darkness; apaagaamiva = like a river; upakshiiNaam = vanished.
5.19.15
वेदीमिव परामृष्टां शान्तामग्निशिखामिव |
पौर्णमासीमिव निशां राहुग्रस्तेन्दुमण्डलाम् ॥
Seetha was like an altar desecrated, like a tongue of fire gone out, like a full moon night with moon devoured by Rahu.
vediimiva = (Seetha was) like an altar; paraamR^ishhTaam = desecrated; agnishikhaamiva = like a tongue of fire; shantaam = gone out; paurNamaasiim nishaamiva = like a full moon night; raahugrastendumaNDalaam = with moon devoured by Rahu.
5.19.16
उत्कृष्टपर्णकमलां वित्रासितविहङ्गमाम् |
हस्तिहस्तपरामृष्टमाकुलां पद्मिनीमिव ॥
Seetha was like a lotus pond agitated with torned out leaves and lotuses, being roughly traeated by the trunk of an elephant.
padminiimiva = (Seetha was) like a lotus pond; aakulaam = agitated; utKR^ishhTapaNakamalaam = with torned out leaves and lotuses; hastihastaparaamR^ishhTaam = (being) roughly treated by the trunk of an elephant.
5.19.17
पतिशोकातुरां शुष्कां नदीं विस्रावितामिव |
परया मृजया हीनाम् कृष्णपक्षनिशामिव ॥
Grieved for husband, Seetha was like a river which has dried uo with water caused to flow out lacking best washing, was like a new moon night.
patishokaaturaam = Grieved for husband; nadiimiva = (Seetha was) like a river; shushhkaam = dried up; visraavitaam = (with water) caused to flow out; hiinaam = lacking; parayaa mR^ijayaa = best washing; kR^ishhNa paksha nishaamiva = like a new moon night.
5.19.18
सुकुमारीम् सुजाताङ्गीं रत्न गर्भगृहोचिताम् |
तप्यमानामिवोष्णेन मृणालीमचिरोद्धृताम् ॥
Seetha was a delicate one with well built limbs, accustomed to houses full of diamonds, being tormented by heat, like a lotus fibre uprooted short time back.
sukumaariim = (Seetha was) a delicate one; sujaataN^giim = with well built limbs; ratnagarbhagR^ihochitaam = accustomed to houses full of diamonds; tapyamaanaam = being tormented; ushhNena = by heat; mR^iNaaliimiva = like a lotus fibre; achiroddhR^itaam = uprooted short time back.
5.19.19
गृहीतामाळितां स्तम्भे यूथपेन विनाकृताम् |
निःश्वसन्तीं सुदुःखार्तां गजराजवधूमिव ॥
Seetha was like a she-elephant captured and tied to a pillar, made to be without the leader of herd, sighing, very much tormented by grief.
gajaraajavadhuumiva = (Seetha was) Like a she-elephant; gR^ihiitaam = captured; aaLitaam = tied; stambhe = to a pillar; kR^itena = made; yuudhapena vinaa = (to be) without the leader of herd; niHshvasantiim = sighing; suduHkhartaam = very much tormented by grief.
5.19.20
एकया दीर्घया वेण्या शोभमानामयत्नतः |
नीलया नीरदापाये वनराज्या महीमिव ॥
With a long single plait, shining without effort, Seetha was like the earth with dark groups of trees at the end of rainy season.
diirghayaa = with a long; ekayaa = single; veNyaa = plait;shobhamaanaam = shining; ayatnataH = without effort; mahiimiva = (Seetha) was like the earth; niilayaa vanaraajyaa = with dark groups of trees; niiradaapaaye = at the end of rainy season.
5.19.21
उपवासेन शोकेन ध्यानेन च भयेन च |
परिक्षीणां कृशां दीनामल्पाहारां तपोधनाम् ॥
Wasted, emaciated due to fasting, due to sorrow, due to thought and due to fear, Seetha was with limited food and with austerity as wealth.
parikshiiNaam = wasted; kRishaam = emaciated; upavaasena = due to fasting; shokena = due to sorrow; dhyaanena = due to thought; bhayena cha = and due to fear; alpaahaaraam = (Seetha) was with limited food; tapodhanaam = (and) with austerity as wealth.
5.19.22
आयाचमानाम् दुःखार्तां प्राञ्जलिं देवतामिव |
भावेन रघुमुख्यस्य दशग्रीवपराभवम् ॥
Seetha was like a celestial being, tormented by grief and by thought with joined palms, desiring the defeat of Ravana at the hands of Sri Rama
devataamiva = (Seetha was) like a celestial being; duHkhaartaam = tormented by grief; bhavena = by thought; praaN^jalim = with joined palms; ayaachamaanaam = desiring; dashagriiva paraabhavam = defeat of Ravana; raghu mukhyasya = (at the hands of) Sri Rama.
5.19.23
समीक्षमाणां रुदतीमनिन्दितां |
सुपक्ष्मताम्रायतशुक्ललोचनाम् |
अनुव्रतां राममतीव मैथिलीं
|
प्रलोभयामास वधाय रावणः ॥
Ravana was trying to allure and threatening death to Seetha who was looking at every direction, crying, without blame, with good eye lids and reddish and white eyes, with an excessive vow to follow Sri Rama.
raavanaH = Ravana; pralobhayaamaasa = (was trying) to allure; vadhaaya = (and threatening) death ( to Seetha) ;samiikshamaaNaam = who was looking at every direction; rudatiim = crying; aninditaam = without blame; supakshmataamraayata shuklalochanaam = with good eye lids and reddish and white eyes;atiiva anuvrataam = with an excessive vow to follow; raamam = Sri Rama;
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकोनविंशः सर्गः
Sarga 20
5.20.1
स ताम् परिवृतां दीनां निरानन्दां तपस्विनीम् |
साकारैर्मधुरैर्वाक्यैर्न्यदर्शयत रावणः ॥
Ravana conveyed in significant words to that Seetha who was surrounded by ogresses, wretched, without happiness and pitiable.
raavaNaH = Ravana; nyadarshayata = conveyed; saakaaraiH vaakyaiH = in significant words; taam = (to) that Seetha; parivR^itaam = surrounded (by ogresses); diinaam = (who was) wretched; nirranandaam = without happiness; tapasviniim = (and) pitiable.
5.20.2
मां दृष्ट्वा नागनासोरु गूहमाना स्तनोदरम् |
अदर्शनमिवात्मानं भयान्नेतुं त्वमिच्चसि ॥
"You are with thighs like the trunk of an elephant. Seeing me covering your breasts and belly, you desire obtaining disappearance of self due to fear.
naagavaasoru = (You are) With thighs like the trunk of an elephant; maam dR^ishhTvaa = seeing me; guhamaanaa = covering; stanodaram = (your) breasts and belly; tvam = you; ichchhasiiva = desire; netum = obtaining; adarshanam = disappearence; aatmaanam = of self; bhayaat = due to fear.
5.20.3
कामये त्वाम् विशालाक्षि बहुमन्यस्व मां प्रिये |
सर्वाङ्गगुणसम्पन्ने सर्वलोकमनोहरे ॥
"O wide eyed one! You are endowed with bodily excellencies, pleasing to all people. I desire you. O lovable one! respect me."
vishaalakshii = O wide eyed one!; sarvaaN^ga guNa sampannaa = you are endowed with bodily excellencies; sarva loka manohare = pleasing to all people; tvaam kaamaye = I desire you; priye = O lovable one!; maam bahumayasva = respect me.
5.20.4
नेह केचिन्मनुष्या वा राक्षसाः कामरूपिणः |
व्यपसर्पतु ते सीते भयम् मत्तः समुत्थितम् ॥
"O Seetha! Here there are no humans or ogres with ability to change form. Let your fear caused due to me be removed."
seethe = O Seetha!; iha = here; kechit na = there are no; manushhyaaH = humans; kaamaruupiNaH raakshasaaH vaa = or ogres with ability to change form; te bhayam = (Let)your fear; samutthitam = caused; mattaH = due to me; vyapasarpatu = be removed;
5.20.5
स्वधर्मो रक्षसां भीरु सर्वथैव न संशयः |
गमनं वा परस्त्रीणाम् हरणम् सम्प्रमथ्य वा ॥
"O one with fear! Obtaining women belonging to others or abducting by force is the righteous deed for ogres by all means. There is no doubt in this."
bhiiru = O one with fear; gamanam vaa = obtaining parastriiNaam = women belonging to others; haraNam vaa = or abducting; saMpramathya = by force; svadharmaH = is the righteous deed; rakshasaam = for ogres; sarvathaiva = by all means; saMshayaH na = there is no doubt (in this).
5.20.6
एवं चैतदकामां तु न त्वां स्प्रक्ष्यामि मैथिलि |
कामम् कामः शरीरे मे यथाकामं प्रार्तताम्
॥
"O Seetha! It is like this. desire very much may behave in whatever way it likes in my body. But I will not touch you without lust."
maithili = O Seetha!; etat evam = It is like this; kaamaH = desire; kaamam = very much; yathaa kaamam pravartataam = may behave in whatever way it likes; me = in my; shariire = body; tu = but; na spR^ikshyaami = I will not touch; tvaam = you; akaamaam = without lust.
5.20.7
देवि नेह भयम् कार्यम् मयि विश्वसिहि प्रिये |
प्रणयस्व च तत्वएन मैवम् भूः शिकलालसा ॥
"O queen of my heart! In this matter fear is not to be made. O love! Believe in me. Truly become with love. Do not become absorbed in sorrow like this."
devi = O queen (of my heart)!;iha = in this matter; bhayam na kkaryam = fear is not to be made; priye = O love! vishvasihi = believe; mayi = in me; tattvena = truly; praNayasva = become with love; maa bhuuH = do not become; shokalaalasaa = absorbed in sorrow;evam = like this.
5.20.8
एकवेणी धराशय्या ध्यानं मलिनमम्बरम् |
अस्थानेऽप्युपवासश्च नैतान्यौपयिकानि ते ॥
"Single plait, the bed of ground,mediation,dirty cloth,fasting at an inappropriate time - all these are not useful to you."
ekaveNii = single plait; dharaashayya = the bed of ground; dhyaanam = meditation; malinam ambaram = dirty cloth; asthaane upavaasashcha = fasting at an inappropriate time; etaani = all these; na aupayikaani = are not useful; te = to you.
5.20.9
विचित्राणि च माल्यानि चन्दनान्यगरूणि च |
विविधानि च वासांसि द्व्यान्याभरणानि च ॥महार्हणि च पानानि शयनान्यासनानि च |
गीतम् नृत्तं च वाद्यं च लभ मं प्राप्य मैथिलि ॥
"O Seetha! After getting me gain wonderful garlands, sandals, Agallochums, a variety of cloths and best ornaments, the best drinks, beds and seats, song and dance and musical instrument."
9; 10. maithilii = O Seetha!; praapya = getting; maam = me; labha = gain; vichitraaNi maalyaani = wonderful garlands; chandanaani = sandals; agaruuNi = Agallochums; vividhaani vaasaaMsi cha = a variety of cloths; divyaani aabharaNaani cha = and best ornaments; mahaarhaaNi paanaani = the best drinks; shayanaani = beds; aasanaani cha = and seats; giitam = song; nR^ittam cha = and dance; vaadyam cha = and musical instrument.
5.20.11
स्त्रीरत्नमसि मैवम् भूः कुरु गात्रेषु भूषणम् |
मां प्राप्य हि कथम् नु स्यास्त्वमनर्हा सुविग्रहे
॥
"You are a gem among women. Do not be like this. Make decoration on your limbs. O one with a good body! Getting me how will you become unsuited for luxuries?"
strii ratnma asi = You are a gem among women; maa bhuuH = do not be; evam = like this; kuru = make; bhuushhaNam = decoration; aatrshhu = on your limbs; suvigrahe = O one with a good body!; praapya getting; maam = me; katham nu = how (will you); syyaH = become; anarhaaH = unsuited (for luxuries).
5.20.12
इदम् ते चारु सम्जातम् यौवनम् व्यतिवर्तते |
यदतीतं पुनर्नैति स्रोतः शीघ्रमपामिव ॥
"This your youth born beautifully is passing away, whichever youth is quickly passing away will not come back again like the flow of water."
idam = this; te yauvanum = your youth; chaaru saMjaatam = born beautifully; vyativartate = is passing away; yat = Whichever (youth); siighram = (is) quickly; atiitam = passing away; naiti = will not come back; punaH = again; apaam srotaH iva = like the flow of water.
5.20.13
त्वां कृत्वोपरतो मन्ये रूपकर्ता स विश्वसृक् |
न हि रूपोपमा त्वन्या तवास्ति शुभदर्शने ॥
"O one with auspicious appearance! The creator of form, that creator of the world, Lord Brahma has made you and stopped - I think thus. There is not another who is equal to your appearance."
shubha darshane = O one with auspicious appearance!; ruupa kartaa = the creator of form; saH = that; visvasR^ik = creator of the world; Lord Brahma; kR^itvaa = made; tvaam = you; uparataH = and stopped; manye = I think so; anyaa = Another; naasti hi = is indeed not; tava ruupopamaa = equal to your appearance.
5.20.14
त्वाम् समाअसाद्य वैदेहि रूपयौवनशालिनीम् |
कः पुमानतिवर्तेत साक्षादपि पितामहः ॥
"O Seetha! Obtaining you endowed with beauty and youth, which man even if he is Lord Brahma himself will disregard (leave) you."
vaidehii = O Seetha!; samaasaadya = obtaining; tvaam = you; ruupayauvanashaaliniim = endowed with beauty and youth; kaH pumaan = which man; sakshaat pitaamahaH = (even if he is) Lord Brahma himself; ativarteta = will disregard (you).
5.20.15
यद्यत्पश्यामि ते गात्रम् शीतांशुसदृशानने |
तस्मिंस्तस्मिन् पृधुश्रोणि चक्षुर्मम निबध्यते
॥
"O one with face like that of moon! O one with broad hips! Your whichever limb I see, my eye is getting tied in that that limb."
shiitaaMshusadR^ishhanane = O one with face like that of moon!; pR^ithushroNi = O one with broad hips!; te = your; yadyat = whichever; gaatram = limb; pashyaami = I see; mama = my; chakshuH = eye; nibadhyate = is getting tied; tasmin tasmin = in that that (limb).
5.20.16
भव मैथिलि भाया मे मोहमेनम् विसर्जय |
बह्वीनामुत्तमस्त्रीणामाहृतानामितस्ततः ॥सर्वापामेव भद्रं ते ममाग्रमहिषी भव |
"O Seetha! Become my wife. Leave this ignorance. In all my many best women brought from here and there, become foremost consort. Let there be auspicious to you."
maithilii = O Seetha!; bhava = become; me = my; bhaaryaa = wife; visarjaya = leave; evam = this; moham = ignorance; sarvasaameva = In all; mama = my;bahviinaam = many; uttama strrinaam = best women; aahR^itaanaam = brought; itastataH = from here and there; bhava = become; agramahishhii = foremost consort; te bhadram = (let there be) auspicious to you.
5.20.17
लोकेभो यानि रत्नानि सम्प्रमथ्याहृतानि वै ॥तानि मे भीरु सर्वाणि राज्यम् चैतदहं
च ते |
"O timid one! Whatever gems that have been brought by force, all those, my this kingdom and also myself belong to you."
bhiiru = O timid one!; raani ratnaani = Whatever gems; aahR^itaani vai = (that have been)brought; saMpramadhya = by force; taani sarvaaNi = all those; me = my; etat = this; raajyam = kingdom; aham cha = and also myself; te = (belong to) you.
5.20.18
विजित्य पृथिवीं सर्वां नानानगरमालिनीम् ॥जनकाय प्रदास्यामि तव हेतोर्विलासिनि |
"O charmful lady! Conquering the entire earth together with chain of various cities for your sake, I can give to king Janaka.
vilaasini = O charmful lady!; vijitya = conquering; sarvaam pR^ithiviim = the entire earth; naanaa nagara maaliniim = together with chain of various cities; tava hetoH = for your sake; pradaasyaami = I can give; janakaaya = to king Janaka.
5.20.19
नेह पश्यामि लोकेऽन्यम् यो मे प्रतिबलो भवेत् ॥पश्य मे सुमहद्वीर्यमप्रतिद्वन्द्वमाहवे
|
"In this world I do not see another one who is equally matched to me. See my very great power."
iha loke = in this world; na pashyaami = I do not see; anyam = another one; yaH = who; pratibalaH = is equally matched (to me); pashya = see; me = my; sumahat = very great; viiryam = power.
5.20.20
असकृत्सम्युगे भग्ना मया विमृदितध्वजाः ॥अशक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः
|
"Suras and Asuras defeated with broken flags by me in war many times are powerless to stand in an army against me."
suraasuraaH = Suras and Asuras; bhagnaaH = defeated; vimR^idita dhvajaaH = with broken flags; mayaa = by me; saMyuge = in war; asakR^it = many times; ashaktaaH = are powerless; sthaatum = to stand; pratyaniikeshhu = (in an army)against met;mama = of me.
5.20.21
इच्छ मां क्रियतामद्य प्रतिकर्म तवोत्तमम् ॥सप्रभाण्यवसज्यन्तां तवांगे भूषणानि
च |
साधु पश्यामि ते रूपम् सम्युक्तं प्रतिकर्मणा ॥
"Desire me! Now let your best decoration be made. On your body let ornaments also with great brilliance be fit. I will see well your form together with decoration."
21; 22. iccha = desire; maam = me; adya = now; tava = (let) your; uttamam = best; pratikarma = decoration; kriyataam = be made; tava = on your; aN^ge = body; bhushhaNaani = (let) ornaments also; saprabhaaNi = with great brilliance; avasajya = be fit; saadhu pashyaami = I will see well; tava = your ruupam = form; pratikarmaNaa yuktam = together with decoration.
5.20.23
प्रतिकर्माभिसम्युक्ता दाक्षिण्येन वरानने |
भुम्क्ष्व भोगान्यथाकामं पिब भीरु रमस्व च ॥
"O one with best face! O timid one! With consideration enjoy luxuries according to your desire together with decoration. Drink. Rejoice."
varaane = O one with best face!; bhiiru = O timid one! daakshiNyena = with consideration; pratikarmaabhi saMyuktaa = together with decoration; bhuMksva = enjoy; bhogaan = luxuries; yathaa kaamam = according to your desire; piba = drink; ramasva cha = Rejoice
5.20.24
यथेच्छम् च प्रयच्छ त्वं पृथिवीम् वा धनानि च |
ललस्व मयि विस्रब्धा धृष्टमाज्ञापयस्व च ॥
"You donate land and wealth according to your wish. With confidence behave freely in my matter. Fearlessly order also."
tvam = you; prayaccha = donate; priR^thiviim = land; dhanaani cha = and wealth; yathecchham = according to wish; visrabhdaa = with confidence; lalasva = behave freely; mayi = in my matter; dhR^ishhtam = fearlessly; aajJNaapayasva cha = order also.
5.20.25
मत्र्पसादाल्ललन्त्याश्च ललन्तां बान्धवास्तव |
बुद्धिं ममानुपश्य त्वम् श्रियम् भद्रे यशश्च
मे ॥
" By my grace with your sporting, tour relatives will also sport. O auspicious one! You see my wealth and my fame."
matprasaadaat = By my grace; lalantyaaH = (with your) sporting; tava = your bandhavaaH = relatives; lalantaam = (will also) sport; bhadre = O auspicious one!; tvam = you; anupashya = see; mama = my; buddhim = wealth; me yashashcha = and my fame.
5.20.26
किं करिष्यसि रामेण सुभगे चीरवाससा |
निक्षिप्तविजयो रामो गतश्रीर्वनगोचरः ॥व्रती
स्थण्डिलशायी च शङ्के जीवति वा न वा |
"O beautiful one! What can you do with Rama clad in tatters, with lost hope of victory, with gone fortune. Roaming in forests, observing austerities and also sleeping on floor, I doubt if Rama is alive or not."
subhage = O beautiful one!;kim = what; karishhyasi = can you do; raameNa = with Rama; chiira vasasaa = clad in tatters; nikshipta vijayaH = with lost hope of victory; gatashrii = with gone fortune; vana gocharaH = roaming in forests; vratii = observing austerities; sthaNDilashayii cha = and also sleeping on floor; shaN^ke = I doubt; raamaH = (if) Rama; jiivati = (is) alive or; na vaa = not.
5.20.27
न हि वैदेहि रांस्त्वां द्रष्टुं वा प्युपलस्स्यते ॥पुरोबलाकैरसितैर्मे घोर्ज्योत्स्नामिवावृताम्
|
"O Seetha, Rama indeed does not get opportunity even to see you like moonlight covered by dark clous with cranes at the front."
vaidehii = O Seetha!; raamaH = Rama; na hi upalapsyate = indeed does not get opportunity; drashhTum vaapi tvaam = even to see you; jyotsnaamiva = like moonlight; aavR^itaam = covered; asitaiH meghaiH = by dark clouds; purobalaakaiH = with cranes at the front.
5.20.28
न चापि मम हस्तात्त्वां प्राप्तुमर्हति राघवः ॥हिरण्यकशिपुः कीर्तिमिन्द्रहस्तगतामिव
|
"Like Keerthi got by Hiranyakasipu from Indra's hand, Rama is not suited to get you from my hands."
kiirtimiva = like keerthi; hiraNyakashipuH = (got by) Hiranyakasipu; indrahastagataam = from Indra's hand; raaghavaH = Rama; na chaapi arhati = is not suited; praaptum = to get; tvaam = you; mama hastaat = from my hand.
5.20.29
चारुस्मिते चारुदति चारुनेत्रे विलासिनि ॥मनो हरसि मे भीरु सुपर्णः पन्न्गं यथा
|
"O one with a beautiful smile! O one with beautiful teeth!O one with beautiful eyes! O charmful one! O timid one! You are stealing my heart like a serpent stolen by Garuda.
chaarusmite = O One with a beautiful smile!; chaarudati = O one with beautiful teeth!; chaarunetre = O one with beautiful eyes!; vilaasinii = O charmful one!; bhiiru = O timid one!; harasi = you are stealing; me manaH = my heart; pannagaM yathaa = like a serpent; suparNaH = (stolen) by Garuda.
5.20.30
क्लिष्टकौशेयवसनाम् तन्वीमप्यनलम्कृताम् ॥त्वां दृष्ट्वा स्वेषु दारेषु रतिं नोपलभाम्यहम्
|
"You are Wearing a silk cloth in a bad condition. You are emaciated. Even though you have not decorated, seeing you I am not getting happiness in my wives."
kliSTa kausheya vasanaam = (You are) wearing a silk cloth in a bad condition; tanviim = (you are) emaciated; analaMkR^itaamapi = Even though you have not decorated; dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; tvaam = you; aham = I; nopalabhaami = am not getting; ratim = happiness; sveshhu daareshhu = in my wives.
5.20.31
अन्तः पुरविनासिन्यः स्त्रियः सर्वगुणान्विताः ॥यावन्त्यो मम सर्वासामैश्वरम् कुरु
जानकि |
"O Seetha! whoever women living in gynaeceum endowed with all virtues, have sovereignty on all of them."
jaanaki = O Seetha!; yaavantyaH = whovever; striyaH = women; mama antaHpura nivaasinyaH = living in my gynaeceum; sarvaguNaanvitaaH = endowed with all virtues; kuru = have; aishvaryam = sovereignty; sarvaasaam = on all of them.
5.20.32
मम ह्यसितकेशान्ते त्रैलोक्यप्रवराः स्त्रियः ॥तास्त्वां परिचरिष्यन्ति श्रियमप्सरसो
यथा |
"O one with black hair! My those women and apsarasas who are the best among the three worlds will serve you like the goddess of wealth."
asitakeshhante = O one with black hair! mama = my; taaH = those; striyaH = women; apsarasaH = apsarasas; trailokyapravaraaH = best among the three worlds; paricharishhyanti = will serve; tvaam = you; shriyam yathaa = like the goddess of wealth.
5.20.33
यानि वैश्रवणे सुभ्रु रत्नानि च धनानि च ॥तानि लोकांश्च सुश्रोणि मां च भुम्क्ष्व
यथासुखम् |
"O one with beautiful hips! O one with beuatiful eyebrows! Enjoy according to your comfort whatever gems and wealth belonging to Kubera, all those three worlds and me."
sushroNi = O one with beautiful hips!; subhru = O one with beautiful eyebrows; bhunkshva = enjoy; yathaasukham = according to your comfort; yaani ratnaani = Whatever gems; dhanaani cha = and wealth; vaishravaNe = belonging to Kubera; taani = all those; lokaaMshcha = three worlds; maaM cha = and me;
5.20.34
न रामस्तपसा देवि न बलेन विक्रमैः ॥न धनेन मया तुल्यस्तेजसा यशसापि वा |
"O Seetha! Rama is not equal to me by austerity, not equal by might; not equal by strength, not equal by wealth, by brilliance and by fame."
devii = O Seetha!; raamaH = Rama na tulyaH = is not equal; mayaa = to me; tapasaa = by austerity; na = not (equal); balaena cha = by might; na = not (equal); vikramaiH = by strength;na = not (equal) dhanena = by wealth; tejasaa = by brilliance; yashsaapi cha = and by fame.
5.20.35
पिब विहर रमस्व भुंक्ष्व भोगान् |
धननिचौअम् प्रदिशामि मेदिनीम् च |
मयि लल ललने यथासुखम्
त्वम् |
त्वयि च समेत्य ललन्तु बान्धव्वस्ते ॥
"O playful one! I will give hordes of wealth and land. You drink. Roam freely and play. Enjoy luxuries. Sport according to comfort in me. Your relatives may sport together in you."
lalane = O playful one!; pradishaami = I will give; dhananichayam = hordes of wealth; mediniim cha = and land; tvam = you; piba = drink; vihara = roam freely; ramasva = and play; bhunkshva = enjoy; bhogaan = luxuries; lala = sport; yathaasukham = = according to comfort; mayi = in me; te baandhavaaH = your relatives; lalantu = may sport; sametya = together; tvayi = in you.
5.20.36
कनकविमलहारभूषिताङ्गी |
विहर मया सह भीरु काननानि ॥
"O timid one! With body decorated with gold colored, pure garlands, roam with me in forests born at sea shore filled with groups of flowered trees and with humble bees."
bhiiru = O timid one!; kanakavimalahaarabhuushhinaaN^gii = with body decorated by gold colored; pure garlands; vihaara = roam; mayaa saha = with me; kaananaani = in forests; samudratiirajaani = born at sea shore;kusumita taru jaala saMtataani = filled with groups of flowered trees; bhramara yutaani = with humble bees
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे विम्षः सर्गः
Sarga 21
5.21.1
तस्य तद्वचनम् श्रुत्वा सीता रौद्रस्य रक्षसः |
आर्ता दीनस्वरा दीनम् प्रत्युवाच ततः शनैः
॥
Seetha listening to that horrible ogre's word, being tormented spoke in reply with a pitiable voice, pitifully and slowly.
siitaa = Seetha; shrutvaa = listening; tasya raudrasya rakshasaH = to that horrible ogre's; tat = that; vachanam = word; aartaa = being tormented; pratyuvacha = spoke in reply; diina svaraa = with a pitiable voice; diinam = pitifully; shanaiH = slowly.
5.21.2
दुःखार्ता रुदती सीता वेपमाना तपस्विनी |
चिन्तयन्ती वरारोह पतिमेव पतिव्रता ॥तृणमन्तरतः कृत्वा प्रत्युवाच शुचिस्मिता |
Being tormented by grief, in a pitiful state, with excellent limbs, devoted to husband, thinking about husband alone, with pleasant smiles Seetha was sobbing, shivering and placing a straw in between herself and Ravana spoke thus in reply.
duhkhaartaa = Being tormented by grief; tapasvinii = in a pitiful state; varaarohaa = with excellent limbs; pativrataa = devoted to husband; chintayantii = thinking; patimeva = about husband alone; shuchi smitaa = with pleasant smiles; siitaa = Seetha; rudati = was sobbing;vepamaanaa = shivering; kR^itvaa = making; tR^iNam = a grass straw;antarataH = in between (herself and Ravana);pratyuvaacha = spoke in reply.
5.21.3
निवर्तय मनो मत्तः स्वजने क्रियतां मनः ॥न मां प्रार्थयितुं युक्तं सुसिद्धिमिव पापकृत्
|
"Turn your mind back from me. Let your mind be made on your own wives. Like best emancipation for a sinner, it is not appropriate to pray me."
nivartaya = turn back; manaH = mind; mattaH = from me; manaH kriyataam = let your mind be made; svajaH = on your own wives; susiddhimiva = like best emancipation;paapakR^it = (for) a sinner; na yuktam = it is not appropriate; praarthayitum = to pray;maam = me.
5.21.4
अकार्यम् न मया कार्यमेकपत्न्या विगर्हितम् ॥कुलम् सम्प्राप्तया पुण्यम् कुले महति
जातया |
"I was born in a great family. Getting such family, having one husband, a bad deed which is blameable is not to be made by me."
jaatayaa = I was born; mahati = in a great; kule = family; saMpraaptayaa = getting;kulam = family;ekapatnyaa = having one husband; akaaryam = a bad deed; nigarhitam = which is blameable;na kaaryam = is not to be made; mayaa = by me.
5.21.5
एवमुक्त्वा तु वैदेही रावणम् तम् यशस्विनी ॥रावणम् पृष्ठतः कृत्वा भूयो वचनम्ब्रवीत्
|
Seetha with renown thus speaking to that Ravana, turned back and spoke words again.
vaidehii = Seetha;yashasvinii = with renown; evam uktvaa = thus speaking; tam ravaNam = to that Ravana; kR^itvaa = making; pR^ishhThataH = the back; raakshasam = to (that) ogre; abraviit = spoke; vachanam = words; buuyaH = again.
5.21.6
वाहमौपयिकी भार्या परभार्या सती तव ॥साधु धर्ममवेक्षस्व साधु साधुव्रतम् चर |
"I who am wife of another and devoted to husband am not suitable wife to you. Observe righteousness well. Follow well course of conduct of virtuous."
aham = I; parabharyaa = who am wife of another;satii = and devoted to husband; na = am not; aupaikii = suitable; bhaaryaa = wife; tava = to you; anvekshasva = observe; dharmam = righteousness; saadhu = well; chara = follow; saadhuvratam = course of conduct of virtuous; saadhu = well.
5.21.7
यथा तव तथान्येषां दारा रक्ष्या विशाचर ॥आत्मानमुपमां कृत्वा स्वेषु दारेषु रम्यताम्
|
"O Ogre! How your wives are to be protected, in the same way others' wives are to be protected. Making yourself as an example enjoy your own wives."
nishaachara = O ogre!; yathaa = how; tava = your (wives) rakshyaaH = are to be protected; tathaa = in the same way; anyeshhaam = others'; daaraaH = wives (are to be protected); aatmaanam upamaam kR^itvaa = making yourself as an example; ramyataam = enjoy; sveshhu daarseshhu = .your own wives.
5.21.8
अतुष्टं स्वेषु दारेषु चपलम् चलितेन्द्रियम् ॥नयन्ति निकृतिप्रज्ञं परदाराः पराभवम्
|
"One who is not satisfied in own wives, a fickle-minded one with disturbed senses, mean minded one, to such a man, others' wives will lead to humilation."
atushhTam = one who is not satisfied; sveshhu daareshhu = in own wives; chapalam = fickle-minded one; chalitendriyam = with disturbed senses; nikR^iti prajJNaam = mean minded one; (to such a man)parabhaaryaaH = others' wives; nayanti = will lead; paraabhavam = to humiliation.
5.21.9
इह सन्तो न वा सन्ति सतो वा नानुवर्तसे ॥तथाहि विपरीता ते बुद्धिराचारवर्जिता |
"Here are there not good people? Or are you not following those who are good? It must be like that because your mind, devoid of traditions is perverse."
iha = here; na vaa santi = are there not; santaH = good people?; naanuvartase vaa = or are you not following; sataH = those (who are good)?; tathhahi = it must be like that; te buddhiH = (beacuse) your mind; aachaaravarjitaa = devoid of traditions; vipariitaa = is perverse.
5.21.10
वचो मिथ्याप्रणीतात्मा पथ्यमुक्तं विचक्षणैः ॥राक्षसानामभावाय त्वम् वा न व्रतिपद्यसे
|
"You who is being led by mind towards unreal is not taking wholesome words being said by righteous onesfor the destruction of ogres."
tvam = you; mithyaa praNiitaatmaa = who is being led by mind towards unreal; na pratipadya se = is not taking; pathyam = wholesome; vachaH = words; uptam = being said; vichakshaNaiH = by righteous ones; abhaavaaya = for the destruction; raakshasaanaam = of ogres.
5.21.11
आकृतात्मानमासाद्य राजानमनये रतम् ॥समृद्धानि विनश्यन्ति राष्ट्राणि नगराणि च |
तथेयम् त्वाम् समासाद्य लङ्का रत्नौघसम्कुला ॥अपराधात्तवैकस्य वचिराद्विनशिष्यति |
"After getting a king who has uncontrolled mind, interested in a bad path, wealthy states and cities also will be destroyed. After getting you like that this Lanka filled with best things in a short while will be destroyed due to your one sin."
11; 12. aasaadya = (after) getting; raajaanam = a king; akR^itaatmaanam = who has uncontrolled mind; ratam = interested; anaye = in bad path; samR^iddani = wealthy; raashhTraaNi = states; nagaraaNi cha = and cities also; vinashyanti = will be destroyed; samaasaadya = (after)getting; tvaam = you; tathaa = like that; iyam laN^kaa = this Lanka;ratnaugha saMkulaa = filled with best things; nachiraat = in a short while; vinashishhyati = will be destroyed; tava = due to your; ekasya = one; aparaadhaat = sin.
5.21.13
स्वकृतैर्हन्यमानस्य आवणादीर्घदर्शिनः ॥अभिनन्दन्ति भूतानि विनाशे पापकर्मणः |
"O Ravana! When there is destruction of a short sighted one being hit by his own deeds, a sinner, living beings will be happy."
raavana = O Ravana!; vinaashe = (when there is) destruction; adiirgha darshinaH = (of) a short sighted one; hanyamaanasya svakR^itaiH = being hit by his own deeds; paapakamaNaH = a sinner; bhuutaani = living beings; abhinandanti = will be happy;
5.21.14
एवं त्वां पापकर्माणम् वक्ष्यन्ति निकृता जनाः ॥दिष्ट्यैतद् व्यसनं प्राप्तो रौद्र
इत्येव हर्षिताः |
"About you who is a sinner thus being destroyed, people who have been humiliated by you being happy will speak thus: 'The cruel Ravana by God's grace has got this danger' ".
tvaam = about you;paapakarmaaNam = who is a sinner; evam = thus being destroyed; janaaH = people; nikR^itaaH = who have been humiliated by you; harshhitaaH = being happy; ityeva vakshyanti = will speak thus; raudraH = the cruel Ravana; dishhTyaa = by God's grace; praaptaH = has got; etat vyasanam = this danger.
5.21.15
शक्या लोभयितुं नाहमैश्वर्येण धनेन वा ॥अनन्या राघवेणाहं भास्करेण प्रभा यथा |
"I am not capable to be tempted by wealth or by money. I am not separate with Raghava like the sun-shine with the sun."
aham = I; na shakyaa = am not capable; lobhayitum = to be tempted; aisvaryeNa = by wealth; dhanena vaa = or by money;aham = I; ananyaa = am not separate; raaghaveNa = with Raghava; prabhaa yathaa = like the sun-shine; bhaaskareNa = with the sun.
5.21.16
उपधाय भुजम् तस्य लोकनाथस्य सत्कृतम् ॥कथम् नामोपधास्यामि भुजमन्यस्य कस्य चित्
|
"After making as a pillow that worshipped shoulder of that lord of the world, of that Rama, how can I make as pillow some other one's shoulder?"
upadhaaya = (after making) as a pillow; satkR^itam bhujam = that worshipped shoulder; lokanathasya = of that lord of the world; tasya = of that Rama;katham naama = how; upadhaasyaami = can I make as pillow; .anyasya kasya chit = some other one's; bhujam = shoulder.
5.21.17
अहमौपयीकी भार्या तस्यैव वसुधापतेः ॥व्रतस्नातस्य विप्रस्य विद्येव विदितात्मनः
|
"Like the education of a brahmin with a famous mind, initiated in religious vow, I am suitable wife to that Rama alone the lord of earth."
vidyaa iva = like the education;viprasya = of a brahmin; viditaatmanaH = with a famous mind; vrata snaatasya = initiated in religious vow; aham = I;aupayikii bharyaa = am a suitable wife; tasyaiva = to that Rama alone; vasudhaapateH = the lord of earth.
5.21.18
साधु रावण रामेण मां समानय दुःखिताम् ॥वने वाशितया सार्थम् करेण्वेव गजाधिपम् |
"O Ravana! Let me meet together with Rama like a female elephant with a male elephant in a forest."
raavaNa = O Ravana!; maam samaanaya = let me meet;saadhu = well; raameNa saardham = together with Rama; vaashitayaa kareNveva = like a female elephant; gajaadhipam = with a (male) elephant; vane = in a forest.
5.21.19
मित्रमौपयिकम् कर्तुम् रामः स्थानम् परीप्सता ॥वधम् चानिच्छता घोरं त्वयासौ पुरुषर्षभः
|
"It is suited that this Rama, best among men, is made to be a friend by you who is desiring continued existence and not desiring a horrible slaying."
aupayikam = it is suited; asau = this; raamaH = Rama; purushharshhabhaH = best among men; mitram kartum = is made to be a friend; tvayaa = by you; pariipsataa = who is desiring; sthaanam = continued existence; anichchhataa cha = and not desiring; ghoram vadham = a horrible slaying.
5.21.20
विदितः स हि धर्मज्ञः शरणागतवत्सलः ॥तेन मैत्री भवतु ते यदि जीवितुमिच्चसि |
"Rama the righteous one is indeed known as one who loves those who seek protection. If you desire to live. let there be friendship between you and Rama."
saH = He (Rama); dharmajJNaH = the righteous one; viditaH hi = is indeed known;sharaNaagatavatsalaH = as one who loves those who seek protection; ichchhasi yadi = if you desire; jiivitam = to live; maitrii bhavatu = let there be friendhip; te = to you; tena = with Rama.
5.21.21
प्रसादयस्व त्वं चनं शरणागतवत्सलम् ॥मां चास्मै नियतो भूत्वा निर्यातयितुमर्हसि
|
"You seek graciousness of this Rama who loves those who seek protection. Becoming piously disposed, you are suited to return me to this Rama."
tvam = you; prasaadayasva = seek graciousness;enam = of this Rama; sharaNaagatavatsalam = who loves those who seek protection;prayataH bhuutvaa = becoming piously disposed; arhasi = you are suited; niryaatayitum = to return; maam = me; asmai = to this Rama.
5.21.22
एवम् हि ते भवेत्स्वस्ति सम्प्रदाय रघूत्तमे ॥अन्यथा त्वम् हि कुर्वणो वधम् प्राप्स्यसि
रावण |
"In this way giving me to Rama will become fortunate to you. O Ravana! If you do in a different way, you will get slayed."
evam = in this way; sampradaaya = giving (me); raghuuttame = to Rama;bhavet = will become; svasti = fortunate; te = to you; ravaNa = O Ravana!; tvam = you; anyathaa kurvaaNa = doing in a different way; vadham praapsyasi = will get slaying.
5.21.23
वर्जयेद्वज्रमुत्सृष्टं वर्जयेदन्तकश्चिरम् ॥त्वद्विधम् तु न स क्रुद्धो लोकनाथः
स राघवः |
"Drawn out Vajrayudha, the weapon of Indra may spare some one like you. Lord of death may spare you for a long time. That Rama the lord of worlds greatly enraged will not spare you."
utKRishhTam = drawn out; vajram = Vajrayudha; the weapon of Indra; varjayet = may spare;tvadvidham = some one like you; antakaH = Lord of death; varjayet = may spare you; chiram = for a long time; saH RaaghavaH = that Rama; lokanaathaH = the lord of worlds; saMkruddhaH = greatly enraged; na = will not (spare you).
5.21.24
रामस्य धनुषः शब्दं श्रोष्यसि त्वं महास्वनम् ॥शतक्रतुविसृष्टस्य निर्घोषमशनेरिव
|
"Like the great sound of Vajrayudha hurled by Indra, you will hear a loud sound which is sonorous of Rama's bow."
nirghoshhamiva = like the great sound; ashaneH = of Vajrayudha; shatakratuvisR^iSTaya = hurled by Indra; tvam shroshhyasi = you will hear; mahaasvanam = a loud sound; shabdam = which is sonorous; raamasya dhanushhaH = of Ram's bow.
5.21.25
इह शीग्रं सुपर्वाणो ज्वलितास्य इवोरगाः ॥इषवो निपतिष्यन्ति रामलक्ष्मणलक्षणाः |
"Arrows with good nodes, with blazing tips, like snakes, with characteristic signs of Rama and Lakshmana will fall down soon here in Lanka."
ishhavaH = arrows; suparvaaNaH = with good nodes;prajvalitaasyaaH = with blazing tips; uragaaH iva = like snakes; raamalakshmaNa lakshaNaaH = with characteristic signs of Rama and Lakshmana nipatishhyanti = will fall down; iha = here (in Lanka); shiighram = soon.
5.21.26
रक्षांसि परिनिघ्नस्तः पुर्यामस्यां समन्ततः ॥असम्पातं करिष्यन्ति पतन्तः कङ्कवाससः
|
"Arrows tied with the plumes of an eagle will hit ogres everywhere in this city and will cover the city without space."
kaN^ka vaasasaH = arrows tied with the plumes of an eagle; parivighnantaH = will hit; rakshaaMsi = ogres; samantataH = everywhere; asyaam puryaam = in this city; karishhyanti = (and) will make; asaMpaatam = without space.
5.21.27
राक्षसेन्द्रमहासर्पान् स रामगरुडो महान् ॥उद्धरिष्यति वेगेन वैनतेय इवोरगान् |
"That Garuda called Rama speedily will pluck the great serpants called ogres like Vainateya plucking the serpants."
saH = That; raamagarudaH = Garuda called Rama; vegena = speedily; uddharishhyati = will pluck; raakshasendramahaasarpaan = the great serpents called ogres; vainateyaH uragaaniva = like Vainateya (plucking) the serpents.
5.21.28
अपनेष्यति मां भर्ता त्वत्तः शीघ्रमरिन्दमः ॥असुरेभ्यः श्रियं दीप्तां विष्णुस्त्रिभिरिव
क्रमैः |
"My husband who is a destroyer of foes will take me away from you like Lord Vishnu with three steps taking away the brilliant prosperity from Asuras."
bhartaa = my husband;ariMdamaH = the destoyer of foes; maam apaneshhyati = will take me away; tvattaH = from you; vishhNuH iva = like Lord Vishnu; tribhiH kramaiH = with three steps; diiptaam shriyam = (taking away) brilliant prosperity; asurebhyaH = from Asuras.
5.21.29
जनस्थाने हतस्थाने निहते रक्षसां बले ॥अशक्तेन त्वया रक्षः कृतमेतदसाधु वै |
"O ogre! While the army of ogres was being killed at Janasthana which became the land of dead, this bad deed has been done by you being powerless."
rakshaH = O ogre!;rakshasaam bale = (while the) army of ogres; nihate = was being killed; janasthaane = at Janasthana; hatasthaane = (which became) land of the dead; etat = this; asaadhu = bad (deed); kR^itam vai = has been done; tvayaa = by you; ashaktena = being powerless;.
5.21.30
अश्रमम् तु तयोः शून्यं प्रविश्य नरसिम्हयोः ॥गोचरं गतयोर्र्भात्रोरपनीता त्वयाधम
|
"O lowest one! When those brothers were gone out, entering hermitage without them, I have been abducted by you."
adhama = O lowest one!; tayoH bhraatroH = (when) those brothers; gatayoH = were gone; gocharam = out; pravishya = entering; aashramam = hermitage; shuunyam = without them; apanitaa = I have been abducted; tvayaa = by you.
5.21.31
न हि गन्धमुपाघ्राय रामलक्ष्मणयोस्त्वया ॥शक्यं संदर्शने स्थातुं शुना शार्दूलयोरिव
|
"Like tiger by dog, smelling the scent of Rama and Lakshmana it is indeed not possible by you to stand in their view."
shaarddulayoriva = like tiger; shunaa = by dog; upaaghraaya = smelling; gandham = scent;raamalakshmaNayoH = of Rama and Lakshmana; na shakyam hi = it is indeed not possible; tvayaa = by you; sthaatum = to stand; saMdarshane = (in their) view.
5.21.32
तस्य ते विग्रहे ताभ्यां युगग्रहणमस्थिरम् ॥वृत्रस्येवेन्द्रबाहुभ्यां बाहोरेकस्य
विग्रहे |
"To you like that, enmity with those two is like the enmity of one hand of Vruttasura with two hands of Indra and it is not persevering for you to be an opponent with them."
te = To you; tasya = like that; vigrahe = enmity; tabhyaam = with those two; vigrahe iha = is like the enmity; ekasya bahoH = of one hand; vR^itrasya = of Vruttasura; indra baahubhyaam = with two hands of Indra; asthiram = (and) it is not persevering; yugagrahanam = (for you) to be an opponent (with them).
5.21.33
क्षिप्रं तव स नाथो मे रामः सौमित्रिणा सह ॥तोयमल्पमिवादित्यः प्रानानादास्यते शरैः
|
"My husband that Rama together with Lakshmana will take away with His arrows your life quickly like the sun drying up shallow water."
me naathaH = my husband; saH raamaH = that Rama; saumitriNaa saha = together with Lakshmana; adaasyate = will take away; sharaiH = with His arrows; tava praaNaan = your life; kshipram = quickly;aadityaH iva = like the sun;alpam toyam = (drying) shallow water.
5.21.34
गिरिं कुबेरस्य गतोऽथवालयम् |
सभां गतो वा वरुणस्य राज्ञः |
असंशयं दाशरथेर्न मोक्ष्यसे
|
महाद्रुमः कालहतोऽशनेरिव ॥
"Killed by time even if you go to the mountain of Kubera or to his house or if you go to the assembly of King Varuna, without doubt you will not be relased from Rama like a great tree from thunderbolt."
kaala hataH = Killed by time; kuberasya girim gatam = (even if you) go to the mountain of Kubera; athavaa = or; aalyam = to his house; gato vaa = or if you go; sabhaam = to the assembly; raajJNaH varunasya = of King Varuna; asaMshayaM = without doubt; na mokshyase = you will not be released; daasharatheH = from Rama; mahaadrumaH = like a great tree; ashani = (from) thunderbolt.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकविंशः सर्गः
Sarga 22
5.22.1
सीताय वचनं श्रुत्वा परुषं राक्षसेश्वरः |
प्रत्युवाच ततः सीतां विप्रियं प्रियदर्शनम् ॥
Ravana listening to Seetha's words which were harsh thereafter replied to Seetha unpleasant words which are seen to be pleasant.
raakshasesvaraH = King of ogres; shrutvaa = listening; sitaayaaH vachanam = to Seetha's words; parushham = which were harsh; tataH = thereafter; siitaam pratyuvaacha = replied to Seetha; vipriyam = unpleasant (words); priyadarshanam = which are seen to be pleasant.
5.22.2
यथा यथा सान्त्वयिता वश्यः स्त्रीणां तथा तथा |
यथा यथा प्रियम् वक्ता परिBहूतस्तथा तहा ॥
"In whatever way gentle language is used to women in that way they will be under control. In whatever way men speak dear words, in that way they will be rejected."
yathaa yathaa = in whatever way; saantvayitaa = gentle language (is used); striiNaam = to women; tathaa tathaa = in that way; vashyaH = (they) will be under control; yathaa yathaa = in whatever way; vaktaa = (men) speak; priyam = dear words; tathaa tathaa = in that way; paribhuutaH = they will be rejected.
5.22.3
संनियच्चति मे क्रोधं त्वयि कामः समुत्थितः |
द्रवतोऽमार्गमासाद्य हयानिव सुसारथिः ॥
"In your matter desire which has risen up is subdueing my anger like horses running obtaining a bad path being subdued by a good charioteer."
tvayi = in your matter; kaamaH = desire;samutthitaH = which has risen up; saMniyachchhati = is subdueing; krodham = anger;hayaniva = like horses; dravataH = running;amaargam aasaadya = obtaining a bad path; susaarathiH = (being subdued by) a good charioteer.
5.22.4
वामः कामो मनुष्याणाम् यस्मिन् किल निबध्यते |
जने तस्मिंस्त्वनुक्रोशः स्नेहश्च किल जायते
॥
"Desire of men is unfavourable. In which man desire is tied up, in that man there is compassion and fondness."
kaamaH = deisre; manushhyaaNaam = of men; vaamaH = is unfavourable; yasmin = in which; jane = man;nibadhyate = (desire) is tied up; tasmin = in that man; jaayate kila = there is; anukroshaH = compassion;snehashcha = and fondness.
5.22.5
एतस्मात्कारणान्न त्वां घातयामि वरानने |
वधार्हमवमानार्हां मिथ्याप्रव्रजिते रताम् ॥
"O one with a beautiful face! For this reason although you are suitable to be killed and suitable to be humilaited, interested in Rama who is in sham exile, I am not killing you."
varaanane = O one with a beautiful face!; etasmaat = for this reason; tvaam = (although) you (are); vadhaarhaam = suitable to be killed; avamaanaarhaam = (and) suitable to be humiliated; rataam = interested; mithyaapravrajite = ( in Rama who is in) sham exile; na ghaatayaami = I am not killing you.
5.22.6
परुषाणीह वाक्यानि यानि यानि ब्रवीषि माम् |
तेषु तेषु वधो युक्तस्तव मैथिलि दारुणः ॥
"O Seetha! Here whatever harsh words you are speaking about me, because of those words, you are suitable to be horribly slayed."
maithilii = O Seetha!; iha = here; yaani yaani = whatever; parushhaNi = harsh; vaakyaani = words; braviishhi = you are speaking; maam = about me; teshhu teshhu = (because of) those (words); tava daaruNaH vadha = your horrible slaying; yuktaH = is suitable;
5.22.7
एकमुक्त्वा तु विअदेशीं रावणो राक्षसाधिपः |
क्रोधसंरम्भसम्युक्तः सीतामुत्तरमब्रवीत् ॥
The king of ogres Ravana speaking thus to Seetha, full of anger and fury spoke subsequent word to Seetha.
raakshasaadhipaH = king of ogres; raavanaH = Ravana; evam uktvaa = speaking thus; vaidehiim = to Seetha; krodhasaMrambhasaMyuktaH = full of anger and fury; abraviit = spoke; uttaram = subsequent word; siitaam = to Seetha.
5.22.8
द्वौ मासौ रक्षितव्यौ मे योऽवधिस्ते मया कृतः |
ततः शयनमारोह मम त्वं वरवर्णिनि ॥
"O Seetha with best complexion! Whatever limit has been made by me to you, those two months are protectable to me. Thereafter ascend my bed."
varavarNini = O Seetha with best complexion!; yaH = whatever; avadhiH = limit; kR^ita = has been made; mayaa = by me; te = to you; dvau = (those) two; maasau = months; rakshitavyau = are protectable; me = to me; tataH = thereafter; aaroha = ascend; mama shayanam = my bed.
5.22.9
ऊर्ध्वं द्वाभ्यां तु मासाभ्यां भर्तारम् मामनिच्चतीम् |
मम त्वां प्रातराशार्थमालभन्ते महानसे
॥
"Above two months you not desiring me as husband will be killed in my kitched for my breakfast."
uurdhvam = above; dvaabhyaam maasaabhyaaM = two months; tvaam = you; anichchhatiim = not desiring; mama = me; bhartaaram = as husband; aalabhante = will be killed; mahaanase = in my kitchen; mama praataraashaartham = for my breakfast.
5.22.10
तां तर्ज्यमानां सम्प्रेक्ष्य राक्षसेन्द्रेण जानकीम् |
देवगन्धर्वकन्यास्ता विषेदुर्विकृतेक्षणाः
॥
Seeing Seetha being frightened by Ravana those Deva and Gandharva maidens grieved with troubled eyes.
saMprekshya = Seeing; jaanakiim = Seetha; tarjyamaanaam = being frightened; raakshasendreNa = by Ravana; taaH = those; devagandharva kanyaa = Deva and Gandharva maidens; vishheduH = grieved; vikR^itekshaNaaH = with troubled eyes.
5.22.11
औष्ठप्रकारैरपरा वक्त्रनेत्रैस्तथापराः |
सीतामाश्वासयामासुस्तर्जितां तेन रक्षसा ॥
Some in the way of lips and in like manner some others with faces and eyes consoled that Seetha frightened by that ogre.
taparaaH = some;oshhThaprakaraiH = in the way of lips; tathaa = and in the like manner; aparaaH = some (others); vaktranetraiH = with faces and eyes; aashvaasayaamaasuH = consoled;taam siitaam = that Seetha; tarjitaam = frightened; tena rakshsaa = by that ogre;
5.22.12
ताभिराश्वासिता सीता रावणम् राक्षसाधिपम् |
उवाचात्महितं वाक्यं वृत्तशौण्डीर्यगर्वितम् ॥
Consoled by them Seetha proud of virtuous conduct spoke words beneficial to self to the king of ogres Ravana.
aashvaasitaa = consoled; taabhiH = by them; siitaa = Seetha; vR^itta shaunDiirya garvitam = proud of virtuous conduct; uvaacha = spoke; vaakyam = words; aatmahitam = beneficial to self;raakshsaadhipam raavaNam = to the king of ogres Ravana.
5.22.13
नूनम् न ते जनः कश्चिदस्ति निःश्रेयसे स्थितः |
निवारयति यो न त्वां कर्मणोऽस्माद्विगर्हितात्
॥
"Whoever prevents you from these actions which are blameable, such a person interested in your welfare there is none. This is definite."
yaH = Whoever; nivaarayati = prevents; tvaam = you; asmaat karmaNaH = from these actions; nigarhitaat = (which are) blameable; janaH = (such) a person; rataH = interested; te niHshreyase = in your welfare; kashchit naasti = there is none. nuunam = this is definite.
5.22.14
मां हि धर्मात्मनः पत्नीं शचीमिव शचीपतेः |
त्वदन्यस्त्रिषु लोकेषु प्रार्थयेन्मनसापि कः ॥
"In all the three worlds except you who even by heart will desire me who am the wife of virtuous Rama like Sachi the wife of Indra."
trishhu lokeshhu = in all the three worlds; tvadanyaH = except you; kaH = who; manasaapi = even by heart; praarthayet = will desire;maam = me; patniim = (who am the) wife; dharmaatmanaH = of virtuous Rama;shachiimiva = like Sachi; shachiipateH = the wife of Indra.
5.22.15
राक्षसाधम रामस्य भार्याममिततेजसः |
उक्तवानसि यत्पापं क्व गतस्तस्य मोक्ष्यसे ॥
"O vile ogre! Whatever sinful word you spoke to me who is the wife of the great resplendent Rama, from that word where will you go to be released?"
raakshasaadhama = O vile ogre!;yat paapam = whatever sinful word; uktavaan asi = you spoke; bharyaam = to me who is the wife; amitatejasaH raamasya = of the great respendent Rama; tasya = from that word; kva = where; gataH = will you go; mokshyase = to be released?
5.22.16
यथा दृप्तश्च मातङ्गः शशश्च सहितौ वने |
तथा द्विरदवद्रामस्त्वं नीच शशवत् स्मृतः ॥
"Like an elephant in rut and a hare at war in the forest, in the same way O vile one! Rama is like an elephant and you are said to be like a hare."
yathaa = like;dR^iptaH maataJNgaashcha = an elephant in rut; shashashcha = and a hare;sahitau = at war; vane = in the forest;tathaa = in the same way; niicha = O vile one! raamaH = Rama; dviradavat = is like an elephant; tvam = you; smR^itaH = are said; shshavat = to be like a hare.
5.22.17
स त्वमिक्ष्वाकुनाथम् वै क्षिपन्निह न लज्जसे |
चक्षुषोर्विषयम् तस्य न तावदुपगच्छसि ॥
"Such you are not shameful abusing the lord of Ikshvaku dynasty Rama. You are not getting Rama's matter so much."
saH = such; tvam = you; na lajjase = are not shameful; kshipan = abusing; ikshvaakunaatham = the lord of Ikshvaku dynasty Rama; na upagachchhasi = you are not getting; tasya = Rama's; vishayam taavat = matter so much.
5.22.18
इवे ते नयने क्रूते विरूपे कृष्णपिङ्गले |
क्षितौ न पतिते कस्मान्मामनार्य निरीक्षतः ॥
"O ignoble one! your these eyes which are cruel, crooked, which are black and reddish brown, which are seeing me, for what reason are they not falling down."
anaarya = O ignoble one!; te = your; ime nayane = these eyes; kruure = (which are) cruel; viruupe = crooked; kR^ishhNa piJNgaLe = which are black and reddish brown; maam niriikshitaH = which are seeing me; kasmaat = for what reason; na patite = are (they) not falling down.
5.22.19
तस्य धर्मात्मनः पत्नीं स्नुषां दशरथस्य च |
कथं व्याहरतो मां ते न जिह्वा व्यवशीर्यते ॥
"Thus speaking about me who am the wife of virtuous Rama and the daughter-in-law of Dasaratha how your tongue did not fall off."
vyaaharataH = thus speaking; maam = a bout me;patniim = (who am) the wife; dharmaatmanaH tasya = of virtuous Rama; snushhaam cha = and the daughter-in-law; dasharathasya = of Dasaratha; katham = how; te jihvaa = your tongue;vyavashiiryate = did not fall off.
5.22.20
असंदेशात्तु रामस्य तपसश्चामपालनात् |
न त्वां कुर्मि दशग्रीव भस्म भर्मार्ह तेजसा ॥
"O Ravana! Although you are suited to be burnt into ashes, not having the mandate of Rama and preserving austerity, I am not reducing you into ashes with my glory."
dashagriiva = O Ravana!; bhasmaarha = (although you are) suited to be burnt into ashes; asaMdeshaat = not having mandate; raamasya = of Rama; anupaalanaat = (and) preserving; tapasaH = austerity; na kurmi = I am not making; tvaam bhasmam = you into ashes; tejasaa = (with my) glory.
5.22.21
नापहर्तुमहं शक्या त्वया रामस्य धीमतः |
विधिस्तव वधार्थाय विहितो नात्र संशयः ॥
"Wise Rama's I am not capable of being abducted by you. This act has been made for your slaying. In this there is no doubt."
dhiimataH = wise; raamasya = Rama's; aham = I; na shakyaa = am not capable of being; apahartum = abducted; tvayaa = by you; vidhiH = (this) act; vihitaH = has been made; tava = for your; vadhaarthaaya = slaying; atra = in this; na saMshayaH = there is no doubt.
5.22.22
शूरेण धनदभ्रात्रा बलैः समुदितेन च |
अपिह्य रामं कस्माद्धि दारचौर्यं त्वया कृतम् ॥
"By you who is strong, brother of Kubera possessed of army, removing Rama for what reason abduction of wife has been done."
tvayaa = by you; shuureNa = (who is) strong; dhanadabhraatraa = brother of Kubera; samuditena cha = possessed of; balaiH = army; apohya = removing; raamam = Rama; kasmaat = for what reason; daarachauryam = abduction of wife; kR^itam = has been done.
5.22.23
सीताया वचनं श्रुत्वा रावणो राक्षसाधिपः |
विनृत्य नयने क्रूरे जानकीमन्ववैक्षत ॥
King of rakshasas Ravana listening to Seetha's words turned around his cruel eyes and saw Seetha.
raakshasaadhipaH = king of rakshasas; raavanaH = Ravana; shrutvaa = listening; siitaayaaH vachanam = to Seetha's words; vivR^itya = turned around; kruure = (his) cruel; nayane = eyes; anvavaikshata = and saw; jaanakiim = Seetha.
5.22.24
नीलजीमूतसम्काशो महाभुजशिरोधरः |
सिंहसत्त्वगतिः श्रीमान् दीप्त जिह्वग्रलोचनः ॥
Ravana was qual to a black cloud, with big shoulders and neck with the strength and gait of a lion, glorious with radiant tip of tongue and eyes.
niilajiimuuta saMkaasho = (Ravana was) equal to a black cloud; mahaabhujashirodharaH = with big shoulders and neck; siMhasattvagatiH = with the strength and gait of a lion; shriimaan = glorious; diipta jihvaagra lochanaH = with radiant tip of tongue and eyes.
5.22.25
चलाग्रमकुटप्रांशुश्चित्रमाल्यानुलेपनः |
रक्तमाल्याम्बरधरस्तप्ताङ्गदविभूषणः ॥
He was tall with moving front portion of crown, with excellent garlands and anointments, wearing red garlands and clothes, with ornaments made of refined gold.
chalaagramakutapraaMshuH = (He was) tall with moving front portion of crown; chitramaalyaanulepananaH = with excellent garlands and anointments; raktamaalyaambara dharaH = wearing red garlands and clothes; taptaaN^gada vibhuushhanaH = with ornaments made of refined gold;
5.22.26
श्रोणिसूत्रेण महता मेचकेन सुसम्वृतः |
अमृतोत्पादनद्धेन भुजगेनेव मन्दरः ॥
Like Mount Mandara tied by Vasuki for producing nectar, Ravana was well tied by a black big thread.
mandaraH iva = Like Mount Mandara; bhujagena = by Vasuki; amR^itotpaadaneddhena = tied for producing nectar;susaMvR^itaH = (Ravana was) well tied; mahataa mechakena shroNi suutreNa = by a black big thread
5.22.27
ताभ्यां स परिपूर्णाभ्यां भुजाभ्यां राक्षसेश्वरः |
शुशुभेऽचलसंकाशः शृङ्गाभ्यामिव मन्दरः
॥
Equalling a mountain the king of ogres shone with those perfect shoulders like Mount Mandara with its peaks.
achala saMkaashaH = Equalling a mountain; raakshasesvaraH = the king of ogres; shushubhe = shone; taabhyaam paripuurNaabhyaam bhujaabhyaam = (with) those perfect shoulders; mandaraH i va = like Mount Mandara; shR^iN^gaabhyaam = with its peaks.
5.22.28
तरुणादित्यवर्णाभ्यां कुण्डलाभ्यां विभूषितः |
रक्तपल्लवपुष्पाभ्यामशोकाभ्यामिवाचलः ॥
With the color of just risen sun, decorated by earrings, he was like a mountain with Ashoka trees with red flowers and shoots.
taruNaaditya varNaabhyaam = With the color of just risen sun; vibhuushhitaH = decorated; kuNDalaabhyaam = by earrings; achalaH iva = (he) was like a mountain;ashokaabhyaam = with Ashoka trees; raktapallava pushhpaabhyaam = (with) red flowers and shoots.
5.22.29
स कल्पवृक्षप्रतिमो वसन्त इव मूर्तिमान् |
श्मशानचैत्यप्रतिमो भूषितोऽपि भयम्करः ॥
Equalling a Kalpavriksha he was like the embodiment of spring season. Like a funeral mound in a grave-yard was horrible even though decorated.
kalpavR^iksha pratima = Equalling a Kalpavriksha; saH = he; vasantaH muurtimaan iva = was like the embodiment of spring; shmashaana chaitya pratimaH = like a funeral mound in a grave-yard; bhayankaraH = was horrible; bhuushhito api = even though decorated.
5.22.30
अवेक्षमाणो वैदेहीं कोपसम्रक्तलोचनः |
उवाच रावणः सीतां भुजङ्ग इव निःश्वसन् ॥
With red eyes due to anger Ravana was looking at Seetha sighing like a serpant and spoke to Seetha.
kopasaMraktalochanaH = With red eyes due to anger; raavanaH = Ravana; avekshamaaNaH = was looking; vaidehiim = (at) Seetha; niHshvasan = sighing; bhujaN^gaH iva = like a serpant; uvaacha = spoke; siitaam = to Seetha.
5.22.31
अनयेनाभिसम्पन्नमर्थहीनमनुव्रते |
नाशयाम्यहमद्य त्वां सूर्यः सन्ध्यामिवौजसा ॥
O foloower of Rama posessing bad conduct, without wealth! Now I will destroy you like sun destroying morning twilight with light.
anuvrate = O follower of Rama!;abhisampannam = possessed; anayena = with bad conduct; arthahiinam = without wealth; adya = now; aham = I; naashayaami = will destroy; tvaam = you; suuryaH iva = like the sun; sandhyyaa = (destroying) morning twilight; ojasaa = with light.
5.22.32
इत्युक्त्वा मैथिलीम् राजा रावणः शत्रुरावणः |
संदिदेश ततः सर्वा राक्षसीर्गोरदर्शनाः ॥
The king Ravana who causes enemies to cry thus speaking to Seetha, thereafter ordered all ogre women with horrible appearances.
raajaa = the king; raavaNa = Ravana; shatruraavanaH = who causes enemies to cry; iti uktvaa = thus speaking; maithiliim = to Seetha; tataH = thereafter; sandidesha = ordered; sarvaaH = all; raakshasiiH = ogre women; ghoradarshanaaH = with horrible appearances.
5.22.33
एकाक्षीमेककर्णां च कर्णप्रावरणां तथा |
गोकर्णीं हस्तिकर्णीम् च लम्बकर्णीमकर्णिकाम् ॥हस्तिपाद्यश्वपाद्यौ च गोपादीं पादचूळिकाम् |
एकाक्षीमेकपादीं च पृथुपादीमपादिकाम् ॥अतिमात्रशिरोग्रीवामतिमात्रकुचोदरीम्
|
अतिमात्रास्यनेत्राम् च दीर्घजिह्वमजिह्विकाम् ॥अनासिकां सिम्हमुखीं गोमुखीम् सूकरीमुखीम् |
Ravana ordered one with a single eye, one with a single ear and one with ears as covering, one with cow's wars, one with ears of an elephant, one with dangling ears, one without ears and one with the feet of an elephant and one with the feet of a horse, one with feet of a cow,one with hair over feet, one with a single eye and one with a single foot, one with big feet, one without feet, one with a big head and neck,one with big breasts and stomach, and one with big mouth and eyes, one with a long tongue, one without tongue, one without nose, one with the face of a lion, one with the face of a cow,one with the face of a pig.
33; 34; 35. ekaakshiim = (Ravana ordered) one with a singe eye; ekakarNaam cha = one with a single ear; tataa = and; karNapraavaraNaam = one with ears as covering; gokarNiim = one with cow's ears; hastikarNiim cha = one with ears of an elephant; lambakarNiim = one with dangling ears; akarNikaam = one without ears; hastipaadyashvapaadyau cha = and one with the feet of an elephant and one with feet of a horse; gopaadiim = one with feet of a cow; paadachuulikaam = one with hair over the feet; ekaakshiim = one with a single eye; ekapaadiim cha = and one with a single foot; pR^ithupaadiim = one with big feet; apaadikaam = one wthout feet; atimaatrashirogriivaam = one with a big head and neck; atimaatrakuchodariim = one with big breats and stomach; atimaatraasya netraam cha = and one with big mouth and eyes; diirghajihvaam = one with long tongue; ajihvikaam = one without tongue; anaasikaam = one without nose; siMhamukhiim = one with the face of a lion; gomukhiim = one with the face of a cow; suukaramukhiim = one with the face of a pig.
5.22.36
यथा मद्वशगा सीता क्ष्प्रं भवति जानकी ॥तथा कुरुत राक्षस्यः सर्वाः क्षिप्रं समेत्य
च |
"O ogres! How the daughter of Janaka, Seetha becomes under my control quickly, thus all of you together do that task."
raakshasyaH = O ogres! yathaa = how; jaanakii = the daughter of Janaka; siitaa = Seetha; madvashagaa bhavati = becomes (under) my control; kshipram = quickly; tathaa = thus; sarvaaH = all of you; sametya cha = together; kuruta = do that task).
5.22.37
प्रतिलोमानुलोमैश्च सामदानादिभेदनैः ॥अवर्जयत वैदेहीं दण्डस्योद्यमनेन च |
"With hostile and favourable tasks, with kind words, with gifts and dividing words and exertion of punishment, bring Seetha under my possession."
pratiloma anulomaishcha = with hostile and favourable (tasks); saamadaanaadibhedanaiH = with kind words; with gifts; and dividing words; udyamanena cha = and exertion; daNDasya = of punishment; avarjayata = bring under possession; vaidehiim = Seetha.
5.22.38
इति प्रतिसमादिश्य राक्षसेन्द्रः पुनः पुनः ॥काममन्युपरीतात्मा जानकीं पर्यतर्जयत्
|
Ravana thus ordered again and again with a mind full of lust and anger frightened Seetha.
raakshsendraH = Ravana; iti = thuus; pratisamadishya = ordered; punaH punaH = again and again; kaamamanyu pariitaatmaa = with a mind full of lust and anger; paryatarjayat = frightened; jaanakiim = Seetha.
5.22.39
उपगम्य ततः शीघ्रं राक्षसी धान्यमालिनी ॥परिष्वज्य दशग्रीवमिदं वचनमब्रवीत् |
Thereafter an ogre named Dhanyamalini quickly neared Ravana, embraced him and spoke these words.
tataH = Thereafter; raakshasii = an ogre; dhaanyamaalinii = (called) Dhanyamalini; shiighram = quickly; upagamya = neared; dashagriivam = Ravana; parishhvajya = embraced (him); abraviit = (and) spoke; idam = these; vachanam = words.
5.22.40
मया क्रीड महाराज सीतया किं तवानया ॥विवर्णया कृपणया मानुष्या राक्षसेश्वर |
"O king! Sport with me. O lord of ogres! Of what use to you is this Seetha who is colorless and a wreched human."
mahaaraajaa = O king!; kriiDa = sport; mayaa = with me; raakshasesshvara = O lord of ogres!; kim prayojanam = of what use; tava = to you; anayaa = (is) this; siitayaa = Seetha; vivarNayaa = (who is) colorless; kR^ipaNayaa maanushhyaa = and a wreched human;
5.22.41
नूनमस्या महाराज न दिव्यान् भोगसत्तमान् ॥विदधात्यमरश्रेष्ठस्तव बाहुबलार्जितान्
|
"O king! Lord Barhma did not assign to Her wonderful best luxuries earned by the might of your arms. This is definite."
maharaja = O king!; amarashreshhThaH = Lord Brahma; na vidadhaata = did not assign; asyaaH = to Her; divyaan = wonderful; bhogasattamaan = best luxuries; tava baahubalaarjitaan = earned by the might of your arms; ;nuunam = this is definite.
5.22.42
अकामां कामयानस्य शरीरमुपतप्यते ॥इच्छन्तीं कामयानस्य प्रीतिर्भवति शोभना |
"The body of one who desires a woman without desire suffers pain. Good happiness will occur to one who loves a woman who desires him."
shariiram = the body; kaamayaanasya = of one who desires; akaamaam = (a woman) without desire; upatapyate = suffers pain; shobhanaa = good; priitiH = happiness; bhavati = will occur; kaamayaanasya = to one who loves;icchantiim = (a woman) who desires (him).
5.22.43
एवमुक्तस्तु राक्षस्या समुत्क्षिप्तस्ततो बली ॥प्रहसन्मेघसम्काशो राक्षसः स न्यवर्तत
|
Thus spoken to by that ogre that Ravana who was strong equalling a cloud, thereafter being taken away turned back laughing."
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken to; raakshasyaaH = by that ogre; saH = that; raakshasaH = Ravana; balii = who was strong; meghasaMkaashaH = equalling a cloud; tataH = thereafter; samutkkshipataH = being taken away; nyavartata = turned back; prahasan = laughing.
5.22.44
प्रस्थितः स दशग्रीवः कम्पयन्निव मेदिनीम् ॥ज्वलद्भास्करवर्णाभम् प्रविवेश निवेशनम्
|
That Ravana departing was as though shaking the earth and entered his house with the lustre of blazing sun shine.
saH = that; dashagriivaH = Ravana; prasthitaH = departing; kampayanniva = was as though shaking; mediniim = the earth; pravivesha = entered; niveshanam = (his) house jvaladbhaaskaravarNaabham = with the lustre of blazing sun shine;
5.22.45
देवगन्धर्वकन्याश्च नागकन्याश्च सर्वतः ॥परिवार्य दशग्रीवं विविशुस्तं गृहोत्तमम्
|
Deva and Gandharva maidens and Naga maidens surrounding Ravana in all directions entered that best among houses.
deva gandharva kanyaashcha = Deva and Gandharva maidens; naagakanyaashcha = and Naga maidens; parivaarya = surrounding; raavaNam = Ravana; sarvataH = in all directions; vivishuH = entered; tam = that; gR^ihottamam = best among houses.
5.22.46
स मैथिलीं ध्रम परामवस्थितां |
प्रवेपमानां परिभर्स्य रावणः |
विहाय सीतां मदनेन मोहितः
|
स्वमेव वेश्म प्रविवेश भास्वरम् ॥
That Ravana frightening Seetha who was steadfastly intent on virtue and who was shaking, leaving Seetha, infatuated by love, entered his own house which was shining.
saH = that; raavanaH = Ravana; paribhartsya = frightening; maithiliim = Seetha; avasthitaam = (who was) steadfastly; dharmaparaam = intent on virtue; pravepamaanaam = (and who was) shaking; vihaaya = leaving; siitaam = Seetha; mohitaH = infatuated; madanena = by love;pravivesha = entered; svam = his own; veshmaiva = house; bhaasvaram = which was shining.
इत्यार्षे शीर्मद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे द्वाविंशः सर्गः
Sarga 23
5.23.1
इत्युक्त्वा मैथिलीं राजा रावणः शत्रुरावणः |
संदिश्य च ततः सर्वा राक्षसीर्निर्जगाम ह ॥
The king Ravana who makes enemies to cry thus speaking to Seetha thereafter also ordering all ogre women went away.
raajaa = the king; raavaNaH = Ravana; shatruraavaNaH = who makes enemies to cry; iti uktvaa = thus speaking; maithiliim = to Seetha; tataH = thereafter; saMdishya = also ordering; sarvaaH = all; raakshasiiH = ogre women; nirjagaama = went away.
5.23.2
निष्क्रन्ते राक्षसेन्द्र तु पुनरन्तःपुरं गते |
राक्षस्यो भीमरूपास्ताः सीतां समभिदुद्रुवुः
॥
After Ravana left and obtained gynaeceum, those ogres with horrible appearances went running to Seetha.
raakshasendre = Ravana; nishhkraante = leaving; gate = obtaining; punaH = again; antaHpuram = gynaeceum; taaH raakshasyaH = those ogres; bhiimaruupaaH = with horrible appearances; samabhidudruvuH = went running; siitaam = to Seetha.
5.23.3
ततः सीतामुपागम्य राक्षस्यः क्रोधमूर्चिताः |
परं पुरुषया वाचा वैदेहीमिदमब्रवन् ॥
Thereafter reaching Seetha ogre women swooned with anger and with a very harsh speech spoke these words to Seetha.
tataH = thereafter; upaagamya = reaching; siitaam = Seetha; raakshasyaH = ogre women; krodhamuurchitaaH = swooned with anger; vaachaa = (with a) speech; param = (which was) very; parushhayaa = harsh; abruvan = spoke; idam = this (word); vaidehiim = to Seetha.
5.23.4
पौलस्त्यस्य वरिष्ठस्य रावणस्य महात्मनः |
दशग्रीवस्य भार्यात्वं सीते न बहुमन्यसे ॥
"O Seetha! You are not respscting becoming wife of Ravana born in the family of Paulastya, best among men, a great soul with ten heads."
siite = O Seetha!; na bahumanyase = you are not respecting; bhaaryaatvam = becoming wife; raavaNAsya = of Ravana; paulastasya = born in the family of Paulastya; varidhhThasya = best among men; mahaatmanaH = a great soul; dashagrrivasya = with ten heads;
5.23.5
ततस्वएकजटा नाम राक्षसी वाक्यमब्रवीत् |
अमन्त्य्र क्रोधताम्राक्षी सीतां करतलोदरीम् ॥
Thereafter an ogre woman named Ekajata with red eyes sue to anger calling Seetha with stomach that can be held by palm of the hand, spoke these words.
tataH = Thereafter; raakshasii = an ogre woman; ekajaTaa naama = named Ekajata; krodhataamraakshii = with red eyes due to anger; aamantrya = calling; siitaam = Seetha; karatalodariim = with stomach that can be held by a palm of the hand; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words.
5.23.6
प्रजापतीनाम् षण्णं तु चतुर्थो यः प्रजापतिः |
मानसो ब्रह्मणः पुत्रः पुलस्त्य इति विश्रुतः
॥
"Among th six Prajapatis, whichever son, the fourth Prajapati, born by the thought of Lord Brahma ,he is famous as Paulastya."
aNNaam prajaapatiinaam = among the six Prajapathis; yaH = whichever; putraH = son;chaturthaH prajapatiH = the fourth Prajapati; maanasaH = born by the thought; brahmaNaH = of Lord Brahma; vishrutaH = (he is) famous; pulastyaH iti = as Pulastya.
5.23.7
पुलस्त्यस्य तु तेजस्वी महार्षिर्मानसः सुतः |
नाम्ना स विश्रवा नाम प्रजापतिसमप्रभः ॥
By the name, famous as Visrava, with a radiance equalling that of Lord Brahmathat glorious sage is the son born from the thought of Pulastya.
naamnaa = By the name; vishravaa naama = famous as Visrava; prajaapati samaprabhaH = with a radiance equalling that of Lord Brahma; saH tejasvii maharshhiH = that glorious sage; sutaH = is the son; maanasaH = (born) from the thought; pulastasya = of Pulastya.
5.23.8
तस्य पुत्रो विशालाक्षि रावणः शत्रुरावणः |
तस्य त्वं राक्षसेन्द्रस्य भार्या भवितुमर्हसि
॥मयोक्तं चारुसर्वाङ्गि वाक्यम् किं नाममन्यसे |
"O wide eyed one! Ravana who makes enemies to cry, is Visrava's son. You are suited to become Ravana's wife. O one with all beautiful limbs! Why will you not agree words spoken by me."
vishaakshii = O wide eyed one!; raavaNaH = Ravana; shatruraavaNaH = who makes enemies to cry; tasya = is his (Visrava's); putraH = son; tvam = you; arhasi = are suited; bhavitum = to become; tasya = Ravana's; bhaaryaa = wife; chaarusarvaaNgii = O one with all beautiful limbs!; kim = why; naanumanyase = will you not agree; vaakyam = words; uktam = spoken; mayaa = by me.
5.23.9
ततो हरिजटा नाम राक्षसी वाक्यमब्रवीत् ॥विवर्त्य नयने कोपान्मार्जारसदृशेक्षणा |
Thereafter an ogre woman named Harijata with eyes like those of a cat turned around eyes due to anger and spoke these words.
tataH = Thereafter;raakshasii = an ogre woman; harijaTaa naama = named Harijata; maarjaarasadR^ishekshaNaa = with eyes like those of a cat; vivartya = turned around; nayane = eyes; kopaat = due to anger; abraviit = (and) spoke; vaakyam = (these) words.
5.23.10
येन देवास्त्रायस्त्रिंशद्देवराजश्च निर्जताः ॥तस्य त्वं राक्षसेन्द्रस्य भार्या
भवितुमर्हसि |
"By whom thirty three Devas and the king of Devas have been conquered, you are suited to become the wife of that lord of ogres.
yena = by whom; trastriMshat = thirty three; devaaH = Devas; devaraajashcha = and the king of Devas; nirjitaaH = have been conquered; tvam = you; arhasi = are suited; bhavitum = to become; bhaaryaa = the wife; tasya raakshasendrasya = of that lord of ogres.
5.23.11
ततस्तु प्रघसा नाम राक्षसी क्रोधमूर्छिता ॥भर्त्सयनी तदा घोरमिदं वचनमब्रवीत् |
Thereafter an ogre named Praghasa swooning with anger and then frightening Seetha, spoke this horrible word.
tataH = Thereafter; raakshasii = an ogre woman; praghasaa naama = named Praghasa; krodhamuurchhitaa = swooning with anger; tadaa = then; bhartsayantii = frightening (Seetha) ; abraviit = spoke; idam = this; ghoram = horrible (word).
5.23.12
वीर्योत्सिक्तस्य शूरस्य सम्ग्रामे न निवर्तिनः ॥बलिनो वीर्ययुक्तस्य भार्यात्वम्
किं न लप्स्यसे |
"Why will you not get wifehood of Ravana who is proud of his might, valiant, who will not turn back in wars, who is strong together with valour."
kim = why; na lapsyase = (you) will not get; bharyaatvam = wife-hood (of Ravana); viiryotsiktasya = (who is) proud of his might; shuurasya = valiant; anivartinaH = who will not turn back; saMgraameshhu = in wars; balinaH = strong; viiryayuktasya = together with valour.
5.23.13
प्रियां बहुमतां भार्यां त्यक्त्वा राजा महाबलः ॥सर्वासां च महाभागां त्वामुपैष्यति
रावणः |
"The mighty Ravana can leave dear respectable wife who among all wives is most fortunate and can obtain you."
raavaNaH = Ravana; mahaabalaH = with great might; tyaktvaa = leaving;priyaam = dear; bahumataam = respectable; bhaaryaam = wife; sarvaasaam = who among all wives; mahaabhaagaam = is most fortunate; upaishhyati = can obtain; tvaam = you.
5.23.14
समृद्धम् स्त्रीसहस्रेण नानारत्नोपशोभितम् ॥अन्तःपुरं समुत्सृज्य त्वामुपैष्यति
रावणः |
"Ravana leaving gynaeceum filled with thousand women and shone by various best things can obtain you.
raavaNaH = Ravana; samutsR^ijya = leaving; antaHpuram = gynaeceum; samR^iddham = filled; strii sahasreNa = with thousand women; naanaa ratnopashobhitam = shone by various best things; upaishhyati = can obtain; tvaam = you.
5.23.15
अन्या तु विकटा नाम राक्षसी वाक्यमब्रवीत् ॥असकृद्देवता युद्धे नागगन्धर्वदानवाः
|
निर्जिताः समरे येन सते पार्श्वमुपागतः ॥
Another ogre woman named Vikata spoke these words: "By whom a number of times in war Devas, in war Nagas, Gandharvas and Danavas have been conquered that Ravana has come to your side."
15; 16. anyaa = another; raakshasii tu = ogre woman; vikaTaa naama = named Vikata; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words; yena = by whom; asakR^it = a number of times; yuddhe = in war; devataaH = Devas; samare = in war; naagagandharvadaanavaaH = Nagas; Gandharvas and Danavas; nirjiaaH = have been conquered; saH = that Ravana; aagataH = has come; te paarsvam = to your side.
5.23.17
तस्य सर्वसमृद्धस्य रावणस्य महात्मनः |
किमद्य राक्षसेन्द्रस्य भार्यात्वं नेच्छऽधमे ॥
"O vile one! Why are you not desiring wifehood of such Ravana, fulfilled in all respects, who is a great soul and lord of ogres.
adhame = O vile one; kim = why; adya = now; nechchhase = are you not desring; bhaaryaatvam = wifehood; tasya raavaNasya = of such Ravana; sarvasamR^iddhasya = fulfilled in all respects; mahaatmanaH = great soul; raakshasendrasya = lord of ogres.
5.23.18
ततस्तु दुर्मुखी नाम राक्षसी वाक्यमब्रवीत् |
यस्य सूर्यो न तपति भीतो यस्य च मारुतः ॥न वाति स्मायतापाङ्गे किं त्वं तस्य न तिष्ठसि |
Thereafter an ogre woman named Durmukhi spoke these words: " O one with long eyes! Fearing whom the sun will not comsume by heat, fearing whom the win will not blow, to that one why are you not favourable."
tataH = Thereafter; raakshasii = an ogre woman; durmukhii naama = named Durmuukhi; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words; aayataa paaN^ge = O one with long cornered eyes! bhiitaH = fearing; yasya = whom; suuryaH = sun; na tapati = will not consume by heat; bhiitaH = fearing; yasya = whom; maarutaH = wind; na vaati sma = will not blow; tasya = to that one; kim = why; tvam = are you; na tiShThasi = not favourable.
5.23.19
पुष्टवृष्टं च तरवो मुमुचुर्यस्य वै भयात् ॥शैलाश्च सुभ्रु पानीयम् जलदाश्च यदेच्छति
|
तस्य नैरृतराजस्य राजराजस्य भामिनि ॥किं त्वं न कुरुषे बुद्धिं भार्यार्थे रावणस्य हि |
"O one with good eyebrows! O Seetha! By the fear of whom trees shed a shower of flowers, whenever Ravana desired mountains and clouds will shed water, why you are not making mind to be the wife of such Ravana, who is the king of ogres and king of kings."
19; 20. subhru = O one with good eyebrows!; bhaminii = O Seetha!; bhayaat = by the fear; yasya = of whom; taravaH = trees; mumuchuH = shed; pushhpavR^ishhTim = a shower of flowers; yadaa ichchhati = whenever desired; shailaashcha = mountains; jaladaashcha = and clouds; paniiyam = (will shed) water;kim = why; tvam = you; na kurushhe = are not making; buddhim = mind; baaryaardhe = to be the wife; tasya raavaNasya = of such Ravana; nairR^ita raajasya = king of ogres; raajaraajasya = (and) king of kings;
5.23.21
साधु ते तत्त्वतो देवि कथितं साधु भामिनि ॥गृहाण सुस्मिते वाक्यमन्यथा न भविष्यसि
|
"O Seetha with a good smile! O princess! Understand kind words spoken to you well and truly."
susmite bhaaminii = O Seetha with good smile; devii = O princess! gR^ihaaNa = understand; saadhu vaakyam = kind words; te kathitam = spoken to you; saadhu = well; tattvataH = truly.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे त्रयोविंशः सर्गः
Sarga 24
5.24.1
ततः सीतामुपागम्य राक्षस्यो विकृताननाः |
परुषं परुषा नार्य ऊचुस्तां वाक्यमप्रियम् ॥
Thereafter ogre women with a cruel nature, with crooked faces neared that Seetha and spoke unpleasant words harshly.
tataH = Thereafter; raakshasyaH naaryaH = ogre women; parushhaaH = with a cruel nature; vikR^itaananaH = with crooked faces; upaagamya = neared; taam siitaam = that Seetha; uuchuH = (and) spoke; apriyam = unpleasant; vaakyam = words; parushham = harshly.
5.24.2
किं त्वमन्तःपुरे सीते सर्वभूतमनोहरे |
महार्हशयनोपेते न वासमनुमन्यसे ॥
"O Seetha! Why are you not agreeing to stay in the gynaeceum pleasing to all beings together with very best beds."
siite = O Seetha; kim = why; tvam = (are) you; naanuamanyase = not agreeing; vaasam = to stay; antaHpure = in the gynaeceum; sarvabhuuta manohare = pleasing to all beings; mahaarhashayanopete = together with the very best beds.
5.24.3
मानुषी मानुषस्यैव भार्यात्वं बहुमन्यसे |
प्रत्याहर मनो रामान्न त्वं जातु भविष्यसि ॥
"You who are a human are thinking highly about the wifehood of a human being. Withdraw your mind from Rama. Otherwise you will not exist at all."
maanyshhii = you who are a human; bahumanyase = are thinking highly; bhaaryaatvam = (about) the wifehood; maanushhasyaiva = of a human being; pratyahaara = withdraw; manaH = mind; raamaat = from Rama; tvam = (otherwise) you; na bhavishhyasi = will not exist; jaatu = at all;
5.24.4
त्रैलोक्यवसुभोक्तारं रावणं राक्षसेश्वरम् |
भर्तारमुपसंगम्य विहरस्व यथासुखम् ॥
"Sport according to your comfort coming together with the king of ogres Ravana enjoying luxuries of the three worlds and taking him as husband.
viharasva = sport; yathaasukham = according to (your) comfort; saMgamya = coming together; raakshaseshvaram = (with) the king of ogres; raavaNam = Ravana; trailokyavasubhoktaaram = enjoying luxuries of the three worlds; bhartaaram = (and taking him) as husband.
5.24.5
मानुषी मानुषं तं तु राममिच्छसि शोभने |
राज्याद्भ्राष्टमसिद्धार्थं विक्लबं त्वमनिन्दिते
॥
"O beautiful one! O irrreproachable one! But being a human you are desiring that Rama who is a human, banished from kingdom, unsuccessful and gloomy."
shobhane = O beautiful one!; anindite = O irreproachable one!; maanushhii tu = but being a human; tvam = you; iccchhasi = are desiring; tam raamam = that Rama; maanushham = who is a human; bhrashhTam = banished; raajyaat = from kingdom; asiddhaartham = unsuccessful; viklabam = (and) gloomy.
5.24.6
राक्षसीनां वचः श्रुत्वा सीता पद्मनिभेक्षणा |
नेत्राभ्यामश्रुपूर्णाभ्यामिदं वचनमब्रवीत्
॥
Seetha with eyes like lotuses hearing the words of ogre women spoke these words with eyes filled with tears.
siitaa = Seetha; padma nibhekshaNaa = with eyes like lotuses; shrutvaa = hearing; vachaH = words; raakshasiinaam = of ogre women; abraviit = spoke; idam vachanam = these words; netraabhyaam = with eyes; ashrupuurNaabhyaam = filled with tears.
5.24.7
यदिदम् लोकविद्विष्टमुदाहरथ संगताः |
नैतन्मनसि वाक्यं मे किल्बिषं प्रतिभाति वः ॥
"All of you coming together whatever words which are hated in the world you spoke in my matter, this does it not seem sinful in your mind?"
saMgataa = (all of you) coming together; yat vaakyam = whatever words; lokavidviSTam = which are hated in the world; udaaharatha = you spoke; me = in my matter; etat = this; na pratibhaati = does it not seem; kilbishham = sinful; vaH = in your; manasi = mind;
5.24.8
न मानुषी राक्षसस्य भार्या भवितुमर्हति |
कामं खादत मां सर्वा न करिष्यामि वो वचः ॥
"Human woman is not waited to become wife of an ogre. All of you freely eat me. I will not honour your words."
maanushhii = Human woman; na arhati = is not suited; bhavitum = to become; bhaaryaa = wife; raakshasasya = of an ogre; sarvaaH = all of you; kaamam = freely; khaadata = eat; maam = me; na karishhyaami = I will not honour; vaH vachanaH = your words.
5.24.9
दीनो वा राज्यहीनो वा यो मे भर्ता स मे गुरुः |
तं नित्यमनुरक्तास्मि यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला
॥
"Although wretched or without kingdom, whoever is my husband, He alone is my master. Like Suvarchala with the Sun God, I am fond of Him always."
diinaH vaa = (although) wretched; raajya hiinaH vaa = or without kingdom; yaH = whoever; me bhartaa = is my husband; saH = He (alone); me = is my; guruH = master; suvarchalaa yathaa = like Suvarchala; suuryam = with the Sun God; anuraktaa asmi tam = I am fond of Him; nityam = always;
5.24.10
यथा शची महाभागा शक्रं समुपतिष्ठति |
अरुन्धती वसिष्ठं च रोहिणी शशिनं यथा ॥लोपामुद्रा
यथागस्त्यं सुकन्याच्यवनं यथा |
सावित्री सत्यवन्तं च कपिलं श्रीमती यथा ॥सौदासं मदयन्तीव केशिनी
सगरं यथा |
नैषधं दमयन्तीव भैमी पतिमनुव्रता ॥तथाहमिक्ष्वाकुवरं रामं पतिमनुव्रता |
"Like the highly fortunate Sachi who waits upon Indra, like Arundhati on Vasishta, like Rohini on the Moon God, like Lopamudra on Agastya, like Sukanya on Chyavana, like Savitri on Satyavanta, like Srimati on Kapila, like Madayanti on Saudasa, like Kesini on Sagara, like Damayanti the daughter of Bhima, devoted to husband Nala, in the same way I am devoted to my husband Rama, the best in Ikshvaku dynasty."
10; 11; 12. yathaa = like; mahaabhaagaa = the highly fortunate; shachii = Sachi; samupatishhThati = (who) waits; shukram = upon Indra; arundhatii vasishhTham cha = like Arundhati on Vasishta; yathaa = like; rohiNi sashinam = Rohini on the Moon God; yathaa = like; lopamudraa agastyam = Lopamudra on Agastya; sukanyaa chyavanam yathaa = like Sukanya on Chyavana; saavitrii satyavantam = (like) Savitri on Satyavanta; shriimatii kapilam yathaa = like Srimati on Kapila; saudaasam madayantiiva = like Madayanti on Saudasa; keshinii sagaram yathaa = like Kesini on Sagara; damayantiiva = like Damayanti; bhaimii = daughter of Bhima; anuvrataa = devoted; patim naishhadham = to husband Nala; tathaa = in the same way; aham anuvrataa = I am devoted; patim raamam = to my husband Rama; ikshvaakuvaram = best in Ikshvaku dynasty.
5.24.13
सीताया वचनं श्रुत्वा राक्षस्यः क्रोधमूर्चिताः ॥भर्त्सयन्ति स्म परुषैर्वाक्यै
रावणचोदिताः |
Ogre women incited by Ravana listening to the words of Seetha, swooned with anger and frightened Her with harsh words.
raakshasyaH = ogre women; raavaNa choditaaH = incited by Ravana; shrutvaa = listening; vachanam = to the words; siitaayaaH = of Seetha; krodhamuurchitaaH = swooned with anger; bhartsayanti = frightened (Her); parushhaiH vaakyaiH = with harsh words.
5.24.14
अवलीनः स निर्वाक्यो हनुमान् शिंशुपाद्रुमे ॥सीतां संतर्जयन्तीस्ता राक्ससीरशृणोत्
कपिः |
That monkey Hanuma not talking and hiding in the Simsupa tree listened to those ogre women frightening Seetha.
saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; kapiH = a monkey; nirvaakyaH = not talking; avaliinaH = (and) hiding; shiMshupaa drume = in the Simsupa tree; ashR^iNot = listened; taaH raakshasiiH = to those ogre women; saMtarjayantiiH = frightening; siitaam = Seetha.
5.24.15
तामभिक्रम्य संक्रुद्दा वेपमानां समन्ततः ॥भृशं संलिलिहुर्दीप्तान् प्रलब्मन् दशनच्छदान्
|
Nearing that Seetha shaking with fear in all directions, those ogres being angry licked a lot shining and hanging lips.
abhikramya = nearing; taam = that Seetha; vepamaanaam = shaking (with fear); samantataH = in all directions; saMkR^iddhaH = (those ogres) being angry; saMlilihuH = licked; bhR^isham = a lot; diiptaan = shining; pralambaan dashanachchhadaan = hanging lips.
5.24.16
ऊचुश्च परमक्रुद्धाः प्रगृह्याशु परश्वधान् ॥नेयमर्हति भर्तारं रावणं राक्षसाधिपम्
|
Being angry a lot and grasping axes quickly spoke as follows: "This woman is not suited to have the king of ogres Ravana as husband."
paramkruddhaaH = being angry a lot; pragR^ihya = grasping; aashu = quickly; parashvadhaan = axes; uuchushcha = and spoke; iyam = this woman; naarhati = is not suited; raakshasaadhipam = (to have) the king of ogres; raavaNAm = Ravana; bhartaaram = as husband.
5.24.17
सा भर्तस्यमाना भीमाभी राक्षसीभिर्वरानना ॥सबाष्पमपसर्पन्ती शिंशुपां तामुपागमत्
|
Being frightened by ogre women who were horrible that Seetha with best face with tears in eyes and moving from there reached that Simsupa tree.
bhatsyamaanaa = being frightened; raakshasiibhiH = by ogre women; bhiimaabhiH = who were horrible; saa varaananaa = that Seetha with best face; sabaashhpam = with tears in eyes; apasarpantii = moving from there; uppagamat = reached; taam shiMshupaam = that Simsupa tree.
5.24.18
ततस्तां शिंशुपां सीता राक्षसीभिः समावृता ॥अभिगम्य विशालाक्षी तस्थौ शोकपरिप्लुता
|
Thereafter the wide eyed Seetha nearing that Simsupa tree being surrounded by ogre women was situated there with gloom.
tataH = Thereafter; vishaalaakshii = the wide eyed; siitaa = Seetha; abhigamya = nearing; taam siMsupaam = that Simsupa tree; samaavR^itaa = being surrounded; raakshasiibhiH = by ogre women; tasthau = was situated (there); shokapariplutaa = with gloom.
5.24.19
तां कृशां दीनवदनां मलिनाम्बरधारिणीम् ॥भर्त्सयांचक्रिरे सीतां राक्षस्यस्ताम् समन्ततः
|
Those ogres frightened from all directions that Seetha who was emaciated with a pitiful face and wearing dirty garments.
taaH = those; raakshasyaH = ogres; bhartsayaaMchakrire = frightened; samantataH = from all directions; taam siitaam = that Seetha; kR^ishaam = (who was) emaciated; diinavadanaam = with a pitiful face; malinaambaradhaariNiim = wearing dirty garments;
5.24.20
ततस्तां विनता नाम राक्षसी भीमदर्शना ॥अब्रवीत्कुपिताकारा कराळा निर्णतोदरी |
Thereafter an ogre woman named Vinata with a horrible appearance with an angry form, crooked, having a prominent belly spoke to Her.
tataH = Thereafter; raakshasii = an ogre woman; vinataa naama = named Vinata; bhiimadarshnaa = with a horrible appearance; kupitaakaaraa = with an angry form; karaaLaa = crooked; nirNatodarii = having a prominent belly; taam abraviit = spoke to Her.
5.24.21
सीते पर्याप्तमेतावद्भर्तुः स्नेहो निदर्शितः ॥सर्वात्रातिकृतं भद्रे व्यसनायोपकल्पते
|
"O Seetha! You have showed love of husband. This much is enough. O auspicious one! At all times doing something excessively serves as vice."
siite = O Seetha!; snehaH = love; bhartuH = of husband; nidarshitaH = has been shown (by you); etaavat = this much; paryaaptam = is enough; bhadre = O auspicious one!; sarvatra = at all times; atikR^itam = doing (something) excessively; upakalpate = serves as; vyasanaaya = vice ;
5.24.22
परितुष्टास्मि भद्रं ते मानुषस्ते कृतो विधिः ॥ममापि तु वचः पथ्यं ब्रुवन्त्याः
कुरु मैथिलि |
"O Seetha! I am happy. Human duty has been done by you. Let there be fortune to you. Do also according to my wholesome words being told."
maithili = O Seetha! paritushhTaa asmi = I am happy; maanushhaH vidhiH = human duty; kR^itaH = has been done; te = by you; bhadram = (let there be) fortune; te = to you; kuru = do (according to); mama = my; pathyam = wholesome; vachaH api = words also;bruvantyaaH = (which are) being told;
5.24.23
रावणं भ्ज भर्तारं भर्तारं सर्वरक्षसाम् ॥विक्रान्तं रूपवन्तं च सुरेशमिव वासवम्
|
दक्षिणं त्यागशीलं च सर्वस्य प्रियदर्शनम् ॥
"Obtain as husband Ravana who is the lord of al l ogres, bold and handsome, like Indra the lord of Devas, able one and liberal with a pleasing appearance to all."
23; 24. bhaja = obtain; bhartaaram = as husband; raavaNam = Ravana; bhartaaram = (who is) the lord; sarva rakshasaam = to all ogres; vikraantam = bold; ruupavantam cha = and handsome; vaasavamiva = like Indra; sureshham = the lord of Devas; dakshiNam = able one; tyaagashiilaM cha = and liberal; priyadarshanam = with a pleasing appearance; sarvasya = to all;
5.24.25
मानुषं कृपणं रामं त्यक्त्वा रावणमाश्रय |
दिव्याङ्गरागा वैदेहि दिव्याभरणभूषिता ॥अद्यप्रभृति सर्वेषां लोकनामीश्वरी भव |
"Leaving Rama who is a human and miserable, seek refuge in Ravana. O Seetha! With best unguents to the body and decorated with best ornaments, become mistress of all the worlds from today."
tyaktvaa = leaving; raamam = Rama; maanushham = a human; kR^ipaNam = miserable; aashraya = seek refuge; raavaNam = (in) Ravana; vaidehi = O Seetha!; divyaN^garaagaa = with best unguents to the body; divyaabharaNa bhuushhitaa = decorated with best ornaments; bhava = become; iishvarii = mistress; sarveshhaam lokaanaam = of all the worlds; adyaprabhR^iti = from today.
5.24.26
अग्नेः स्वाहा यथा देवी शिची वेन्द्रस्य शोभने ॥किं ते रामेण वैदेहि कृपणेन गतायिषा
|
"O auspicious one! Like Svaha the wife of the Fire God, like Sachi the wife of Indra become mistress of all worlds. O Seetha! What is the use with Rama who is miserable and with gone vigour."
shobhane = O auspicious one!; svahaa yathaa = like Svaha; devii = wife; agneH = of the Fire God; shachiiva = like Sachi; indrasya = (wife) of Indra (become mistress of all worlds; vaidehi = O Seetha!; kim = what (is the use); raameNa = with Rama; kR^paNena = who is miserable; gataayushhaa = and with gone vigour;
5.24.27
एतदुक्तं च मे वाक्यं यदि त्वं न करिष्यपि ॥अस्मिन्मुहूर्ते सर्वास्त्वां भक्षयिष्यामहे
वयम् |
If you do not do my this spoken word, all of us in this moment will eat you.
tvam na karishhyasi = if you do not do; me etat uktam vaakyam = my this spoken word; vayam sarvaaH = all of us; asmin = in this; muhuurte = moment; bhakshayishhyaamahe = will eat; tvaam = you.
5.24.28
अन्या तु विकटा नाम लबमानपयोधरा ॥अब्रवीत्कुपिता सीतां मुष्टिमुद्यम्य गर्जती |
Another ogre named Vikata with hanging breasts raising fist and roaring with anger spoke to Seetha.
anyya tu = another (ogre); vikaTaa naama = named Vikata; lambamaanapayodharaa = with hanging breasts; udyamaya = rasing; mushhTim = fist; garjatii = roaring; kupitaa = with anger; abraviit = spoke; siitaam = to Seetha.
5.24.29
बहून्य्प्रियरूपाणि वचनानि सुदुर्मते ॥अनुक्रोशान्मऋदुत्वाच्च सोढानि तव मैथिलि
|
"O Seetha with an evil mind! Your many words which are unpleasant have been tolerated due to pity and due to softness."
sudurmate maithilii = O Seetha with evil mind!; tava bahuuni vachanaani = your many words; apriyaruupaaNi = very unpleasant ones; sodhaani = have been tolerated; anukroshaat = due to pity; mR^idutvaachcha = and due to softness.
5.24.30
न च नः कुरुषे वाक्यं हितं कालपुरुस्कृतम् ॥अनीतासि समुद्रस्य पारमन्यैर्दुरासदम्
|
रावणान्तःपुरं घोरं प्रविष्टा चासि मैथिलि ॥
"O Seetha! You are not doing according to our word which is respected by time and wholesome. You have been brought to this bank of the ocean not obtainable by others. You have entered the terrible gynaeceum of Ravana."
30; 31. maithili = O Seetha!; na kurushhe cha = you are not doing; naH = our; vaakyam = word; kaalapuraskR^itam = (which is) respected by time; hitam = (and) wholesome; aaniitaa asi = you have been brought; samudrasya paaram = (to this) bank of the ocean; duraasadam = not obtainable; anyaiH = by others; pravishhTaa asi = you have entered; ghoram = terrible; raavaNaanantaHpuram = gynaeceum of Ravana.
5.24.32
रावणस्य गृहे रुद्धामस्माभिस्तु सुरक्षिताम् |
न त्वां शक्तः परित्रातुमपि साक्षात्पुरन्दरः
॥
"Withheld in the house of Ravana well protected by us, even Devendra himself is not capable to protect you."
ruddhaam = withheld; raavaNasya gR^ihe = in the house of Ravana; surakshitaam = well protected; asmaabhiH = by us; purandaraH api = even Devendra; saakshaat = himself; na shaktaH = is not capable; paritraatum = to protect; tvaam = you.
5.24.33
कुरुष्व हितवादिन्या वचनं मम मैथिलि |
अलमश्रुप्रपातेन त्यज शोकमन्र्थकम् ॥
"O Seetha! Do according to my word, which is beneficial. Discharge of tears is enough. Leave worthless gloom."
maithili = O Seetha!; kurushhva = do; mama vachanam = (according to) my word; hitavaadinyaaH = (which is) beneficial; ashruprapaatena = discharge of tears;alam = is enough; tyaja = leave; anarthakam = worthless; shokam = gloom.
5.24.34
भज प्रीतिं च हर्षं च त्यजैतां नित्यदैन्यताम् |
सीते राक्षसराजेन सह क्रीड यथासुखम् ॥
"O Seetha! Have love and happiness. Leave this daily gloom. Sport according to comfort with the king of ogres."
siite = O Seetha!;bhaja = have; priitim cha = love; harshham cha = and happiness; tyaja = leave; etaam = this; nityadainyataam = daily gloom; kriiDa = sport; yathaa sukham = according to comfort; raakshasaraajena saha = with the king of ogres.
5.24.35
जानासि हि यथा भीरु स्त्रीणां यौवनमध्रुवम् |
यावन्न ते व्यतिक्रामेत्तावत्सुखमवाप्नुहि ॥
"O timid one! You know how youth of women is not lasting. As long as your youth will not pass away, so long get comfort."
bhiiru = O timid one!; jaanaasi hi = you know; yathaa = how; yauvanam = youth; striiNaam = of women; adhruvam = is not lasting; yaavat = as long as; te = your (youth);na vyatikraamet = will not pass away; taavat = so long; avaapnuhi = get; sukham = comfort.
5.24.36
उद्यानानि च रम्याणि पर्वतोपवनानि च |
सह राक्षसराजेन चर त्वं मदिरेक्षणे ॥
"O one with intoxicating eyes! You along with king of ogres roam beautiful groves, mountains and nearby forests.
madirekshaNe = O one with intoxicating eyes!; tvam = you; raakshasa raajena = along with king of ogres; chara = roam; ramyaaNi udyaanaani = beautiful groves; parvatopavanaani = mountains and nearby forests.
5.24.37
स्त्रीसहस्राणि ते सप्त वशे स्थास्यन्ति सुन्दरि |
रावणं भज भर्तारं भ्र्तारं सर्वरक्षसाम्
॥
"O beautiful one! seven thousand women will be in your control. Have as husband Ravana the lord of all ogres."
sundari = O beautiful one!; sapta = seven; strii sahasraaNi = thousand women; sthaasyanti = will be; te vashe = in your control; bhaja = have; bhartaaram = as husband; raavaNam = Ravana; bhartaaram = lord; sarvarakshsaam = of all ogres;
5.24.38
उत्पाट्य वा ते हृदयं भक्षयिष्यामि मैथिलि |
यदि मे व्याहृतं वाक्यं न यथावत्करिष्यसि ॥
"O Seetha! If you do not do according to my spoken word as is, I will eat your heart indeed by plucking it out."
maithili = O Seetha!; na karishhyasi yadi = if you do not do; me vyaahR^itam vaakyam = (according to) my spoken word; yathhvat = as is; bhakshayishhyaami = I will eat; te hR^idayam = your heart; utpaaTya vaa = (indeed by) plucking it out.
5.24.39
ततश्चण्डोदरी नाम राक्षसी क्रोधमूर्छिता |
भ्रामयन्ती महच्चूलमिदं वचनम्ब्रवीत् ॥
Thereafter an ogre woman named Chandodari swooning with anger, turning around a big spike spoke this word.
tataH = thereafter; raakshasii = an ogre woman; chaNDodarii naama = named Chandodari; krodhamuurchhitaa = swooning with anger; bhraamayantii = turning around; mahat = a big; shuulam = spike; abraviit = spoke; idam = this; vachanam = word.
5.24.40
इमां हरिणलोलाक्षीं त्रासोत्कम्पिपयोधरां |
रावणेन हृतां दृष्ट्वा दौहृदो मे महानभूत् ॥
"Seeing this woman with eyes like that of a deer, with moving breasts due to fear, abducted by Ravana, there occured to me a great desire."
dR^ishhTvaa = seeing; imaam = this woman; hariNalolaakshiim = with eyes like that of a deer; traasotkampipayodharaam = with moving breasts due to fear; hR^itaam = abducted; raavaNena = by Ravana; abhuut = (there) occurred; me = to me; mahaan = a great; dauhR^idaH = desire.
5.24.41
यकृत्ल्पीहमथोत्पीडं हृदयं च सबन्धनम् |
अन्त्राण्यपि तथा शीर्षं खादेयमिति मे मतिः ॥
"It is my mind to eat the liver, the spleen, flesh above heart and heart together with muscle and entrails and the head."
me matiH = it is my mind ;khadeyam iti = to eat; yakR^it = the liver; pliiham = the spleen; utpiiDam = flesh above heart; hR^idayaM cha = and heart; sabandhanam = together with muscle; antraaNyapi cha = and entrails; tathaa = and; shiirshham = the head.
5.24.42
ततस्तु प्रघसा नाम राक्षसी वाक्यमब्रवीत् |
कण्ठमस्या नृशंसायाः पीडयाम किमास्यते ॥
An ogre woman named Pragasa spoke these words : "Squeeze the neck of this cruel woman. Why do we delay?"
raakshasii = ogre woman; praghasaa naama = named Pragasa; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words; pIDayaama = squeeze; kaNTham = the neck; asyaaH = of this; nR^ishaMsaayaaH = cruel woman; kim = why; aasyate = do we delay?
5.24.43
निवेद्यतां ततो राज्ञे मानुषी सा मृतेति ह |
नात्र कश्चन संदेहः खादतेति स वक्ष्यति ॥
"Thereafter let it be known to the king that that human woman has died. He will say thus : "Eat.". There is no doubt in this matter."
tataH = thereafter; nivedyataam = let it be known; raajJNe = to the king (that) ;saa = that; maanushhii = human woman; mR^iteti = has died; saH = he; vakshyati = will say; iti = thus;khaadata = eat; na sandehaH = there is no doubt; atra = in this matter.
5.24.44
ततस्त्वजामुखी नाम राक्षसी वाक्यमब्रवीत् |
विशस्येमां ततः सर्वाः समान् कुरुत पीलुकान् ॥
Thereafter an ogre woman named Ajamukhi spoke these words : "All of you killing this woman thereafter do equal pieces."
tataH = thereafter; raakshasii = an ogre woman; ajaamukhii naama = named Ajamukhi; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words; sarvaaH = all of you; vishasya = killing; imaam = this woman; tataH = thereafter; kuruta = do; samaan = equal; piilukaan = pieces.
5.24.45
विभजाम ततः सर्वा विवादो मे न रोचते |
पेयमानीयतां क्षिप्रं लेह्यमुच्चावचं बहु ॥
"Thereafter all of us will divide. Quarrel is not desirable to me. Liquor, many kinds and a lot of lickables be brought quickly."
tataH = thereafter; sarvaaH = all of us; vibhajaama = will divide; vivaadaH = quarrel; na rochate = is not desirable; me = to me; peyam = liquor; uchchaavacham = many kinds; bahu = a lot of; lehyam = lickables; aniiyataam = be brought; kshipram = quickly.
5.24.46
ततः शूर्पणखा नाम राक्षसी वाक्यमब्रवीत् |
अजामुख्या यदुक्तं हि तदेव मम रोचते ॥
Thereafter an ogre woman named Surpanakha spoke these words: "That which was spoken by Ajamukhi, is desirable to me."
tataH = thereafter; raakshasii = an ogre woman; shuurpaNakhaa naama = named Surpanakha; abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words; yat = that; uktaam = (which was) spoken; ajaamukhyaa = by Ajamukhi; tadeva = that; rochate = is desirable; mama = to me.
5.24.47
सुरा चानीयतां क्षिप्रं सर्वशोकविनाशिनी |
मानुषं मां समास्वाद्य नृत्यामोथ निकुम्भिलाम् ॥
"Liquor which is the destroyer of all sorrow be brought quickly. Eating human flesh afterwards, we will dance for propitiating Nikumbila."
suraa cha = liquor; sarvashokavinaashinii = (which is the) destroyer of all sorrow; aniiyataam = be brought; kshipram = quickly;aasvaadya = eating; maanushham maaMsam = human flesh; atha = afterwards; nR^ityaamaH = we will dance; nikumbhilaam = for (propitiating) Nikumbhila;
5.24.48
एवं संभर्त्स्यमाना सा सीता सुरसुतोपमा |
राक्षसीभिः सुघोराभिर्धैर्यमुत्सृज्य रोदिति ॥
Thus being frightened by horrible ogres, that Seetha equalling a daughter of gods, abandoning fortitude, was crying.
evam = thus; saMbhartsyamaanaa = being frightened; sughoraabhiH = by horrible; raakshasiibhiH = ogres; saa siitaa = that Seetha; surasutopamaa = equalling a daughter of gods; utsR^ijya = abandoning; dhairyam = fortitude; rodati = is crying.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे चतुर्विंशः सर्गः
Sarga 25
5.25.1
अथ तासां वदन्तीनां परुषं दारुणं बहु |
राक्षसीनामसौम्यानां रुरोद जनकात्मजा ॥
As those ogre woman with a cruel nature were speaking a lot harshly and horribly, Seetha cried.
1; atha = thereafter; taasaam = (as) those; raakshasiinaam = ogre women; asaumyaanaam = with a cruel nature;vadantiinaam = were speaking; bahu = a lot; parushham = harshly; daaruNam = (and) horribly;janakaatmajaa = Seetha; ruroda = cried.
5.25.2
एवमुक्ता तु वैदेही राक्षसीभिर्मनस्विनी |
उवाच परमत्रस्ताबाष्पगद्गदया गिरा ॥
Thus being spoken to by ogre women, Seetha with a good mind being frightened a lot spoke as follows with a voice indistinct due to tears.
evam = thus; uktaa = being spoken to; raakshasiibhiH = by ogre women; vaidehii = Seetha; manasvinii = with a good mind; paramatrastaa = being frightened a lot; baashhpa gadgadayaa giraa = with a voice indistinct due to tears; uvaacha = spoke (as follows).
5.25.3
न मानुषी राक्षसस्य भार्या भवितुमर्हति |
कामं खादत मां सर्वा न करिष्यामि वो वचः ॥
"A human woman is not suited to become a wife of an ogre. All of you eat me according to your desire. I will not do according to your words."
maanushhii = a human woman; na arhati = is not suited; bhavitum = to become; bhaaryaa = a wife; raakshasasya = of an ogre; sarvaaH = all of you; khaadata = eat; maam = me; kaamam = according to your desire;na karishhyaami = I will not do; vaH = (according to) your; vachaH = words.
5.25.4
सा राक्षसीमध्यगता सीता सुरसुतोपमा |
न शर्म लेभे दुःखार्ता रावणेन च तर्जिता ॥
Being in the middle of ogre women, being frightened by Ravana also, like a daughter of gods, that Seetha did not get comfort being tormented by grief.
raakshsaiimadhyagataa = being in the middle of ogre women; tarjitaa = being frightened; raavaNena cha = by Ravana also; surasutopamaa = like a daughter of gods; saa siitaa = that Seetha; na lebhe = did not get; sharma = comfort; duHkhaartaa = being tormented by grief.
5.25.5
वेपते स्माधिकं सीता विशन्ती वाङ्गमात्मनः |
वने यथा परिभ्रष्टा मृगी कोकैरिवार्दिता ॥
Like a fawn in a forest lost from its herd and tormented by wolves, Seetha was as though sinking into own body and shook a lot.
mR^igiiva = like a fawn; vane = in a forest; yuudhaparibhrashhTaa = lost from its herd; arditaa = tormented; kokaiH = by wolves; vishantiiva = (Seetha was) as though sinking (into); aatmanaH = own; aN^gam = body; vepate sma = (and) shook; adhikam = a lot.
5.25.6
सा त्वशोकस्य विपुलां शाखामालम्ब्य पुष्पिताम् |
चिन्तयामास शोकेन भर्तारं भग्नमानसा ॥
That Seetha with a broken heart due to grief, held a wide flowering branch of Ashoka tree and thought about Her husband.
saa tu = that Seetha; bhagna maanasaa = with a broken heart; shokena = due to grief; aalambya = holding; pushhpitaam shaakhaam = a flowering branch; vipulaam = which was wide; ashokasya = of Ashoka tree; chintayaamaasa = thought; bhartaaram = about husband.
5.25.7
सा स्नापयन्ती विपुलौ स्तनौ नेत्रजलस्रवैः |
चिन्तयन्ती न शोकस्य तदान्तमधिगच्छति ॥
Then that Seetha washing Her wide breasts with a flow of tears from eyes and thinking, did not get end of sorrow.
tadaa = then; saa = that Seetha; snaapayantii = washing; vipulau stanau = Her wide breasts; netra jala sravaiH = with a flow of tears from eyes; chintayantii = (and) thinking; na adhigachchhati = did not get; antam = end; shokasya = of sorrow.
5.25.8
सा वेपमाना पतिता प्रवाते कदळी यथा |
राक्षसीनां भयत्रस्ता विवर्णवदनाभवत् ॥
That Seetha was shaking like a plantain tree fallen down in an exceedingly windy place, trembling with fear of the ogre women, and became with a pale face.
saa = that Seetha; vepamaanaa = was shaking; kadaLii yathaa = like a plantain tree; patitaa = fallen down; pravaate = in an exceedingly windy place; raakshasii bhaya saMtrastaa = trembling with fear of the ogre women; abhavat = became; vivarNavadanaa = with a pale face.
5.25.9
तस्याः सा दीर्घविपुला वेपन्त्या सीतया तदा |
ददृशे कम्पिनी वेणी व्याळीव परिसर्पती ॥
That moving plait, which was wide and long, of that best woman was seen to be like a serpant in motion.
saa kampinii veNii = that moving plait; diirgha vipulaa = which was wide and long; tasyaaH paramstriyaaH = of that best woman; vepantyaaH = trembling; dadR^ishe = was seen (to be); vyaaLiiva = like a serpant;parisarpatii = in motion.
5.25.10
सा निःश्वसन्ती दुःखार्ता शोकोपहतचेतना |
आर्ता व्यसृजदश्रूणि मैथिली विललाप च ॥
That Seetha tormented by grief, with a mind hit by sorrow, struck by calamity was sighing and let down tears and also cried.
saa maithilii = that Seetha; duHkhaartaa = tormented by grief; shokopahata chetanaa = with a mind hit by sorrow; aartaa = struck by calamity; niHshvasantii = was sighing; nyasR^ijat = let down; ashruuNi = tears; vilalaapa cha = and also cried.
5.25.11
हा रामेति च दुःखार्ता हा पुनर्लक्ष्मणेति च |
हा श्वश्रु मम कौसल्ये हा सुमित्रेति भामिनी
॥
Seetha being tormented by grief said : "Oh! Rama!" and again "Oh! Lakshmana!","Oh! Kausalya!, my mother-in-law" "Oh! Sumitra!"
bhaaminii = Seetha; duHkhaartaa = being tormented by grief (said) ; haa raameti = Oh! Rama! punaH = again; haa lakshmaNeti = Oh! Lakshmana; haa kausalye = Oh! Kausalya; mama shvashru = my mother-in-law; haa sumitreti = Oh! Sumitra.
5.25.12
लोकप्रवादः सत्योऽयं पण्डितैः समुदाहृतः |
अकाले दुर्लभो मृत्युः स्त्रिया वा पुरुषस्य वा
॥यदाहमेवं क्रूराभी राक्षसीभिरिहार्दिता |
जीवामि हीना रामेण मुहूर्तमपि दुःखिता ॥
"I thus being tormented by cruel ogre women here lacking Rama, being tormented by grief, when I am living even for a moment,' death at wrong time to woman or to a man is hard' - thus being said this popular saying in the world is true."
12; 13. aham = I; evam = thus; aarditaa = being tormented; kruuraabhiH raakshasiibhiH = by cruel ogre women; iha = here; hiinaa = lacking; raameNa = Rama; duHkhaartaa = being tormented by grief; yadaa = when; jiivaami = I am living; muhuurtamapi = even for a moment; mR^ityuH = death; akaale = at wrong time; striyaaH vaa = to woman; purushhasya = or to a man; durlabhaH = is hard; samudaahR^itaH = (thus) being said;lokapravaadaH = the popular saying in the world; satyaH = is true.
5.25.14
एषाल्पपुण्या कृपणा विनशिष्याम्यनाथवत् |
समुद्रमथ्ये नौः पूर्णा वायुवेगैरिवाहता ॥
"This me with small merit,wreched, like an orphan, will perish like a ship in the middle of the ocean being hit by the speed of wind."
eshhaa = this me; alpapuNyaa = with small merit;kR^ipaNaa = wretched; anaathavat = like an orphan; vinashishhyaami = will perish; nauH iva = like a ship; samudramadhye = in the middle of the ocean; aahataa = being hit; vaayuvegaiH = by the speed of wind.
5.25.15
भर्तारं तमपश्यन्ती राक्षसीवशमागता |
सीदामि खलु शोकेन कूलं तोयहतं यथा ॥
"Not seeing my husband that Rama and obtaining control of ogre women like a bank hit by water I am verily perishing with sorrow."
apashyantii = not seeing; bhartaaram = my husband; tam = that Rama;aagataa = obtaining; raakshasii vasham = control of ogre women; tiiram yathaa = like a bank; toyahatam = hit by water; siidaami khalu = I am verily perishing; shokena = with sorrow.
5.25.16
तं पद्मदळपत्राक्षं सिंहविक्रान्तगामिनम् |
धन्याः पश्यन्ति मे नाथं कृतज्ञं प्रियवादिनम्
॥
"Only fortunate see that my husband with eyes like petals of an expanded lotus, walking with the gait of a lion, correct in conduct and a pleasant talker."
dhanyaaH = (only) fortunate; pashyanti = see; tam = that; me = my; naatham = husband; padmadaLapatraaksham = with eyes like petals of an expanded lotus; siMha vikraanta gaaminam = walking with the gait of a lion; kR^itajJNam = correct in conduct; priyavaadiam = pleasant talker;
5.25.17
सर्वथा तेन हीनाया रामेण विदितात्मना |
तीक्ष्णंविषमिवास्वाद्यदुर्लभं मम जीवितम् ॥
"To me lacking that Rama with a famous soul, like after eating a pungent poison life in all ways is hard."
mama = to me; hiinaayaaH = lacking; tena = that Rama; viditaatmanaa = with a famous soul; aasvaadyeva = like after eating; tiikshNam vishham = a pungent poison; jiivitam = life; sarvathaa = in all ways; durlabham = is hard.
5.25.18
कीदृशं तु महापापं मया जन्मान्तरे कृतम् |
येनेदं प्राप्यते दुःखं मया घोरं सुदारुणं ॥
"By what this horrible and very dreadful grief is obtained by me, what kind of great sin had been done by me in another life."
yena = by what; mayaa = by me; praapyate = obtaining; idam = this; duHkham = grief; ghoram = which is horrible;sudaaruNam = very dreadful; kiidR^isham = what kind of; mahaa paapam = great sin;kR^itam = has been done; mayaa = by me; janmaantare = in an other life.
5.25.19
जीवितं त्यक्तुंइच्छामि शोकेन महता वृता |
राक्षसीभिश्च रक्ष्यन्त्या रामो नासाद्यते मया ॥
"Together with great grief, I desire to give away my life. This desire is not obtainable by me. I am well protected by ogre women."
vR^itaa = together; mahataa shokena = with great grief; ichchhaami = I desire; tyaktum = to give away; jiivitum = life; kaamaH = (this) desire; na avaapyate = is not obtainable; mayaa = by me; surakshitaa = I am well protected; raakshasiibhiH = by ogre women.
5.25.20
धिगस्तु खलु मानुष्यं धिगस्तु परवश्यताम् |
न शक्यं यत्परित्यक्तुमात्मच्छन्देन जीवितम् ॥
"Fie upon human condition! Fie upon being in the control of others. By what reason it is not possible according to own desire to give up life."
dhik astu = fie; maanushhyam = upon human condition; dhik astu = fie; paravashyataam = upon being in the control of others; yat = by what reason; aatmachchhandena = according to own desire; na shakyam = it is not possible; parityaktum = to give up; jiivitam = life.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे पञ्चविंशः सर्गः
Sarga 26
5.26.1
प्रसक्ताश्रुमुखी त्वेवं ब्रुवती जनकात्मजा |
अधोगतमुखी बाला विलप्तुमुपचक्रमे ॥
With a face continually shedding tears, Seetha an young woman, thus speaking with a downward face, started to weep.
prasaktaashrumukhii = with a face continually shedding tears; jankaatmajaa = Seetha; balaa = an young woman; evam = thus; bruvatii = speaking; adhogatamukhii = with downward face; upachakrame = started; vilaptum = to weep.
5.26.2
उन्मत्तेव प्रमत्तेव भ्रान्तचित्तेव शोचती |
उपावृत्ता किशोरीव विवेष्टन्ती महीतले ॥
Seetha was crying like a mad one, like an intoxicated one, with a deluded mind. Like a female horse rolling on ground, Seetha rolled on the ground.
unmatteva = like a mad one; pramatteva = like an intoxicated one; bhraantachitteva = with a deluded mind; shochatii = (Seetha was) crying; kishoriiva = like a female horse; upaavR^ittaa = rolling on ground; viveshhTantii = (Seetha) rolled; mahiitale = on the ground.
5.26.3
राघवस्य प्रमत्तस्य रक्षसा कामरूपिणा |
रावणेन प्रमथ्याहमानीता क्रोशती बलात् ॥
"While Rama was heedless (taken away by Mareecha), I who have been crying was forcibly brought overpowered by the ogre Ravana who can wear desired form."
raaghavasya = (while) Rama; pramattasya = was heedless; aham = I; kroshatii = who have been crying; balaat aaniitaa = (was) forcibly brought; pramathya = overpowered; rakshasaa = by the ogre; raavaNena = Ravana; kaamaruupiNaa = who can wear desired form.
5.26.4
राक्षसीवशमापन्ना भर्त्स्यमाना सुदारुणम् |
चिन्तयन्ती सुदुःखार्ता नाहं जीवितुमुत्सहे ॥
"Being under the control of ogresses, being frightened very horribly, thinking and being tormented by grief, I do not desire to live."
aapannaa = obtaining; raaskasii vasham = control by ogresses; bartsyamaanaa = being frightened; sudaaruNam = very horribly; chintayantii = thinking; suduHkhaartaa = being tormented by grief; aham = I; na utsahe = do not desire; jiivitum = to live.
5.26.5
न हि मे जीविते नार्थो नै वार्थैर्न च भूषणैः |
वसन्त्या राक्षसीमध्ये विना रामं महारथम् ॥
"Without Rama, a great car-warrior, living in the midst of ogresses, there is no use with life to me; not with wealth, not with ornaments."
vinaa = without; raamaM = Rama; mahaaratham = a great car-warrior; vasantyaaH = living; raakshasii madhye = in the midst of ogresses; arthaH na = there is no use; jiivitena = with life; me = to me; na arthaiH = not with wealth; na bhushhaNaishcha = not with ornaments.
5.26.6
अश्मसारमिदं नूनथवाप्यजरामरम् |
हृदयं मम येनेदं न दुःखेनावशीर्यते ॥
"Or my this heart truly is made of iron. It is undecaying and without death. By what reason is it not destroying with sorrow?"
athavaa = or; mama = my; idam = this; hR^idayam = heart; nuunam = truly; ashmasaaram = (is made of) iron; ajaraamaramapi = is undecaying and without death; yena = by what reason; naavashiiryate = is it not destroying; duHkhena = with sorrow.
5.26.7
धिङ्मामनार्यामसतीं याहं तेन विना कृता |
मुहूर्तमपि रक्षामि जीवितं पापजीविता ॥
"Whoever I with a sinful life made to be without Rama, protecting life even for a moment, to such me who am ignoble, who am bad wife, shame on me."
yaa = whoever; aham = I; paapajiivitaa = with a sinful life; kR^itaa = made; tena vinaa = (to be) without Rama; rakshaami = protecting; jiivitam = life; muhuurtamapi = even for a moment; maam = to such me; anaaryaam = who am ignoble; asatiim = who am bad wife; dhik = shame (on me).
5.26.8
का च मे जीविते श्रद्धा सुखे वा तं प्रियं विना |
भर्तारं सागरान्ताया वसुधायाः प्रियंवदम्
॥
"Without husband Rama who is the lord of the earth with ocean at the end, a pleasant talker, what is the interest to me in life or in comfort."
priyam vinaa = without husband Rama;bhartaaram = (who is) lord; vasudhaayaaH = of the earth; saagaraantaayaaH = with ocean at the end; priyaMvadam = a pleasant talker; kaa = what (is); shradhhaa = interest; me = to me; jiivite = in life; sukhe vaa = or in comfort.
5.26.9
भिद्यतां भक्ष्यतां वापि शरीरं विसृजाम्यहम् |
न चाप्यहं चिरं कुःखं सहेयं प्रियवर्जिता ॥
"I will leave the body. Let it be split into pieces or let it be eaten. I without husband will not tolerate sorrow for a long time."
aham = I; visR^ijaami = will leave; shariiram = the body; bhidyataam = let it be split (into pieces); bhakshyataam vaapi = or let it be eaten; aham = I; priyavarjitaa = without husband; na cha saheyam = will not tolerate; duHkham = sorrow; chiram = for a long time.
5.26.10
चरणेनापि सव्येन न स्पृशेयं निशाचरम् |
रावणं किं पुनरहं कावयेयं विगर्हतम् ॥
"I will not touch even with my left foot Ravana an ogre of reprehensible conduct. What to say of desiring him."
aham = I; na spR^isheyam = will not touch; savyena charaNenaapi = even with my left foot; raavaNam = Ravana; nishaacharam = ogre; vigarhitam = of reprehensible conduct; kaamayeyam kiM punaH = what to say of desiring (him).
5.26.11
प्रत्याख्यातं न जानाति नात्मानं नात्मनः कुलम् |
यो नृशंसस्वभावेन मां प्रार्थयितुमिच्छति
॥
"Whoever Ravana with a cruel nature is desiring to solicit me, that Ravana does not know him to be refused; he does not know his race."
yaH = whoever (Ravana); nR^ishaMsa svabhaavena = with a cruel nature; icchhati = is desiring; praarthayitum = to solicit; maam = me (that Ravana); na jaanaati = does not know; aatmaanam = him; pratyaakhyaatam = to be refused; na = (he does) not (know); aatmanaH = his; kulam = race.
5.26.12
चिन्ना भिन्ना विभक्ता वा दीप्तेवाग्नौ प्रदीपिता |
रावणं नोपतिष्ठेयं किं प्रलापेन वश्चिरम्
॥
"Even if cut or if divided into parts in blazing fire, I will not reach Ravana. What is the use with your prattling for a long time?"
chhinna vaa = (even) if cut; bhinna vaa = or if divided into parts; pradiipitaa vaa = or (even) if burnt; agnau = in fire; diipte = which is blazing; nopatishhTeyam = I will not reach; raavaNam = Ravana; kim = what is the use; vaH pralaapena = with your prattling; chiram = for a long time.
5.26.13
ख्यातः प्राज्ञः कृतज्ञ्शश्च राघवः |
सद्वृत्तो निरनुक्रोशः शङ्के मद्भाग्यसंक्षयात् ॥
"Rama is famous, is a wise man, is compassionate with a good conduct. Due to the deterioration of my fortune, I doubt He became hard hearted."
raaghavaH = Rama; khyaataH = is famous; praajJNaH = is a wise man; saanulroshashcha = is compassionate; sadvR^ittaH = with a good conduct; madbhaagya saMkshayaat = due to deterioration of my fortune; saN^ke = I doubt; niranukroshaH = (He became) hard hearted.
5.26.14
राक्षसानां सहस्राणि जनस्थाने चतुर्दश |
येनैकेन निरस्तानि स मां किं नाभिपद्यते ॥
"By whom alone fourteen thousand of ogres have been destroyed, why is that Rama not saving me."
yena ekena = by whom alone; chaturdasa saharaaNi = fourteen thousand; raakshsaanaam = of ogres; nirastaani = have been destroyed; kim = why; saH = (is) that Rama; naabhipadyaH = not saving; maam = me.
5.26.15
निरुद्धा रावणेनाहमल्पवीर्येण रक्षसा |
समर्थः खलु मे भर्ता रावणं हन्तुमाहवे ॥
"I am withheld by the ogre Ravana with little strength. My husband is indeed capable of killing Ravana in a war."
aham = I; niruddhaa = am withheld; rakshasaa raavaNena = by the ogre Ravana; alpaviiryeNa = with little strength; me bhartaa = my husband; samarthaH khalu = is indeed capable; hantum = to kill; raavaNam = Ravana; ahave = in a war.
5.26.16
विराधो दण्डकारण्ये येन राक्षसपुङ्गवः |
रणे रामेण निहतः स मां किं नाभिपद्यते ॥
"By which Rama Viradha, best among ogres, has been killed in Dandaka forest in a war, why is that He not saving me?"
yena raameNa = By which Rama; viraadhaH = Viradha; raakshasa puN^gavaH = best among ogres; nihataH = has been killed; daNDakaaraNye = in Dandaka forest; raNe = in a war; kim = why; saH = (is) that He; naabhipadyate = not saving; maam = me.
5.26.17
कामं मध्ये समुद्रस्य लङ्केयं दुष्प्रधर्षणा |
न तु राघवबाणानां गतिरोधो भविष्यति ॥
"This city of Lanka being in the middle of ocean is difficult to be attacked. But there will not be an obstacle to flying of Rama's arrows."
iyam laN^kaa = this city of Lanka; samudrsya madhye = being in the middle of ocean; dushhpR^idharshhaNaa kaamam = is difficult to be attacked; tu = but; na bhavishhyati = there will not be; gatirodhaH = an obstacle to flying; raaghava baanaaNaam = of Rama's arrows;
5.26.18
किं नु तत्कारणं येन रामो दृढपराक्रमः |
रक्षसापहृतां भार्यामिष्टां नाभ्यवपद्यते ॥
"What now is that reason by which Rama with a firm courage is not protecting His dear wife stolen by an ogre."
kim nu = what now; tat kaaraNam = is that reason; yena = by which; raamaH = Rama; dR^iDha paraakramaH = with a firm courage; naabhyavapadyate = is not protecting; ishhTaam bhaaryaam = His dear wife; apahR^itaam = stolen; rakshasaa = by an ogre.
5.26.19
इहस्थां मां न जानीते शङ्के लक्ष्मणपूर्वजः |
जानन्नपि स तेजस्वी धर्षणं मर्षयिष्यति ॥
"I doubt that Rama elder to Laksmana does not know me to be here. After knowing will that glorious Rama tolerate this outrage?"
shaN^ke = I doubt that; lakshmana puurvajaH = Rama elder to Lakshmana; na jaanite = does not know; maam = me; ihasthaam = to be here; jaanannapi = after knowing; saH tejasvii = (will) that glorious Rama; marshhyishhyati = tolerate; dharshhaNam = (this) outrage.
5.26.20
हृतेति योऽधिगत्वा मां राघवाय निवेदयेत् |
गृध्रारजोऽपि स रणे रावणेन निपातितः ॥
"Whoever Jatayu nearing Rama will have let known to Rama that Seetha was stolen, that king of vultures has been killed by Ravana in war."
yaH = whoever Jatayu; adhigatvaa = nearing (Rama); nivedayat = will have let known; raaghavaaya = to Rama; hR^iteti = (that Seetha) was stolen; saH gR^idhra raajaH api = that king of vultures; hataH = has been killed; raavaNena = by Ravana; raNe = in war.
5.26.21
कृतं कर्म महत्तेन मां तथाभ्यवपद्यता |
तिष्ठता रावणद्वन्द्वे वृद्धेनापि जटायुषा ॥
"A great deed has been done by that Jatayu, thus protecting me, although of old age, standing in a dual combat with Ravana."
mahat karma = a great deed; kR^itam = has been done; tena jaTaayushhaa = by that Jatayu; tathaa = thus; abhyavapadyataa = protecting; maam = me; vR^iddhenaapi = although of old age; tishhThataa = standing; raavaNa dvandve = in a dual combat with Ravana.
5.26.22
यदि मामिह जानीयाद्वर्तमानां स राघवः |
अद्य बाणैरभिक्रुद्धः कुर्याल्लोकमराक्षसम् ॥
"If that Rama knows me to be living here, with anger He will make the world to be without ogres with His arrows now."
saH raaghavaH = that Rama; jaaniiyaadyadi = if He knows; maam = me; iha vartamaanaam = to be living here; abhikruddhaH = with anger; kuryaat = will make; lokam = the world; araakshasam = to be without ogres; baaNaiH = with (His) arrows; adya = now.
5.26.23
विधमेच्च पुरीं लङ्कां शोषयेच्च महोदधिम् |
रावणस्य च नीचस्य कीर्तिं नाम च नाशयेत् ॥
"Rama will blow away the city of Lanka, will dry up the great ocean, will destroy the name and fame of Ravana."
vidhamechcha = (Rama will) blow away laN^kaaM puriim = the city of Lanka; shoshhayechcha = will dry up; mahodadhim = the great ocean; naashayet = will destroy; kiirtim = the fame; naama cha = and name; raavaNasya = of Ravana.
5.26.24
ततो निहतनाथानां राक्षसीनां गृहे गृहे |
यथाहमेवं रुदती तथा भुयो न संशयः ॥
"Thereafter how I am crying in this way, in the same way, in very house, ogresses with killed husbands will cry again and again. There is no doubt in this."
tataH = thereafter; yathaa = how; aham = I ; evam rudatii = am crying in this way; tathaa = in the same way; gR^ihe gR^ihe = in house and house; raakshasiinaam = ogresses; nihatanaadhaanaam = with killed husbands (will cry); bhuuyaH = again and again; na saMshayaH = there is no doubt.
5.26.25
अन्विष्य रक्षसां लङ्कां कुर्याद्रामः सलक्ष्मणः |
न हि ताभ्यां रिपुर्दृष्टो मुहूर्तमपि जीवति
॥
"Rama together will Lakshmana will search the city of Lanka belonging to ogres. An enemy seen by those two will indeed not live even for a moment."
raamaH = Rama; salakshmaNaH = together will Lakshmana; anvishhya = will search; laN^kaam = Lanka; rakshasaam = of ogres; kuryaat = will do (destruction); ripuH = an enemy; dR^ishhTaH = seen; taabhyaam = by those two; na jiivati hi = will indeed not live; muhuurtamapi = even for a moment.
5.26.26
चिताधुमाकुलपथा गृध्रमण्डलसंकुला |
अचिरेण तु लङ्केयं श्मशानसदृशी भवेत् ॥
"This Lanka shortly will become like a graveyard, with paths agitated with smoke of funeral pyres, crowded with a group of vultures."
iyam = this; lan^kaa = Lanka; achireNa = shortly; bhavet = will become; shmashaana sadR^ishii = like a graveyard; chitaadhuumakulapathaa = with paths agitated with smoke of funeral pyres; gR^idhramaNDalasaMkulaa = crowded with a group of vultures.
5.26.27
अचिरेणैव कालेन प्राप्स्याम्येव मनोरथम् |
दुष्प्रस्थानोऽयमाख्याति सर्वेषाम् वो विपर्ययम्
॥
"In a short time only I will attain my desire. This evil course is telling of destruction of you all."
achireNa kaalenaiva = in a short time only; praapsyaameva = I will attain; manoratham = (my) desire; ayam = this; dushhprasthaanaH = evil course; aakhyaati = is telling; sarveshhaam = all; vaH = of your; viparyayam = destruction.
5.26.28
यादृशानीह दृशन्ते लङ्कायामशुभानि वै |
अचिरेणैव कालेन भविष्यति हतप्रभा ॥
"Here in Lanka whatever inauspicious things are being seen, from those, in a short while Lanka will become deprived of glory."
iha = here; laN^kaayaam = in Lanka; yaadR^ishaani = whatever; ashubhaani = inauspicious things; dR^ishyante = are being seen; achireNaiva kaalena = (from those) in a short while; bhavishhyati = (Lanka) will become; hataprabhaa = deprived of glory.
5.26.29
नूनं लङ्का हते पापे रावणे राक्षसाधमे |
शोषं यास्यति दुर्धर्षा प्रमदा विधव यथा ॥
"While the sinful, vile ogre Ravana is being killed, Lanka which is unconquerable till now, definitely will get drying up like a woman who lost husband."
paape = sinful; raakshasaadhame = vile ogre; raavaNe = Ravana; hate = while being killed; laN^kaa = Lanka; durdharshhaa = which is unconquerable; nuunam = definitely; yaasyati = will get; shoshham = drying up; pramadaa yathaa = like a woman; vidhavaa = who lost husband.
5.26.30
पुण्योत्सव समृद्धा च नष्टभर्र्ती सराक्षसी |
भविष्यति पुरी लङ्का नष्टभर्त्री यथाङ्गना ॥
"Now abounding in pious festivities, the city of Lanka with lost lord together with ogresses will become like a woman with lost husband."
puNyotsava samR^iddhaa = (now) abounding in pious festivities; laN^kaapurii = the city of Lanka; nashhTa bhartrii = with lost lord; saraakshasii = together with ogresses; bhavishhyati = will become; aN^ganaa yathaa = like a woman; nashhTa bhartrii = with lost husband;.
5.26.31
नूनं राक्षसकन्यानां रुदन्तीनां गृहे गृहे |
श्रोष्यामि नचिरादेव दुःखार्तानामिह ध्वनिम् ॥
"In a short while here in every house I can definitely hear the sound of ogresses crying being tormented by grief."
nachiraadeva = in a short while; iha = here; gR^ihe gR^ihe = in every house; nuunam shroshhyaami = I can definitely hear; dhvanim = the sound; raakshasakanyaanaam = of ogresses; rudantiinaam = crying; duHkhaartaanaam = being tormented by grief.
5.26.32
सान्धकारा हतद्योता हतराक्षसपुङ्गवा |
भविष्यति पुरी लङ्का निर्दग्धा रामसायकैः ॥
"The city of Lanka will become burnt by Rama's arrows together with darkness, with destroyed luster with killed best ogres."
laNkaa purii = the city of Lanka; bhavishhyati = will become; nirdagdhaa = burnt; raamasaayakaiH = by Rama's arrows; saandhakaaraa = together with darkness; hadadyotaa = with destroyed lustre; hata raakshasa puNgavaa = with killed best ogres.
5.26.33
यदि नाम स शूरो मां रामो रक्तान्तालोचनः |
जानीयद्वर्तमानां हि रावणस्य निवेशने ॥
"Will that Rama who is a strong man with red eye corners know me to be in the house of Ravana."
saH raamaH = that Rama; shuuraH = a strong man; raktaanta lochanaH = with red eye corners; yadi naama jaaniiyaat = will he know; maam = me; vartamaanaam = to be living; niveshane = in the house; raavaNasya = of Ravana.
5.26.34
अनेन तु नृशंसेन रावणेनाधमेन मे |
समयो यस्तु निर्दिष्टस्तस्य कालोऽयमागतः ॥स
च मे विहितो मृत्युरस्मिन् दुष्टे न वर्तते |
"Whatever time has been ordered by this cruel and vilest of men Ravana, this time has come to me. That death decreed to me does not hold good to this evil one (Ravana)."
yaH = whatever; samayaH = time; nirdishhTa = ordered; anena raavaNena = by this Ravana; nR^ishaMsena = who is cruel; adhamena = (and) vilest of men; ayam = this; kaalaH = time; aagataH = has come; me = to me; saH mR^ityuH = that death; vihitaH = decreed; me = to me; na vartate = does not hold good; asmin dushhTe = in the matter of this evil one.
5.26.35
अकार्यं ये न जानन्ति नैरृताः पापकारिणः ॥अधर्मात्तु महोत्पातो भविष्यति हि सांप्रतम्
|
नैते धर्मं विजानन्ति राक्षसाः पिशिताशनाः ॥
"Whoever sinful ogres who do not know what should not be done, due to their unrighteousness now there will be a great calamity. These meat eating ogres do not know virtue."
35; 36. ye nairR^itaaH = Whoever ogres; paapakaariNaH = who are sinners; naa jaanati = do not know; akaaryam = what should not be done; adharmaattu = due to their unrighteousness; saaMpratam = now; bhavishhyati = there will be; mahotpaataH = a great calamity; ete = these; raakshasaaH = ogres; pishitanaashanaaH = who are meat eaters; na jaanati = do not know; dharmam = virtue.
5.26.37
ध्रुवं मां प्रातराशार्थे राक्षसः कल्पयिस्यति |
साहं कथं करिष्यामि तं विना प्रियदर्शनम्
॥रामम् रक्तान्तनयनमपश्यन्ती सुकुःखिता |
"An ogre will definitely eat me for breakfast. What should such I do without Rama with pleasing appearance? I am grieving a lot not seeing Rama with red eye corners."
raakshsaH = an ogre; dhruvam = will definitely; kalpayishhyati = make; maam = me; praataraashaarthe = for breakfast; saa aham = such I; katham karishhyaami = what should do; tam vinaa = without Rama; priyadarshanam = with pleasing appearance; suduHkhitaa = I am grieving a lot; apashyantii = not seeing; raamam = Rama; raktaantanayanam = with red eye corners.
5.26.38
यदि कश्चित् प्रदाता मे विषस्याद्य भवेदिह ॥क्षिप्रं वैवस्वतं देवं पश्येयं पतिना
विना |
"Now if there exists any one who is a giver of poison here, I without husband quickly will see the god Yama."
adya = now; kashchit bhavedyadi = if there exists any one; praadaataa = (who is a) giver; vishhasya = of poison; iha = here; patinaa vinaa = (I) without husband; kshipram = quickly; pashyeyam = will see; devam = the god; vaivasvatam = Yama.
5.26.39
नाजानाज्जिवतीं रामः स मां लक्ष्मणपूर्वजः ॥जानन्तौ तौ न कुर्यातां नोर्य्वां हि
मम मार्गणम् |
"That Rama elder to Lakshmana may not know me to be alive. If those two know me to be alive, then it cannot be said that they will not do my search on earth."
saH raamaH = that Rama; lakshmaNa puurvajaH = elder to Lakshmana; naajaanaat = (may) not know; maam = me; jiivatiim = to be alive; tau = those two; jaanantau = knowing (me to be alive); na kuryataam iti na = it cannot be said that they will not do; mama maargaNam = my search; uurdhvaam = on earth;
5.26.40
नूनं ममैव शोकेन स नीरो लक्ष्मणाग्रजः ॥देवलोकमितो यातस्त्यक्त्वा देहं महीतले |
"That valiant Rama who is the elder brother of Lakshmana due to grief of me, leaving the body on earth has gone to celestial world. This is certain."
lakshmaNaagrajaH = the elder brother of LakshmaNa; saH = that Rama; viiraaH = who is valiant; mama shokenaiva = due to grief of me; tyaktvaa = leaving; deham = the body; mahiitale = on earth; yaataH = has gone; itaH = from here; devalokam = to celestial world; nuunam = this is certain.
5.26.41
धन्या देवाह् सगन्धर्वाः सिद्धाश्च परमर्षयः ॥मम पश्यन्ति ये नाथं रामं राजीवलोचनम्
|
"Whoever is seeing my husband Rama with eyes resembling a lotus flower such Devas, Siddhas together with Gandharvas and great sages are fortunate."
ye = whoever;pashyanti = is seeing; mama = my; naatham = husband; raamam = Rama; raajiiva lochanam = with eyes resembling a lotus flower; devaaH = (such) Devas; siddhaashcha = Siddhas; sagandhravaaH = together with Gandharvas; parmarshhayaH = and great sages; dhanyaaH = are fortunate.
5.26.42
अथवा न हि तस्यार्थो द्कर्मकामस्य धीमतः ॥मया रामस्य राजर्षेर्भार्यया परमात्मनः
|
"Or to that Rama with a desire in virtuousness, who is intelligent, a sage-king, the supreme spirit, there is no use with me, his wife."
athavaa = or; tasya raamasya = to that Rama; dharmakaamasya = with a desire in virtuousness; dhiimataH = who is intelligent; raajarshheH = sage-king; paramaatmanaH = the supreme spirit; artham na = there is no use; mayaa = with me; bhaaryayaa = his wife.
5.26.43
दृश्यमाने भवेत्प्रीतिः सौहृदं नास्त्यपश्यतः ॥नाशयन्ति कृतघ्नास्तु न रामो नाशयिष्यति
|
"Friendly disposition will occur in what is being seen. There is no friendship to one who does not see. Ungrateful ones destroy frindship. But Rama will not destroy friendship."
priitiH bhavet = friendly disposition will occur; dR^ishyamaane = in what is being seen; naasti = there is no; sauhR^idam = friendship; apashyataH = to one who does not see; kR^itaghnaaH = ungreatful ones; naashayanti = destroy (friendship); raamaH tu = but Rama; na naashayishhyati = will not destroy friendship.
5.26.44
किं नु मे न गुणाः केचित्किं वा भाग्यक्षयो मम ॥याहं सीदामि रामेण हीना मुख्येन
भामिनी |
"I who is a woman who is perishing without the chief Rama to such me are there no good qualities or has my fortune diminished."
aham = I; yaa = who; bhaaminii = is a woman; siidaami = (who is) perishing; mukhyena raameNa vinaa = without the chief Rama; me = to (such) me; na kiM nu = are there no; kechit guNaaH = good qualities; kiM vaa = or; mama = (has) my; bhaagyakshayaH = fortune diminished.
5.26.45
श्र्यो हि हीवितान्मर्तुं विहीनाया महात्मनः ॥रामादक्लिष्टचारित्राच्छूराच्छत्रुनिबर्हणात्
|
"To me who is deprived of Rama with untroubled reputation, a warrior, annihilator of enemies, a great soul, more than living, death is good."
vihiinaayaaH = deprived; raamaat = from Rama; aklishhTa chaaritraat = with untroubled reputation; shuuraat = a warrior; shatrunibarhaNaat = annihilator of enemies; mahaatmanaH = a great soul; me = to (such) me; jiivitaat = more than living; martuH = death; shreyaH = is good.
5.26.46
अथवा न्यस्तशस्त्रौ तौ वने मूलफलाशिनौ ॥भ्रातरौ हि नरश्रेष्ठौ संवृत्तौ वनगोचरौ
|
"Or those two brothers who are best among men giving up weapons in the forest may have become dwellers of forest eating roots and fruits."
athavaa = or; tau bhraatarau = those two brothers; narashresThau = best among men; nyasta shastrau = giving up weapons; vane = in the forest; saMvR^ittau = (may have) become; vanagocharau = dwellers of forest; muulaphalaashanau = eating roots and fruits.
5.26.47
अथवा राक्षसेन्द्रेण रावणेन दुरात्मना ॥चद्मना घातितौ शूरौ भ्रातरौ रामलक्ष्मणौ
|
"Or Rama and Lakshmana the warrior brothers may have been killed by the evil soul king of ogres Ravana by deceit."
athavaa = or; raamalakshmaNau = Rama and Lakshmana; shuurau bhraatarau = the warrior brothers;ghaatitau = (may have been) killed; duraatmanaa = by the evil soul; raakshsendreNa raavaNena = by king of ogres Ravana; chadmanaa = by deceit;
5.26.48
साहमेवंगते काले मर्तुमिच्छामि सर्वथा ॥न च मे विहितो मृत्युरस्मिन् दुःखेऽपि वर्तते
|
"Under such circumstances and time, such I in all ways am desiring to die. Even in this grief, death is not bestowed on me."
evam gate = under such circumstances; kaale = (and time); saa = such; aham = I; sarvathaa = in all ways; ichchhaami = am desiring; martum = to die; asmin dukhaH api = even in this grief; mR^ityuH = death; vihitaH na vartate = is not bestowed (on me).
5.26.49
धन्याः खलु महात्मानो मुनयस्त्यक्तकिल्बिषाः ॥जितात्मनो महाभागा येषां न स्तः प्रियाप्रिये
|
"Great souled ones with abandoned sins, with a conquered mind, those with great fortune, sages are indeed fortunate to whom there is no pleasure and displeasure."
mahaatmanaH = great souled ones; tyakta kilbishhaaH = with abandoned sins; jittatmanaH = with a conquered mind; mahaabhaagaaH = those with great fortune; munayaH = sages; dhanyaaH khalu = are indeed fortunate; yeshhaam = to whom; na staH = there is no; priyaapriye = pleasure or displeasure.
5.26.50
प्रियान्न संभवेद्दुःखमप्रियादधिकं भयम् ॥ताभ्यां हि ये वियुज्यन्ते नमस्तेषां महात्मनाम्
|
"From pleasure sorrow and from displeasure great fear do not occur to great souls. Whoever are separated from pleasure and displeasure, my obeisance to such great souls."
priyaat = from pleasure; duHkham = sorrow; apriyaat = (and) from displeasure; adhikam bhayam = great fear; na sambhavet = do not occur (to great souls); ye = whoever; viyujyante = are separated; taabhyaam = from pleasure and displeasure; namaH = (my) obeisance; teshhaam mahaatmaanaam = to such great souls.
5.26.51
साहंत्युक्ता प्रियेणैव रामेन विदितात्मना ॥प्राणांस्त्यक्ष्यामि पापस्य रावनस्य
गता वशम् |
"Left by dear Rama with a well known mind coming under the control of sinful Ravana, such I will leave breath of life."
tyaktaa = left; priyeNaiva raameNa = by dear Rama; viditaatmanaa = with a well known mind; vasham gataa = coming under the control; paapasya = of sinful one; raavaNasya = of Ravana; saa aham = such I; tyakshaami = will leave; praaNaan = breath of life.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे षड्विंशः सर्गः
Sarga 27
5.27.1
इत्युक्ताह् सीतया घोरं राक्षस्यः क्रोधमूर्छिताः |
काश्चिज्जग्मुस्तदाख्यातुं रावणस्य दुरात्मनः
॥
Thus spoken to by Seetha, ogresses swooned with anger terribly. Some went to tell that to Ravana the evil minded one.
iti = thus; uktaaH = spoken to; siitayaa = by Seetha; raakshasyaH = ogresses; krodha muurchhitaaH = swooned with anger; ghoram = terribly; kaashchit = some; jagmuH = went; aakhyaatum = to tell; tat = that; raavaNasya = to Ravana; duraatmanaH = the evil minded one.
5.27.2
ततः सीतामुपागम्य राक्षस्यो घोरदर्शनाः |
पुनः पुरुषमेकार्थमनर्थार्थमथाब्रुवन् ॥
Therafter ogresses with a terrible appearance neared Seetha and ten agin spoke words of evil purpose, with a single meaning and which were harsh.
tataH = thereafter; raaksasyaH = ogresses; ghora darshanaaH = with a terrible appearance; upaagamya = neared; siitaam = Seetha; atha = then; punaH = again; abruvan = spoke; anarthaartham = (words of) evil purpose; ekkartham = with a single meaning; parushham = (which were) harsh.
5.27.3
अद्येदानीं तवानार्ये सीते पापविनिश्चये |
राक्षस्यो भक्षयिष्यन्ति मांसमेतद्यथासुखम् ॥
"O ignoble one! O one with a sinful resolve! O Seetha! Today at this moment ogreeses will eat this your flesh according to comfort."
anaarye = O ignoble one!; paapavinishchaye = O one with sinful resolve!; siite = O Seetha; adya = today; idaaniim = at this moment; raakshasyaH = ogresses; bhakshayishhyanti = will eat; etat = this; tava = your; maaMsam = flesh; yathhasukham = according to comfort.
5.27.4
सीतां ताभिरनार्याभिर्दृष्ट्वा संतर्जितां तदा |
राक्षसी त्रिजटा वृद्धा शयाना वाक्यमब्रवीत्
॥
Then, seeing Seetha frightened by those evil ones, an ogress named Trijata, sleeping till then, spoke these words.
tadaa = then; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; siitaam = Seetha; saMtarjitaam = frightened; taabhiH anaaryaabhiH = by those evil ones; raakshasii = an ogress; trijaTaa = (named) Trijata; shayanaa = sleeping (till then); abraviit = spoke; vaakyam = (these) words.
5.27.5
आत्मानं खादतानार्या न सीतां भक्षयिष्यथ |
जनकस्य सुतामिष्टां सुन्नषां दशरथस्य च ॥
"O evil ones! Eat your selves. You will not eat Seetha who is the dear daughter of king Janaka and daughter-in-law of king Dasaratha."
anaaryaaH = O evil ones! khaadata = eat; aatmaanam = your selves; na bhakshayishhyatha = you will not eat; siitaam = Seetha; ishhTaam sutaam = dear daughter; janakasya = of king Janaka; snushhaam cha = and daughter-in-law; dasarathasya = of king Dasaratha.
5.27.6
स्वप्नो ह्यद्य मया दृष्टो दारुनो रोमहर्षणः |
राक्षसानामभावाय भर्तुरस्या भवाय च ॥
"Now a dream which is terrible, causing the hairs to stand erect for the destruction of ogres and for the welfare of Her husband, has been seen by me."
adya = now; svapnaH = a dream; daaruNaH = (which is) terrible; romaharshhaNaH = causing the hairs to stand erect; abhaavaaya = for the destruction; raakshasaanaam = of ogres; bhavaaya = for the welfare; asyaaH bhartuH = of Her husband; dR^iShTaH = has been seen; mayaa = by me.
5.27.7
एवमुक्टास्त्रिजटया राक्षस्यः क्रोधमूर्छिताः |
सर्वा एवाब्रुवन्भीतास्त्रिजटां तामिदं वचः
॥
Thus spoken to by Trijata all ogresses were frightened and spoke to that Trijata these words.
evam = thus; uktaaH = spoken to; trijaTayaa = by Trijata; sarvaaH eva = all; raakshasayaH = ogresses; bhiitaaH = were frightened; abruvan = (and) spoke; taam trijaTaam = to that Trijata; idam = this; vachaH = sentence.
5.27.8
कथयस्व त्वया दृष्टः स्वप्नोऽयं कीदृशो निशि |
तासां श्रुत्वा तु वचनं राक्षसीनां मुखाच्य्चुतम्
॥उवाच वचनं काले त्रिजटा स्वप्नसंश्रितम् |
"Of what kind is this dream seen by you. Tell us". Listening to this utterance that came forth from the mouths of those ogresses, Trijata spoke at that time this word relating to the dream.
kiidR^ishii = of what kind; ayam svapnaH = (is) this dream; dR^ishhTaH = seen; tvayaa = by you; kathayasva = tell (us); shrutvaa = listening; vachanam = (to the) utterance; chyutam = (that) came forth; mukhaat = from the mouths; taasaam raakshasiinaam = of those ogresses; trijaTaa = Trijata; uvaacha = spoke; kaale = at that time; vachanam = (this) word; svapna saMshritam = relating to the dream.
5.27.9
गजदन्तमयीं दिव्यां शिबिकामन्तरिक्षगाम् ॥युक्तां हंससह्रेण स्वयमास्थाय राघवः |
शुक्लमाल्याम्बरधरो लक्ष्मणेन सहागतः ॥
"Rama wearing white garlands and clothes passing through the sky, Himself ascending a palanquin made of ivory tied with a thousand swans, arrived along with Lakshmana."
9;10.raaghavaH = Rama; shuklamaalyaambara dharaH = wearing white garlands and clothes; antarikshagaam = passing through the sky; svayam aasthaaya = Himself ascending; shibikaam = a palanquin; gajadantamayiim = made of ivory; yuktaam = tied; haMsa sahasreNa = with a thousand swans; aagataH = arrived; lakshmaNena saha = along with Lakshmana.
5.27.11
स्वप्ने चाद्य मया दृष्टा सीता शुक्लाम्बरावृता |
सागरेण परिक्षिप्तं स्वेतं पर्वतमास्थिता
॥
"Now it has been seen by me in the dream that Seetha also wearing white clothes was sitting on a white mountain surrounded by the ocean."
adya = now; dR^ishhTaa = (it has been) seen; mayaa = by me; svapne = in the dream (that); siitaa cha = Seetha also; shuklaambaraavR^itaa = wearing white clothes; aasthitaa = was sitting; shvetam parvatam = on a white mountain; parikShiptam = surrounded; saagareNa = by the ocean.
5.27.12
रामेण संगता सीता भास्करेण प्रभा यथा |
राघवश्च मया दृष्टश्च तुर्दंष्ट्रं महागजम् ॥
"Seetha came together with Rama like the light with the Sun. Rama also was seen by me to be mounted on a great elephant with four tusks and equalling a mountain and Rama wandered together with Lakshmana."
siitaa = Seetha; saMgataa = came together; raameNa = with Rama; prabhaa yathaa = like the light; bhaaskareNa = with the Sun; raamashcha = Rama also; mayaa dR^ishhTaH = was seen by me; aaruuDhaH = (to be) mounted; mahaagajam = on a great elephant; chaturdraShTram = with four tusks; shailasaMkaasham = equalling a mountain; chachaara = (and) wandered; saha lakshmanaH = together with Lakshmana.
5.27.13
ततस्तौ नरशार्दूलौ दीप्यमानौ स्वतेजसा ॥शुक्लमाल्याम्बरधरौ जानकीं पर्युपस्थितौ
|
"Thereafter shining with their own radiance, wearing white garlands and clothes, those two best among men Rama and Laksmana neared Seetha."
tataH = thereafter; diipyamaanau = shining; svatejasaa = with their own radiance; shuklamaalyaambara dharau = wearing white garlands and clothes; tau = those two; narashaarduulau = best among men (Rama and Lakshmana); paryupasthitau = neared; jaanakiim = Seetha.
5.27.14
ततस्तस्य नगस्याग्रे ह्याकाशस्थस्य दन्तिनः ॥भर्त्रा परिगृहीतस्य जानकी स्कन्धमाश्रिता
|
"Thereafter Seetha rested on the upper part of back of elephant in the sky; taken by Her husband Rama to the front of that mountain."
tataH = Thereafter; jaanakii = Seetha; aashritaa = rested on; skandham = the upper part of back; dantinaH = of elephant; aakaashasthasya = in the sky; parigR^ihiitasya = taken; bhartraa = by Her husband Rama; agre = to the front; tasya nagasya = of that mountain;
5.27.15
भर्तुरङ्कात्समुत्पत्य ततः कमललोचना ॥चन्द्रसूर्यौ मया दृष्टा पाणिना परिमार्जती
|
"Thereafter it has been seen by me that Seetha with eyes like lotuses has risen up from the lap of Her husband and gently touched the Moon and the Sun with Her hand."
tataH = thereafter; mayaa dR^ishhTaa = it has been seen by me (that); kamalalochanaa = Seetha with eyes like lotuses; samutpatya = has risen up; a~Nkaat = from the lap; bahrtuH = of Her husband; parimaarjatii = gently touched; chandra suuryau = the Moon and the Sun; paaNinaa = with Her hand.
5.27.16
ततस्ताभ्यां कुमाराभ्यामास्थितः स गजोत्तमः ॥सीतया च विशालाक्ष्या लङ्काया उपरिस्थितः
"Thereafter that best elephant ascended by those princes Rama and Lakshmana and by Seetha with wide eyes stood on the top of Lanka."
tataH = thereafter; saH gajottamaH = that best elephant; aasthitaH = ascended; taabhyaam kumaaraabhyaam = by those princes; siitayaa cha = and by Seetha; vishaalakshyaa = with wide eyes; stitaH = stood; upari = on the top; la~NkayaaH = of Lanka.
5.27.17
पाण्डुरर्षभयुक्तेन रथेनाष्टयुजा स्वयम् ॥इहोपयातः काकुथ्सः सीतया सह भार्य या |
"Rama together with wife Seetha, Himself came here in a chariot tied with eight white bulls."
kaakutthsaH = Rama; bhaaryayaa siitayaa saha = together with wife Seetha; svayam = Himself; iha upayaataH = came here; rathena = in a chariot; paaNDurarShabhaH yuktena aShTa yujaa = tied with eight white bulls;
5.27.18
लक्ष्मणेन सह भ्रात्रा सीतया सह वीर्यवान् ॥आरुह्य पुष्पकं दिव्यं विमानं सूर्यसन्निभम्
|
उत्तरां दिशमालोक्य जगाम पुरुष्त्तमः ॥
"The valorous best among men Rama together with brother Lakshmana and with Seetha ascended wonderful Pushpaka aeroplane equalling the Sun, went in the northern direction."
18;19. viiryavaan = The valorous; puruShottamaH = best among men Rama; saha = together; bhraatraa lakshmaNena saha = with brother Lakshmana; siitayaa = (and) with Seetha; aaruhya = ascended; divyam = wonderful; puShpakam vimaanam = Pushpaka aeroplane; suurya sannibham = equalling the Sun; jagaama = went; aalokya = beholding; uttaraam disham = northern direction.
5.27.20
एवं स्वप्ने मया दृष्टो रामो विष्णुपराक्रमः |
लक्ष्मणेन सह भ्रात्रा सीतया सह राघवः ॥
"Rama with strength equalling that of Lord Vishnu, born in Raghu's dynasty together with brother Lakshmana and with Seetha has been seen by me thus in the dream."
raamaH = Rama; viShNuparaakramaH = with strength equalling that of Lord Vishnu; raaghavaH = born in Raghu's dynasty; saha = together; bhraatraa lakshmaNena = with brother Lakshmana; siitayaa = (and) with Seetha; dR^iShTaH = has been seen; mayaa = by me; evam = thus; svapne = in the dream.
5.27.21
न हि रामो महातेजाः शोक्यो जेतुं सुरासुरैः |
राक्षसैर्वापि चान्यैर्वा स्वर्गः पापजनैरिव
॥
"Rama with great glory is not possible to be defeated by Suras or by ogres or by others like heaven not being conquerable by sinners."
raamaH = Rama; mahaatejaaH = with great glory; na shakyaH = is not possible; jetum = to be defeated; suraiH = by Suras; raakshasairvaapi = or by ogres; anvairvaa = or by others; svargaH iva = like heaven; paapajanaiH = by sinners.
5.27.22
रावणश्च मया दृष्टः क्षितौ तैलसमुक्षितः |
रक्तवासाह् पिबन् मत्तः करवीरकृतस्रजः॥
"Ravana also was seen by me on earth sprinkled with oil, with red clothes, with garlands tied with Oleander flowers, drinking oil and intoxicated."
raavanashcha = Ravana also; dR^iShTaH = was seen; mayaa = by me; kshitau = on earth; tailasamukshitaH = sprinkled with oil; rakshavaasaaH = with red clothes; karaviira kR^ita srajaH = with garlands tied with Oleander flowers; piban = drinking oil; mattaH = intoxicated;
5.27.23
विमानात्पुष्पकादद्य रावणः पतितो भुवि |
कृष्यमाणः स्त्रिया दृष्टो मुण्डः कृष्णाम्बरः पुनः
॥
"Now Ravana fallen down on to earth from Pushpaka aeroplane having the head shaved, wearing black clothes again was seen to be pulled by a woman."
adya = now; raavaNa = Ravana; patitaH = fallen down; bhuvi = (on to) earth; puShpakaat vimaanaat = from Pushpaka aeroplane; muNDaH = having the head shaved; kR^iShNaambaraH = wearing black clothes; punaH = again; dR^iShTaH = was seen; kR^iShyamaaNaH = (to be) pulled; striyaa = by a woman.
5.27.24
रथेन खरयुक्तेन रक्तमाल्यानुलेपनः |
पिबंस्तैलं हसन्नृतन् भ्रान्तचित्ताकुलेन्द्रियः ॥
"Wearing red garlands and unguents, drinking oil, laughing, dancing, with a confused mind, with agitated senses, Ravana went by a chariot tied by donkeys."
rakta maalyaanulepanaH = Wearing red garlands and unguents; piban = drinking; tailam = oil; hasan = laughing; nR^ityan = dancing; bhraanta chitta = with a confused mind; akulendriyaH = with agitated senses; rathena = (Ravana went) by a chariot; kharayuktena = tied by donkeys;
5.27.25
गर्दभेन ययौ शीग्रं दक्षिणां दिशमास्थितः |
पुनरेव मया दृष्टो रावणो राक्षसेश्वरः ॥पतितोऽवाक्छिरा भूमौ गर्दभाद्भयमोहितः |
"Undertaking southern direction, Ravana went quickly by a donkey.Again it was seen by me that the king of ogres Ravana stupefied with fear, fell down from the donkey with head down."
aasthitaH = undertaking; dakshinaam disham = southern direction; yayau = (Ravana) went; shiighram = quickly; gardhabena = by a donkey; punareva = again; ma dR^iShTaH = it was seen by me; raakshasesvaraH = (that) the king of ogres; raavaNaH = Ravana; bhaya mohitaH = stupefied with fear; patitaH = fell down; gardhabaat = from the donkey; avaakchiraaH = with head down.
5.27.26
सहसोत्थाय संभ्रान्तो भयार्तो मदविह्वलः ॥उन्मत्त इव दिग्वासा दुर्वाक्यं प्रलपन्
बहु |
दुर्गन्धं दुस्सहं घोरं तिमिरं नरकोपमम् ॥मलपङ्कं प्रविश्याशु मग्नस्तत्र स रावणः |
"That Ravana rising up quickly, together with perplexity, distressed with fear, excited by passion, being naked, like a mad man, prattling many bad words, entering dirt with a bad smell, which was intolerable, horrible, dark, like the hell and quickly sank in that."
26; 27. saH raavaNaH = that Ravana; utthaaya = rising up; sahasaa = quickly; saMbhraantaH = together with perplexity; bhayaartaH = distressed with fear; madavihvala = excited by passion; digvaasaa = being naked; unmattaH iva = like a mad man; praplapan = prattling; bahu durvaakyam = many bad words; pravishya = entering; malapapa~Nkam = dirt; durgandham = with a bad smell; dussaham = intolerable; ghoram = horrible; timiram = dark; narakopamam = like hell; ashu = quickly; magnaH = sank; tatra = in that.
5.27.28
कण्ठे बद्ध्वा दशग्रीवं प्रमदा रक्तवासिनी ॥काळी कर्दमलिप्ताङ्गी दिशं याम्यां प्रकर्षति
|
"A woman with red clothes, who was black, with body smeared with dirt, tying Ravana by the throat, was pulling hiim in southern direction."
pramadaa = a woman; raktavaasinii = with red clothes; kaLii = who was black; kardamaliptaa~Ngii = with body smeared with dirt; badhvaa = tying; dashagriivam = Ravana; kaNThe = by the throat; prakarShati = was pulling him; yaamyaam disham = in southern direction.
5.27.29
एवं तत्र मया दृष्टह् कुम्भकर्णो निशाचरः ॥रावणस्य सुताः सर्वे दृष्टास्तैलसमुक्षिताः
|
"In that dream the ogre Kumbhakarna has been seen thus by me. All Ravana's sons have been seen to be sprinkled with oil."
tatra = in that (dream); nishaacharaH = the ogre; kumbhakarNaH = Kumbhakarna; dR^iShTaH = has been seen; evam = thus; mayaa = by me; sarve = all; raavaNasya = Ravana's; sutaaH = sons; dR^iShTaaH = have been seen; tailasamukshitaaH = to be sprinkled with oil.
5.27.30
वराहेण दशग्रीवः शिंशुमारेण चेन्द्रजित् ॥उष्ट्रेण कुम्भकर्णश्च प्रयाता दक्षिणां
दिशम् |
"Ravana by a pig, Indrajit by a porpoise, Kumbhakarna by a camel set out in southern direction."
dashagriivaH = Ravana; varaaheNa = by a pig; indrajit = Indrajit; shiMshumaareNa cha = by a porpoise; kumbhakarNaH = Kumbhakarna; uShtreNa cha = by a camel; prayaataaH = set out; dakshiNaam disham = in southern direction.
5.27.31
एकस्तत्र मया दृष्टः श्वेतच्छत्रो विभीसणः ॥शुक्लमाल्याम्बरधरः शुक्लगन्धानुलेपनः
|
"Among those Vibhishana is the only one who has been seen by me to be having a white umbrella, wearing white garlands and clothes and anointing body with white unguents."
tatra = among those; vibhiiShaNaH = Vibhishana; ekaH = is the only one; dR^iShTaH = (who) has been seen; mayaa = by me; shvetachchhatraH = to be having a white umbrella; shuklamaalyaambaradharaH = wearing white garlands and clothes; shuklagandhaanulepanaH = anointing body with white unguents.
5.27.32
शङ्खदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषैर्नृत्तगीतैरलङ्कृतः ॥आरुह्य शैलसंकाशं मेघस्तनितनिस्वनम् |
चतुर्धन्तं गजं दिव्यमास्ते तत्र विभीषणः ॥चतुर्भिः सचिवैः सार्धं वहायसमुपस्थितः |
"Vibhishana is there adorned with the sound of conch shells and kettledrums, with dances and songs, ascended a best elephant equalling a mountain with the sound of a thundering cloud, with four tusks. He approached the sky together with four ministers"
32;33. vibhiiShaNaH = Vibhishana; tatra aste = is there; alakR^itaH = adorned sha~NkadundubhiniroghoShaiH = with the sound of conch shells and kettledrums; nR^itta giitaiH = with dances and songs; aaruhya = ascended; divyam gajam = a best elephant; shailasaMkaasham = equalling a mountain; meghastanitanisvanam = with the sound of a thundering cloud; chaturdantam = with four tusks; uoasthitaH = (he) approached; vaihaayasam = the sky; chaturbhiH sachivaiH saartham = together with four ministers.
5.27.34
समाजश्च मया दृष्टो गीतवादित्रनिःस्वनः ॥पिबतां रक्तमाल्यानां रक्षसां रक्तवाससाम्
|
"An assembly also of ogres drinking oil and wearing red garlands, with red clothes, with the sound of songs and musical instruments has been seen by me."
samaajashcha = an assembly also; rakshasaam = of ogres; pibataam = drinking (oil); raktamaalyaanaam = wearing red garlands; raktvaasasaam = with red clothes;giitavaaditraniHsvanaH = with the sound of songs and musical instruments; dR^iShtaH = has been seen; mayaa = by me.
5.27.35
लङ्का चेयं पुरी रम्या सवाजिरथकुञ्जरा ॥सागरे पतिता दृष्टा भग्नगोपुरतोरणा |
"This beautiful city of Lanka has also been seen together with horses and elephants with broken gates and arches fallen down in the ocean."
iyam = this; ramyaa = beautiful; laNkaa purii cha = city of Lanka also; dR^iShTaa = has been seen; savaajirathakunjaraaH = together with horses and elephants; bhagnagopuratoraNaa = with broken gates and arches; patitaa = fallen down; saagare = in the ocean.
5.27.36
लङ्का दृष्टा मया स्वप्ने रावणेनाभिरक्षिता ॥दग्धा रामस्य दूतेन वानरेण तरस्विना
|
"Lanka protected by Ravana has been seen by me in the dream to be burnt by a quick Vanara who is a messenger of Rama."
la~Nkaa = Lanka; abhirakshitaa = protected; raavaNena = by Ravana; dR%iShTaa = has been seen; mayaa = by me; svapne = in the dream; dagdhaa = to be burnt; vaanreNa = by a Vanara; raamsya duutena = (who is) a messenger of Rama; tarasvinaa = (who is) a quick one;
5.27.37
सीत्वा तैलं प्रनृत्ताश्च प्रहसन्त्यो महास्वनाः ॥लङ्कायाण् भस्मरूक्षायां सर्वा
राक्षसयोषितः |
"In Lanka horrible with ash, all ogresses were drinking oil, laughing heartily with a great noise and also dancing a lot."
la~Nkaayaam = in Lanka; bhasmaruukshaayaam = horrible with ash; sarvaaH = all; raakshasa striyaH = ogresses; piitvaa = (were) drinking; tailam = oil; prahasantyaH = laughing heartily; mahaasvanaaH = with a great noise; pranR^ittaaH cha = and also dancing a lot.
5.27.38
कुम्भकर्णादयश्चेमे सर्वे राक्षसपुङ्गवाः ॥रक्तं निवसनं गृह्य प्रविष्टा गोमयह्रदे
|
"All these best among ogres such as Kumbhakarna and others taking a red cloth entered a hole filled with cow dung."
ime sarve = all these; raakshsapu~NgavaaH = best among ogres; kumbhakarNaadayaH = (such as) Kumbhakarna and others; gR^ihya = taking; raktam = a red; nivasanam = cloth; praviShTaaH = entered; gomayahrade = a hole filled with cow dung.
5.27.39
अपगच्छत नश्यध्वं सीतामाप्नोति राघवः ॥घातयेत्परमामर्षी युष्मान् सार्धं हि राक्षनैः
|
"Go away! Be destroyed! Rama will get Seetha. With a great anger He will get you killed together with other ogres."
apagachchha = go away; nashyadhvam = be destroyed; raaghavaH = Rama; aapnoti = will get; siitaam = Seetha; paramaamarShii = with a great anger; yuShmaan ghaatayet = He will get you killed; raakshasaiH saartham = together with (other) ogres.
5.27.40
प्रियां बहुमतां भार्यां वनवासमनुव्रताम् ॥भर्त्सितां तर्जितां वापि नानुमंस्यति
राघवः |
"Rama will not approve frightening ot threatening His dear wife who is highly valued by Him, who followed Him to live in the forest."
raaghavaH = Rama; na anumaMsyati = will not approve; bharsitaam = frightening; tarjitaaM vaapi = or threatening; priyaam bhaaryaam = His dear wife; bahumataam = who is highly valued (by Him); anuvrataam = who followed Him; vanavaasam = to live in forest.
5.27.41
तदलं क्रूरवाक्यैश्च सान्त्वमेवाभिधीयताम् ॥अभियाचाम वैदेहीमेतद्धि मम रोचते |
"For that reason, enough of cruel words. Gentle words indeed be said. Let us request Seetha. This is agreeable to me."
tat = for that reason; alam = enough; kruura vaakyaiH = of cruel words; saantvameva = gentle words indeed; abhidiiyataam = be said; abhiyaachaama = (let us) request; vaidehiim = Seetha; etaddhi = this; rochate = is agreeable; me = to me.
5.27.42
यस्यामेवंविधः स्वप्नो दुःखितायां प्रदृश्यते ॥सा दुःखैर्विविधैर्मुक्ता प्रियं
प्राप्नोत्यनुत्तमम् |
"Which woman while being sorrowful, such type of dream has been seen, that woman being released from various sorrows, will get unsurpassed pleasure."
yasyaam = which woman; duHkhitaayaam = while being sorrowful; evaMvidhaH = such type; svapnaH = (of) dream; pradR^ishyate = has been seen;saa = that woman; muktaa = being released; vividhaiH duHkhaiH = from various sorrows; praapnoti = will get; anuttamam = unsurpassed; priyam = pleasure.
5.27.43
भर्त्सितामपि याचध्वं राक्सस्यः किं विवक्षया ॥राघवाद्धि भयं घोरं राक्षसानामुपस्थितम्
|
"O ogresses! Entreat Seetha who has been frightened. What is the use with a desire to speak. From Rama a horrible fear has come to ogres."
raakshasyaH = O ogresses! yaachadhvam = entreat (Her); bhartsitaamapi = who has been frightened; kim = what (is the use); vivakshayaa = with desire to speak; raaghavaat = from Rama; ghoram bhayam = a horrible fear; upasthitam = has come; raakshasaanaam = to ogres;
5.27.44
प्रणिपातप्रसन्ना हि मैथिली जनकात्मजा ॥अलमेषा परित्रारुं राक्षस्यो महातो भयात्
|
अपि चास्या विशालाक्ष्या न किंचिदुपलक्षये ॥विरूपमपि चाङ्गेषु सुसूक्ष्ममपि लक्षणम् |
"O ogresses! This Seetha daughter of Janaka, pleased with prostration is competent to protect us from great danger. And also I do not see in Her who is wide eyed, in Her limbs even a minute misshapen characteristic, even insignificant one."
44;45. raakshasyaH = O ogresses!; eShaa = this; maithilii = Seetha; janakaatmajaa = daughter of Janka; praNipaata prasannaa = pleased with prostration; alam = is competent; paritraatum = to protect; mahataH = (from) great; bhayaat = danger. apicha = and also; na upalashaye = I do not see; asyaaH = in Her; vishaalaakshyaa = who is wide eyed; a~NgeShu = in Her limbs; susuuskhmamapi = even a minute; viruupam lakshaNam = misshapen characteristic; kiMchidapi = even insignificant (one).
5.27.46
चायावैगुण्यमात्रं तु शङ्के दुःखमुपस्थितम् ॥अदुःखार्हमिमां देवीं वैहायसमुपस्थिताम्
|
"I see an imperfection in complexion alone. I doubt that this princess who came near an aeroplane in my dream, who is not suited to sorrows received sorrow."
chaayaavaiguNya maatraM = (I see) an imperfection in complexion alone; sha~Nke = I doubt; imaam deviim = (that) this princess; upasthitaam = who came near; vaihaayasam = an aeroplane (in my dream); aduHkhaarhaam = who is not suited to sorrows; upasthitam = received; duHkham = sorrow.
5.27.47
अर्थसिद्धिं तु वैदेह्याः पश्याम्यहमुपस्थिताम् ॥राक्षसेन्द्रविनाशं च विजयं राघवस्य
च |
"I am seeing Seetha coming near accomplishment of motive. I also see the destruction of Ravana also and victory of Rama coming near."
aham = I; pashyaami = am seeing; ardhasiddhiM tu = accomplished motive; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha; upasthitaam = coming near; raakshasendra vinaasham cha = the destruction of Ravana also; raaghavasya vijayaM cha = and victory of Rama (coming near).
5.27.48
निमित्तभूतमेतत्तु श्रोतुमस्या महत्प्रियम् ॥दृश्यते च स्फुरच्चक्षुः पद्मपत्रमिवायतम्
|
"Being a cause to listen to a great pleasure of Her, this throbbing eye long like a lotus petal is being seen my me."
nimittabhuutam = being a cause; shrotum = to listen; mahat = (to) a great; priyam = pleasure; asyaaH = of Her; etat = this; spurat = throbbing; chakshuH = eye; aayatam = long; padmapatramiva = like a lotus petal; dR^ishyate = is being seen ( by me).
5.27.49
ईषच्च हृषितो वास्या दक्षिणाया ह्यदक्षिणः ॥अकस्मादेव वैदेह्या बहुरेकः प्रकम्पते
|
"One left arm of this strightforward Seetha suddenly has become erect and is slightly trembling."
ekaH adakshiNaH baahuH = one left arm; t asyaaH dakshiNaayaaH vaidehyaaH = of this straight forward Seetha; akasmaadeva = suddenly; hR^iShitaH = has become erect; iiShat = slightly; prakampate = is trembling.
5.27.50
करेणुहस्तप्रतिमः सव्यश्चोरुरनुत्तमः ॥वेपमानः सूचयति राघवं पुरतः स्थितम् |
"Seetha's best left thigh equal to an elephant's trunk is trembling indicating Rama's standing in front of Her."
anuttamaH savyaH uuruH = (Seetha's) best left thigh; kareNuhastapratimaH = equal to an elephant's trunk; vepamaanaH = is trembling; suuchayati = indicating; raaghavam = Rama's; sthitam = is standing; purataH = in front (of Her).
5.27.51
पक्षी च शाखानिलयं प्रविष्टः |
पुनः पुनश्चोत्तमसान्त्ववादी |
सुस्वागतं वाचमुदीरयानः |
पुनः पुनश्चोदयतीव हृष्टः ॥
"A bird also entering its dwelling place on a branch again and again speaking best consolating words, is telling heartily welcoming words being delighted again and again, as though impelling Seetha."
pakshii cha = a bird also; praviShTaH = entering; shaakhaa nilayam = (its) dwelling place on a branch; punaH punashcha = again and again; uttamasaantvavaadii = speaking best consolating words; susvaagatam vaacham udiirayaanaH = telliing heartily welcoming words; hR^iShTaH = being delighted; punaH punaH = again and again; chodayatiiva = as though impelling (Seetha).
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे सप्तविंशः सर्गः
Sarga 28
5.28.1
सा राक्षसेन्द्रस्य वचो निशम्य |
तद्रावणस्याप्रियमप्रियार्ता |
सीता वितत्रास यथा वनान्ते
|
सिंहाभिपन्ना गजराजकन्या ॥
That Seetha, hearing those unpleasant words of Ravana, tormented by grief, was frightened like a tiny female-elephant overpowered by a lion in the middle of a forest.
saa siitaa = that Seetha; nishamya = hearing; tat = those; apriyam = unpleasant; vachaH = words; raavaNasya = of Ravana; apriyaartaa = tormented by grief; apriyaartaa = tormented by grief; vitatraasa = was frightened; gajaraajakanyaa yathaa = like a tiny female-elephant; simhaabhipannaa = over powered by a lion; vanaante = in the middle of a forest.
5.28.2
सा राक्षसीमध्यगता च भीरु |
र्वाग्भिर्भृशं रावणतर्जिता च |
कान्तारमध्ये विजने विसृष्टा
|
बालेव कन्या विललाप सीता ॥
That fearful Seetha, who was situated in the middle of female-demons and also threatened by Ravana with his words galore, lamented (as follows) like a young virgin who was left lonely in the midst of a forest.
saa siitaa = that Seetha; bhiiruH = who was fearful; raakSasii madhyagataa = who was situated in the middle of female-demons; raavaNatayitaacha = and threatened by Ravana; vaagbhiH = with his words; bhR^isham = galore; vilapaapa = lamented; baalaakanyaa iva = like a young virgin; visR^iSTaa = who was left; vijane = lonely; kaantaara madhye = in the midst of a forest.
5.28.3
सत्यं बतेदं प्रवदन्ति लोके |
नाकालमृत्युर्भवतीति सन्तः |
यत्राहमेवं परिभर्त्स्यमाना
|
जीवामि दीना क्षणमप्यपुण्या ॥
"Truly the saints affirm that untimely death does not come in the world, as I being impure am surviving even for an instant, though being threatened in this way."
aham = I; apuNyaa = the impure; yatra = for which reason; paribhartyamaanaa = I was threatened; evam = in this way; jiivaani = am surviving; kSaNamapi = even for an instant; diinaa = miserably; idam = this word; pravadanti = spoken; santaH = by saints; satyam = is true; akaalamR^ityuH = "untimely death; na bhavati = does not come; loke = in this world"; bata = how difficult!.
5.28.4
सुखाद्विहीनं बहुदुःखपूर्ण |
मिदं तु नूनं हृदयं स्थिरं मे |
विशीर्यते यन्न सहस्रधाद्य
|
वज्राहतं शृङ्गमिवाचलस्य ॥
"Though devoid of happiness and frequently full of sorrow, my heart must be hard indeed, in that it does not break into a thousand pieces today like a mountain-top struck by lightning."
idam = this; me = my hR^idayam = heart; nuunam = is surely; sthiram = hard; yat = for which reason; adya = today; na vishiiryate = (it) is not broken; sahasrathaa = into thousand pieces; achalasya shR^iN^gamiva = as a mountain-top; vajraahatam = struck by lightning.
5.28.5
वैवास्ति दोषो मम नूनमत्र |
वध्याहमस्याप्रियदर्शनस्य |
भावं न चास्याहमनुप्रदातु |
मलं द्विजो मन्त्रमिवाद्विजाय ॥
"There is no fault of mine in this matter. I have become killable at the hands of this demon of disagreeable perception. I am not able to give him my affection any more than a member of the twice-born classes would offer a mystical verse to one not belonging to the twice-born classes."
naivaasti = there is no; doSaH = fault; mama = of mine; atra = in this matter; aham = I; asmi = have become; vadhyaa = assassinable; asya = to this Ravana; apriya darshanasya = of disagreeable perception; aham = I; na alam = am not able; anupradhaatum = to give; asya = him; bhaavam = (my) affection; mamtramiva = like a mystical verse; advijaaya = to one not belonging to the twice-born classes; dvijaH = by a member of the twice-born class.
5.28.6
नूनं ममाङ्गान्यचिरादनार्यः |
शस्त्रैः शितै श्छेत्स्यति राक्षसेन्द्रः |
तस्मिन्ननागच्छति
लोकनाथे |
गर्भस्थजन्तोरिव शल्यकृन्तः ॥
"If Rama the Ruler of the world does not come here, the evil Ravana, the king of Demons will cut off my limbs with his sharpened weapons, even as a surgeon would cut the limbs of a lifeless feotus."
tasmin = (If) Rama; lokanaathe = the ruler of the world; anaagachchhati = does not come; anaaryaH = the evil; raakSasendraH = king of Demons; nuunam = surely; chhetsyati = will cut off; mama = my; aNgaani = limbs; shitaiH = with shapened; shastraiH = weapons; shalya kR^intaH iva = like a surgeon; garbhasthajantoH = a (lifeless) feotus situated in the womb.
5.28.7
दुःखं बतेदं मम दुःखिताया |
मासौ चिरायाधिगमिष्यतो द्वौ |
बद्धस्य वध्यस्य तथा निशान्ते
|
राजापराधादिव तस्करस्य ॥
"To me lamenting, two months will go up to a long time, as at the end of a night a thief imprisoned and to be capitally punished under the detention orders of a king. Alas! This is painful."
mama = to me; duHkhitaayaaH = lamenting; dvau = two; maasau = mouths; adhigamiSyataH = will go upto; chiraaya = a long time; nishaante iva = as at the end of a night; taskarasya = a thief; baddhhasya = imprisoned; vadhyasya = and to be capitally punished; raajaaparaadhaat = under the detention orders of a king; (passes away in the instant case); bata = Alas! Idam = this; duHkham = is painful.
5.28.8
हा राम हा लक्ष्मण हा सुमित्रे |
हा राममातः सह मे जनन्या |
एषा विपद्याम्यहमल्पभाग्या
|
महार्णवे नौरिव मूढवाता ॥
"O Rama, O Lakshmana, O Sumitra, O Kausalya! O mother! I, of a scanty fortune, am going to be destroyed, like a ship driven out of its course by a strong wind in a mighty ocean."
haa raama = O; Rama; haa lakSmaNa = O; Lakshmana; haa sumitraa = O; Sumitra; haa raama maataH = O; Kausalya; me jananyaa saha = together with my mother; eSaa = this; aham = I; alpabhagyaa = of scanty fortune; vipadyaami = am going to be destroyed; nauriva = like a ship; muuDha vaataa = driven out of its course by a strong wind; mahaarNave = in a mighty ocean.
5.28.9
तरस्विनौ धारयता मृगस्य |
सत्त्वेन रूपं मनुजेन्द्रपुत्रौ |
नूनं विशस्तौ मम कारणात्तौ
|
सिंहर्षभौ द्वाविव वैद्युतेन ॥
"In the disguise of a deer, those two energetic sons of Dasaratha were surely killed for my sake, as two excellent lions killed by a flashing thunderbolt."
sattvena = by a being; dhaarayataa = who had possessed; ruupam = the form; mR^igasya = of a deer; tau = those two; manujendra putrau = sons of Dasaratha; tarasvinau = the energetic one; nuunam = were surely; vishastau = killed; mama kaaraNaat = for my sake; dvau simharSabhau iva = as two excellent lions; (killed); vaidyutena = by a flashing thunder bolt.
5.28.10
नूनं स कालो मृगरूपधारी |
मामल्पभाग्यां लुलुभे तदानीम् |
यत्रार्यपुत्रं विससर्ज मूढा
|
रामानुजं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजं च ॥
"Certainly that Time-spirit, assuming the guise of a deer, allured me, a woman of poor fortune at that time and to whom I, a stupid woman, sent forth (far away) Lakshmana and the noble prince Rama the elder brother of Lakshmana."
nuunam = certainly; saH = that; kaalaH = Time-spirit; mR^igaruupadhaarii = assuming the guise of a deer; lulubhe = allured; maam = me; alpabhaagyaam = having a poor fortune; yatra = at which time; muuDhaa = I; a stupid woman; visasarja = sent forth; raamaanujam = Lakshmana; aaryaputramcha = and the noble prince; lakSmaNa puurvajam = Rama the elder brother of Lakshmana.
5.28.11
हा राम सत्यव्रत दीर्घबाहो |
हा पूर्णचन्द्रप्रतिमानवक्त्र |
हा जीवलोकस्य हितः प्रियश्च
|
वध्यां न मां वेत्सि हि राक्षसानाम् ॥
"O Rama, the strictly truthful man and the long-armed, O the man whose face resembles the full-moon! You, who are well-disposed of the world of living beings, do not indeed know me to have been sentenced to death by the demons."
haa raama = O Rama; satyavrata = the strictly truthful man; diirgha baaho = the long-armed; haa puurNa chandra ratimaana vaktra = O the man whose face resembles the full-moon; haa = Alas!; hitaH = (you) who are well-disposed; jiivalokasya = of the world of living beings! Na vetsi hi = do not indeed know; maam = me; vadhyaam = to have been sentenced to dealth; raakSasaam = by the demons.
5.28.12
अनन्यदैवत्वमियं क्षमा च |
भूमौ च शय्या नियमश्च धर्मे |
पतिव्रतात्वं विफलं ममेदम् |
कृतं कृतघ्नेष्विव मानुषाणाम् ॥
"My not having a deity (other than my husband), this patience, my reposing on the floor, my restriction in righteousness, my devotion to the husband - all this has become a waste, like a good act done by men to ungrateful men becoming waste".
anayadaivatvam = (My) not having a deity (other than my husband); iyam = this; kSamaacha = patience; shayyaa = my reposing; bhuumau = on the floor; niyamashcha = my restriction; dharma = in righteousness; mama = my; pativrataatvam = devotion to the husband; idam = all this; viphalam = has become a waste; manuSyaaNaam kR^itamiva = like a good act done by men; kR^itaghneSu = to ungrateful men.
5.28.13
मोघो हि धर्मश्चरितो मयायं |
तथैकपत्नीत्वमिदं निरर्थम् |
या त्वां न पश्यामि कृशा विवर्णा
|
हीना त्वया संगमने निराशा ॥
"For me who is not seeing you, who is bereft of you, who is not hopeful of coming into contact with you, who is emaciated and pale in complexion this righteous act performed by me has indeed become a waste. Likewise, this state of my being only one wife to you has become useless.."
yaa = I that person who; na pashyaami = is not seeing; tvaam = you; niraashaa = and who is not hopeful; sangamane = of coming into contact with you; kR^ishaa = who is emaciated; vivarNaa = and pale in complexion; ayam = this; dharmaH = righteous act; charitaH = performed; mayaa = by me; moghaH his = has indeed become a waste; tathaa = likewise; idam = this wife to you; nirartham = has become useless.
5.28.14
पितुर्निदेशं नियमेन कृत्वा वनान्निवृत्तश्चरितव्रतश्च |
स्त्रीभिस्तु मन्ये विपुलेक्षणाभिस्त्वं
रंस्यसे वीतभयः कृतार्थः ॥
"Having fulfilled your father's command as per the order of his words and observed your vow, you return from the forest fearlessly and having accomplished your purpose, I think you will enjoy carnally with large-eyed women."
kR^itvaa = having fulfilled; pituH = your father's nidesham = command; niyamena = as per the order of his words; charita vratashcha = and observed you vow; nivR^ittaH = you return; vanaat = from the forest; vita bhayaH = fearlessly; kR^itaarthaH = and having accomplished your purpose; manye = I think; ramsyase = you will enjoy carnally; vipulekSaNaabhiH = with large-eyed; striibhiH = women.
5.28.15
अहं तु राम त्वयि जातकामा चिरं विनाशाय निबद्धभावा |
मोघं चरित्वाथ तपो व्रतञ्च त्यक्ष्यामि
धिग्जीवितमल्पभाग्याम् ॥
"O Rama! Having performed austerity and vow in vain, I for myself who has fallen in love with you and in whose was confined an affection for you for a long time, for my own destruction, I can lose my life. Woe to me of my little fortune!"
raama = O Rama!; charitvaa = having performed; tapaH = austerity; vratamcha = and vow; mogham = in vain; aham tu = I for myself; nibaddha bhaavaa = in whose was confined an affection for you; with jaalakaamaa = and who has fallen in love; tvayi = with you; chiram = for a long time; vinaashaaya = for (my own) destruction; tyakSyaami = I can lose; jaivitam = my life; dhik = woe to me; alpa bhaagyaam = of my little fortune!.
5.28.16
सा जीवितं क्षिप्रमहं त्यजेयं |
विषेण शस्त्रेण शितेन वापि |
विषस्य दाता न हि मेऽस्ति
कश्चि |
च्छस्त्रस्य वा वेश्मनि राक्षसस्य ॥
"I as such will abandon quickly my life by poison or by a sharp weapon. To me, none is there, who is a giver either of a poison or of a sharp weapon in the house of Ravana."
saa aham = I as such; kSipram = will quickly; tyajeyam = abandon; jiivitam = my life; viSeNa = by poison; shitena shastreNa vaapi = or by a sharp weapon; me = to me; naasti kashchit = none is there; daataa = who is a giver; viSasya = either of a poison; shastrasyavaa = or of a sharp weapon; veshmani = in the house; raakSasasya = of Ravana (a demon).
5.28.17
इतीव देवी बहुधा विलप्य |
सर्वात्मना राममनुस्मरन्ती |
प्रवेपमाना परिशुष्कवक्त्रा |
नगोत्तमं पुष्पितमाससाद ॥
Thus lamenting in several ways, Seetha was recollecting Rama in all spirits and trembling with and emaciated face, approached that excellent tree in bloom.
itiiva = thus; vilapya = lamenting; bahudhaa = in several ways; devii = Seetha; anusmarantii = was recollecting; raamam = Rama; sarvaatmanaa = in all spirits; pravepamaanaa = and trembling; parishuSkavaktraa = with a dried-up face; aasasaada = approached; nagottamam = that excellent trees; puSpitam = in bloom.
5.28.18
सा शोकतप्ता बहुधा विचिन्त्य |
सीताथ वेण्युद्ग्रथनं गृहीत्वा |
उद्भुध्य वेण्युद्ग्रथनेन
श्रीघ्र |
महं गमिष्यामि यमस्य मूलम् ॥
Seetha, who was tormented with grief, thus thinking in various ways and thereafter holding her braid of hair looking like a hanging rope (now thought within herself) "I shall go to the presence of Yama the God of Death by tying my neck quickly with my braid of hair looking like a hanging rope"
shiitaa = Seetha; shokabhitaptaa = who was tormented with grief; vichintya = thinking (thus); bahudhaa = in various ways; gR^ihiitvaa = holding; atha = and thereafter; veNyudgrathanam = her braid of hair looking like a hanging rope; (now thought within herself); aham = "I; gamiSyaami = shall go; yamsya muulam = to the presence of Yama the God of Death; udbadhya = by tying my neck; shiigram = quickly; veNyugrathanena = with my braid of hair looking
5.28.19
उपस्थिता सा मृदुसर्वगात्री |
शाखां गृहीत्वाथ नगस्य तस्य |
तस्यास्तु रामं प्रविचिन्तयन्त्या
|
रामानुजं स्वं च कुलं शुभाङ्ग्याः ॥शोकानिमित्तानि तथा बहूनि |
धैर्यार्जितानि प्रवराणि लोके
|
प्रादुर्निमित्तानि तदा बभूवुः |
पुरापि सिद्धान्युपलक्षितानि ॥
Thereafter Seetha with all her soft limbs stood seizing a branch of that tree. To her having handsome limbs, who was thinking of Rama, Lakshmana and her own race, then appeared many omens, which were not having adequate occasion for grief, which procured courage in the world, which were excellent and which were seen earlier also as thoroughly efficacious.
19; 20. atha = thereafter; saa = that Seetha; mR^idu sarvaagatrii = with all her soft limbs; upashitaa = stood; yR^ihiitvaa = seizing; shaakhaam = a branch; tasya nagasya = of that tree; tasyaaH tu = to her; shubhaaNgyaaH = having handsome limbs; pravichintayantyaaH = who was thinking; raamam = of Rama; raamaanujam = Lakshmana; svam kulamcha = her own race; praadarbabhuuvuH = appeared; tadaa = then; bahuuni = many; nimittaani = omens; shokaanimittaani = not having adequate occasion for grief; dhairyaa rjitaani = which procured courage; loke = in the world; pravaraaNi = which were excellent; tathaa = and upalakSitaani = which were seen; puraapi = earlier also; siddhaani = as thoroughly efficacious.
इत्यार्ष्ते श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे अष्टाविंशः सर्गः
Sarga 29
5.29.1
तथा गताम् ताम् व्यथिताम् अनिन्दिताम् |
व्यपेत हर्षाम् परिदीन मानसाम् |
शुभाम् निमित्तानि
शुभानि भेजिरे |
नरम् श्रिया जुष्टम् इव उपजीविनः ॥
To her who was in such circumstances, who was in distress, who was irraproachable, devoid of joy and dejected but virtuous, was bestowed with auspicious omens, as a prosperous man is bestowed with dependent servants.
taam = to her; tathaagataam = who was in such circumstances; vyathitaam = who was in distress; aninditaam = who was irraproachable; vyapeta harSaam = devoid of joy; paridiinamaanasaam = who was dejected; shubhaam = who was virtuous; bhejire = was bestowed with; shubhaani = auspicious; nimittaani = omens; naram iva = as a man; juSTam = possessed; shriyaa = of prosperity; upajiivinaH iva = is bestwoed with dependent servants.
5.29.2
तस्याः शुभम् वामम् अराल पक्ष्म |
राजी वृतम् कृष्ण विशाल शुक्लम् |
प्रास्पन्दत एकम् नयनम्
सुकेश्या |
मीन आहतम् पद्मम् इव अभिताम्रम् ॥
The beautifully haired Seetha's left eye, which was auspicious, whose surrounding row of eye-lashes were curved, which was black, wide and bright-looking; was predominantly quivering, like a red lotus quivered by the blow of a fish.
sukeshyaaH = the beautifully haired; tastaaG = Seetha's; vaamanayanam = araala pakSma raajiivR^itam = whose surrounding row of eye-lashes were curved; kR^iSNa vishaalaa shuklam = which was black; wide and bright-looking; praaspandata = like a red lotus; miinaahatam = (quivered) by the blow of a fish.
5.29.3
भुजः च चार्व् अन्चित पीन वृत्तः |
पर अर्ध्य काल अगुरु चन्दन अर्हः |
अनुत्तमेन अध्युषितः
प्रियेण |
चिरेण वामः समवेपत आशु ॥
Her left shoulder, which was pretty, distinguished beefy and round, which deserved to be applied with excellent black aloe and sandalwood paste, which had been used
vaamaH bhujashcha = Her left shoulder; chaarvaNchita piina vR^ittaH = which was pretty; distinguished; beefy and round; paraarthyakaaguru chandanaarhaH = which deserved to be applied with excellent black aloe and sandalwood paste; chireNa dhyuSitaH = which had been used for long as a pillow; anuttamena = by her most excellently; priyeNa = beloved Rama; aashu = quickly; sannavepata = quivered.
5.29.4
गज इन्द्र हस्त प्रतिमः च पीनः |
तयोः द्वयोः सम्हतयोः सुजातः |
प्रस्पन्दमानः पुनः ऊरुः
अस्या |
रामम् पुरस्तात् स्थितम् आचचक्षे ॥
Of her two thighs kept together, the left tigh which was beefy and well born, which resembled the trunk of a princely elephant was predominantly quivering, spoke indistinctly of existenc of Rama in front.
tayoH dvayoH = of her two thighs; samhatayoH = kept together; asyaaH uruH = her (left) thigh; piinaH = which was beefy; sujaataH = and well born; gajendrahasta pratimaH = which resembled the trunk of a princely elephant; praspandamaanaH = was predominantly quivering; achachakSe = spoke; sthitam = the existance; raamam = of Rama; purustaat = in front.
5.29.5
शुभम् पुनः हेम समान वर्णम् |
ईषत् रजो ध्वस्तम् इव अमल अक्ष्याः |
वासः स्थितायाः शिखर
अग्र दन्त्याः |
किंचित् परिस्रंसत चारु गात्र्याः ॥
Again, the clothing of Seetha standing there, of spotless eyes and charming limbs, having teeth resembling the buds of jasmine, which was of golden shade and was slightly soiled as it were with dust, glited down, which appeared auspicious (for her).
punaH = again; vaasaH = the clothing; sthitaayaaH = of Seetha standng there; amalaakSyaaH = of spotless eyes; chaarugaatryaaH = and charming limbs; shikhaagra dantyaaH = having teeth resembling the buds of jasmine; hema samaana varNam = which was of golden shade; iiSat = and was slightly; rajodhvastamiva = soiled as it were with dust; parisramsata = glided down; shubham = which looked auspicious.
5.29.6
एतैः निमित्तैः अपरैः च सुभ्रूः |
सम्बोधिता प्राग् अपि साधु सिद्धैः |
वात आतप क्लान्तम्
इव प्रनष्टम् |
वर्षेण बीजम् प्रतिसम्जहर्ष ॥
Bolstered by these and some other omens which straight explained that they were fruitful on the earlier occasion also, Seetha of beautiful eyebrows disclosed a great joy, even as a seed vanished and withered by the wind and the sun, got sprouted by rain.
etaiH = these; nimittaiH = omens; aparaishcha = and some other omens; sambodhitaa = explained; saadhu = straight; siddhaiH = which were fruitful; praagapi = previously also; subhruuH = Seetha of beautiful eyebrows; pratisamjaharSa = disclosed a great joy; biijam iva = even as a seed; praNaSTam = vanished; vaataatapa klaantam = and withered by the wind and the sun; (got sprouted); varSeNa = by rain.
5.29.7
तस्याः पुनः बिम्ब फल उपम ओष्ठम् |
स्वक्षि भ्रु केश अन्तम् अराल पक्ष्म |
वक्त्रम् बभासे
सित शुक्ल दम्ष्ट्रम् |
राहोः मुखाच् चन्द्र इव प्रमुक्तः ॥
Moreover, having the lips resembling Bimba fruit, having beautiful eyes and eyebrows, whose eye lids are curved, having charming white teeth, her face shone like the moon liberated from the mouth of the demon Rahu.
punaH = moreover; bimbaphalaadharoSTham = having the lips like Bimba fruit; svakSSibhru keshaantam = having beautiful eyes and eyebrows; araalapakSma = who eye lids are curved; sita chaaru dantam = having charming white teeth; tasyaa = her; vaktram = face; babhaase = shone; chandraH iva = like the moon; pramuktaH = liberated; raahoH mukhaat = from the mouth of the demon Rahu.
5.29.8
सा वीत शोका व्यपनीत तन्द्री |
शान्त ज्वरा हर्ष विबुद्ध सत्त्वा |
अशोभत आर्या वदनेन शुक्ले
|
शीत अन्शुना रात्रिः इव उदितेन ॥
Free from sorrow, her weariness removed, her mental affliction alleviated and her consciousness awakened with exaltation, that esteemed lady (Seetha) looked handsome with her countenance, as a night with the moon appears during the bright fortnight.
viita shokaa = free from sorrow; vyapaniita tandrii = her weariness removed; shaanta jvaraa = her mental affliction alleviated; harSa vibuddhasattvaa = and her consciousness awakened with exaltation; saa aaryaa = that esteemed lady; (Seetha); ashobhata = looked splendid; vadanena = with her countenance; raatririva = as a night; shiitaam shunaa = with the moon; uditena = appear; shukle = during the bright fortnight.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकोनत्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 30
5.30.1
हनुमान् अपि विक्रान्तः सर्वम् शुश्राव तत्त्वतः |
सीतायाः त्रिजटायाः च राक्षसीनाम् च तर्जनम्
॥
The valiant Hanuma also heard truly all those words of Seetha, Trijata and the threatening words of the female demons.
vikraantaH = the valiant; hanumaanapi = Hanuma also; attvataH = truly; shushraava = heard; sarvam = all those words; siitaayaashcha = of Seetha; trijaTaayaashcha = of Trijata; tarjanam = and the threatening words; raakSasiinaam = of the female demons.
5.30.2
अवेक्षमाणः ताम् देवीम् देवताम् इव नन्दने |
ततो बहु विधाम् चिन्ताम् चिन्तयामास वानरः ॥
Thereafter, seeing that Seetha as a divine lady in the garden of Nandana, Hanuma echoed his thought in various ways.
tataH = thereafter; avekSamaaNaH = seeing; taam deviim = that Seetha; devataamiva = as a divine lady; nandane = in the garden of Nanadana; vaanaraH = Hanuma; chintayaamaasa = reflected; chintaam = his thought; bahuvidhaam = in various ways.
5.30.3
याम् कपीनाम् सहस्राणि सुबहूनि अयुतानि च |
दिक्षु सर्वासु मार्गन्ते सा इयम् आसादिता मया
॥
"Which Seetha is being searched in all directions by many thousands and myriads of monkeys, the same Seetha has been found by me."
yaam = which Seetha; maargante = is being searched; sarvaasu = in all; dikSu = directions; subahuum = by many; sahasraaNi = thousans; ayutaani cha = and myriads; kapiinaam = of monkeys; saa iyam = the same Seetha; aasaaditaa = has been found; mayaa = by me.
5.30.4
चारेण तु सुयुक्तेन शत्रोः शक्तिम् अवेक्षिता |
गूढेन चरता तावत् अवेक्षितम् इदम् मया ॥
"By me, employed thoughtfully (by my Master) as a secret agent and gone about secretly with a view to ascertain the enemy's strength, this has been perceived.
mayaa = by me; suyuktena = employed thoughtfully (by my Master); chaareNa = as a secret agent; charataa = and gone about; guuDhena = secretly; shatroH shakti vyapekSya = in my view to ascertain the enemy's strength; idam = this; avekSitam taavat = has been perceived.
5.30.5
राक्षसानाम् विशेषः च पुरी च इयम् अवेक्षिता |
राक्षस अधिपतेः अस्य प्रभावो रावणस्य च ॥
"The characteristics of demons, this town and the power of the king of demons, Ravana, have been perceived by me."
visheSashcha = the characteristics of; raakSasaanaam = demons; iyam = this; puriicha = town; prabhaavashcha = and the power; raavaNasya = of Ravana; raakSasaadhipate = the king of demons; avekSitaa = have been perceived (by me).
5.30.6
युक्तम् तस्य अप्रमेयस्य सर्व सत्त्व दयावतः |
समाश्वासयितुम् भार्याम् पतिदर्शन कान्क्षिणीम्
॥
"It is proper for me to console the wife of Rama, desirous of seeing her husband who is compassionate towards all beings and who is of immeasurable might."
yuktam = It is proper; samaashvaasayitum patidarshanakaankSiNiim = to console her who is desirous of seeing her husband; bhaaryaam = the wife; tasya = of Rama; sarva sattva dayaavataH = who is compassionate towards all beings; aprameyasya = and who is of immeasurable might.
5.30.7
अहम् आश्वासयामि एनाम् पूर्ण चन्द्र निभ आननाम् |
अदृष्ट दुह्खाम् दुह्खस्य न हि अन्तम् अधिगच्छतीम्
॥
"I shall console this woman, whose face resembles a full moon, who is having an unforeseen affliction, who is tormented by grief and who is not attaining the end to her affliction."
aham = I; aashvaasayaam = shall console; enaam = this woman; puurNachandra nibhaananaam = whose face resembles a full moon; adR^iSTa duHkhaam = who is having an unforeseen affliction; duHkhaartam = who is tormented by grief; agachchhatiim = who is tormented by grief; duHkhasya antam = the end of her affliction.
5.30.8
यदि हि अहम् इमाम् देवीम् शोक उपहत चेतनाम् |
अनाश्वास्य गमिष्यामि दोषवत् गमनम् भवेत् ॥
"If I return without consoling this Seetha, the wife of Rama, even though her mind is tormented by grief, my departure becomes blemished."
aham yadi gamiSyaami = If I return; anaashvaasya = without consoling; imaam deviim = this Seetha; the wife of Rama; shokopahata chetanaamapi = even though her mind is tormented by grief; gamanam = my departure; bhavet = becomes; doSavat = blemished.
5.30.9
गते हि मयि तत्र इयम् राज पुत्री यशस्विनी |
परित्राणम् अविन्दन्ती जानकी जीवितम् त्यजेत्
॥
"Not finding a rescue when I return to Kishkindha, the illustrious princess Seetha may give up her life."
mayi gate = when I return; tatra = there; yashashvinii = the illustrious; raajaputrii = princess; janakii = Seetha; tyajet = may give up; jiivitam = her life; avindantii = not finding; paritraaNaam = a rescue.
5.30.10
मया च स महाबाहुः पूर्ण चन्द्र निभ आननः |
समाश्वासयितुम् न्याय्यः सीता दर्शन लालसः ॥
"That long-armed Rama having the countenance of a full moon, eagerly longing to see Seetha, is fit to be consoled by me."
saH = that Rama; mahaa baahuH = the long armed; puurNachandra nibhaananaH = with the countenance of a full moon; siitaadarrshana laalasaH = eagerly longing for seeing Seetha; nyaayyaH = is fit; samaashvaasayitum = to be consoled by me.
5.30.11
निशा चरीणाम् प्रत्यक्षम् अक्षमम् च अभिभाषणम् |
कथम् नु खलु कर्तव्यम् इदम् कृच्छ्र गतो हि
अहम् ॥
"It is not proper to speak with her within the sight of these female-demons. How indeed is this to be done? I am indeed perplexed."
anarham = It is not proper; abhibhaaSitum = speak (with her); pratyakSam = within the sight of nishaachariiNaam = the female-demon; katham = how; idam = is this; kartvyam khalu nu = indeed to be done?; aham = I; kR^ichchhragato hi = am indeed perplexed.
5.30.12
अनेन रात्रि शेषेण यदि न आश्वास्यते मया |
सर्वथा न अस्ति संदेहः परित्यक्ष्यति जीवितम् ॥
"If she is not consoled by me during the rest of this night, she will forsake her life by all means. There is no doubt about it."
naashvaasyate yadi = If she is not consoled; mayaa = by me; anena raatri sheSeNa = during the rest of this night; parityakSyati = she will forsake; jiivitam = her life; sarvathaa = by all means; naasti = there is no; sandehaH = doubt.
5.30.13
रामः च यदि पृच्छेन् माम् किम् माम् सीता अब्रवीत् वचः |
किम् अहम् तम् प्रतिब्रूयाम् असम्भाष्य
सुमध्यमाम् ॥
"If Rama enquires of me as to what words did Seetha speak about him, what can I say to Rama without speaking now to this Seetha, the slender-waisted lady?"
raamashcha pR^ichchhedyadi = If Rama enquires of; maam = me; kim = (as to) what; vachaH = words; siitaa abraviit = did Seetha speak; maam = about me; kim = what; aham bruuyaam = can I speak; tam prati = about that Rama; asambhaaSya = without speaking; sumadhyamaam = to this Seetha; the slender waisted lady.
5.30.14
सीता संदेश रहितम् माम् इतः त्वरया गतम् |
निर्दहेत् अपि काकुत्स्थः क्रुद्धः तीव्रेण चक्षुषा
॥
"To me returning in haste from here without carrying Seetha's message Rama may get irritated and burn me up with his pungent eyes."
maam = to me; gatam = returning; tvarayaa = in haste; itaH = from here; siitaa sandesha rahitam = without carrying Seetha's message; kaakutthsaH = Rama; kruddhaH = getting irritated; nirdahedapi = will burn me up; tiivreNa chakSuSaa = with his pungent eyes.
5.30.15
यदि चेत् योजयिष्यामि भर्तारम् राम कारणात् |
व्यर्थम् आगमनम् तस्य ससैन्यस्य भविष्यति ॥
"Even if I instigate my master Sugreeva to do his best in the cause of Rama, his arrival here with an army will be futile."
yadi cha udyojayiSyaami bhartaaram = even if I instigate my master Sugreeva to do his best; raamakaaraNaat = in the cause of Rama; tasya = his; aagamanam = arrival; sasainyasya = with an army; bhaviSyati = will be vyartham = futile.
5.30.16
अन्तरम् तु अहम् आसाद्य राक्षसीनाम् इह स्थितः |
शनैः आश्वासयिष्यामि सम्ताप बहुलाम् इमाम्
॥
"Staying here itself and getting hold of an opportunity even in the midst of the female-demons (when they are in attentive), I shall slowly console Seetha who is very much in distress."
sthitaH = staying; iha = here; aasaadya = getting hold of; antaram = an opportunity; raakSasiinaam = even in the midst of the female-demons; aham = I; shanaiH = shall slowly; aashvaasayiSyaami = console; imaam = her; samtaapa baahuLaam = who is very much in distress.
5.30.17
अहम् हि अतितनुः चैव वनरः च विशेषतः |
वाचम् च उदाहरिष्यामि मानुषीम् इह संस्कृताम् ॥
"However, I am very small in stature, particularly as a monkey and can speak now Sanskrit, the human language too."
aham tu = I; however; atitanushcha = am very small; visheSataH = and particularly vaanarashcha = a money; iha = and now; udaahariSyaami = can speak; samskR^itaam = Sanskrit; maanuSiim = the human; vaachumcha = langugae too.
5.30.18
यदि वाचम् प्रदास्यामि द्विजातिः इव संस्कृताम् |
रावणम् मन्यमाना माम् सीता भीता भविष्यति
॥वानरस्य विशेषेण कथं स्यादभिभाषणम्म् |
"If I use Sanskrit language like a brahmin, Seetha will get frightened, thinking me as Ravana. Especially, how can a monkey speak it?"
pradaasyaami yadi = If I use; samkR^itaam vaacham = Sankrit language; dvijaatiriva = like a brahmin; siitaa = Seetha; bhiita bhaviSyati = well become frightened; masyamaanaa = thinking; maam = me; raavaNam = as Ravana; visheSeNa = especially; vaanarasya = for a monkey; katham = how; syaat = can it be; abhibhaaSaNam = spoken?
5.30.19
अवश्यम् एव वक्तव्यम् मानुषम् वाक्यम् अर्थवत् ॥मया सान्त्वयितुम् शक्या न अन्यथा
इयम् अनिन्दिता |
"Certainly, meaningful words of a human being are to be spoken by me. Otherwise, the virtuous Seetha cannot be consoled."
avashyameva = certainly; arthavat = meaningful words; maanuSam = of a human being; vaktavyam = are to be spoken; mayaa = by me; anyathaa = otherwise; iyam = she; aninditaa = the irreproachable; na shakyaa = cannot be; saantvayitum = consoled.
5.30.20
सा इयम् आलोक्य मे रूपम् जानकी भाषितम् तथा ॥रक्षोभिः त्रासिता पूर्वम् भूयः त्रासम्
गमिष्यति |
"Looking at my figure and the language, Seetha who was already frightened previously by the demons, will get frightened again."
aalokya = looking at; me = my; ruupam = figure; tathaa = and; bhaaSitam = language; jaanakii = Seetha; gamiSyati = will get; tvaasam = fear; bhuuyaH = again; saaiyam = she who; traasitaa = who was frightened; puurvam = previously; rakSobhiH = by demons.
5.30.21
ततो जात परित्रासा शब्दम् कुर्यान् मनस्विनी ॥जानमाना विशाल अक्षी रावणम् काम रूपिणम्
|
"Thereafter, this large-eyed Seetha who is full of mind, thinking me as Ravana who can assume any form at will, may shout loudly, engendered by fear."
tataH = thereafter; vishaalaakSi = this large-eyed Seetha; manasvinii = who is full of mind; jaanaana = thinking; maam = me; raavaNam = as Ravana; kaama ruupiNam = who can assume any form at will; kuryaat = and may make; shabdam = a noise; jaata partitraasaa = engendered by fear.
5.30.22
सीतया च कृते शब्दे सहसा राक्षसी गणः ॥नाना प्रहरणो घोरः समेयात् अन्तक उपमः |
"As soon as Seetha shouts loudly, a troop of female-demons, wielding various kinds of weapons and appearing dreadful as Yama the Lord of Death, may assemble here."
sahasaa = as soon as; shabde = the noise; kR^ite = is made; siitayaa = by Seetha; raakSasiigaNaH = a troop of female-demons; ghoraH = dreadful; antakopamaH = as Yama the Lord of Death; sameyaat = may assemble (here); naanaapraharaNaH = wielding various kinds of weapons.
5.30.23
ततो माम् सम्परिक्षिप्य सर्वतो विकृत आननाः ॥वधे च ग्रहणे चैव कुर्युः यत्नम् यथा
बलम् |
"Then those ugly faced female-demons may encircle me from all sides and try to catch and kill me with all their might."
tataH = then; vikR^itaananaH = those female demons with their ugly faces; samparikSipya = may encircle; maam = me; sarvataH = from all sides; kuryuH = and make; yatnam = an effort; grahaNe chaiva = to catch; vadhecha = and kill (me); yathaabalam = with all their might.
5.30.24
गृह्य शाखाः प्रशाखाश्च स्कन्धांश्चोत्तमशाखिनाम् ॥दृष्ट्वा विपरिधावन्तं भवेयुर्भयशङ्किताः
|
"Then, seeing me running hither and thither, seizing big branches, twigs and trunks of excellent trees, they may get alarmed with fear."
dR^iSTyaa = seeing; viparidhaavantam = me running; hitter and thither; gR^ihya = grasping; shaakhaaH = big branches; prashaakhaashcha = small branches; skandhaamshcha = and trunks; uttamashaakhinaam = of excellent trees; bhaveyuH = they may become; bhaya shaNkitaaH = alarmed with fear.
5.30.25
मम रूपम् च सम्प्रेक्ष्य वनम् विचरतो महत् ॥राक्षस्यो भय वित्रस्ता भवेयुः विकृत
आननाः |
"The ugly faced female-demons will be frightened with fear, after seeing my huge figure wandering in the grove."
raakSasyaH = the female-demons; vikR^itaananaaH = with their ugly faces; bhaveyuH = will be; bhayavitrastaaH = frightened with fear; samprekSye = by seeing mama = my; mahat = huge; ruupam = figure; vicharataH = wandering; vane = in the grove.
5.30.26
ततः कुर्युः समाह्वानम् राक्षस्यो रक्षसाम् अपि ॥राक्षस इन्द्र नियुक्तानाम् राक्षस
इन्द्र निवेशने |
"Then those female-demons may call the other demons too retained by Ravana in his house."
tataH = then; raakSasyaH = the female demons; kuryuH samaahvaanam = may invite; rakSasaam api = other demons also; raakSasendra niyuktaanaam = retained by Ravana; raakSasendra niveshane = in the house of Ravana.
5.30.27
ते शूल शर निस्त्रिंश विविध आयुध पाणयः ॥आपतेयुः विमर्दे अस्मिन् वेगेन उद्विग्न
कारिणः |
"Those female-demons with an element of turbulence and rapidity may rush into a battle with various kinds of weapons like spears lances and swords."
te = those female-demons; udvega kaaraNaat = with an element of turbulence; vegena = and in the speed; aapateyuH = may rush into; asmin = this; vimarde = battle; shuula shakti nistrimsha vividhaayudha paaNayaH = with various kinds of weapons like spears; lances and swords.
5.30.28
सम्क्रुद्धः तैः तु परितो विधमन् रक्षसाम् बलम् ॥शक्नुयम् न तु सम्प्राप्तुम् परम्
पारम् महाउदधेः |
"Surrounded on all sides by them, I may not be able to reach the other shore of the great ocean, while destroying the army of demons."
samruddhaH = obstructed tightly; paritaH = around; taiH = by them; na shaknuyaam = I may not be able; sampraaptum = to reach; param paaram = the other shore; mahodadhe = of the great ocean; vidhaman = while destroying; balam = the army; rakSasaam = of demons.
5.30.29
माम् वा गृह्णीयुः आप्लुत्य बहवः शीघ्र कारिणः ॥स्यात् इयम् च अगृहीत अर्था मम च
ग्रहणम् भवेत् |
"Or having jumped up (over me) many demons operating speedily may capture me. Then, Seetha may not be able to know the occurrence of my arrival. Even I may get captured too."
bahavaH = many demons; shiighra kaariNaH = operating speedily; gR^ihNiiyuH vaa = may capture; maam = me; aaplutya = having jumped up; iyam cha = this Seetha; syaat = may be; agR^ihiitaarthaa = not comprehending the sense mama = my; grahaNamcha = capture too; bhavet = may occur.
5.30.30
हिंसा अभिरुचयो हिंस्युः इमाम् वा जनक आत्मजाम् ॥विपन्नम् स्यात् ततः कार्यम् राम
सुग्रीवयोः इदम् |
"Or the violent minded demons may kill this Seetha. Consequently this work of Rama and Sugreeva will be ruined."
vaa = or; himsaabhiruchayaH = the violent-minded demons; himsyuH = may kill; imaam = this; jaanakaatmajam = Seetha; tataH = consequently; idam = this; kaaryam = work; raama sugriivayoH = of Rama and Sugreeva; vipannam syaat = will be ruined.
5.30.31
उद्देशे नष्ट मार्गे अस्मिन् राक्षसैः परिवारिते ॥सागरेण परिक्षिप्ते गुप्ते वसति
जानकी |
"Seetha is residing in this secret place, with a concealed access, surrounded by demons and encircled by an ocean."
jaanakii = Seetha; vasati = is residing; asmin = in this; gupte = secret; uddeshe = place; naSTa maarge = with concealed access; parivaarite = surrounded; raakSasaiH = by demons; parikSipte = and encircled; saagareNa = by ocean.
5.30.32
विशस्ते वा गृहीते वा रक्षोभिः मयि सम्युगे ॥न अन्यम् पश्यामि रामस्य सहायम् कार्य
साधने |
"If I am killed in the battle or got captured by the demons, I do not see any other companion for Rama who can fulfill this work (of searching for Seetha)."
mayi vishaste = If I am killed; samyuge = in the battle; vaa = or; gR^ihite vaa = captured; rakSobhiH = by the demons; na pashyaami = I do not see; anyam = any other; sahaayam = companion; raamasya = for Rama; kaarya saadhane = in fulfilling this work (of searching for Seetha).
5.30.33
विमृशन् च न पश्यामि यो हते मयि वानरः ॥शत योजन विस्तीर्णम् लन्घयेत महाउदधिम् |
"Even after due reflection, I do not see any monkey who can transgress the ocean with a breadth of one hundred Yojanas, in case I am killed."
vimR^ishan cha = even after due reflection; na pashyaami = I do not see; yaH = any; vaanaraH = monkey; laN^ghayeta = who can transgress; mahodadhim = the ocean; shata yojana vistiirNam = with a breadth od one hundred yoganas; mayihate = if i got killed."
5.30.34
कामम् हन्तुम् समर्थो अस्मि सहस्राणि अपि रक्षसाम् ॥न तु शक्ष्यामि सम्प्राप्तुम्
परम् पारम् महाउदधेः |
"I am competent to kill even thousands of demons. I am quite sure. But, after doing such a large battle, I may not be capable of reaching the other shore of the ocean."
vimR^ishan cha = even after due reflection; na pashyaami = I do not see; yaH = any; vaanaraH = monkey; laN^ghayeta = who can transgress; mahodadhim = the ocean; shata yojana vistiirNam = with a breadth of one hundred yoganas; mayihate = if i got killed."
5.30.35
असत्यानि च युद्धानि संशयो मे न रोचते ॥कः च निह्संशयम् कार्यम् कुर्यात् प्राज्ञः
ससंशयम् |
'Conflicts are unreal too and to me, there is no desire for uncertainty. which intellectual will do an assured act with an apprehension?"
yuddhaani = conflicts; asatyaani cha = are unreal too; me = to me; na rochate = there is no desire; samshayaH = for uncertainty; kaH = which; praaJNyaH = intellectual; kuryaat = will do; niH samshayam = an assured; kaaryam = act; sasamshayam = with a doubt?"
5.30.36
एष दोषो महान् हि स्यान् मम सीता अभिभाषणे ॥प्राण त्यागः च वैदेह्या भवेत् अनभिभाषणे
|
"If I do not talk, there will be Seetha's death. If I talk to Seetha, this great lapse will occur."
anabhibhaaSaNe = If I do not talk; bhavet = there will be; vaidehyaaH = Seetha's; praaNatyaagaH = death; siitaabhibhaaSaNe = If I talk to Seetha; eSaH = this; mahaan = great; doSaH = lapse; syaat = will occur.
5.30.37
भूताः च अर्था विनश्यन्ति देश काल विरोधिताः ॥विक्लवम् दूतम् आसाद्य तमः सूर्य उदये
यथा |
"Actions which are going to be accomplished shortly, get spoiled at the hands of a accomplished shortly, get spoiled at the hands of a confused messenger, when the actions are set in opposition to time and space, even as darkness disappears at sun rise."
arthaaH = actions; bhuutaaH = which are going to be accomplished; vinashyanti = get spoiled; aasaadya = having reached (the hands of); viklabam = a confused; duutam = messenger; desha kaala virodhitaaH = when they are set in opposition to time and space; tamaH yathaa = even as darkness (disappears); suuryodaye = at sun-rise.
5.30.38
अर्थ अनर्थ अन्तरे बुद्धिः निश्चिता अपि न शोभते ॥घातयन्ति हि कार्याणि दूताः पण्डित
मानिनः |
"Even if a decision is taken, regarding what is worthy and what is worthless, it does not yield good results. Messengers boasting themselves to be learned, thus indeed ruin those actions."
buddhiH = Intellect; na shobhate = does not shine; artha anarthaantare = between worthy and worthless acts; nishchitaapi = even if a decision is taken; duutaaH = messengers; paN^Dita maaninaH = boasting themselves as learned; ghaatayanti hi = indeed ruin; kaaryaaNi = the actions.
5.30.39
न विनश्येत् कथम् कार्यम् वैक्लव्यम् न कथम् भवेत् ॥लन्घनम् च समुद्रस्य कथम् नु
न वृथा भवेत् |
"How does not my work get spoiled? How should I avoid my feebleness? Also how does not my leaping across the sea become vain?"
katham nu = How; kaaryam = (does) the work; na vinashyate = not get spoiled?; katham = how; vaiklabyam = the feebleness; na bhavet = can not occur?; katham nu = also how; lamghanam cha = my leaping across the sea; na bhavet = does not become; vR^ithaa = vain?"
5.30.40
कथम् नु खलु वाक्यम् मे शृणुयान् न उद्विजेत च ॥इति संचिन्त्य हनुमान् चकार मतिमान्
मतिम् |
"How can Seetha hear my words without fear?" Thinking in this way, the wise Hanuma made up his mind (as follows):
katham nu = how (can Seetha); shR^iNuyaat = hear; me vaakyam = my words?; na udvijetavaa = or without fear; samchintya = thinking; iti = in this way; matimaan = the wise; hanumaan = Hanuma; chakaara = made up; matim = (his) mind (as follows):
5.30.41
रामम् अक्लिष्ट कर्माणम् स्व बन्धुम् अनुकीर्तयन् ॥न एनाम् उद्वेजयिष्यामि तत् बन्धु
गत मानसाम् |
"If I eulogize Rama, who is unwearied in action and a good relation, I shall not frighten her, whose mind is directed towards that relation."
anukiirtayan = If I enlogige; raamam = Rama; akliSTa karmaaNam = who is unwearied in action; subandhum = and a good relation; nodvejayiSyaami = I shall not frighten; enaam = her; tadbandhugatamaanasaam = whose mind is directed towards that relation.
5.30.42
इक्ष्वाकूणाम् वरिष्ठस्य रामस्य विदित आत्मनः ॥शुभानि धर्म युक्तानि वचनानि समर्पयन्
|
श्रावयिष्यामि सर्वाणि मधुराम् प्रब्रुवन् गिरम् ॥श्रद्धास्यति यथा हि इयम् तथा सर्वम् समादधे |
"Offering auspicious and righteous words about Rama the most excellent prince Ikshvaku dynasty who possesses a learned soul and myself speaking in a sweet voice, I shall make everything intelligible so that Seetha rightly believes everything."
42; 43. samarpayan = offering; shubhaani = auspicious; dharma yuktaani = righteous; vachanaani = words; raamasya = about Rama; variSThasya = the most excellent man; ikSvaakuuNaam = in Ikshvaaku dynasty; viditaatmanaH = and possessing a learned soul; prabruvan = and speaking; madhuraam = in a sweet; giram = voice; samaadade shraavayiSyaami sarvaani = I shall make everything intelligible; iyam = that Seetha; yathaa tathaa = rightly; shraddhaasyati = believes; sarvam = everything.
5.30.44
इति स बहु विधम् महाअनुभावो |
जगति पतेः प्रमदाम् अवेक्षमाणः |
मधुरम् अवितथम् जगाद वाक्यम्
|
द्रुम विटप अन्तरम् आस्थितो ॥
The noble-minded Hanuman, abiding in the midst of the twigs of the trees and seeing Seetha, spoke the following words of many kinds which were not futile.
saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; mahaanubhaavaH = of noble mind; aasthitaH = abiding; druma viTapaantaram = in the midst of the twigs of the trees; avekSamaaNaH = and seeing; pramadaam = the wife; jagatipate = of Rama; the Lord of the Earth; jagaade = spoke; iti = thus; vaakyam = the words; bahuvidham = of many kinds; avitatham = which were not futile.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे त्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 31
5.31.1
एवम् बहु विधाम् चिन्ताम् चिन्तयित्व महाकपिः |
संश्रवे मधुरम् वाक्यम् वैदेह्या व्याजहार
ह ॥
Thus reflecting on many kinds of thought, Hanuma spoke the following sweet words within the hearing range of Seetha.
chintayitvaa = thinking; evam = thus; bahuvidhaam = many kinds of; chintaam = thought; mahaakapiH = Hanuman; vyaajahaaraH = spoke (the following) madhuram = sweet; vaakyaam = words; samshrave = within the hearing; vaidehyaaH = of Seetha.
5.31.2
राजा दशरथो नाम रथ कुन्जर वाजिनाम् |
पुण्य शीलो महाकीर्तिः ऋजुः आसीन् महायशाः ॥
"There was a king named Dasaratha who was very glorious among the kings of Ikshvaku dynasty and had a virtuous disposition. He owned chariots, elephants and horses, becoming very famous.
raajaa = (There was) a king; dasharathe naama = named Dasaratha; mahaayashaaH = who was very glorious; ikSvaakuuNaam = among kings belonging to Ikshvaku dynasty; puNya shiilaH = and had virtuous disposition; ratha kuN^jara vaajimaan = he owned chariots; elephants = and horses; mahaa kiirtiH = and was very famous.
5.31.3
राजर्षीणां गुणश्रेष्ठस्तपसा चर्षिभिः समः |
चक्र वर्ति कुले जातः पुरम् दर समो बले ॥
"He was excellent in virtues among royal sages. He was equal to the seven sages in austerity. He was born in the lineage of emperors and was equivalent to Indra in prowess."
(He was) guNashreSThaH = excellent in virtues; raajarSiiNaam = among royal sages; samaH = equal to; R^iSibhiH = the (seven) sages; tapasaa = in austerity; jaataH = born; chakravarti kule = in the lineage of emperors; purandara samaH = and was equivalent to Indra; bale = in prowess.
5.31.4
अहिंसा रतिः अक्षुद्रो घृणी सत्य पराक्रमः |
मुख्यः च इक्ष्वाकु वंशस्य लक्ष्मीवाम्ल् लक्ष्मि
वर्धनः ॥
"He was keen on harmlessness. He was not vulgar. He was compassionate. He was truly mighty. He was an eminent king in Ikshvaku race. He was endowed with prosperity and was causing to increase prosperity."
(He was) ahinsaa ratiH = fond of harmlessness; akSudraH = not vulgar; ghR^iNii = compassionate; satya paraakramaH = truly mighty; mukhyashcha = eminent; ikSvaaku vamshashcha = in Ikshvaku race; lakSmiivaan = endowed of prosperity; lakSmivardhanah = and causing to increase prosperity.
5.31.5
पार्थिव व्यञ्जनैः युक्तः पृथु श्रीः पार्थिव ऋषभः |
पृथिव्याम् चतुः अन्तयाम् विश्रुतः सुखदः
सुखी ॥
"The king Dasaratha was endowed with royal characteristics, highly prosperous, excellent among kings and highly prosperous, excellent among kings and famous on earth with its four borders. He was happy man and gave happiness to others."
(He was) yuktaH = endowed; paarthiva vyaNjanaiH = with royal characteristics; pR^ithushrii = was highly prosperous; paarthivarSabhaH = excellent among kings; vishrutaH = famous; pR^ithivyaam = on earth; chaturantaayaam = with four borders; sukhadaH = gave happiness; sukhii = and was happy himself.
5.31.6
तस्य पुत्रः प्रियो ज्येष्ठः तारा अधिप निभ आननः |
रामो नाम विशेषज्ञः श्रेष्ठः सर्व धनुष्मताम्
॥
"There was an eldest son named Rama to that Dasaratha. Rama was beloved having a moon-like face. He, knows the distinctions among humans and others. He was excellent among all the wielders of the bow."
tasya = to that Dasaratha; jyeSTha putraH = (there was) an eldest son; raamo naama = named Rama priyaH = who was beloved; taaraadhipa nibhaananaH = having a face like a moon; visheSaJNaH = knowing distinctions (in humans and others); shreSThaH = and excellent; sarvadhanuSmataam = among all the wielders of the bow.
5.31.7
रक्षिता स्वस्य वृत्तस्य स्व जनस्य अपि रक्षिता |
रक्षिता जीव लोकस्य धर्मस्य च परम् तपः ॥
"That Rama who annihilates enemies, is a protector of his own mode of life, a protector of his own people, a protector of every living being and a protector of righteousness."
paramtapaH = (that Rama) who torments the enemies; rakSitaa = is a protector; svasya = his own; vR^ittasya = mode of life; rakSitaa = a protector; svajanasya = of his own people; rakSitaa = a protector; jiiva lokasya = of every living being; rakSitaa = and a protector; dharmatyacha = of righteousness.
5.31.8
तस्य सत्य अभिसंधस्य वृद्धस्य वचनात् पितुः |
सभार्यः सह च भ्रात्रा वीरः प्रव्रजितो वनम्
॥
"By the command of that Dasaratha, his old father and true-speaking man, that Rama a brave man went on exile to a forest along with his wife and brother."
vachanaat = by the words; tasya = of that Dasaratha; vR^iddhesayaa = his old; pituH = father; satyaabhisandhasya = a true speaking man; viiraH = that Rama; a brave man; a brave man; pravraajitaH = went on exile; vanam = to a forest; sa bhaaryaH = along with his wife; sahacha bhraatraa = and together with his brother.
5.31.9
तेन तत्र महाअरण्ये मृगयाम् परिधावता |
राक्षसा निहताः शूरा बहवः कामरूपिणः ॥
"While hunting in that forest, that Rama killed many demons who were valiant and who could assume any form at will."
paridhaavataa mR^igayaam = while hunting; tatra mahaaraNye = in that great forest; baharaH = many; raakSasaaH = demons; shuuraaH = who were valiant; kaama ruupiNaH = and who could assume any form at will; nihataaH = were killed; tena = by that Rama.
5.31.10
जन स्थान वधम् श्रुत्वा हतौ च खर दूषणौ |
ततः तु अमर्ष अपहृता जानकी रावणेन तु ॥वञ्चयित्वा वने रामं मृगरूपेण मायया |
"Thereafter, hearing about the killing of demons in Janasthana, a part of Dandaka forest, in addition to killing of Khara and Dushana the demons, the enraged Ravana took away, Seetha, by deceiving Rama in creating an illusive image of deer in the forest."
tataH = thereafter; shrutvaa = hearing; jana sthaana vadham = about the killing of demons in Janasthana a part of Dandaka forest; khara duuSaNau cha = Khara and Dushana the demons; hatau = having been killed; jaanakii = Seetha; amarSaapahR^itaa = was taken away with anger; raavaNena = by Ravana; vaNchayitvaa = by deceiving; mR^iga rupeNa = in the guise of a deer; raaman = Rama; vane = in the forest; maayayaa = and by creating illusion.
5.31.11
स मार्गमाणस्ताम् देवीम् रामः सीतामन्न्दिताम् ॥आससाद वने मित्रम् सुग्रीवम् नाम
वानरम् |
"Searching for Seetha the irreproachable lady, that Rama met a monkey called Sugreeva as his friend in the forest."
tataH = thereafter; saH raamaH = that Rama parapuramjayaH = the conqueror of enemys cities; mahaabalaH = and a very stron man; hatvaa = having killed; vaalinam = Vali; praayachchhat = gave away; tat = that; kapiraajyam = kingdom of monkeys; sugriivasya = to Sugreeva.
5.31.12
ततः स वालिनम् ह्त्वा रामः परपुरम्जयः ॥प्रायच्छत्कपिराज्यम् तत्सुग्रीवाय महाबलः
|
"Thereafter, Rama the conqueror of enemy's cities and very strong man, killed Vali and gave away that kingdom of monkeys to Sugreeva."
tataH = thereafter; saH raamaH = that Rama; parapuramjayaH = the conqueror of enemy's cities; mahaabalaH = and a very strong man; hatvaa = having killed; vaalinam = Vali; praayachchhat = gave away; tat = that; kapiraajyam = kingdom of monkeys; sugriivasya = to Sugreeva.
5.31.13
सुग्रीवेणापि संदिष्टा हरयः कामरूपिणः ॥दिक्षु सर्वासु ताम् देवीम् विचिन्न्वन्ति
सहस्रशः |
"As commanded and sent by Sugreeva, thousands of monkeys capable of assuming form at their will, are searching for that lady Seetha in all quarters of the earth."
samdiSTaaH = sent; sugriiveNa = by Sugreeva; sahasrashaH = thousands of; harayaH = monkeys; kaamaruupiNaH = capable of assuming any form at their will; vichinvanti = are searching; taam deviim = that lady; Seetha; sarvaasu dikSu = in all quarters.
5.31.14
अहम् सम्पातिवचनाच्छतयोजनमायतम् ॥अस्या हेतोर्विशालाक्ष्याः सागरं वेगवान् प्लुतः
|
"By the words of Sampati, I a swift monkey crossed the ocean having a length of one hundred yojanas for the sake of this broad eyed Seetha."
sampaati vachanaat = by the words of Sampati; aham = I; vegavaan = a swift monkey; plutaH = crossed; saagaram = the ocean; aayatam = having a length; shata yojanam = of one hundred Yojanas; asyaaH vishalaakSyaaH hetoH = for the sake of this broad eyed Seetha.
5.31.15
यथा रूपाम् यथा वर्णाम् यथा लक्ष्मीम् विनिश्चिताम् ॥अश्रौषम् राघवस्य अहम् सा इयम्
आसादिता मया |
"This Seetha has been found by me according to the same comeliness, complexion and the bodily marks as I had heard from Rama."
iyam = this Seetha; asaaditaa = has been found; mayaa = by me; yathaa ruupaam = according to the comeliness; yathaa varNaam = according to the complexion; yathaa lakSmavatiimcha = and according to the bodily marks; saa = the same; aham = I; taam = that Seetha; ashrauSam- had heard; raaghavasya = from Rama.
5.31.16
विरराम एवम् उक्त्वा असौ वाचम् वानर पुम्गवः ॥जानकी च अपि तत् श्रुत्वा विस्मयम्
परमम् गता |
Having spoken these words, Hanuma kept quiet. Hearing those words, Seetha too got a great surprise.
uktvaa = speaking; vaacham = the words; evam = thus; asau = that; vaanarapuNgavaH = Hanuma; the excellent among the monkeys; viraraama = kept quiet; shrutvaa = hearing; tat = those words; jaanakiicha api = Seetha also; aagataa = got; param = a great; vismayam = surprise.
5.31.17
ततः सा वक्र केश अन्ता सुकेशी केश सम्वृतम् ॥उन्नम्य वदनम् भीरुः शिंशपा वृक्षम्
ऐक्षत |
Thereafter, that Seetha whose consciousness was enshrouded by affliction, whose hair-ends were curved and who was of a fearful nature, lifted her face and looked towards Shimshupa tree.
tataH = then; saa = that Seetha; klesha samvR^ita chetanaa = whose conciousness was enshrouded by affliction; vakra keshaantaa = whose hair-ends were curved; bhiiruH = and who was of fearful nature; unnamya = lifted; vadanam = her face; aikSata = and looked towards; shimsupaavR^ikSam = shimshupa tree.
5.31.18
निशम्य सीता वचनम् कपेश्च |
दिशश्च सर्वाः प्रदिशश्च वीक्ष्य |
स्वयम् प्रहर्षं परमं जगाम
|
सर्वात्मना राममनुस्मरन्ती ॥
Hearing Hanuma's words and looking at all quarters and sub-quarters, Seetha was recollecting Rama in all ways and obtained a great joy.
nishamya = heaving; kapaH = Hanuma's; vachanam = words; viikSya = and seeing; sarvaaH = all; dishashcha = quarters; pradishashcha = and sub-quarters; siitaa = Seetha; anusmarantii = was recollecting; raamam = Rama; sarvaatmanaa = in all ways; jagaama = and obtained; paramam = a great; praharSam = joy.
5.31.19
सा तिर्यग् ऊर्ध्वम् च तथा अपि अधस्तान् |
निरीक्षमाणा तम् अचिन्त्य बुद्धिम् |
ददर्श पिन्ग
अधिपतेः अमात्यम् |
वात आत्मजम् सूर्यम् इव उदयस्थम् ॥
Looking at sides, up and down, that Seetha saw that Hanuman, the sun of wind-god, having an unimaginable intelligence, the minister of Sugreeva and looking like the sun behind an eastern mountain.
niriikSamaaNaa = looking at; tiryak = sides; uurdhavam cha = up; tathaapi = and; adhastaat = down; saa = that Seetha; dadarsha = saw; vaataatmajam = that Hanuman; of wind-God the sun; achintya buddhim = having an unimaginable intelligence; amaatyam = the minister; piNgaadhipate = of Sugreeva; suuryamiva = resembling the sun; udayastham = behind an eastern mountain.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे एकत्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 32
5.32.1
ततः शाखा अन्तरे लीनम् दृष्ट्वा चलित मानसा |
वेष्टितार्जुनवस्त्रम् तं विद्युत्सम्घातपिङ्गलम्
|| ॥
Then, seeing Hanuma, who was tawny coloured like a series of flashing thunderbolts wrapped up in a white cloth and hiding behind the branches of a tree, Seetha had her mind shaken.
tataH = then; (Seetha); chalita maanasaa = had her mind shaken; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tam = that Hanuma; vidyutsanghaata piV^galam = who was tawny coloured; vidyutsanghaata = like a series of flashing thunder bolts; veSTitaarjuna vastram = and wrapped up in a white cloth; liinam = hiding; shaakhaantare = behind branches of Seetha beheld there a monkey.
5.32.2
सा ददर्श कपिम् तत्र प्रश्रितम् प्रिय वादिनम् |
पुल्लाशोकोत्कराभासम् तप्तचामिकरेक्षणम् ||
॥
Seetha beheld there a monkey, beaming like a cluster of Ashoka flowers wide opened, with his eyes resembling regined gold, humble and speaking agreeable words.
naa = that Seetha; dadarsha = beheld; tatra = there; kapim = a monkey; phulla shokotkaraabhaasam = beaming like a cluster of Ashoka flowers wide opened; tapta chaamiikarekSaNam = with his eyes resembling refined gold; prashritam = humble; priya vaadinam = and speaking agreeably.
5.32.3
मैथिली चिन्तयामास स्वप्नो अयम् इति भामिनी |
अहो भीममिदं रूपं वानरस्य दुरासदम् ॥दुर्निरीक्षमिति ज्ञात्वा पुनरेव मुमोह सा |
Seetha got a great surprise and thought (as follows): "Alas! This monkey is hard to be approached, fearful and difficult to be looked at." Thus thinking, she was bewildered again.
maithilii = Seetha; gataa = got; paramam = a great; vismayam = surise; chintayaamaasa = and thought (as follows): aho = Alas!; idam = this; ruupam = appearance; vaanarasya = of the monkey; duraasadam = is hard to be approached; bhiimama = fearful; durniriikSam = and difficult to be looked at; iti = thus; jJNaatvaa = thinking; saa = she; mumoha = was bewildered; punareva = again.
5.32.4
विललाप भृशं सीता करुणम् भयमोहिता ॥रामरामेति दुःखार्ता लक्ष्मणेति च भामिनी |
रुरोद बहुधा सीता मन्दम् मन्दस्वरा सती ॥
The splendid woman Seetha, bewildered by fear and afflicted with grief, lamented most piteously saying "O, Rama! O, Rama! and "O Lakshmana!". Seetha wept faintly in a low voice in many ways.
4; 5. siitaa = Seetha; bhaaminii = the splendid woman; bhaya mohitaa = bewildered by fear; duHkhaartaa = afflicted with grief; vilalaapa = lamented; bhR^isham = most; karuNam = piteously; raama raameti = saying O; Rama! O; Rama!; lakSmaNeti cha = and O Lakshmana; siitaa = Seetha; rurode = wept; mandam = faintly; mandasvaraa = satii = in a low voice; bahudhaa = in many ways.
5.32.6
सा तम् दृष्ट्वा हरिश्रेष्ठं विनीतवदुपस्थितम् |
मैथिली चिन्तयामास स्वप्नोऽयमिति भामिनी ॥
Seeing that excellent monkey appraching humbly, that splendid woman Seetha thought it as a dream.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tam = that; harishreSTham = excellent monkey; upasthitam = appraoching; viniitavat = humbly; saa = that; bhaaminii = splendid woman; maithilii = Seetha; chintayaamaasa = thought; ayam = it; iti = as; svapnaH = a dream.
5.32.7
सा वीक्षमाणा पृथुभुग्नवक्त्रं शाखामृगेन्द्रस्य यथोक्तकारम् |
ददर्श पिङ्गप्रवरं महार्हं
वातात्मजं बुद्धिमतां वरिष्ठम् ॥
Seetha, looking hither and thither, saw Hanuman, who was having a wide and curved mouth, doing acts as told by sugreeva the king of monkeys, the foremost of monkeys, greatly adored and the best among the inelligent.
saa = that Seetha; viikSamaaNaa = looking hither and thither; dadarsha = saw; vaataatmajam = Hanuma; pR^ithubhngnavaktram = who had wide and curved mouth; yathokta kaaram = doing as told; shaakhaamR^igendrasya = by Sugreeva the king of monkeys; piN^ga pravaram = the foremost of monkeys; mahaarham = greatly respectable; variSTham = and excellent; buddhimataam = among the intelligent.
5.32.8
सा तम् समीक्ष्य एव भृशम् विसम्ज्ञा गत असु कल्पा इव बभूव सीता |
चिरेण सम्ज्ञाम् प्रतिलभ्य
चैव चैव विचिन्तयामास विशाल नेत्रा ॥
As soon as seeing Hanuma Seetha lost her consciousness very much and became seemingly lifeless. Regaining her consciousness after a long time the wide eyed Seetha moreover thought (as follows)
samiikSyaiva = as soon as seeing; tam = that Hanuma; saa siitaa = that Seetha; visamjNaaa = lost her consciousness; bhR^isham = very much; babhuuva = and became; gataasmkalpena = as though lifeless; pratilabhya = regaining; samjJNaam = her cnciousness; chireNa = after a long time; vishaala netraa = the wide-eyed Seetha; bhuuyaH = again; vichintayaamaasa = thought (as follows).
5.32.9
स्वप्नो मया अयम् विकृतो अद्य दृष्टः शाखा मृगः शास्त्र गणैः निषिद्धः |
स्वस्ति अस्तु रामाय
सलक्ष्मणाय तथा पितुः मे जनकस्य राज्ञः ॥
"Today, I saw an ugly monkey in my dream, which is forbidden according to a body of scriptures. May it be well with Rama together with Lakshmana and with my father, King Janaka.
adya = today; shaakhaamR^igaH = a monkey; vikR^itaH = in an ugly form; dR^iSTaH = was seen; mayaa = by me; svapne = in a dream; niSiddhaH = which is forbidden; shaastragaNaiH = according to a series of scriptures; svasti astu = May it be well; raamaaya = with Rama; salakSmaNaaya = together with Lakshmana; tathaa = and; together with Lakshmana; tathaa = and; me pituH = with my father; janakasya raajJNaH = king Janaka.
5.32.10
स्वप्नो अपि न अयम् न हि मे अस्ति निद्रा |
शोकेन दुह्खेन च पीडितायाः |
सुखम् हि मे न
अस्ति यतो अस्मि हीना |
तेन इन्दु पूर्ण प्रतिम आननेन ॥
"This is not a dream. To me, tormented by sorrow and grief, there is indeed no sleep. To me, separated from Rama whose countenance resembles a full moon, there is no happiness indeed!"
ayam = this; na asti = is not; svapno.api = a dream too; me = to me; yataH = since; piiDitaayaaH = tormented; shokena = by sorrow; duHkhena cha = and grief; naasti hi nidraa = there is indeed no sleep; me = to me; asmi = who is; hiinaa = bereft; tena = of Rama; indu puurNa pratimaana nena = whose countenance resembles a full moon; naasti hi = there is indeed no; sukham = happiness.
5.32.11
रामेति रामेति सदैव बुद्ध्या विचिन्त्या वाचा ब्रुवती तमेव |
तस्यानुरूपं च कथां तदर्था मेवं
प्रपश्यामि तथा शृणोमि ॥
"Since I am pondering with my mind about that Rama only, and always saying 'Rama! Rama!' thus, confomably I am seeing and hearing a story thus corresponding to he same thought."
vichintya = (since) I am thinking; buddhyaa = with intellect; tameva = (about) that Rama only; bruvatii = and saying; vaachaa = in my voice; raameti raameti = thus 'Rama! Rama!'; sadaiva = always; anuruupam = conformably; prapashyaami = I am seeing; tathaa = and; shR^iNomi = hearing; kathaam = story; evam = in this way; tadarthaam = with the same object.
5.32.12
अहम् हि तस्य अद्य मनो भवेन सम्पीडिता तत् गत सर्व भावा |
विचिन्तयन्ती सततम् तम् एव तथैव
पश्यामि तथा शृणोमि ॥
"Tormented as I am today by manmatha god of love longing for Rama, my whole feelings directed towards him and constantly thinking of him alone, in the like manner I am seeing him and in the like manner i am hearing of him alone."
sampiiDitaa = tormented; adya = today; manobhavena = by Manmatha; the god of love; tasya = about that Rama; tadgata sarva bhaavaa = having all my feelings directed towards him; vichintayantii = and thinking; satatam = always; tameva = about him; tathaiva = in the like manner; aham pashyaami = I am seeing; tathaiva = and in the like manner; shR^iNomi = I am hearing (the same matters).
5.32.13
मनो रथः स्यात् इति चिन्तयामि |
तथा अपि बुद्ध्या च वितर्कयामि |
किम् कारणम् तस्य हि न
अस्ति रूपम् |
सुव्यक्त रूपः च वदति अयम् माम् ॥
"I am imagining that my wish will be fulfilled. Likewise, I am reasoning my wish by my intellect also. There is no concrete form indeed for my wish. He, with a well manifested form is speaking to me. for what reason?"
chintayaami = I am imagining; iti = that; manorathaH = my wish; syaat = will be fulfilled; tathaa = likewise; vitarkayaami = I am reasoning (it); buddhyaapi cha = by my intellect also; naasti hi = there is indeed no; ruupam = form; tasya = for that wish; ayam = He; suvyakta ruupaH = with a well-manifested form; vadati = is speaking; maam = about me; kim = what; kaaraNaam = is the reason?
5.32.14
नमो अस्तु वाचः पतये सवज्रिणे स्वयम्भुवे चैव हुत अशनाय |
अनेन च उक्तम् यत् इदम् मम अग्रतो
वन ओकसा तच् च तथा अस्तु न अन्यथा ॥
"My salutation to Brihaspati the Lord of eloquence, together with Indra the wielder of a thunderbolt, to Brahma the self-existent Lord and to the Lord of Fire eating the oblations! Let whatever words spoken by this monkey be true! Let them not be untrue!"
namaH = my salutation; vaachaspataye = to Brihaspati the lord of eloquence; savajriNe = together with Indra; wielding a thunderbolt; svayambhuve chaiva = to Brahma; the self-existent Lord; hutaashanaaya cha = and to the Lord of fire; eating the oblations; yat = whatever; idam = these words; uktam = are spoken; agrataH = before me; anena vanaukasaa = by this monkey; astu = let them be so; tat astu = let it be so; tathaa = in the like manner; na anyathaa = let it not be otherwise!.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे द्वात्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 33
5.33.1
सोऽवतीर्य द्रुमात्तस्माद्विद्रुमप्रतिमाननः |
विनीतवेषः कृपणः प्रणिपत्योपसृत्य च ॥ताम् अब्रवीन् महातेजा हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
शिरसि अञ्जलिम् आधाय सीताम् मधुरया गिरा ॥
That Hanuma, with coral-coloured face, very bright, the son of wind-god, wearing a humble and feeble look, approached Seetha by stepping down from the tree and offered her his salutation by keeping his joined palms on his head and spoke the following sweet words:
1; 2. saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; vidruma prati maana naH = with coral-coloured countenance; mahaa tejaa = very bright; maarutaatmajaH = and the so of wind-god; viniita veSaH = with a humble look; kR^ipaNaH = and feeble; upasR^itya = approached; taam siitaam = that Seetha; praNipatya = offered his salutation; aadhaaya = by keeping; aN^jalim = his joined palms; shirasi = on his head; abraviit = and spoke; (the following); madhurayaa = sweet; giraa = words.
5.33.3
का नु पद्म पलाश अक्षी क्लिष्ट कौशेय वासिनी |
द्रुमस्य शाखाम् आलम्ब्य तिष्ठसि त्वम् अनिन्दिता
॥
"O Lady with your eyes resembling lotus leaves, wearing a worn out silken cloth! O, the irreproachable one! You have stood, holding by the hand a branch of the tree who are you?"
padma palaashakSi = O Lady with your eyes resembling lotus leaves!; kliSTa kaushaya vaasini = wearing worn-out sila cloth; anindita = O the irreproachable one! tiSThasi = you have stood aalambya = taking by the hand; shaakhaam = a branch; drumasya = of the tree; kaanu = who are you?
5.33.4
किम् अर्थम् तव नेत्राभ्याम् वारि स्रवति शोकजम् |
पुण्डरीक पलाशाभ्याम् विप्रकीर्णम् इव उदकम्
॥
"Tears of sorrow are gushing down from your eyes, as water is scattered down from two lotus-petals. Why?"
vaari shokajam = tears of sorrow; sravati = are gushing down; tava = from you; netraabhyaam = eyes; udakam = as water; viprakirNam = scattered down; puNDariika palaashaabhyaam = from two lotus petals; kimartham = why?
5.33.5
सुराणाम् असुराणाम् च नाग गन्धर्व रक्षसाम् |
यक्षाणाम् किम्नराणाम् च का त्वम् भवसि शोभने
॥
"O auspicious lady! In whom are you born-whether in celestials or in ogres or in serpent-demons or in celestial musicians or in demons or in semi-divine beings or in mythical beings?"
shobhane = O auspicious lady!; kaa = In whom; tvam = are you; bhavasi = born; suraaNaam = whether in celestials; asuraaNaam vaa = or in ogres; naaga gandharvarakSasaam = or in serpent-demons or in celestial musicians or in demons; yakSaaNaam = or in semi-divine being; kimnaraaNaam = or in mythical beings.
5.33.6
का त्वम् भवसि रुद्राणाम् मरुताम् वा वर आनने |
वसूनाम् वा वर आरोहे देवता प्रतिभासि मे ॥
"O lovely-faced woman! Who are you among eleven Rudras who bestow strength, or among Maruts the storm-gods or among eight Vasus the beneficent gods? O Handsome lady with fine hips! You appear to me as a deity."
varaanane = O Lovely faced woman!; kaa = who; bhavasi = are ; tvam- you; rudraaNaam = among eleven Rudras; who; marutaam vaa = or among Maruts the storm-gods; vasuunaam = or among eight Vasus; the beneficient gods?; varaarohe = O handsome lady with fine hips!; me = to me; pratibhaasi = you appear; devataa = as a deity.
5.33.7
किम् नु चन्द्रमसा हीना पतिता विबुध आलयात् |
रोहिणी ज्योतिषाम् श्रेष्ठा श्रेष्ठा सर्व गुण
अन्विता ॥
"Are you Rohini, endowed with all the best qualities, fallen from heaven, left behind by moon and excellent among stars."
rohiNiikimvaa = Are you Rohini; shreSTha sarva guNaanvitaa = endowed with all excellent qualities; patitaa = fallen; vibudhaalayaat = from heaven; hiinaa = left behind; chandramasaa = by moon; shreSThaa = excellent; jyotiSaam = among stars.
5.33.8
कोपात् वा यदि वा मोहात् भर्तारम् असित ईक्षणा ॥वसिष्ठम् कोपयित्वा त्वम् न असि कल्याणि
अरुन्धती |
"O dark-eyed lady! Are you not the auspicious Arundhati, who irritated her husband, Vasishta the sage either by anger or by error?"
asitekSaNe = O dark eyed lady!; tvam naasi = are you not; kalyaaNii = the auspicious; arundhati = Arundhati; kopayitvaa = who irritated; vasiSTham = the sage Vasishta; bhartaaram = her husband; kopaadvaa yadivaa = either by anger.
5.33.9
को नु पुत्रः पिता भ्रात भर्ता वा ते सुमध्यमे ॥अस्माल् लोकात् अमुम् लोकम् गतम्
त्वम् अनुशोचसि |
"O the slender waisted lady! You seem to be lamenting over someone who died is he your son, or father or brother or husband."
sumadhyame = O the slender waisted lady!; tvam = you; anushochasi = seem to be lamenting; gatam = (about someone) who has gone; asmaat = from thus; lokaat = world; amum lokam = to the other world; te = your; putraH son; pitaa = father; bhraataa = brother; bhartaa vaa = or your husband?
5.33.10
रोदनादतिनिःश्वासाद्भूमिसंस्पर्शनादपि ॥न त्वाम् देवीमहम् मन्ये राज्ञः संज्ञावधारणात्
|
"You are lamenting. You are sighing a lot. You are touching the earth. You have royal insignia in you. According to these things, I do not consider you as a divine woman."
rodanaat = for you lamenting; atiniH shvaasaat = for you long sighs; bhuumi sam sparshanaadapi = also for your touching of the earth; samjJNaavadharaNaat = for holding the signs; raajJNaH = of a king; aham = I; na manye = do not think; tvaam = you; deviim = as a divine woman.
5.33.11
व्यञ्जनानि हि ते यानि लक्षणानि च लक्षये ॥महिषी भूमि पालस्य राज कन्या असि मे मता
|
"Based on the marks on your person and your bodily characteristics, I believe you to be a queen of an emperor and the daughter of a king."
yaani = which; vyaN^janaani = marks on your person; te lakSaNaamcha = and your form; lakSaye = I see; (according to that); me = to me; mataa = (your are) believed to be; mahiSii = a queen; bhuumipaalasya = of an emperor; raaja kanyaacha = and a king's daughter.
5.33.12
रावणेन जन स्थानात् बलात् अपहृता यदि ॥सीता त्वम् असि भद्रम् ते तन् मम आचक्ष्व
पृच्छतः |
"If you are Seetha stolen per force by Ravana from Janasthana, tell it to me who is asking if you please!"
asi yadi tvam = If you; siitaa = are Seetha; apahR^itaa = stolen; balaat = by force; raavaNena = by Ravana; janasthaanaat = from Janasthana; aachakSya = tell; tat = it; mama = to me; pR^ichchhataH = who is asking; bhadram te = if you please."
5.33.13
यथा हि तव वैदैन्यम् रूपम् चाप्यतिमानुषम् ॥तपसा चान्वितो वेषस्त्वं राममहिषी ध्रुवम्
|
"According to your miserable state, the super-human beautiful figure and your costume endowed with austerity, surely you are Rama's wife."
yathaa = according to; tava = your; dainyam = miserable state; ruupam cha = the (beautiful) figure; atimaanuSam = which is super-human; veSaH = your costume; anvitaH = endowed with; tapasaa = austerity; dhruvam = surely; tvam = you are; raama mahiSii = Rama's wife."
5.33.14
सा तस्य वचनम् श्रुत्वा राम कीर्तन हर्षिता ॥उवाच वाक्यम् वैदेही हनूमन्तम् द्रुम
आश्रितम् |
Hearing his words, Seetha was delighted of Rama's mention and spoke the following words to Hanuma, who was dwelling on a tree.
shrutvaa = hearing; tasya = his; vachanam = words; saa vaidehii = that Seetha; raama kiirthana harSitaa = was delighted of Rama's mention; uvaacha = and spoke; vaakyam = (the following) words; hanumantam = to Hanuma; drumaashritam = who was dwelling on a tree.
5.33.15
पृथिव्यां राजसिंहानां मुख्यस्य विदितात्मनः ॥स्नुषा दशरथस्याहम् शत्रुसैन्यप्रतापिनः
|
"I am the daughter-in-law of Dasaratha, eminent among the excellent kings on earth, who understands the nature of the spirit and who torments the army of the adversary."
aham = I; snuSaa = am the daughter-in-law; dasharathasya = of Dasaratha; mukhyasya = the eminent; raaja simhaanaam = among the excellent kings; pR^ithi vyaam = on earth; viditaatmanaH = who understands the nature of the spirit; shatrusainya prataapinaH = and who torments the army of the adversary.
5.33.16
दुहिता जनकस्य अहम् वैदेहस्य महात्मनः ॥सीता च नाम नाम्ना अहम् भार्या रामस्य धीमतः
|
"I am the daughter of the noble-natured Janaka, the king of Videha kingdom. I am know.
aham = I; duhitaa = am the daughter; janakasya = of Janaka; vaidehasya = the king of Videha kingdom; mahaatmanaH = having a noble nature; Seetha; naamnaa = by name; bhaaryaa = and wife; raamasya = of Rama; dhiimataH = the wise man.
5.33.17
समा द्वादश तत्र अहम् राघवस्य निवेशने ॥भुन्जाना मानुषान् भोगान् सर्व काम समृद्धिनी
|
"I stayed in Rama's house there for twelve years, enjoying the worldly pleasures belonging to human kind and fulfilling all my desires."
aham = I; (stayed); tatra = there; raaghavasya = in Rama's; niveshane = house; dvaadasha = for twelve; samaaH = years; bhuJNaanaa = enjoying; bhogaan = the worldly pleasures; maanuSaan = belonging to mankind; sarvakaama samR^iddhinii = and fulfilling all the desires.
5.33.18
ततः त्रयोदशे वर्षे राज्येन इक्ष्वाकु नन्दनम् ॥अभिषेचयितुम् राजा स उपाध्यायः प्रचक्रमे
|
"Thereafter, in the thirteenth year, King Dasaratha along with his preceptors started to perform anointment of the kingdom to Rama, a celebrity of Ikshvaku dynasty."
tataH = thereafter; trayodashe varSe = in the thirteenth year; raajaa = the king Dasaratha; sopaadhyaayaH = along with his preceptors; prachakrame = started; abhiSechayitum = to; anointment; raajyena = of; the kingdom; ikSvaakunandanam = to Rama; a celebrity of Ikshvaku dynasty.
5.33.19
तस्मिन् सम्भ्रियमाणे तु राघवस्य अभिषेचने ॥कैकेयी नाम भर्तारम् देवी वचनम् अब्रवीत्
|
"While that anointment of Rama was being arranged, a queen called Kaikeyi spoke the following words to Dasaratha, her husband.
tasmin = (While) that; abhiSechane = anointment; raaghavasya = of Rama; sambhriyamaaNe = was being arranged; devii = a queen; kaikeyii naama = called Kaikeyi; abraviit = spoke; vachanam = the (following) words; bhartaaram = to Dasaratha; her husband.
5.33.20
न पिबेयम् न खादेयम् प्रत्यहम् मम भोजनम् ॥एष मे जीवितस्य अन्तो रामो यदि अभिषिच्यते
|
"If Rama gets anointed for the kingdom, from now onwards, I shall neither drink water nor take my food daily. This is the end to my life."
raamaH yadi abhiSichyate = If Rama gets anointed; na pibeyam = I shall not drink water; na khaadeyam = I shall not eat; mama = my; bhojanam = food; pratyaham = daily; eSaH = this is; antaH = the end; me = to my; jiivitasya = life.
5.33.21
यत् तत् उक्तम् त्वया वाक्यम् प्रीत्या नृपति सत्तम ॥तच् चेन् न वितथम् कार्यम्
वनम् गच्छतु राघवः |
"O the excellent king! If that word of pledge was uttered affectionately by you and if it is not going to be a waste, let Rama go to the forest."
nR^ipatisattama = O the excellent king!; yat = which; tat vaakyam = that word; uktam = was uttered; tvayaa = by you; priityaa = with affection; tat yadi = and if that; na kaaryam = for waste; raaghavaH = (let) Rama; gachchatu = go; vanam = to the forest.
5.33.22
स राजा सत्य वाग् देव्या वर दानम् अनुस्मरन् ॥मुमोह वचनम् श्रुत्वा कैकेय्याः क्रूरम्
अप्रियम् |
"Hearing the cruel and the disagreeable words of Kaikeyi and recollecting the boon given to the queen, King Dasaratha who was true to his word, fell unconscious.
shrutvaa = hearing; kruuram = the cruel; apriyam = and the disagreeable; vachanam = words; kaikeyyaaH = of Kaikeyi; anusmaram = and recollecting; varadaanam = the boon given; devyaaH = to the queen; saH raajaa = that king; satyaraak = who was true to his word; mumoha = became unconscious.
5.33.23
ततः तु स्थविरो राजा सत्य धर्मे व्यवस्थितः ॥ज्येष्ठम् यशस्विनम् पुत्रम् रुदन्
राज्यम् अयाचत |
"Then, the aged king, who was firmly established in truth and righteousness, regretfully asked his illustrious eldest son to give back the kingdom, which he bestowed him earlier."
tataH = then; sthaviraH = the aged; raajaa = king; vyavasthitaH = who was firmly established; satye = in truth; dharme = and righteousness; rudan = while weeping; ayaachat = asked for ; raajyam = the kingdom; yashasvinam = from his illustrious; jyeSTham = eldest; putram = son.
5.33.24
स पितुः वचनम् श्रीमान् अभिषेकात् परम् प्रियम् ॥मनसा पूर्वम् आसाद्य वाचा प्रतिगृहीतवान्
|
"That glorious Rama first admitted his father's words in mind, considering them more dearer than his anointment to the kingdom and accepted them with his word."
shriimaan = the glorious; saH = that Rama; puurvam = first; aasaadya = admitted; pituH = his father's; vachanam = words; manasaa = in mind; param priyam = more dearer; abhiSekaat = than his anointment to the kingdom; pratigR^ihiitavaan = and accepted (them); vaachaa = with his word.
5.33.25
दद्यान् न प्रतिगृह्णीयान् न ब्रूयत् किंचित् अप्रियम् ॥अपि जीवित हेतोः हि रामः
सत्य पराक्रमः |
"The truly courageous Rama always gives anything to others and does not take anything from others. He does not speak just a little of a disagreeable word even for the cause of his life."
raamaH = Rama; satya paraakramaH = the truly courageous man; dadyaat = (always) gives (to others) na pratigR^ihNiiyaat = and does not take (from others); na bruuyaat = (He) does not speak; kimchit = even a little; apriyam = of disagreeable word; api jiivita hetorvaa = even for the cause of his life.
5.33.26
स विहाय उत्तरीयाणि महाअर्हाणि महायशाः ॥विसृज्य मनसा राज्यम् जनन्यै माम् समादिशत्
|
"Leaving behind his greatly valuable outer garments and wearing garments made of bark, that highly illustrious Rama gave up his kingdom willingly and assigned me to his mother."
vihaaya = leaving behind; mahaarhaaNi = greatly valuable; uttariiyaaNi = outer garments; (and wearing garments made of bark); saH = that Rama; mahaayashaaH = the highly illustrious one; visR^ijya = gave up; raajyam = his kingdom; manasaa = intentionally; samaadishat = (and) assigned; maam = me; jananyai = to his mother.
5.33.27
सा अहम् तस्य अग्रतः तूर्णम् प्रस्थिता वन चारिणी ॥न हि मे तेन हीनाया वासः स्वर्गे
अपि रोचते |
"To me bereft of him, residing even in heaven does not indeed give pleasure. I, as such, decided to proceed to the forest and soon was ready to start even ahead of Rama."
hiinaayaaH = bereft; tena = of him; vaasaH = dwelling; svarge.api = even in heaven; na rochate hi = does not indeed give pleasure; saa aham = I; as such; vana chaariNii = (decided) to proceed to the forest; tuurNam = and soon; prasthitaa = was ready to start; agrataH = (even) ahead; tasya = of that Rama.
5.33.28
प्राग् एव तु महाभागः सौमित्रिः मित्र नन्दनः ॥पूर्वजस्य अनुयात्रा अर्थे द्रुम
चीरैः अलम्कृतः |
"Adorned with clothes of bark, the illustrious Lakshmana, the rejoice of his friends, got ready to follow his elder brother even before (me)."
saumitriH = Lakshmana; mahaabhaagaH = the illustrious man; mitra nandanaH = the rejoice of his friends; anuyaatraarthe = for the purpose of following; puurvajasya = of his elder brother; alamkR^itaH = adorned; praageva = even before (me).
5.33.29
ते वयम् भर्तुः आदेशम् बहु मान्य दृढ व्रताः ॥प्रविष्टाः स्म पुरात् दृष्टम् वनम्
गम्भीर दर्शनम् |
"Obeying respectfully the command of Lord Dasaratha, we as such with a firm resolution, entered the forest, which we have never seen before and which was deep and profound in appearance."
bahumaanya = obeying respectfully; aadesham = the command; bhartuH = of Lord Dasaratha; vayam = we; te = as such; dR^iDhavrataaH = firm in our resolution; praviSTaaH = smaH = entered; vanam = the forest; adR^iSTam = not seen; puraa = before; gambhiira darshanam = with its deep and profound appearance.
5.33.30
वसतो दण्डक अरण्ये तस्य अहम् अमित ओजसः ॥रक्षसा अपहृता भार्या रावणेन दुरात्मना
|
While Rama of great vigour was dwelling in the forest of Dandaka, the evil-minded demon, Ravana took me, Rama's wife, away."
aham = I; bhaaryaa = the wife; tasya = of Rama; amitaujasaH = of great vigour; vasataH = dwelling; daN^DakaaraNya = in the forest of Dandaka; apahR^itaa = was taken away; raavaNena = by Ravana; rakSasaa duraatmanaa = the evil-minded demon.
5.33.31
द्वौ मासौ तेन मे कालो जीवित अनुग्रहः कृतः ॥ऊर्ध्वम् द्वाभ्याम् तु मासाभ्याम्
ततः त्यक्ष्यामि जीवितम् |
"A period of two months of survival-benefit has been given to me by him. For that reason, after the said two months, I shall give up my life."
me = to me; dvau = two; maasau = months; jiivitaanugrahaH = of favour of survived; kR^itaH = have been given; tena = by him; tataH = for that reason; uurdhvam = after; dvaabhyaam = two; maasaabhyaam = months; tyakSyaami = I shall give up; jiivitam = my life.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे त्रयस्त्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 34
5.34.1
तस्याः तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा हनूमान् हरि यूथपः |
दुह्खात् दुह्ख अभिभूतायाः सान्तम् उत्तरम्
अब्रवीत् ॥
Hearing those words of Seetha who was overthrown from one grief to another, Hanuma the best of monkeys gave the following reply in a kindly and affectionate manner.
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = that; vachanam = speech; tasyaaH = of that Seetha; duHkhaat duHkhaabhibhuutayaaH = who was overthrown from one grief to another; hanumaan = Hanumaan; haripuN^gavaH = the best of monkeys; abraviit = spoke; saantvam = in a kindly and affectionate; uttaram = reply.
5.34.2
अहम् रामस्य संदेशात् देवि दूतः तव आगतः |
वैदेहि कुशली रामः त्वाम् च कौशलम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"O Seetha the daughter of the king of Videha Kingdom! I have come here as your messenger on Rama's directions. The virtuous Rama enquired about your welfare too."
devii = O princess; vaidehi = Seetha; the daughter of the king of Videha Kingdom!; aham = I; aagataH = have come; tava duutaH = as your messenger; raamasya sandeshaat = on the direction of Rama; kusalii = the virtuous; raamaH = Rama; abraviit = enquired; tvaamcha kushalam = about your welfare too.
5.34.3
यो ब्राह्मम् अस्त्रम् वेदान् च वेद वेदविदाम् वरः |
स त्वाम् दाशरथी रामो देवि कौशलम् अब्रवीत्
॥
"O Divine Lady! Rama the son of Dasaratha, who is excellent among the knowers of Veda and who knows Brahma's missile (a mythical weapon which deals infallible destruction) and Vedas the sacred knowledge, enquired about your welfare."
devii = O divine lady! saH = such; raamaH = Rama; daasharathiH = the son of Dasaratha; yaH = who; varaH = is excellent; veda vidaam = among the knower of Veda; veda = and who knows; brahmam astram = Brahma's missile (a mythical weapon which deals infallible destruction); vedaamshcha = and Vedas the sacred knowledge; abraviit = enquired; tvaam = you; kaushalam = about your welfare.
5.34.4
लक्ष्मणः च महातेजा भर्तुः ते अनुचरः प्रियः |
कृतवान् शोक सम्तप्तः शिरसा ते अभिवादनम् ॥
"Also the greatly splendourous Lakshmana, the favourite brother and the follower of your husband, himself tormented with grief, performed salutation to you by bowing his head."
lakSmaNashcha = also Lakshmana; mahaatejaaH = having a great splendour; priyaH = the favourite brother; anucharaH = and the follower; te bhartuH = of your husband; shoka santaptaH = tormented with grief; kR^itavaan = performed; te abhivaadanam = salutation to you; shirasaa = with his head.
5.34.5
सा तयोः कुशलम् देवी निशम्य नर सिम्हयोः |
प्रीति सम्हृष्ट सर्व अन्गी हनूमान्तम् अथ अब्रवीत्
॥
Hearing that news of welfare of Rama and Lakshmana the excellent of men, the divine lady, with all her limbs thrilled with joy, spoke to Hanuma (as follows):
nishamya = hearing; tayoH = that; kushalam = (news of) welfare; narasimhayoH = of Rama and Lakshmana the excellent among men; saa devii = that divine lady; Seetha; priiti samhR^iSTa sarvaaNgii = with all her limbs thrilled with joy; atha = then; abraviit = spoke; hanumantam = to Hanuma (as follows).
5.34.6
कल्याणी बत गथा इयम् लौकिकी प्रतिभाति मे |
एहि जीवन्तम् आनदो नरम् वर्ष शतात् अपि ॥
" 'Joy rushes to surviving man even though (it be) as the end of a hundred years' - this popular adage appears true and and auspicious for me."
aanandaH = joy; eti = rushes; jiivantam- to surviving; naram = man; varSashataadapi = even though (it be) at the end of a hundred years; iyam = this; laukikiir = wordly; gaathaa = adage; pratibhaati = appears; kalyaaNi = auspicious; maa = to me.
5.34.7
तयोः समागमे तस्मिन् प्रीतिः उत्पादिता अद्भुता |
परस्परेण च आलापम् विश्वस्तौ तौ प्रचक्रतुः
॥
Seetha showed wonderful friendly disposition towards Hanuma who approached her. Both of them also conversed with each other in full confidence.
tasmin = In that Hanuma; samaagate = who approached (her); adbhutaa = a wonderful; priitiH = friendly disposition; utpaaditaa = was brought forth; tayaa = by her; tau = the two of them; vishvastau = with full of confidence; chakratuH = made; aalaapamcha = conversation; paraspareNa = with each other.
5.34.8
तस्याः तत् वचनम् श्रुत्वा हनूमान् हरि यूथपः |
सीतायाः शोक दीनायाः समीपम् उपचक्रमे ॥
Hearing that reply of Seetha who was afflicted with grief, Hanuma the army-chief of monkeys endeavoured to draw nearer to her.
shrutvaa = hearing; tat = that; vachanam = reply; tasyaaH = of that; siitaayaaH = Seetha; shoka diinayaaH = who was afflicted with; hanumaan = Hanuma; hari yuuthapaH = the army-chief of monkeys; upachakrame = endeavoured to draw; samiipam = nearer (to her).
5.34.9
यथा यथा समीपम् स हनूमान् उपसर्पति |
तथा तथा रावणम् सा तम् सीता परिशन्कते ॥
In as much as that Hanuma drew nearer to her, in the same way, that Seetha suspected him as Ravana.
yathaa yathaa = in as much as; saH hanumaan = that Hanuma; upasarpati = drew; samiipam = nearer to her; tathaa tathaa = in so much way; saa siitaa = that Seetha; parishaN^kate = suspected; tam = him; raavaNam = as Ravana.
5.34.10
अहो धिग् धिग् कृतम् इदम् कथितम् हि यत् अस्य मे |
रूप अन्तरम् उपागम्य स एव अयम् हि रावणः
॥
"O shame! It was my guilt to tell him all this to him. He is indeed that Ravana, who obtained another guise."
aho dhik = O shame!; me duSkR^itam = It was my guilt; kathitam = to tell; asya = him; idam = (all) this; ayam = he; saH raavaNaH hi = is indeed that Ravana; upaagamya = who obtained; ruupaantaram = another guise.
5.34.11
ताम् अशोकस्य शाखाम् सा विमुक्त्वा शोक कर्शिता |
तस्याम् एव अनवद्य अन्गी धरण्याम् समुपाविशत्
॥
That Seetha, having faultless limbs, leaving that branch of Ashoka tree and as emaciated with grief, sat down on that ground itself.
saa = that Seetha; anavadyaaN^gii = having faultless limbs; vimuktyaa = leaving; taam = that; shaakhaam = branch; ashokasya = of Ashoka tree; shoka karshitaa = and emaciated with grief; samupaavishat = sat down; tasyaam dharaNyaameva = on that floor itself.
5.34.12
हनुमानपि दुःखार्तां तां दृष्ट्वा भयमोहिताम् |
अवन्दत महाबाहुः ततः ताम् जनक आत्मजाम् ॥सा च एनम् भय वित्रस्ता भूयो न एव अभ्युदैक्षत |
Seeing Seetha afflicted with grief and deluded with fear, the great armed Hanuma also then simply saluted her. She too, trembling with fear, did not look towards him again.
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; taam = her; duHkhaartam = afflicted with grief; bhaya mohitam = and deluded with fear; hanumaanapi = also Hanuma; mahaabaahuH = the grea armed; tataH = then; avandata = saluted; taam janakaatmajam = that Seetha; saa cha = she too; bhaya vitrastaa = trembling with fear; naa abhyudaikSata = did not look towards; enam = him; bhuuyaH = again.
5.34.13
तम् दृष्ट्वा वन्दमानम् तु सीता शशि निभ आनना ॥अब्रवीत् दीर्घम् उच्छ्वस्य वानरम्
मधुर स्वरा |
Seetha, with her countenance resembling the moon, seeing Hanuma saluting her, had a deep sigh and spoke to Hanuma in a sweet-sounding voice (as follows)
siitaa = Seetha; shashinibhaananaa = with her countenance resmbling the moon; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; tam = him; vandamaanam = saluting her; uchchhvasya = sighed; diirgham = deeply; abraviit = and spoke; vaanaram = to Hanuma; madhura svaraa = in a sweet-sounding voice (as follows):
5.34.14
मायाम् प्रविष्टो मायावी यदि त्वम् रावणः स्वयम् ॥उत्पादयसि मे भूयः सम्तापम् तन्
न शोभनम् |
"If you are Ravana, who made use of an illusive guise and yourself a conjurer, you are causing me a further agony. It is no good."
tvam raavaNaH yadi = If you are Ravana; praviSTaH = who made use of; maayaam = an illusive guise; svayam = and yourself; maayaavii = a conjurer; utpaadayasi = you are causing; bhuuyaH = a further; samtaapam = agony; me = to me; tat = that; na shobhanam = is not good.
5.34.15
स्वम् परित्यज्य रूपम् यः परिव्राजक रूपधृत् ॥जन स्थाने मया दृष्टः त्वम् स एव असि
रावणः |
'You are indeed the same Ravana, who, abandoning your real form, appeared to me in the guise of a vagrant religious mendicant in Janasthana."
yaH raavaNaH = which Ravana; parityajya = leaving; svam = ruupam = his real form; dR^iSTaH = was seen; mayaa = by me; parivraajakaruupavaan = in the guise of a vagrant religious mendicant; janasthaane = in Janasthana; sa eva = that Ravana indeed; tvam asi = you are.
5.34.16
उपवास कृशाम् दीनाम् काम रूप निशा चर ॥सम्तापयसि माम् भूयः सम्तापम् तन् न शोभनम्
|
"O demon who can assume any form at your will! It is no good that again you are causing agony to me, emaciated because of fasting and feeling very miserable."
nishaachara = O demon; kaamaruupa = who can assume any form at will!; tat = It; shobhanam na = is not good; santaapayasi samtaapam = that you are causing any; bhuuyaH = again; maam = to me; upavaasakR^ishaam = who is emaciated by fasting; diinaam = and very miserable.
5.34.17
अथवा नैतदेवं हि यन्मया परिशङ्कितम् ॥मनसो हि मम प्रीतिरुत्पन्ना तव दर्शनात् |
"Otherwise, whatever is suspected by me is not indeed true because in my mind, a pleasurable sensation indeed occurred by reason of your audience."
athavaa = otherwise; yat = whatever; parishaN^kitam = is suspected; mayaa = by me; etat = that; na hi = is not indeed; evam = so; mama manasaH = in my mind; priitiH = a pleasurable sensation; utpannaa hi = occurred indeed; tava darshanaat = by reason of your audience.
5.34.18
यदि रामस्य दूतः त्वम् आगतो भद्रम् अस्तु ते ॥पृच्छामि त्वाम् हरि श्रेष्ठ प्रिया
राम कथा हि मे |
"If you have come as Rama's messenger, may you be blessed! O the best of monkeys! Rama's anecdote is very pleasurable for me. Hence, I am requesting you to narrate it."
tvam aagataH yadi = if you have come; raamasya duutaH = as Rama's messenger; astu te = may you be; bhadram = blessed; harishreSTha = O; the best of monkeys!; me = to me; raama kathaa = Rama's anecdote; piyaa hi = is indeed pleasurable; pR^ichchhaami = (hence) I am asking; tvaam = you (to narrate it).
5.34.19
गुणान् रामस्य कथय प्रियस्य मम वानर ॥चित्तम् हरसि मे सौम्य नदी कूलम् यथा रयः |
"O monkey! Narrate the qualities of my beloved Rama. O gentle one! You are eroding my mind as a rapid course of stream erodes a river bank."
vaanara = O monkeys!; kathaya = Narrate; guNaan = the qualities; priiyasya raamasya = of my beloved Rama; saumya = O gentle one!; harasi = you are eroding; me chittam = my mind; rayaH yathaa = as a rapid course of steram nadii kuulam = (erodes) a river-bank.
5.34.20
अहो स्वप्नस्य सुखता या अहम् एवम् चिर आहृता ॥प्रेषितम् नाम पश्यामि राघवेण वन ओकसम्
|
"I, who was taken away long ago, is seeing a monkey sent by Rama in this way. Alas! How delightful this dream is!'
yaa ham = I; who; chiraahR^itaa = was taken away long ago; pashyaami = is seeing; vanaukasam = a monkey; preSitam naam = sent; raaghavaNa = by Rama; evam = in this way; aho = Alas!; sukhataa = how delightful; sapnasya = of this dream!.
5.34.21
स्वप्नेऽपि यद्यहम् वीरं राघवम् सहलक्ष्मणम् ॥पश्येयम् नावसीदेयम् स्वप्नोऽपि मम
मत्सरी |
"If I have seen the eminent Rama together with Lakshmana, I would not have disheartened. In my case, even my dream is wicked!"
aham pashyeyam yadi = If I have seen; raaghavam = Rama; viiram = the eminent man; saha lakSmaNam = along with Lakshmana; na avasiideyam = I would not have disheartened; mama = in my case; svapno.api = even the dream; matsarii = is wicked.
5.34.22
न अहम् स्वप्नम् इमम् मन्ये स्वप्ने दृष्ट्वा हि वानरम् ॥न शक्यो अभ्युदयः प्राप्तुम्
प्राप्तः च अभ्युदयो मम |
"I do not deem it as a dream. Seeing a monkey in a dream does not bring about prosperity But prosperity has come to me!"
aham = I; na manye = do not deem; imam = it; svapnam = as a dream; dR^iSTvaa = seeing; vaanaram = a monkey; svapne = in a dream; na shakyaH = is not fit; praaptum = to get; abhyudayam = prosperity; abhyudayaH = (But) prosperity; praaptashcha = has come; mama = to me.
5.34.23
किम् नु स्याच् चित्त मोहो अयम् भवेत् वात गतिः तु इयम् ॥उन्मादजो विकारो वा स्यात्
इयम् मृग तृष्णिका |
"How possibly is it a delusion of my mind? Is it an impending course of flatulence or changing mental condition of madness? Is it a looming mirage?"
syaat kim nu = how possibly; ayam = is it; chitta mohaH = a delusion of my mind? iyan bhavet = is it the impending; vaatagatiH = course of a flatulence? vikaarovaa = or change of mental condition; unmaadaja = born out of madness?; syaatiyam = is it a looming; mR^igatR^iSNikaa = mirage?
5.34.24
अथवा न अयम् उन्मादो मोहो अपि उन्माद लक्ष्मणः ॥सम्बुध्ये च अहम् आत्मानम् इमम्
च अपि वन ओकसम् |
"Otherwise, it is neither madness nor even a delusion, which is a symptom of madness. Because I am knowing about myself as also about this monkey."
athavaa = Otherwise; ayam = It; na unmaadaH = is neither a madness; moho.api = nor even a delusion; unmaada lakSaNaH = which is a symptom of madness; aham = I; sambudhye = am knowing; aatmaanam = about myself; imam vanonkasam = and this monkey.
5.34.25
इति एवम् बहुधा सीता सम्प्रधार्य बल अबलम् ॥रक्षसाम् काम रूपत्वान् मेने तम् राक्षस
अधिपम् |
Thus deliberating upon the strengths and weaknesses in several ways, Seetha finally imagined him to be Ravana, as demons can change their forms at will.
ityevam = thus; sampradhaarya = deliberating upon; balaabalam = the strengths and weaknesses; bahudhaa = in several ways; siita = Seetha; mane = thought; tam = him; raakSasaadhipam = as Ravana; kaamaruupatvaat = as they can change their forms at will.
5.34.26
एताम् बुद्धिम् तदा कृत्वा सीता सा तनु मध्यमा ॥न प्रतिव्याजहार अथ वानरम् जनक आत्मजा
|
Then, that slender waisted Seetha, the daughter of Janaka, thus having made up her mind, did not reply in return anything further to Hanuman.
tadaa = then; saa = that; tanumadhyamaa = slender waisted; siitaa = Seetha; janakaatmajaa = the daughter of Janaka; etaam buddhim kR^itvaa = thus having made up her mind; na prativyaajahaara = did not reply in return; vaanaram = to Hanuma; atha = thereafter.
5.34.27
सीतायाः चिन्तितम् बुद्ध्वा हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः ॥श्रोत्र अनुकूलैः वचनैः तदा ताम्
सम्प्रहर्षयत् |
Understanding the contemplation of Seetha, Hanuma the son of wind-god then brought about a great joy in her with his words most favourable to her ears (as follows):
buddhvaa = understanding; chintitam = the contemplation; siitaayaaH = of Seetha; hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; tadaa = then; sampraharSayat = brought about a great joy; taam = in her; vachanaiH = with his words; shrotraanukuulaiH = favourable to her ears.
5.34.28
आदित्य इव तेजस्वी लोक कान्तः शशी यथा ॥राजा सर्वस्य लोकस्य देवो वैश्रवणो यथा |
विक्रमेण उपपन्नः च यथा विष्णुः महायशाः ॥
"Rama has a great splendour like that of the sun. He is pleasing to all like the moon. As Kubera the Lord of wealth, he is a lord to the entire world. Like Vishnu, he is greatly renowned and endowed with valour."
28; 29. tejasvii = (Rama) has a great splendour; aaditya iva = like that of the sun; loka kaantaH = pleasing to all; shasiiyathaa = like the moon; raajaa = lord; sarvasya = to the entire; lokasya = world; devo vaishravaNo yathaa = like Kubera the lord of wealth; mahaayashaaH = greatly renowned; viSNuH yathaa = like Vishnu; upapannashcha = and endowed with; vikrameNa = valour.
5.34.30
सत्य वादी मधुर वाग् देवो वाचस्पतिः यथा |
रूपवान् सुभगः श्रीमान् कन्दर्प इव मूर्तिमान् ॥
"Rama is a speaker of truth. Like Lord Brihaspati, he has a sweet voice. He is a handsome man, possessing good fortune and a royal dignity. He is a personified Manmadha, the lord of love."
satyavaadii = (Rama) is a speaker of truth; devaH vaachaspatiryathaa = like lord Brihaspati; madhuravaak = he has a sweet voice; ruupavaan = a handsome man; subhagaH = possessing good fortune; shriimaan = and royal dignity; kandaraH iva = He is like Manmadha; the Lord of love; muurtimaan = personified himself.
5.34.31
स्थान क्रोध प्रहर्ता च श्रेष्ठो लोके महारथः |
बाहुच् चायाम् अवष्टब्धो यस्य लोको महात्मनः
॥
"Rama gets anger only at right time. He strikes a befitting person at a right time. He is an excellent chariot-warrior. The world is resting under the shelter of arms of this high souled man."
sthaana krodhaH = (Rama) gets anger at the right time; prahartaacha = He strikes a befitting person; shreSThaH = he is an excellent; mahaarathaH = chariot-warrior; yasya = in which; baahu chchhaayaam = shelter of arms; mahaatmanaH = of the high-souled man; lokaH = the world; avasTabdhaH = is resting on.
5.34.32
अपकृश्ष्य आश्रम पदान् मृग रूपेण राघवम् |
शून्ये येन अपनीता असि तस्य द्रक्ष्यसि यत् फलम्
॥
"Showing an illusory antelope, Ravana detracted Rama and took you away from a deserted hermitage. You will see later, the consequence Ravana will get for this act."
yena = by which Ravana; mR^igaruupeNa = by means of an illusory antelope; raaghavam = Rama; apakR^iSya = was taken far away; apraniitaa asi = you were stolen; shuunye aashram padaat = from a deserted hermitage; yat = which; phalam = consequence; tasya = to such Ravana; drakSyasi = you will see (later).
5.34.33
नचिरात् रावणम् सम्ख्ये यो वधिष्यति वीर्यवान् |
रोष प्रमुक्तैः इषुभिः ज्वलद्भिः इव पावकैः
॥तेन अहम् प्रेषितो दूतः त्वत् सकाशम् इह आगतः |
त्वत् वियोगेन दुह्ख आर्तः स त्वाम् कौशलम् अब्रवीत्
॥
"Which valiant Rama with arrows strongly shining like sparkles released with anger, by the same Rama I was sent here as a messenger and I arrived at your presence. That Rama, agonised by your separation wishes to enquire of your welfare."
33; 34. yaH viiryavaan = which valiant Rama; achiraat = soon; vadhiSyati = is going to kill; raavaNam = Ravana; samkhye = in battle; iSubhiH = with arrows; jvaladbhiH = strongly shining; paavakaiH iva = like sparkles; roSa pramuktaiH = released with anger; tena = by the same Rama; preSitaH = I was sent; iha = here; duutaH = as a messenger; aagataH = and I came; tvatsakaasham = to your presence; saH = that Rama; duHkhaartaH = pained with grief; tvadviyogena = by your separation; abraviit = enquired; tvaam kaushalam = about your welfare.
5.34.35
लक्ष्मणः च महातेजाः सुमित्र आनन्द वर्धनः |
अभिवाद्य महाबाहुः सो अपि कौशलम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"That long-armed Lakshmana too, having a great splendour and who augments the happiness of Sumitra his mother, saluted you and enquired about your welfare."
saH lakSmaNashcha = that Lakshmana too; mahaa tejaaH = having a great splendour; sumitraa nanda vardhanaH = who augments the happiness of Sumitra his mother; mahaa baahuH = and having long arms; abhivaadya = saluted; tvaam = you; abraviit = and enquired; kaushalam = about your welfare.
5.34.36
रामस्य च सखा देवि सुग्रीवो नाम वानरः |
राजा वानर मुख्यानाम् स त्वाम् कौशलम् अब्रवीत् ॥
"O princess! That monkey called Sugreeva, a companion of Rama and the king of the excellent monkeys, asked about your welfare."
devii = O Princess! saH vaanaraH = that monkey; sugriivonaama = named Sugreeva; sakhaa = a companion; raamasya = of Rama; raajaa = and the king; vaanara mukhyaanaam = of the excellent monkeys; abraviit = asked; tvaam kaushalam = about your welfare.
5.34.37
नित्यम् स्मरति रामः त्वाम् ससुग्रीवः सलक्ष्मणः |
दिष्ट्या जीवसि वैदेहि राक्षसी वशम् आगता
॥
"Rama, together with Sugreeva and Lakshmana, is always recollecting you. O Seetha! Eventhough coming into the control female-demons, you are somehow surviving by your good luck!"
raamaH = Rama; sa sugriivaH = together with Sugreeva; sa lakSmaNaH = along with Lakshmana; nityam = is always; smarati = recollecting; tvaam = you; vaidehi = O Seetha!; aagataa = (eventhough) coming into; raakSasiivasham = the power of female-demons; jiivasi = you are surviving; diSTyaa = by your good luck.
5.34.38
नचिरात् द्रक्ष्यसे रामम् लक्ष्मणम् च महारथम् |
मध्ये वानर कोटीनाम् सुग्रीवम् च अमित ओजसम्
॥
"Within a few days, you will see Rama, the mighty Lakshmana and the highly splendorous Sugreeva, in the presence of crores of monkeys."
na chiraat = within a few days; drakSyase = you will see; raamam = Rama; mahaabalam = the mighty; lakSmaNam = lakshmana; amitaujasam = and the highly splendorous; sugriivam cha = Sugreeva; madhye = in the presence of; vaanarakoTiinaam = crores of monkeys.
5.34.39
अहम् सुग्रीव सचिवो हनूमान् नाम वानरः |
प्रविष्टो नगरीम् लन्काम् लन्घयित्वा महाउदधिम् ॥
"I am a monkey, the minister of Sugreeva, called Hanuma. I entered the city of Lanka, by traversing the great ocean."
aham = I; vaanaraH = am a monkey; sugriiva sachivaH = the minister of Sugreeva; humaan naamaH = named Hanuma; praviSTaH = I entered; laN^kaam nagariim = the City of Lanka; laN^ghayitva = by traversing; mahodadhim = the great ocean.
5.34.40
कृत्वा मूर्ध्नि पद न्यासम् रावणस्य दुरात्मनः |
त्वाम् द्रष्टुम् उपयातो अहम् समाश्रित्य
पराक्रमम् ॥
"Asserting my strength and putting down my feet on the head of the evil minded Ravana, I have come to see you."
samaashritya = asserting; paraakramam = my strength; kR^itvaa padnyaasam = and putting down my feet; muurdhni = on the head; duraatmanaH raavaNaH = of the evil-minded Ravana; aham = I; upayaataH = have come; draSTum = to see; tvaam = you.
5.34.41
न अहम् अस्मि तथा देवि यथा माम् अवगच्छसि |
विशन्का त्यज्यताम् एषा श्रद्धत्स्व वदतो मम ॥
"O Princess! I am not so, as you comprehend me (as Ravana). Let your suspicion be given up. Believe me as I say it."
devi = O princess!; yathaa = As; avagachchhasi = you comprehend; maam = about me; aham = I; na asmi = am not; tathaa = so; tyajyataam eSaa vishaNkaa = let this suspicion be given up; shraddhatsva = believe; mama = me; vadataH = who is saying.
इत्यार्षे श्रीमद्रामायणे आदिकाव्ये सुन्दरकाण्डे चतुस्त्रिंशः सर्गः
Sarga 35 (part 1 of 2)
5.35.1
ताम् तु राम कथाम् श्रुत्वा वैदेही वानर ऋषभात् |
उवाच वचनम् सान्त्वम् इदम् मधुरया गिरा ॥
Hearing that narration about Rama from Hanuma the excellent of monkeys, Seetha in a sweet voice spoke the following gentle words:
shrutvaa = hearing; taam = that; raama kathaam = narration about Rama; vaanara rSabhaat = from Hanuma the excellent of monkeys; vaidehii = Seetha; madhurayaa giraa = in a sweet voice; uvaacha = spoke; idam = these; vachanam = words; saantvam = which were addressed gently.
5.35.2
क्व ते रामेण संसर्गः कथम् जानासि लक्ष्मणम् |
वानराणाम् नराणाम् च कथम् आसीत् समागमः ॥
"Where was your contact with Rama? How do you know Lakshmana? How did the union between monkeys and men arise?"
kva = where; samparkaH = was the contact; te = to you; raameNa = with Rama?; katham = how; jaanaasi = do you know; lakSmaNam = Lakshmana?; katham = how; samaagamaH = did the union; vaanaraaNaam naraaNaamcha = between monkeys and men; aasiit = occur?
5.35.3
यानि रामस्य लिन्गानि लक्ष्मणस्य च वानर |
तानि भूयः समाचक्ष्व न माम् शोकः समाविशेत् ॥
"O Hanuma! What are the characteristics of Rama and Lakshmana? Narrate them to me, so that sorrow will not take possession of me again."
vaanara = O Hanuma!; yaani = which (are) liN^gaani = the characteristics; raamasya = of Rama; lakSmaNasya = and of Lakshmana?; saamaachakSya = tell; taani = them; shokaH = sorrow; na samaavishet = will not take possession; maam = of me; bhuuyaH = again.
5.35.4
कीदृशम् तस्य संस्थानम् रूपम् रामस्य कीदृशम् |
कथम् ऊरू कथम् बाहू लक्ष्मणस्य च शंस मे ॥
"Of what kind was the appearance of that Rama and of Lakshmana? Of what kind was their form? How were the thighs? How were the arms? Tell me."
kii dR^isham = of what kind; samsthaanam = was the appearance; tasya raamasya = of that Rama; lakSmaNasya = and of Lakshmana? kiidR^isham = of what kind was; ruupam = the form?; katham = how (were); uuruu = the thighs?; katham = how were; baahuu = the arms? shamse = tell; me = me.
5.35.5
एवम् उक्तः तु वैदेह्या हनूमान् मारुत आत्मजः |
ततो रामम् यथा तत्त्वम् आख्यातुम् उपचक्रमे
॥
Hearing the words of Seetha, Hanuma, the son of wind-god, then started to describe Rama according to his actual state (as follows):
evam = thus; uktaH = spoken; vaidehyaa = by Seetha; hanumaan = Hanuma; maarutaatmajaH = the son of wind-god; tataH = then; upachakrame = started; aakhyaatum = to tell; raamam = about Rama; yathaatattvam = according to the actual state.
5.35.6
जानन्ती बत दिष्ट्या माम् वैदेहि परिपृच्छसि |
भर्तुः कमल पत्र अक्षि सम्ख्यानम् लक्ष्मणस्य
च ॥
"O Seetha having eyes resembling lotus leaves! By my fortune, you are enquiring about the appearance of Rama your husband and Lakshmana, eventhough you know about them. Alas! what a pleasure!"
vaidehi = O Seetha; kamalapatraakSi = having eyes resembling lotus leaves!; diSTya = by fortune; paripR^ichchhasi = you are asking; samsthaanam = about the appearance; bhartuH = of Rama your husband; lakSmaNasya = and of Lakshmana; jaanantii = eventhough you know about them; bata = Alas; what a pleasure!.
5.35.7
यानि रामस्य चिह्नानि लक्ष्मणस्य च यानि वै |
लक्षितानि विशाल अक्षि वदतः शृणु तानि मे ॥
"O the large eyed Seetha! I tell the characteristics of Rama and Lakshmana as I recognized them; hear them from me."
vishaalaakSi = O Seetha the large-eyed woman!; yaani chihnaani = of which characteristics; raamasya = of Rama; yaani = and of which characteristics; lakSmaNasya cha = of Lakshmana; lakSitaani = were seen; shR^iNu = hear; taani = them; me = from me.
5.35.8
रामः कमल पत्र अक्षः सर्व भूत मनो हरः |
रूप दाक्षिण्य सम्पन्नः प्रसूतो जनक आत्मजे ॥
"O Seetha the daughter of Janaka! Rama has his eyes resembling the petals of a lotus. He has a handsomeness, attracting the hearts of all living beings. He is endowed with grace and dexterity, by birth."
jaanakaatmaje = O Seetha the daughter of Janaka!; raamaH = Rama; kamala patraakSaH = has his eyes resembling the petals of a lotus; sarva sattvamanoharaH = he has a handsomeness; attracting the hearts of all living beings; ruupa dakSiNya sampannaH = He is endowed with grace and dexterity; prasuutaH = from the time he was born.
5.35.9
तेजसा आदित्य सम्काशः क्षमया पृथिवी समः |
बृहस्पति समो बुद्ध्या यशसा वासव उपमः ॥
"He is equal to the sun in splendour, earth in endurance, Brihaspati in intelligence and Indra in fame."
aaditya sankaashaH = he is equal to the sun; tejasaa = in splendour; pR^ithiviisamaH = equal to the earth; kSamayaa = in endurance; bR^ihaspati samaH = equal to Brihaspati; buddhyaa = in intelligence; vaasavopamaH = and equal to Indra; yashasaa = in fame.
5.35.10
रक्षिता जीव लोकस्य स्व जनस्य च रक्षिता |
रक्षिता स्वस्य वृत्तस्य धर्मस्य च परम् तपः ॥
"Rama the tormentator of his adversaries, is a protector of the world of beings, further protecting his own people. He is the protector of his own behaviour and righteousness.
paramtapaH = Rama; the tormentator of his adversaries; rakSitaa = is a protector; jiivalokasya = of the world of beings; abhirakSitaa = further protecting; svajanasya = his own people; rakSitaa = he is the protector; vR^ittasya = his own behaviour; dharmasyacha = and righteousness.
5.35.11
रामो भामिनि लोकस्य चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य रक्षिता |
मर्यादानाम् च लोकस्य कर्ता कारयिता च सः ॥
"O Seetha! Rama is the protector of the four castes of the world. He is the doer and also the agent for the people's propriety of conduct."
bhaamini = O Seetha!; raamaH = Rama; rakSitaa = is the protector*; chaaturvarNasya = of the four castes; lokasya = of the world; saH = He; kartaa = is the doer; kaarayitaachaiva = and also the agent; maryaadaanaam = for the proprieties of conduct; lokaanaam = of people.
- Four principal castes described in Manu's code - Brahmanas (priestly class), Kshatriyas (members of military or reigning order); Vaisyas (Traders and agriculturists) and Sudras (class of servitude).
5.35.12
अर्चिष्मान् अर्चितो अत्यर्थम् ब्रह्म चर्य व्रते स्थितः |
साधूनाम् उपकारज्ञः प्रचारज्ञः
च कर्मणाम् ॥
"Rama is a resplendent man. He is respected exceedingly. He is established in a vow of chastity. He knows how to do good to virtuous people. He knows the application and advantage of his actions."
archiSmaan = (Rama) Rama is a resplendent man; architaH = He is respected; atyartham = exceedingly; sthitaH = He is established; brahmacharya vrate = in a vow of chastity; upakaarajNaH = He knows how to do good; saadhuunaam = to virtuous people; prachaaraJNashcha = He knows the application and advantage; karmaNaam = of actions.
5.35.13
राज विद्या विनीतः च ब्राह्मणानाम् उपासिता |
श्रुतवान् शील सम्पन्नो विनीतः च परम् तपः ॥
"He is well trained in statesmanship. He honours brahmins, the priestly class. He possesses sacred knowledge. He is endowed with good conduct. He is a modest man. He torments his adversaries."
raaja vidyaa viniitashcha = He is well trained in statesmanship; upaasitaa = He honours; braahmaNaanaam = Brahmins; the priestly class; shrutavaan = He possesses sacred knowledge; shiilasamapannaH = He is endowed with a good conduct; viniitaH = He is a modest-man; paramtapaH = He torments his adversaries.
5.35.14
यजुः वेद विनीतः च वेदविद्भिः सुपूजितः |
धनुः वेदे च वेदे च वेद अन्गेषु च निष्ठितः ॥
"He got trained in Yajurveda, the sacrificial Veda. He is highly honoured by those well-versed in Vedas. He is skilled in Dhanurveda, the science of archery, other Vedas and the six limbs* of Vedangas."
yadurveda viniitashcha = He got trained in Yajurveda; the sacrificial Veda; supuujitaH = he is highly honoured; veda vidbhiH = by those well-versed in Vedas; niSThitaH = He is skilled in; dhanurvedecha = Dhanurveda; the science of archery; vedeSu = other Vedas; vedaaNgecha = and the six limbs of Vedangas.
Six limbs of Vedangas : 1) Siksha, the science of proper articulaton and pronunciation 2) Chandas, the metre 3) Vyakarana, the grammar 4) Nirukta, the explanation of difficult Vedic words 5) Jyotisha, the astronomy or rather the Vedic Calendar. 6) Kalpa, the ceremonial represented by a large number of Sura works.
5.35.15
विपुल अंसो महाबाहुः कम्बु ग्रीवः शुभ आननः |
गूढ जत्रुः सुताम्र अक्षो रामो देवि जनैः श्रुतः
॥
"O princess! Rama is a broad shouldered and a long-armed man. He has a shell-like neck. He has a handsome countenance. He has a hidden collar-bone. He has beautiful red eyes. His fame is heard about by people."
devi = O Princess!; raamaH = Rama; vipulaamsaH = is broad-shouldered; mahaabaahuH = long-armed; kambugriivaH = has a shell-like neck; shubhaananaH = has an auspicious countenance; guuDha jatruH = He has hidden collar-bone; suutaamraakSaH = He has beautiful red eyes; shrutaH = he is heard about; janaiH = by people.
5.35.16
दुन्दुभि स्वन निर्घोषः स्निग्ध वर्णः प्रतापवान् |
समः सम विभक्त अन्गो वर्णम् श्यामम् समाश्रितः
॥
"He has a voice like the sound of a kettle-drum. He has a shining skin. He is full of splendour. He is square-built. His limbs are built symmetrically. He is endowed with a dark-brown complexion."
dundubhisvananirghoSaH = He has a voice like the sound of a kettle-drum; snigdhavarNah = He has a shining skin; prataapavaan = He is full of splendour; samaH = He is square-built; samavibhaktaaN^gaH = His limbs are symmetrically built; samaashritaH = He is endowed with; shyaamam varNam = a dark-brown complexion.
5.35.17
त्रिस्थिरः त्रिप्रलम्बः च त्रिसमः त्रिषु च उन्नतः |
त्रिवलीवान् त्र्यवनतः चतुः व्यन्गः
त्रिशीर्षवान् ॥
"He is ever firm in three limbs (viz. the breast, waist and fist), long in three (viz. the breast, waist and fist), long in three (viz. the eyebrows, arms and soles), uniform in three (viz. his locks, testical and knees, elevated in three (viz. his breast, rim of his navel and lower abdomen), coppery in three of the navel and the lower abdomen), coppery in three (viz. the rims of his eyes, nails, palms and soles), soft in three (viz. the lines on his soles, hair and the end of the membrane virile) and always deep in three (viz. the voice, gait and the navel)."
tristhiraH = He is ever firm in three limbs (viz. the breast; wrist and fist); tripralambashcha = long in three (viz. his locks; testicles and knees); unnataH = elevated; triSu = in three (viz. the breast; rim of the navel and the lower abdomen); tritaamraH = coppery in three (viz. the rims of his eyes; nails; palms and soles); smigdhaH triSucha = soft in three (viz. the lines on his soles; hair and the end of membrum virile); nityashaH = and always; triSu gambhiiraH = deep in three (viz. the voice; gait and the navel).
5.35.18
त्रिवलीवांस्त्र्यवनतश्चतुर्व्यङ्गस्त्रिशीर्षवान् |
चतुष्कलश्चतुर्लेखश्चतुष्किष्कुश्चतुःसमः
॥
"He has three folds in the skin of his neck and belly. He is depressed at three places (viz. the middle of his soles, the lines on his soles and the nipples). He is undersized at four places (viz. the neck, membran virile, the back and the shanks). He is endowed with three spirals in the hair of his head. He has four lines at the root of his thumb (denoting his proficiency in the four Vedas). He has four lines on his forehead (indicating longevity). He is four cubits high (96 inches). He has four pairs of limbs (viz. the cheeks, arms, shanks and knees) equally matched."
trivaliivaan = He has three folds (in the skin of his neck and belly); tryavanataH = He is depressed at three places (viz. the middle of his soles; the lines on his soles and the nipples); chaturvyaN^gaH = undersized at four place (viz. the neck; membrum virile; the back and the shanks); trishiirSavaan = He is endowed with three spirals in the hair of his head; four lines at the root of his thumbs and the four lines on his forehead; chatuSkalaH = He has four marks on his thumb (denoting his proficiency in the four Vedas); chaturlekhaH = He has four lines on his forehead (indicating longevity); c
5.35.19
चतुष् कलः चतुः लेखः चतुष् किष्कुः चतुः समः |
चतुर्दश सम द्वन्द्वः चतुः दष्टः चतुः गतिः
॥
"He has fourteen other pairs of limbs (viz. the eye brows, nostrils, eyes, ears, lips, nipples, elbows, wrists, knees testicles, lions, hands, feet and thighs) equally matched. The four large teeth at both the ends of his upper and lower jaws are very sharp. He walks in four gaits (resembling the walks of a lion, a tiger, an elephant and a bull). He is endowed with excellent lips, chin and nose. He has five glossy limbs (viz. the hair, eyes, teeth, skin and soles). He has eight long limbs (viz. the arms, fingers and toes, eyes and ears, thighs and shanks).
chaturdashamadvandvaH = He has fourteen other pairs of limbs (viz. the eye brows; nostrils; eyes; ears; the lips; nipples; elbows; wrists; knees; testicles; loins; hands; feet and thighs) equally matched; chaturdamSTraH = the four large teeth at both the ends of his upper and lower jaws are very sharp; chaturgatiH = He walks in four gaits (resembling the; walks of a lion; a tiger; an elephant and a bull); mahoSTha hanunaasashcha = He is endowed with excellent lips; chin and nose; paN^chasnigdhaH = He has five glossy limbs (viz. the hair; eyes; teeth; skin and soles); aSTa vamshavaan = He has eight long limbs (viz. the arms; fingers and toes; eyes and ears; thighs and shanks).
5.35.20
दश पद्मो दश बृहत् त्रिभिः व्याप्तो द्वि शुक्लवान् |
षड् उन्नतो नव तनुः त्रिभिः व्याप्नोति
राघवः ॥
"Rama has ten lotus-like limbs (viz. the countenance, the mouth, the eyes, the tongue, lips, palate, breasts, nails, the hands and the feet). He has ten ample limbs (viz. the chest, the head, the forehead, the neck, the arms, the heart, the mouth the feet, the back and the ears). He is spread through by reason of three (viz. splendour, renown and glory). He is doubly pure (on father's and mother's side). He is elevated in six limbs (viz. the flanks, the abdomen, the breast, the nose, the shoulders and the forehead). He is small, thin, fine or sharp in nine (viz. the hair, the moustaches and the beard, nails the hair on the body, the skin, the finger-joints, the membrum virile, acumen and perception). He pursues religious merit, worldly riches and the sensuous delight in three periods (viz. the forenoon, midday and afternoon).
raaghavaH = Rama; dashapadmaH = has ten lotus-like limbs (viz. the countenance; the mouth; the eyes; the tongue; lips; palate; breasts; nails; the hands and the feet); dashabR^ihat = He has ten ample limbs (viz. the chest; the head; the forehead; the neck; the arms the heart; the mouth; the feet; the back and the ears); vyaaptaH = He is spread through; tribhiH = by reason of three (viz. splendour; renown and glory); vyaaptaH = He is spread through; tribhiH = by reason of three (viz. splendour; renown and glor); dvishuklavaan = He is doubly pure (on father's and mother's side); SaDunnataH = He is elevated in six limbs (viz the flanks; the abdomen; the breast; the nose; the shoulders and the forehead); navatanuH = He is small; thin; fine or sharp in nine (viz. the hair; the moustaches and the beard; nails; the hair on the body; the skin; the finger joints; the membran virile; acumen adn perception) vyaaproti = He pursus religious merit; world riches and sensuous delight in three periods ( viz the forenoon; midday and afternoon).
5.35.21
सत्य धर्म परः श्रीमान् सम्ग्रह अनुग्रहे रतः |
देश काल विभागज्ञः सर्व लोक प्रियम् वदः ॥
"Rama is engrossed in truth and righteousness. He is a prosperous man. He is interested in reception and facilitation. He knows how to apportion place and time. He speaks affectionately with all."
satyadharmaparaH = Rama is engrossed in truth and righteousness; shriimaan = He is a prosperous man; rataH = He is interested in; samgrahaanugrahe = reception and facilitation; desha kaala vibhaagaJNaH = He knows apportioning of place and time; sarvalokapriyamvadaH = He speaks affectionately with all.
5.35.22
भ्राता च तस्य द्वैमात्रः सौमित्रिः अपराजितः |
अनुरागेन रूपेण गुणैः चैव तथा विधः ॥
"The invincible Lakshmana, the son of Rama's step-mother and Rama's brother, is resembling Rama in appearance, affection and in qualities."
aparaajitah = the invincible; saumitriH = Lakshmana; tasya = that Rama's vaimaatraH = step-mother's son; bhraataa = and the brother; tathaavidhaH = is like that Rama; anuraageNa = in affection; ruupeNa = in appearance guNaishchaiva = and in qualities.
5.35.23
तावुभौ नरशार्डूलौ त्वद्दर्शनसमुत्सुकौ |
विचिन्वनौ महीम् कृत्स्नामस्माभिरभिसम्गातौ ॥
"Rama and Lakshmana, the two tigers among men, very anxiously desirous of seeing you and searching all over the earth, came in contact with us."
tau = those; ubhau = two; narashaarduulau = tigers among men; tvaddarshana samutsukau = very anxiously desirous of seeing you; vichinvantau = and searching; kR^itsnaam = all over; mahiim = the earth; abhisamgatau = came in contact; asmaabhiH = with us.
5.35.24
त्वाम् एव मार्गमाणो तौ विचरन्तौ वसुम् धराम् |
ददर्शतुः मृग पतिम् पूर्वजेन अवरोपितम् ॥ऋश्यमूकस्य पृष्ठे तु बहु पादप सम्कुले |
भ्रातुः भार्य आर्तम् आसीनम् सुग्रीवम् प्रिय दर्शनम् ॥
"Those two brothers Rama and Lakshmana, wandering only in search of you all over the earth, saw Sugreeva the Lord of monkeys, sitting on the top of Rishyamuka mountain, filled with several trees, having been dethroned by his elder brother, oppressed with fear, but who was pleasant to the sight."
24; 25. tau = those two; Rama and Lakshmana; vicharantau = wandering maargamaaNau = in search of; tvaameva = you only; vasundharaam = on the earth; dadarshatuH = saw; sugriivam = Sugreeva; mR^igapatim = the Lord of monkeys; aasiinam = sitting; R^ishyamuukasya pR^iSThe = on the top of R^ishyamuka mountain; bahupaadapasamkule = filled with several trees; avaropitam = having been dethroned; puurvajena = by his elder brother; bhayaartam = oppressed with fear; bhraatuH = from his brother; priyadarshanam = and who was pleasant to the sight.
5.35.26
वयम् तु हरि राजम् तम् सुग्रीवम् सत्य सम्गरम् |
परिचर्यामहे राज्यात् पूर्वजेन अवरोपितम्
॥
"We for one are serving that Sugreeva, the Lord of monkeys, who was true to his promise, but was dethroned from the kingdom from his elder brother."
vayamtu = we; for one; paricharyaasnahe = are serving; tam = that; sugriivam = Sugreeva; hariraajam = the Lord of monkeys; satya samgaram = who was true to his promise; avaropitam = and who was dethroned; raajyaat = from the kingdom; puurvajena = by his elder brother.
5.35.27
ततः तौ चीर वसनौ धनुः प्रवर पाणिनौ |
ऋश्यमूकस्य शैलस्य रम्यम् देशम् उपागतौ ॥
"In the meanwhile, those two brothers Rama and Lakshmana, wearing clothes made of bark and arming the best bows, came to the charming place of Rishyamuka mountain."
tataH = then; tau = those two brothers; Rama and Lakshmana; chiiravasanau = wearing clothes made of bark; dhanuH pravara paaNinau = arming the best bows; upaagatau = came; ramyam = to the charming; desham = place; R^ishyamuukasya = shailasya of Rishyamuka mountain.
5.35.28
स तौ दृष्ट्वा नर व्याघ्रौ धन्विनौ वानर ऋषभः |
अभिप्लुतो गिरेः तस्य शिखरम् भय मोहितः ॥
"Seeing Rama and Lakshmana, the excellent of men, coming with bows in hand, that Sugreeva the best of monkeys was deluded with fear and jumped over to the hill-top of that mountain."
dR^iSTvaa = seeing; saH = those; naravyaaghrau = excellent of men; dhanvinau = coming with bows in hand; saH = that; vaanararSabhaH = Sugreeva the best of monkeys; bhayamohitaH = was deluded with fear; abhiplutaH = and jumped over; shikharam = to the hill-top; tasya = of that; gireH = mountain.
5.35.29
ततः स शिखरे तस्मिन् वानर इन्द्रो व्यवस्थितः |
तयोः समीपम् माम् एव प्रेषयामास सत्वरः ॥
"Thereafter, stationed on that hill-top, that Sugreeva the lord of monkeys, very soon sent me only, to approach those two brothers."
tataH = thereafter; vyavasthitaH = stationed; tasmin shikhare = on that hill-top; saH = that; vaanarendraH = Sugreeva the lord of monkeys; satvaram = very soon; preSayaamaasa = sent; maaneva = me only; samiipam = to approach; tayoH = those two (brothers)
5.35.30
ताव् अहम् पुरुष व्याघ्रौ सुग्रीव वचनात् प्रभू |
रूप लक्षण सम्पन्नौ कृत अञ्जलिः उपस्थितः
॥
"On that command of Sugreeva, I reached saluting those two brothers, Rama and Lakshmana the excellent and capable men, endowed with good form and characteristics."
sugreeva vachanaat = as per the words of Sugreeva; aham = I; kR^itaaN^jaliH = making salutations; upasthitaH = reached; tau = those two brothers; Rama and Lakshmana; puruSavyaaghrau = the tigers among men; prabhuu = the capable men; ruupalakSaNa sampannau = and endowed with a good form and characteristics.
5.35.31
तौ परिज्ञात तत्त्व अर्थौ मया प्रीति समन्वितौ |
पृष्ठम् आरोप्य तम् देशम् प्रापितौ पुरुष
ऋषभौ ॥
"Those two brothers, Rama and Lakshmana, the excellent among men, were fully endowed with kindness, after knowing the exact position about Sugreeva. Then, I made Rama and Lakshmana to ascend on my back and took them to Sugreeva's place."
tau = those two brothers; Rama and Lakshmana; puruSarSabhau = the excellent among men; parijJNaata tattvarthau = having known the exact position (about Sugreeva); priitisamanvitau = and fully endowed with kindness; aaropya = wee made to ascend; mama pR^iSTham = my back; praapitau = and caused to arrive at; tam desham = that place (where Sugreeva and others were present).
5.35.32
निवेदितौ च तत्त्वेन सुग्रीवाय महात्मने |
तयोः अन्योन्य सम्भाषात् भृशम् प्रीतिः अजायत ॥
"I informed the high-souled Sugreeva about the true position of Rama and Lakshmana. After a mutual conversation between those two brothers and Sugreeva, a great friendship developed among them."
sugriivaaya = for Sugreeva; mahaatmana = the high-souled; niveditau = was made known (by me); tattvena = the true state (about Rama and Lakshman); anyonya samlaapaat = by the mutual converstaion; bhR^isham = a great; prritiH = friendship; ajaayata = was developed.
5.35.33
ततस्तौ प्रीतिसंपन्नौ हरि ईश्वर नर ईश्वरौ |
परस्पर कृत आश्वासौ कथया पूर्व वृत्तया ॥
"Thus endowed with friendship, Sugreeva the lord of monkeys and Rama the best of men, by talking together of their earlier occurrences, developed mutual confidence."
tataH = thereafter; tau = those two; hariishvaranareshvarau = Sugreeva the lord of monkeys and Rama; the excellent among men; priitisampannau = endowed with friendship; kathayaa = by the narration; puurva vR^ittayaa = of the earlier occurrances; parasparakR^itaashvaasau = developed mutual confidence.
5.35.34
तम् ततः सान्त्वयामास सुग्रीवम् लक्ष्मण आग्रजः |
स्त्री हेतोः वालिना भ्रात्रा निरस्तम् उरु
तेजसा ॥
"Thereafter, that Rama the elder brother of Lakshmana, through the extremely effulgent Vali the brother of Sugreeva, consoled Sugreeva who was earlier expelled from the kingdom; (by Vali), for the sake of Ruma a woman."
tataH = thereafter; saH = that; lakSmaNaagrajaH = Rama; the elder brother of Lakshmana; vaalinaa = through Vali; urutejasaa = of great splendour; bhraatraa = the brother of Sugreeva; saantvayaamaasa = consoled; sugriivam = Sugreeva; nirastam = who was expelled (from the kingdom by Vali); strii hetaH = for the sake of Ruma; a woman.
5.35.35
ततः त्वन् नाशजम् शोकम् रामस्य अक्लिष्ट कर्मणः |
लक्ष्मणो वानर इन्द्राय सुग्रीवाय न्यवेदयत्
॥
"Then, Lakshmana informed Sugreeva the king of monkeys about the sadness of Rama, (who is unwearied in action), born out of your disappearance."
tataH = then; lakSmaNaH = Lakshmana; nyavedayat = informed; sugriivaaya = Sugreeva; vaanarendraaya = the king of monkeys; shokam = about the sorrow; ramasya = of Rama; akliSTakarmaNaH = who is unwearied in action; tvannaashajam = generated out of your disappearance.
5.35.36
स श्रुत्वा वानर इन्द्रः तु लक्ष्मणेन ईरितम् वचः |
तदा आसीन् निष्प्रभो अत्यर्थम् ग्रह ग्रस्त
इव अंशुमान् ॥
"Hearing the words of Lakshmana, Sugreeva then became highly dim-witted, as the sun becomes dim when overpowered by an eclipse."
shrutvaa = having heard; vahaH = the words; iiritam = spoken; lakSmaNena = by Lakshmana; saH = that; vaanarendrastu = Sugreeva on his part; tadaa = then; aasiit = became; niSprabhaH = dim-witted; atyartham = very much; amshumaaniva = like the sun; grahagrastaH = overpowered by Rahu; the inauspicious planet.
5.35.37
ततः त्वत् गात्र शोभीनि रक्षसा ह्रियमाणया |
यानि आभरण जालानि पातितानि मही तले ॥तानि सर्वाणि रामाय आनीय हरि यूथपाः |
सम्हृष्टा दर्शयाम् आसुः गतिम् तु न विदुः तव ॥
"Thereafter, all those multitude of ornaments which adorned your body, which were being tried to be be snatched away by Ravana and which were dropped on to the earth, were brought by monkey-leaders joyfully and shown to Rama. But the monkey-leaders did not know the further course of your movement."
37; 38. tataH = thereafter; yaani = which; aabharaNajaalaani = multitude of ornaments; tvadgaatrashobhini = adorning on your body; hriyamaaNayaa = and which were being snatched away; rakSasaa = by Ravana; paatitaani = and which were dropped; mahiitale = on tot he earth; taani sarvaaNI = all those ornaments; aaniiya = were brought; hariyuuthapaaH = by monkeys-leaders; samhR^iSTaaH = joyfully; darshamaanuH = shown; raamaaya = to Rama; na viduH = (But) they did not know; tava = your; gatimtu = path (of further movement).
5.35.39
तानि रामाय दत्तानि मया एव उपहृतानि च |
स्वनवन्ति अवकीर्णन्ति तस्मिन् विहत चेतसि ॥
"I indeed brought those ornaments near to Rama and gave them to him. Then, soon after receiving them, Rama lost his consciousness and the resounding ornaments were scattered all over."
taani = those ornaments; upahR^itaani = were brought near; raamaaya = to Rama; dathaani = and were given (to him); mayaiva = just by me; tasmin vigata chetasi = while he (Rama) was losing consciousness; svanavanti = the resounding ornaments; avakiirNaani = were scattered.
5.35.40
तानि अन्के दर्शनीयानि कृत्वा बहु विधम् ततः |
तेन देव प्रकाशेन देवेन परिदेवितम् ॥
"That Lord Rama looking like god, kept those beautiful ornaments of yours in his flank and lamented in many ways."
taani darshaaniiyaani = those beautiful ornaments; tava = of yours; kR^itvaa = were kept; aN^ke = in the flank; tena devena = by that Lord Rama; devaprakaashena = looking like god; paridevitam = lamented; bahuvidham = in many ways.
5.35.41
पश्यतः तस्या रुदतः ताम्यतः च पुनः पुनः |
प्रादीपयन् दाशरथेः तानि शोक हुत अशनम् ॥
"While seeing those ornaments, Rama was lamenting and getting suffocated again and again. Thus, those ornaments ignited the fire of Rama's grief."
taani = those ornaments; praadiipayan = ignited; shoka hutaashanam = fire of grief; daasharatheH = of Rama; pashyataH = who was seeing; taani = them; rudataH = lamenting; taamyatashcha = and getting suffocated; punaH punaH = again and again.
5.35.42
शयितम् च चिरम् तेन दुह्ख आर्तेन महात्मना |
मया अपि विविधैः वाक्यैः कृच्छ्रात् उत्थापितः
पुनः ॥
"That grief-stricken mighty man was thus lying on the floor for a long time. Then, with great difficulty, I made him to get up by telling several consoling words."
tena mahaatmanaa = by that mighty man; duHkhaartena = who was grief stricken; shayitamcha = and lying on the floor; chiram = for a long time; punaH utthaapitaH = was again made to get up; mayaapi = by me; kR^ichchhraat = with difficulty; vividhaiH vaakyaiH = by telling several words.
5.35.43
तानि दृष्ट्वा महाअर्हाणि दर्शयित्वा मुहुः मुहुः |
राघवः सह सौमित्रिः सुग्रीवे स न्यवेदयत्
॥
"That long-armed Rama, along with Lakshmana, after seeing those ornaments, examined them, again and again. He later gave them to Sugreeva."
saH raaghavaH = that Rama; mahaabaahuH = the long armed; saha saumitriH = along with Lakshmana; dR^iSTvaa = having seen; darshayitvaa = examined; taani = those ornaments; muhuH muhuH = angain and again; nyavedayat = and gave; sugriiva = to Sugreeva.
5.35.44
स तव अदर्शनात् आर्ये राघवः परितप्यते |
महता ज्वलता नित्यम् अग्निना इव अग्नि पर्वतः ॥
"O the kind mistress! As you were being unseen, Rama was tormented forever with a great flaming fire of grief, like a volcano."
aarye = O; the kind mistress!; tava adarshanaat = as you were being unseen; saH raaghavaH = that Rama; paritapyate = was tormented; nityam = forever; jvalataa mahataa agninaa = with a great flaming fire (of grief); agniparvataH iva = like a volcano.
5.35.45
त्वत् कृते तम् अनिद्रा च शोकः चिन्ता च राघवम् |
तापयन्ति महात्मानम् अग्नि अगारम् इव अग्नयः
॥
"For your sake, insomnia, grief and worry were tormenting that great souled Rama, as flames torment a burning house."
tvatkR^ite = for your sake; tam raaghavam mahaatmanam = to that great souled Rama; anidraacha = insomnia; shokaH = grief; chintaacha = and worry; taapayanti = were tormenting; agnayah iva = like flames; agnyagaaram = to a burning house.
5.35.46
तव अदर्शन शोकेन राघवः प्रविचाल्यते |
महता भूमि कम्पेन महान् इव शिला उच्चयः ॥
"By the grief caused by your not being seen, Rama is trembled with grief, as a high mountain is trembled by a great earthquake."
tava adarshana shokena = by the grief; caused by your invisibility; raaghavaH = Rama; pravichaalyate = was trembled; mahataa bhuumikampena = as a great earth quake; (trembles); mahaan shilochchayaH iva = a high mountain.
5.35.47
कानानानि सुरम्याणि नदी प्रस्रवणानि च |
चरन् न रतिम् आप्नोति त्वम् अपश्यन् नृप आत्मजे ॥
"O princess! In not seeing you, Rama is not obtaining delight, even while moving in quite charming forests, encompassing rivers and water-falls."
nR^ipaatmaje = O princess!; apashyan = not seeing; tvaam = you; (Rama); na aapnoti = is not obtaining; ratim = delight; charan = while moving in suramyaaNi kaananaani = very beautiful forests; nadiiH = rivers; prasravaNaani cha = and water-falls.
5.35.48
स त्वाम् मनुज शार्दूलः क्षिप्रम् प्राप्स्यति राघवः |
समित्र बान्धवम् हत्वा रावणम् जनक आत्मजे
॥
"O Seetha the daughter of Janaka! That Rama the excellent of men will receive you, soon after, killing Ravana along with Ravana's friends and relatives."
janakaatmaje = O Seetha the daughter of Janaka!; saH raaghavaH = that Rama; manujashaarduulaH = the excellent of men; praapsyasi = will receive; tvaam = you; kSipram = soon; hatvaa = killing; raavaNam = Ravana; samitra baandhavam = along with his friends and relatives.
5.35.49
सहितौ राम सुग्रीवाव् उभाव् अकुरुताम् तदा |
समयम् वालिनम् हन्तुम् तव च अन्वेषणम् तथा ॥
"That day when Rama and Sugreeva were together, both of them made an agreement that Rama would annihilate Vali and Sugreeva would arrange for a search of you."
tadaa = then; ubhau = both; raama sugriivau = Rama and Sugreeva; sahitau = were together; akurutaam = and made; samayam = an agreement; hantum = (That Rama) to kill; vaalinam = Vali; tathaa = (and Sugreeva); anveSaNam = to arrange for a search; tava = of you.
5.35.50
ततस्ताभ्याम् कुमाराभ्याम् वीराभ्याम् स हरीश्वरः |
किष्किन्धाम् समूपागम्य वाली युद्धे निपातितः
॥
"Thereafter, Rama and Lakshmana the two valiant princes reached Kishkindha. Rama killed Vali the king of monkeys there in a combat."
tataH = thereafter; taabhyaam = those; viiraabhyaam = valiant; kumaaraabhyaam = princes; samupaayamya = having reached; kiSkindhaam = Kishkindha; saH = that; vaalii = Vali; hariishvaraH = the king of monkeys; nipaanitaH = was tumbled down; yuddhe = in a combat.
5.35.51
ततो निहत्य तरसा रामो वालिनम् आहवे |
सर्व ऋष्क हरि सम्घानाम् सुग्रीवम् अकरोत् पतिम् ॥
"After killing Vali in combat by means of his strength, Rama made Sugreeva the king for the entire multitude of bears and monkeys."
tataH = after; nihatya = killing; vaalinam = Vali; achave = in combat; tarasaa = by his strength; raamaH = Rama; akarot = made; sugriivam = Sugreeva; patim = the king; sarvaR^ikSa hari samghaanaam = for the entire multitude of bears and monkeys.
5.35.52
राम सुग्रीवयोः ऐक्यम् देवि एवम् समजायत |
हनूमन्तम् च माम् विद्धि तयोः दूतम् इह आगतम् ॥
"O princess! A friendship was held well in such a manner between Rama and Sugreeva. Know me as Hanuma, who came here as a messenger on behalf of both of them."
devi = O princess!; aikyam = A friendship; samajaayata = was held well; evam = in such a manner; raama sugreevayoH = between Rama and Sugreeva; vidhi = know; maam = me; hanumantam = as Hanuma; aagatam = who came; iha = here; duutam = as a messenger; tayoH = for both of them.
5.35.53
स्व राज्यम् प्राप्य सुग्रीवः समनीय महाहरीन् |
त्वत् अर्थम् प्रेषयामास दिशो दश महाबलान्
॥
"Having got his own kingdom, Sugreeva summoned for mighty as well as capable monkeys and sent them to ten different directions in search of you."
praapya = having got; svaraajyam = his own kingdom; sugriivaH = Sugreeva; samaaniiya = summoned for; mahaabalaan = mighty; hariishvaraan = and capable monkeys; preSayaamaasa = and sent (them); dasha = to ten; dishaH = directions; tvadartham = for your sake.
5.35.54
आदिष्टा वानर इन्द्रेण सुग्रीवेण महाओजसः |
अद्रि राज प्रतीकाशाः सर्वतः प्रस्थिता महीम् ॥
"As commanded by Sugreeva of a great splendour and the king of monkeys, those monkeys resembling Himalayan mountains, started out on all directions of the earth."
aadiSTaaH = as commanded; sugriiveNa = by Sugreeva; mahaujasaa = of great splendour; vaanarendreNa = and the king of monkeys; adriraaja pratiikaaSaH = those monkeys resembling the king of mountains; prasthitaaH = started out; mahiim = on earth; sarvataH = in all directions.
5.35.55
ततस्ते मार्गमाणा वै सुग्रीववचनातुराः |
चरन्ति वसुधाम् कृत्स्नाम् वयमन्ये च वानराः ॥
"Then, we along with other monkeys too who are eager to fulfill the command of Sugreeva, are wandering the entire earth in search of you."
tataH = then; vayam = we; te = as such; anye vaanaraaH cha = and other monkeys; sugriiva vachanaaturaaH = who are eager to fulfill the command of Sugreeva; maargamaaNaH = are in search of you; charanto = and wandering kR^itsnaam = the entire; vasudhaam = earth.
5.35.56
अन्गदो नाम लक्ष्मीवान् वालि सूनुः महाबलः |
प्रस्थितः कपि शार्दूलः त्रिभाग बल सम्वृतः ॥
"An excellent monkey named Angada, possessed of fortune, son of Vali and having great strength, taking one third of army along with him, set out in search of you."
harishaarduulaH = an excellent monkey; aN^gadonaama = named Angada; lakSmiivaan = possessed of fortune; vaalisuunuH = son of Vali; mahaabalaH = are mostly powerful monkey; prasthitaH = set out; tribhaagasam vR^itaH = taking one third of army (along with him).
5.35.57
तेषाम् नो विप्रनष्टानाम् विन्ध्ये पर्वत सत्तमे |
भृशम् शोक परीतनाम् अहो रात्र गणा गताः
॥
"A number of days and nights passed, filled as we were with grief, having got lost our way intensely in a mountain-range called Vindhya."
ahoraatragaNaaH = a number of days and night; gataaH = passed; teSaa = filled as we were with grief; vipraNaSTaanaam = having got lost our way intensely; vindhye parvata sattame = in a mountain range called Vindhya.
5.35.58
ते वयम् कार्य नैराश्यात् कालस्य अतिक्रमेण च |
भयाच् च कपि राजस्य प्राणान् त्यक्तुम् व्यवस्थिताः
॥
"We were determined to forsake our lives because of despair in our non-fulfillment of work, in our overstepping of time-limit given by Sugreeva and in fear of the King Sugreeva."
te vayam vyavasthitaaH = we were as such determined; tyaktum = to forsake; praaNaan = our lives; kaarya nairaashyaat = because of despair in our non-fulfillment of work; kaalasya atikrameNacha = in our over-tapping the time-limit (given by Sugreeva); bhayaachcha = and in fear; kapiraajasya = of Sugreeva the king of monkeys.